Memoirs Museum Vi 50 Muse A

Memoirs of the Volume 50
Museu
of Victori
Melbourne Australia
Cover. Part of Plate VIII from Theodore Lyman’s
report on the Ophiuroidea dredged by HMS
“Challenger” during its exploratory voyage around
the world between 1873 and 1876. Figures 16-18
are of Ophiomastus tequlitius Lyman which is
reported in this volume of the Memoirs by Timothy
O’Hara for the first time since its description in
1878.
MEMOIRS
of the
MUSEUM OF VICTORIA
MELBOURNE AUSTRALIA
Memoir 50
Number 2
March 1990
Director
Robert Edwards
Deputy Director (Natural History)

Jim M. Bowler
Editor
Gary © B? Poore
Editorial Board
David J. Holloway Chung Cheng Lu Ken L. Walker
PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE COUNCIL

©Museum of Victoria Council 1990
Printed by Brown Prior Anderson Pty Ltd Burwood Victoria

Instructions to Authors
The Museum of Victoria was formed in 1983 by margins. Except for short papers (less than 10
the merger of the National Museum of Victoria manuscript pages) presentation of the final
(established in 1854) and the Science Museum of manuscript on word-processor floppy disks is
Victoria (established in 1870). Among the essential. Papers should be arranged as follows:
Museum’s objectives are scholarship and education title (including higher classification of zoological
in the fields of natural history, science and tech- taxa); authors’ names and addresses; abstract; con-
nology, and history of human society. The Museum tents (only if the paper is very long); introduction
of Victoria publishes two scientific serials to fur- and main text; acknowledgements; references;
ther these objectives, Memoirs of the Museum of index (only if very long); and tables. Captions to
Victoria (until 1983 Memoirs of the National text-figures and plates must be attached to the
Museum of Victoria) and Occasional Papers from manuscript as final pages. Underlining in the text
the Museum of Victoria. should be restricted to generic and specific names.
The Memoirs publishes papers on original Measurements must be in the metric system (SI
research in the natural sciences pertinent to Vic- units).
toria and/or the Museum’s collections. All contri- References should be listed alphabetically at the
butions are assessed by independent referees before end of the manuscript. Journal titles must be in full.
publication. References to books must give the year of publi-
The Occasional Papers are research documents cation, edition, name of publisher and city of pub-
of sufficient importance to be preserved but which lication. See recent issues for details of format.
are not appropriate for primary scientific publica- In taxonomic papers synonymies should be of
tion. Papers are factual rather than interpretative the short form: taxon, author, year, pages, figures.
studies, may be of special local interest, or may be A period and dash must separate taxon and author
longer than a normal scientific paper. Contribu- except in the case of reference to the original
tions will be refereed if appropriate. description.
Two copies of the manuscript with accompany- Photographs must have clear definition and be
ing plates and figures should be submitted to the submitted as either glossy or flat prints at the actual
Scientific Editor, Museum of Victoria, Swanston size for reproduction. Line drawings for text-
Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000. Authors should figures should be in black ink on white card or
consult a recent volume of the Memoirs to acquaint drawing film. Maximum full-page size is 140 mm
themselves with format. wide by 193 mm; single column width is 67 mm.
Manuscripts must be typed on A4 paper, double- Clear lettering must be inserted. Original drawings
spaced, on one side of the paper and with ample up to twice final size are acceptable.
оно
IONE: aici
зы "A. ‫ا‬‎ Te iA aot Жеш
muito er OFidco se Thot
CONTENTS
Prionospio and Paraprionospio (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from southern

Australia.
RT EISE emt UR POR vt here ТҮ MC AS oA ars 243
Marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of Victoria, Australia, with descriptions of six
new species.
UI V mE MM UN Mor Ln Т us nana ee 275
New records of Ophiuridae, Ophiacanthidae and Ophiocomidae (Echinoder-
mata: Ophiuroidea) from south-eastern Australia.
КОКО EFORE ALOR) a arcte ia cure ir ateaoa) so н Л ДЫ Yelp di 287
A review of the genus Smilasterias (Echinodermata, Asteroidea), with descrip-
tions oftwo new species from south-eastern Australia, one a gastric brooder, and a
new species from Macquarie Island.
PE ENEECERE Nolim TD THO ылыж А pelos 9 EIT 307
New pseudoscorpions of the genera Americhernes Muchmore and Cordylochernes
Beier from Australia (Pseudoscorpionida: Chernetidae).
АЎ iE I a Iu, ЧАО 325
Two new species of Partidomomonia Cook from south-eastern Australia (Acarina:
Momoniidae).
dba ie, TURTULIS PO IR ERE от 337
Two new water mite genera from south-western Australia (Acarina: Aturidae,
Mideopsidae).
AYE «Ме JoASA ae cy pe КЧ Re OE Ly AA. Ае, Мек. ARR Dc EE sd 341
Revision of the genus Nesoxypilus Beier (Mantodea: Amorphoscelidae: Para-
oxypilinae).
(Sil, IO T d OR E ASAT LE „йы А ETE Ie uera E aAA 347
Cockroaches from the Krakatau Islands (Dictyoptera: Blattaria).
ТОТИ асаа. iter dc en CTI NUR. e INTTR a л 357
Accalathura (Crustacea: Isopoda: Paranthuridae) from northern Australia and
adjacent seas.
ESE NB КОО СЕЛШ REE TE EW LOT ERE eR LLК Кы, 379
Abyssianiridae, a synonym of Paramunnidae (Crustacea: Isopoda: Asellota), with
two new species of Abyssianira from south-eastern Australia.
S ro A MURS M. RUE aer Serve A a Es OL 403
Terrestrial Isopoda from the Krakatau Islands, South Sumatra and West Java.
ЕСИ АТОИ КАШ Na P CR аео 417
Mysidella australiana sp. nov. from Bass Strait, Australia (Crustacea: Mysidae:
Mysidellinae).
(See 225 JACO CX Sr a COE eeELT Pete UPAED, e зи Men a 437
Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov. from Bass Strait, Australia (Crustacea: Mysidae:
Gastrosaccinae).
EE КЕН ОЛ SS VUES TA Rega Be cores eee DOCTORE DRE UE DE LAS d 443
A new species of Donsiella (Copepoda: Harpacticoida) associated with the isopod
Limnoria stephenseni Menzies from Macquarie Island.
es debe dal dbi wd Hu CE o ИЛЕТКЕЛ. ЖИЛ: М HCMC A e 451
Three new species of Octopus (Mollusca: Cephalopoda) from south-eastern
Australia.
T0 adl Spin С А ON AE es eA Aeneas a pl Soon AS 457
The Tertiary bryozoan family Prostomariidae – morphology and relationships.
КЕЛКӘiytenen tee RU СОЖ UCNOCUIT И 467
Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 243-274 (1990) ISSN 0814-1827
PRIONOSPIO AND PARAPRIONOSPIO (POLYCHAETA: SPIONIDAE) FROM SOUTHERN

AUSTRALIA
By Rosin S. WILSON
Museum of Victoria, 285-321 Russell Street, Melbourne 3000, Australia
Abstract
Wilson, R.S., 1990. Prionospio and Paraprionospio (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from sou-
егп Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 243-274.
Eight new species of Prionospio are described from southern Australia: P. coorilla, P.
kirrae, P. kulin, P. nirripa, P. pilkena, P. tatura, P. wambiri and P. yuriel. Prionospio steen-
strupi Malmgren is removed from the Australian fauna and P. dubia Day is recorded from
Australia for the first time. A key is provided to all species of Prionospio known from
southern Australia. The type species of Paraprionospio Caullery, P. pinnata (Ehlers) is rede-
scribed from the type material and a lectotype designated. All Australian records of Para-
prionospio pinnata are referred to a new species, P. coora. The distribution of species of the
Prionospio complex in south-eastern Australia is discussed and a distinct fauna is shown to
be present on the continental shelf.
Introduction Materials examined here are deposited in the

following institutions: Australian Museum, Syd-
During the years 1979-1983 the Museum of
ney (AM); British Museum (Natural History),
Victoria made a survey of the soft bottom ben-
London (BMNH); National Museum of Wales,
thos of Bass Strait (Wilson and Poore, 1987). In
Cardiff (NMW); Museum of Victoria, Mel-
1984 and 1985 additional collections were made
bourne (NMV); Tasmanian Museum, Hobart
from the continental shelf and coastal bays
(TM); United States National Museum, Smith-
around Tasmania and further specimens have
sonian Institution, Washington (USNM).
come to hand from inshore habitats in south-
I have given new species names derived from
western Western Australia. This paper reports
Australian aboriginal words; all are to be treated
on the dominant group of spionid polychaetes
as indeclinable. Species are treated in alphabeti-
from these collections, the Prionospio complex
cal order within each genus.
of genera.
Material and methods Systematics
Sources for material examined in this study The Prionospio complex comprises a group of
are as follows. Stations occupied during the Bass genera which have historically been treated
Strait Survey are numbered in 2 series: BSS and together. The form of the prostomium, peris-
S05/84 are the prefixes used and full data for tomium, anterior parapodia and branchiae
these stations was given by Wilson and Poore (which are concentrated on anterior segments)
(1987). PPBES prefixes refer to Port Phillip Bay are broadly similar throughout the complex,
Environmental Study stations (Poore, 1986), however there is no character which could
and TAS station numbers refer to inshore col- define the Prionospio complex as a monophy-
lections from Tasmania, full locality details for letic taxon within the Spionidae. Most keys dis-
which are given in the Appendix. Station num- tinguish Prionospio complex genera by the
bers prefixed by HT refer to the list of localities absence of character states present in other gen-
given by Hutchings and Turvey (1984: Table 1). era (e.g. Blake and Kudenov, 1978; Fauchald,
Width measurements given in the species de- 1977). Within the Prionospio complex, genera
scriptions refer to the post-branchial body width are distinguished on the basis of the degree of
(excluding parapodia, at about setiger 10) fusion of setiger 1 with the peristomium, the
measured with an eyepiece scale on a stereo- form and arrangement of branchiae, and the
microscope. Width measurements are used for form of the pygidium and anal cirri (Table 1).
selecting maximum and minimum size specim- Blake and Kudenov (1978) included Para-
ens among the material examined. prionospio Caullery, 1914, Orthoprionospio
243
[eIpswosiop
244 R. S. WILSON
110us [еләјә Ѕјәаае
[еләге
juasqe
КЦепѕп
sosepuadde
popunoi*ѕәдо]
[e191]
T
Z
sjodde|
sniривс
snilopue
pu?
|[erpourosjop
Suo]
шиагр8Ад
snio
suo]
]erpeuros1op
800]
T ]erpeuros1op
3U0]
| snina
Cpu?
[829181 [егрәшоѕлор
JOYS
| ѕпіло
Cpue?Sjodde|290]
[e1312] [E1]u24
Пpue[&19]e]
p oej[ded
Jews
т
sjodde] sjodde]
snonordsuoo
pooy
рооц
јиәшшола erpodojou
цим
Alepuosas
Alepuosas
pue
pue
pooy Arepuoses
syooy papooH
pue erpodojou
snonoirdsuo5
*erpodoinou
Juasoid
Juasoid
ul ul erpodojou
ul
ur
‘erpodoinou
‘eIpodoinou
erpodojou
juosaud juosoid
pue
snoug1quiour
[esiop
Пешѕ pue juosqe
‘erpodoinou
erpodojou
pooy ul
Arepuoses*A[uo
јиәѕәла pews erpodojou
erpodounou
Aiepuooos
pooy juasqe
pue?‘erpodoınau
&iepuooos
pooy ur
juoasaud ÁAiepuooos
poou pews
‘eipodoinou
ur
Juasoid
1981]95
egpu
juoururoud
550128 198195
әшо$
YUM [EBIYIUE1IQ-1S0d
6515910 Аршoq
580100
uo
ә8цәѕ
IO
“|
juosqe juoso1d
ЈЕО?
SSOIO?
ә8рті
o»r-oje]d $әүпиша
MOJ
ѕә8ри
[ESJO(T
JO s1e]]Oo [BSIOP
]S21O
UO L1981398 juosqe juosqe juosqe $1981]25 C
19811295
198195
[erpodojou
T
22uoururoo
oououruioo
1ә981]ә5 198195 Iogrjos

Пе
Цим
‘sired
uo
Чум
‘sired
‘әјеиша
пе
‘sated
әэпәшшозэ SDUDWIWWOD oouauiruioo 10 ‘quo

Qp-¢
о} 77-81 9]euurde
рәјејәг `еләџә8
пра
unruojsLrod
posnj ‘g
‘I є
‘I 10
aevryourig ‘sited
p‘с
19811985
әэпәшшоә чилso[nuuid
exr-o1e]d
£-T ojeuuid
р‘әјеишав ‘sired
q10q
с‘g Аризаov[[oure]
‘ojeuuide pgz ojeuurde
‘sured
пе ayeuurde 10 [ 1981195
q10q
uiojgnisrp
‘риша 9jeuuide
‘q
0]
poesnj
о1050иома
*pedo[9A9p-]|o^
pue
AdVOSANV
‘psonpal
шолу
Әәл}
193198
І posny
'poonpoi
0] unrurojsriodposnj
‘рәопрәт posnj
о} unruojstod
0} unrurojsuodАрева
*poonpoi unruojsriod unrulojsuedрәѕпу
WoL
3314
‘рәдојәләр-әл *poonpaoi
0] umnrurojsruod
*poonpoi зпоціим
s1ojoe1eqo
[еләјә 10
[B121] SSUIM
UL
Цул Чим YIM

TIS8V.L
‘poonpol *рә8теүпә 'pose[uo

uostIeduIOD
“рәопрәх
oidsouoidody
Jo
snjjaiuaiqnvq
Unrulojstioq
SSUIM
juasqe ‘ponpa
[еләјә
saut
709592 ә]еЈәрош
SSUIM juoururo1d
ѕ8шм ІпоЦјтл
[e1972]
[91861
ssuImM ил
MO]SSUIM
‘pa31e[ua
[B191]
SIH.L
[S861
‘S861
JAPPEN] о1йўолпү
9 NPI] 0128092418
APRN]
“Хәтәр
APPEN]
sp 11861 ewe L
[8/61 ‘Aouspny
ЯЛУНLAS
AQEL
`I
oldsououd
[#1861
р]
[8.61
ЈО [езер
ѕпиәг)
9o1nos] [19ded [1eded
510]
01150и01410ү
oxerg]
‘aouopny
?9
X79
ЕШРАОХО
|]
oidsouot4dpa4
PRIONOSPIO AND PARAPRIONOSPIO (POLYCHAETA) FROM AUSTRALIA 245
Blake and Kudenov, 1978, Streblospio Webster, ehlersi Fauvel, 1928 (also from the Mediterra-
1879 and Prionospio Malmgren, 1867 in the nean, North Atlantic and Indo-Pacific) occur
Prionospio complex with Aquilaspio Foster, outside the region. Nine new species and one
1971, Minuspio Foster, 1971 and Prionospio new record (P. dubia) are added to the Aus-
sensu stricto being treated as subgenera of Pri- tralian fauna in this paper. The additions result
onospio sensu lato. Maciolek (198 1a, b) added 2 from the discovery of a distinct fauna on the
new genera, Aurospio and Laubieriellus, to the continental shelf of Bass Strait (see below), and
complex to accommodate species from deep the resolution of several species complexes: Aus-
water in the north and south Atlantic Ocean. A tralian records of P, steenstrupi are assigned to P.
recent revision by Maciolek (1985) accepted coorilla sp. nov., P. dubia, P. kulin sp. nov. and
Blake and Kudenov's arrangement of genera and P. multicristata Hutchings and Rainer, 1979,
subgenera but resurrected and redefined Apo- and the species is removed from the Australian
prionospio Foster, 1971. Aquilaspio, Minuspio fauna. Records of Prionospio cirrifera Wirén,
and Prionospio sensu stricto as used by Maciolek 1883 from southern Australia have been refer-
are artificial groupings of species (Maciolek, red to three new species (P. tatura, P. wambiri
1985) and I have therefore preferred to dispense and P. yuriel), and records of Paraprionospio
with subgenera. All taxa elsewhere treated as pinnata (Ehlers, 1901) from southern Australia
species of Aquilaspio and Minuspio are here are referred to Paraprionospio coora sp. nov, It is
referred to Prionospio. Maciolek’s (1985) unlikely that either Prionospio cirrifera or Para-
arrangement of subgenera can however be recog- prionospio pinnata occur in Australia.
nised in the artificial key to Australian species of There are distinct differences between the fau-
Prionospio provided below. nas of the continental shelf and inshore waters
Three genera, Prionospio, Paraprionospio and (includingthe major embayments of Port Phillip
Orthoprionospio, are known to occur in Aus- Bay and Western Port in south-eastern Aus-
tralia and can be distinguished using the charac- tralia). Six species (Orthoprionospio cirriformia
ters given in Table 1. Orthoprionospio contains a Blake and Kudenov, 1978, Prionospio aucklan-
single species, O. cirriformia Blake and Kude- dica, P. multipinnulata Blake and Kudenov,
nov, 1978, which occurs in areas of reduced sal- 1978, P. paucipinnulata Blake and Kudenov,
inity and was not encountered in this study. 1978, P. tatura and P. yuriel) occur only in
Australian material of the remaining 2 genera is inshore waters and are most common in shallow
treated below. muddy sediments or in seagrass communities in
Port Phillip Bay and Western Port. Orthoprion-
Discussion
ospio cirriformia and P. tatura are restricted to
Numerous extensive benthic collections from estuarine conditions, No species in the Prionos-
southern and south-eastern Australia have now pio complex occurs in the deep muddy basin of
provided material for taxonomic study (Poore et Port Phillip Bay or near the entrance, Outside
al., 1975; Blake and Kudenov, 1978; Hutchings the bays, a distinct fauna is present: five species
and Turvey, 1984; Poore, 1986; Wilson and (Prionospio dubia, P. kulin sp. nov., P. nirripa sp.
Poore, 1987; appendix to this paper), and the nov., P. pilkena sp. nov. and Paraprionospio
taxonomy and species distribution patterns of coord sp. nov.) occur only on the continental
the Prionospio complex in southern, and es- shelf; most of these species are recorded from
pecially south-eastern Australia, must now be both muddy and well-sorted carbonate sedi-
considered moderately well known. In the ments. Of the 13 species now known from south-
absence of a phylogenetic classification of the eastern Australia (Victoria and Tasmania,
Prionospio complex it is not possible to attempt where both inshore and shelf communities have
a biogeographic analysis, but a summary of the been well sampled) only two, Prionospio kirrae
diversity and degree of endemism of the sou- sp. nov. and P. wambiri sp. nov., occur widely in
thern Australian fauna is useful. (The following both inshore waters and on the continental
discussion is restricted to Australian waters shelf.
south of 26'S; northern waters remain poorly Prionospio Malmgren, 1867
known.)
Of the 20 species in the Prionospio complex Prionospio Malmgren, 1867: 201.
Aquilaspio Foster, 1971: 105-106.
now known from southern Australia, 17 are
Minuspio Foster, 1971: 106-107,
endemic; only Prionospio aucklandica Augener,
1923 (known also from New Zealand), P. dubia Diagnosis. Prostomium with anterior margin
Day, 1961 (also from South Africa) and P. incised or rounded, without frontal horns,
246 R. S. WILSON
caruncle variously developed. Peristomium medial cirrus and 2 short ventrolateral cirri or
fused in varying amounts with setiger | often lappets.
forming low lateral wings. Branchiae pinnate,
apinnate, or both pinnate and apinnate. Bran- Type species. Prionospio steenstrupi Malmgren,
chiae present on a series of consecutive anterior 1867, by monotypy.
setigers commencing at setigers 2 or (rarely) 3.
Between 3 and 13 pairs of branchiae usually pre- Remarks. The above diagnosis is essentially that
sent, or up to 39 pairs in one species: P. poly- of Maciolek, 1985, except that the description of
branchiata Fauvel, 1929. Anterior setae all branchiae has been expanded slightly to include
capillaries, hooded hooks in posterior noto- and P. ockelmanni Pleijel, 1985, and P. pilkena sp.
neuropodia; hooks bi- to multidentate, inferior nov. The most recent major work is the revision
sabre setae present in all species except P. per- by Maciolek (1985), which includes a redescrip-
kinsi Maciolek, 1985. Pygidium with 1 long tion of the type species.
Key to species of Prionospio known from southern Australia (south of 26°S)

This key excludes 3 species recorded from north-western Australia by Hartmann-
Schröder (1979, 1981): Prionospio fallax Söderström, 1920; P. lanceolata
Hartmann-Schróder, 1979 and Prionospio sexoculata Augener, 1918.
lc Four pairs of branchiae, at least one pair of which have digitiform
топает UM COSE ur tpe p tera doom LS CER LER 2
Three to 12 pairs of branchiae, all apinnate (branchiae may have fine
lateral cilia; subgenus Minuspio sensu Maciolek, 1985)........... 15
кә Three or 4 pairs of branchiae, all with digitiform pinnae (subgenus
Aaguilaspto- seusuMactolek тов) ИЕ БК ы OO 3
Both pinnate and apinnate branchiae present (subgenus Prionospio
Sensu WVIACTOEMEA Oy NC a Е ToO belt ev угу cineca esRie п у^ 5
Three pairs of pinnate branchiae on setigers 2-4 ..... P. aucklandica
Four pairs of pinnate branchiae on setigers 2—5.................. 4
Neuropodial lamella of setiger 1 rounded in shape; neuropodial hooded
hooks appear at setigers: 17-22 O e a a a e P. multipinnulata
Neuropodia of setiger 1 inflated, pyramidal in shape; neuropodial
hooded hooks appear at setigers 8-12 .............. P. pyramidalis*
First 3 pairs of branchiae apinnate, fourth pair pinnate; hooded hooks
with-onespansobapical-teetb e е гр рб УЛ ОРОКЕ; 6
Branchiae otherwise; hooded hooks with 4 or more pairs of apical
test, xu Ue Oe the byMSEC Sh UO A ar A All SAC) oles | ET E i
Dorsal oreson ейвему T M лу уи: ел P. tridentata*
Porsal отео SOLE ETSI Кг К ao AMAL Seay aes P. kirrae sp. nov.
DI First pair of branchiae pinnate, second to fourth pairs apinnate; inter-
parapodial pouches present from between setigers 2 and 3 Р. ehlersi*
Either third of fourth pairs of branchiae pinnate; interparapodial
pouches (if present) do not appear until at least setigers 8 and 9 ...8
First and third pairs of branchiae pinnate, second and fourth pairs apin-
nate; dorsal crests on setigers 7 and 8 only ....... P. paucipinnulata*
First and fourth pairs of branchiae pinnate, second and third pairs apin-
nate; dorsal crest either completely absent or present on 6 or more
SEUIBOLS T Purse АА e ate cL LC TETTE 9
TURA crests absent; neuropodial sabre setae first present at setigers 12-
IS ARE e Ere za in Porte iesti irit reine ыд e Da ME 10
Dorsal crests present; sabre setae appear at setigers 10-11 ........ 11
Sabre setae appear at setigers 12-14, usually 13 ..Р. coorilla sp. nov.
Sabre setae appear at setigers 15-20, usually 17-19 ........ P. dubia
Sabre setae appear at setiger 11; dorsal crests present on setigers 11-
ES ya LS ofer d S aside SUUS и RUE udi Г, P. australiensis*
Sabre setae appear at setiger 10; dorsal crest present before setiger 11
Dorsal crests present setigers 7—20 at least

Dórsaicressm otherwise IN ГЕ, к Ra Ж к 14
Dorsal crests present setigers 7-30; caruncle extends back to setiger 4
M EE dra ol ГУА А-НУ, or ooЭЕМ cn co P. multicristata
Dorsal crests present setigers 7-20; caruncle extends back to setiger 2
е a E Ir ‫ا‬‎ tO RUNS M RE UAE CUNT E P. kulin sp. nov.
Dorsal crests present on setiger 5 and setigers 9-13; notopodial hooded
hooks present from setigers 35-40 ............... P. queenslandica*
Dorsal crests present setigers 10-30; notopodial hooded hooks appear
SAC 20 Sd PES Ft | e E 56, P. nirripa sp. nov.
3 pairs of apinnate branchiae present on setigers 3-6 ..............
жек УТ een p UE (DICE, or ur "ot P. pilkena sp. nov.
At least 6 pairs of apinnate branchiae commencing at setiger 2 ...16
Prostomium narrow anteriorly, broadest posteriorly; longest branchiae
(on setigers 3-5) 4-5 times notopodial length ..... P. yuriel sp. nov.
Prostomium broadest at anterior margin or at median region; longest
branchiae (on setiger 2) 2 times notopodiallength .............. 17
Sabre setae present from setigers 10-12, neuropodial hooded hooks pre-
sent from setigers 13-15; neuropodia of setiger 2 without ventral pro-
ACCGH р. О Е pet. Merit anti ee P. tatura sp. nov.
Sabre setae present from setigers 14-16 (rarely setigers 11-12 in very
small worms), neuropodial hooded hooks present from setigers 16-20
(rarely 14); neuropodia of setiger 2 with prominent ventral projection
“җиле ГА oae Rae gE M. КД P. wambiri sp. nov.
x denotes species not recorded in this study
Prionospio aucklandica Augener, 1923 Blake and Kudenov (1978) reported that a
Prionospio aucklandica Augener, 1923: 69.—Blake dorsal crest was present on setiger 7; re-
and Kudenov, 1978: 221-222, fig. 25b-g. examination of their material shows that this
Aquilaspio aucklandica.—HMHutchings and Turvey, was an error and that no dorsal crests are present
1984: 8-9. in P. aucklandica. Augener (1923) made no men-
tion of dorsal crests and Hutchings and Turvey
Material examined. Western Australia: Nornalup,
“sample 3", coll. J. Shaw, NMV F53897, 4 speci-
(1984) noted the absence of dorsal crests in their
mens. material). This is the first record of P. aucklan-
Victoria: Port Phillip Bay, PPBES Stn 944, NMV dica from Western Australia.
G3097, 7 specimens.
Distribution. Southern Australia from south-
New South Wales: Botany Bay, Towra Pt, New
western Western Australia to Botany Bay, New
South Wales Fisheries Stn 335, NMV G3143, 7 speci-
mens. South Wales.
Remarks, The material examined here agrees

Prionospio coorilla sp. nov.
closely with the detailed description of Hutch-
ings and Turvey (1984). Sabre setae appear at Figures 1-8
setiger 10 in all specimens, neuropodial hooded Prionospio sp. 5 Poore et al., 1975: 59,
hooks appear at setigers 18-19 in eastern Aus-
tralian specimens and at setigers 19-22 in Material examined. 67 specimens, size range 45 seti-
Western Australian specimens (all specimens of gers, 10 mm long, 0.25 mm wide (entire specimen) to
2] setigers, 5 mm long, 0.5 mm wide (anterior frag-
similar size range, from 0.3 to 0.45 mm post-
ment).
branchial width, excluding parapodia). Noto- Holotype: entire specimen, 62 setigers, 10 mm long,
podial hooded hooks also appear earlier in speci- 0.3 mm wide, NMV F52633. Central Bass Strait, 6 km
mens from eastern Australia (setigers 27-30) SE of Stanley, Tasmania, 40°48.8’S, 145°22’E, 22 m,
than in Western Australian material (notopodial fine sand, Smith-McIntyre Grab, 4 Nov 1980, M.
hooks from setigers 31-36). Gomon et al. (Stn BSS-G 114).
248 R. S. WILSON
Figures 1-8. Prionospio coorilla: 1, dorsal view, holotype NMV F52633; 2-5, paratype ММУ Е52636: 2, setiger 2
parapodium; 3, setiger 4 parapodium; 4, setiger 5 parapodium; 5, setiger 9 parapodium; 6-8, holotype: 6, sabre
seta, setiger 19; 7, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 19. 8, notopodial hooded hook, posterior setiger,
holotype.
All parapodia figured in anterior view. Scale bars represent: 0.5 mm (Fig. 1); 0.1 mm (Figs 2-5): 0.02 mm
(Figs 6-8).
Paratypes: Central Bass Strait, type locality: NMV Victoria: Port Phillip Bay: PPBES Stn 938, NMV
F52634-52637, 4 paratypes. Central Bass Strait, 25 G3192, 1; PPBES Stn 946, NMV G3194, 1; PPBES
km S of Aireys Inlet, 38°44.6’S, 144°9.0’E, 77 m, fine Stn 965, NMV G3195, 1; PPBES Stn 978, NMV
sand, Smith-McIntyre Grab, 19 Nov 1981, R. Wilson G3196, 1 (Prionospio sp. 5 of Poore et al., 1975; ma-
et al. (Stn BSS-G 182) AM W203947, 3 paratypes; terial identified as P. steenstrupi by Blake and
NMW.Z.1989.116.1, 4 paratypes; USNM 122745, 3 Kudenov, but not published).
paratypes; NMV F52638-52639, 2 paratypes.
Other material: Southern Ocean: Stn S05/84/54, Description. Prostomium with rounded anterior
NMV F50447, 1 specimen. margin, extending posteriorly as narrow car-
Tasmania: Stn TAS 28, NMV F50474, 3 speci- uncle to anterior margin of setiger 2 (Fig. 1).
mens. Nuchal organ present on either side of caruncle.
Bass Strait: Stn BSS 49, NMV F52640, 1 specimen; Two pairs of red eyes, posterior pair larger,
Stn BSS-G 68, NMV F52641, 1; Stn BSS-G 112, NMV
comma shaped; anterior pair much smaller and
F50319, 14; Stn BSS-G 113, NMV F52642, 2 ; Stn
BSS-S 115, NMV F52643, 3; Stn BSS-G 115, NMV indistinct (or absent in some specimens). First
F50320, 16; Stn BSS-G 117, NMV F52644, 7; Stn BSS- setiger fused to peristomium, forming lateral
G 163, NMV F52645, 6; Stn BSS-G 165, NMV wings which partially enclose prostomium. First
F52646, 2; Stn BSS-S 165, NMV F52647, 1; Stn BSS-G setiger with noto- and neurosetae and reduced
181, 2; Stn BSS-G 184, NMV F52649, 1. parapodial lobes. Four pairs of branchiae on
setigers 2—5. First pair of branchiae about 3-4 Etymology. The specific name coorilla is derived
times as long as notopodial lobe, densely from an Australian aboriginal word meaning
covered with long digitiform pinnae on poster- "south".
ior surfaces; bare on anterior surfaces and on
extreme distal region. Branchiae 2 and 3 stout, Distribution. South-eastern Australia, from the
triangular, about as long as notopodial lobes, continental shelf of Bass Strait and Tasmania,
apinnate but with strongly ciliated lateral mar- and Port Phillip Bay, Victoria.
gins. Fourth pair of branchiae about 1.5 to 2
times as long as branchiae 2 and 3, densely Prionospio dubia Day, 1961
covered with long digitiform pinnae on poster- Figures 9-15
ior surface, bare anteriorly and distally. Noto-
podia asymmetrical triangular-lanceolate, lar- Prionospio malmgreni var. dubia Day, 1961: 489—
490, figs 3j-n.
gest on setigers 2-4, reducing to low rounded
Prionospio (Prionospio) dubia.—Maciolek, 1985:
lobes by about setigers 12-15 and further reduc- 336-339, fips 2, 3 (in part, South African speci-
ing posteriorly, Neuropodia anteriorly asymme- mens).
trical ovoid lobes, largest and with small ven- Prionospio (Prionospio) steenstrupi.—Blake and
trally directed process on setiger 2, reducing Kudenov, 1978: 213, fig. 20a (in part; not Malmgren,
posteriorly to low semicircular lobes similar to, 1867).
but smaller than, notopodia by about setiger 20 Material examined: South Africa: mixture of 9
(Figs 2-5). Dorsal crests and interparapodial stations off South Africa, J.H. Day, BMNH ZK
pouches absent. 1961.19.635/662, 9 specimens.
Setae anteriorly granulate capillaries, Australia, Southern Ocean: Stn S05/84/01, NMV
arranged in 3 rows in notopodia and 2 rows in F50453, 1 specimen; Stn S05/84/64, NMV F50449,
neuropodia. Capillaries most common in an- 6
terior 15-18 setigers, thereafter losing granu- Tasmania; Stn TAS 30, NMV F50478, 2 speci-
lations, becoming fewer and longer; capillaries mens.
Bass Strait: Stn BSS 66, NMV F50318, 2 specimens;
of posterior setigers up to twice as long as body
Stn BSS-G 117, NMV F52650, 4; Stn BSS-G 155,
diameter. Sabre setae appear in ventral neuro- ММУ F52651, 9; Stn BSS-S 155, NMV F52652, 2; Stn
podial positions at setigers 12-14, usually 13 BSS-S 156, NMV F52653, 2; Stn BSS-G 156, NMV
(sabre setae from setiger 13 in holotype). Sabre F52654, 3; Stn BSS 163, NMV F50321, 1; Stn BSS-G
setae number | or occasionally 2 per parapod- 165, NMV F52655, 7; Stn BSS-G 167, NMV F52656,
ium, granulated, sheath not visible (Fig. 6). Neu- 2; Stn BSS-S 167, NMV F53164, 1; Stn BSS-S 194,
ropodial hooded hooks, with 3-4 pairs of small NMV F53165, 1; Stn BSS-S 209,
NM VF53166, 1. 112
teeth in 2 rows above the main fang (Fig. 7), km S of Lakes Entrance, 148724.8'S, 139°00.0’E, 99 m,
appear at setigers 15-18 (setiger 18 in holotype). sand, May 1969, Esso Gipps Stn 20, C. Phipps, | of 2
specimens in AM W13012 (other specimen indeter-
Hooded hooks usually number 5-6 per neuro-
minable; part of material identified as P. steenstrupi by
podium. Notopodial hooded hooks, similar to Blake and Kudenov, 1978).
neuropodial hooded hooks but with longer
shafts (Fig. 8), one or 2 per notopodium, appear Description. (based on South African specimens)
at setiger 50 in holotype, at setiger 42 in the only Size range of material 50 setigers, 11 mm long,
other specimen with notopodial hooks (paratype 0.4 mm wide to 26 setigers, 7.5 mm long, 0.7 mm
NMV F52634). Pygidium with a single short wide (anterior fragments). Prostomium narrow
threadlike anal cirrus, lateral lobes absent. and rounded anteriorly, extending posteriorly as
narrow high caruncle extending back to anterior
Remarks. Prionospio coorilla is allied to P. steen- margin of setiger 2. Eyes visible only in largest
strupi and related species compared in Table 3 of specimen as a pair of faint red pigmented spots.
Maciolek (1985: 375, species 1—12). Including P. Peristomium fused to setiger 1 and forming
coorilla, P. kulin sp. nov. and P. nirripa sp. nov. lateral wings which are more prominent on
described here, 15 species are now included in larger specimens. Prominent nuchal organs on
this group. Prionospio coorilla is most similar to either side of the caruncle (Fig. 9). Palps lost
P. dubia from southern Africa and Bass Strait from all specimens. Four pairs of branchiae on
(see description below) but can be readily distin- setigers 2-5, first pair (intact on one specimen
guished on the basis of the earlier appearance of only) 4-5 iimes as long as notopodial lobe,
neuropodial sabre setae and hooded hooks in P. densely covered with long digitiform pinnae on
coorilla, Prionospio coorilla also has a narrower the anterior surfaces, anteriorly bare but faintly
prostomium, annulate. Branchiae 2 and 3 equal to or slightly
250 R. S. WILSON
"m \ Жу; =
A
ғ
e.
NT
\ Za
Figures 9-15. Prionospio dubia, South African material, BMNH ZK 1961.19.635/662: 9, dorsal view; 10, setiger
2 parapodium (branchia lost); 11,setiger 3 parapodium; 12, setiger 5 parapodium; 13, setiger 10 parapodium; 14,
sabre seta, setiger 21; 15, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 21.
All parapodia figured in anterior view. Scale bars represent: 0.5 mm (Fig. 9); 0.2 mm (Figs 10-13); 0.02 mm
(Figs 14-15).
longer than notopodial lobes, stout triangles, podium. Neuropodial hooded hooks (6-8 per
apinnate but with ciliated lateral margins. parapodium) appear at setigers 18 or 19, usually
Fourth pair of branchiae equal to or slighly on same or next setiger to appearance of sabre
longer than branchiae 2 and 3, densely covered setae. Neuropodial hooded hooks with 3-4 pairs
with long digitiform pinnae on posterior sur- of small teeth in 2 rows above the main fang (Fig.
faces, anterior surfaces bare. Dorsal crests and 15). Notopodial hooded hooks absent from all
interparapodial pouches absent. Notopodia specimens, the longest of which are anterior
elongate asymmetrical triangular lanceolate fragments of 46 and 50 setigers (Day, 1961
lobes, largest on setigers 2-4, reducing to low reported the appearance of notopodial hooded
rounded lobes by about setiger 15 and becoming hooks at setiger 49), Pygidium unknown.
further reduced posteriorly. Neuropodia smaller
Additional notes on Australian material. (39
than notopodia, asymmetrical ovoid lobes over
setigers 2-4, subsequently becoming symmetri- anterior fragments, size range 26 setigers, 4 mm
cal and approximately semi-circular, reducing in long, 0.25 mm wide to 39 setigers, 11.5 mm long,
size posteriorly and becoming low rounded 0.6 mm wide): The specimens from south-
lobes by setiger 20, similar to, but smaller than, eastern Australia agree in every respect with the
notopodium (Figs 10-13). Setae of anterior above description of South African material. A
setigers granulate capillaries, 3 rows in noto- single small specimen (75 mm long for 40 seti-
podia and 2 rows in neuropodia; capillaries most gers, 0.3 mm wide) has notopodial hooded
numerous on anterior 15 setigers, thereafter hooks from setiger 35; these differ from neuro-
becoming fewer and longer (up to twice the body podial hooks only in having a longer shaft.
diameter). Larger specimens of 39 and 41 setigers have no
Stout sabre setae (Fig. 14) appear in ventral notopodial hooks. Pygidium unknown.
neuropodial positions at setigers 17—20, usually Remarks. The above description agrees closely
setigers 18 or 19, and number 1 or 2 per para- with the original description of Day (1961) but
differs from that of Maciolek (1985), notably in Comparative material of other taxa: Prionospio triden
the positions at which neuropodial sabre setae fata; New South Wales: Towra Pt, Botany Bay, April
and hooded hooks appear. According to Macio- 1973, | specimen, NMV G2844; 2, NMV G2845 (part
lek sabre setae should be present from setigers of material of Blake and Kudenov, 1978),
13-16 and hooded hooks from setigers 15-19,
whereas the material examined here has sabre Description, Prostomium with anterior margin
setae from 17-20 and hooded hooks from 18- indented and with deep dorsal groove extending
19. Maciolek (1985: figs 2a, b) show the pro- back to a point between the first pair of eyes (Fig.
stomium to be truncate and broader anteriorly 16). Two pairs of eyes, small red points, anterior
than that figured here and the first pair of bran- pair more widely separated, Eyes faint to invis-
chiae are shorter than in the South African and ible in holotype and several other specimens,
southern Australian specimens. Maciolek's list Caruncle attached to dorsum throughout,
of material examined includes specimens from extending back to posterior margin of setiger 2,
widespread localities (Atlantic coast of North Peristomium fused to setiger 1, lateral wings
America, Surinam, Mediterranean, Canary absent. Four pairs of branchiae on setigers 2-5.
Islands and Bay of Biscay, Sweden; encompass- Apinnate branchiae on setigers 2-4, about equal
ing a depth range of 85 to 2379 m) in addition to in length to notopodial lobes; first pair slender,
the South African material. In view of the above cirriform, pairs 2 and 3 more stout, triangular,
discrepancies it seems likely that Maciolek's with fine marginal cilia. Fourth pair of bran-
material and descriptions may confuse one or chiae about 3 times as long as anterior bran-
more additional species with P. dubia and 1 chiae, densely pinnate on anterior surfaces,
regard her widespread records as requiring veri- smooth on posterior surfaces and basally,
fication. The Australian material is however Setiger | well developed, with notosetae, neuro-
indistinguishable from the South African speci- setae and small parapodial lobes, Notopodia
mens both qualitatively and quantitatively (in consisting of triangular lamellae folded dorsally
respect of the distribution of setae) and these around notosetae on setigers 2-10, largest over
specimens are therefore identified as P. dubia setigers 2-7, decreasing posteriorly, Notopodia
and represent the first record of that species of setiger 11 unite to form high dorsal crest (Fig,
from Australian waters. 16). Notopodia of setiger 12 consist of an ovoid
postsetal lobe extending partly onto the dorsum
Distribution, South Africa and south-eastern
but not forming acontinuous dorsal crest, Noto-
Australia, shelf and upper slope depths, 37 to
podia similar on all posterior setigers, reducing
630 m.
in size and becoming semi-circular in shape by
about setiger 15, Neuropodia lanceolate lobes
Prionospio kirrae sp. nov. throughout, reducing gradually in size poster-
Figures 16-23 iorly but not changing significantly in shape pos-
teriorly (Figs 17-20). Low presetal neuropodial
Material examined: 42 specimens, anterior fragments, ridge present throughout (to at least setiger 36)
size range 18 setigers, 2.5 mm long, 0.3 mm wide to 36 but becoming very small on posterior setigers.
setigers, 13 mm long, 0.5 mm wide. Notosetae of setiger 1 single bundles of capil-
Holotype: anterior fragment, 36 setigers, 13 mm
laries, setigers 2 to about 15 with posterior row
long, 0.5 mm wide, ММУ F50366. Western Bass
Strait, 10 km WNW of Cape Otway, 39°49,0°S, of granulate unilimbate capillaries and 1-2
143°24.0’E, 56 m, fine sand, Smith-McIntyre Grab, 20 anterior rows of shorter simple capillaries,
Nov 1981, G. Poore et al. (Stn BSS-G 184), reducing to a single row of granulate capillaries
Paratypes: Western Bass Strait, type locality; NMV at about setiger 16, Granulate sheathed sabre
F50367-50372, 6 specimens; AM W203948, 2; setae (Fig, 21), one or two per setiger, in ventral
NMW.Z.1989.116.2, 2; USNM 122746, 2. neuropodial positions from setiger 10 or 11
Other material: Tasmania: off entrance to Little (setiger 11 in holotype), Hooded hooks, with 2
Swanport, 10 m, sand, Van Veen Grab, 8 Jun 1977, apical teeth above main fang (Figs 22-23),
A.J, Dartnall, TM K1009, 3; off Hellfire Bluff, S of
appear in neuropodia at setiger 20 in holotype,
Cape Bernier, 12 m, sand, Van Veen Grab, 7 Jun 1977,
A.J. Dartnall, TM K1008, 2; Lagoon Bay, Forestier
al setiger 19 to 21 in most specimens or as early
Peninsula, 16 m, sand, Van Veen Grab, A.J, Dartnall, as setiger 17 in small worms. Only one specimen,
TM K1007, 1. paratype NMV F50369, has notopodial hooded
Western Bass Strait: Stn BSS 49, NMV F50373- hooks (from setiger 18) but this worm is regen-
50374, 19 specimens; Stn BSS-G 111, NMV F50375, erating new posterior setigers from setiger 16
12; Stn BSS-S 121, NMV F50376, 1. and is undoubtedly atypical. All other specimens
202 К. S. WILSON
20
22 23
Figures 16-23, Prionospio kirrae, holotype ММУ 50366: 16, dorsal view; 17, setiger 2 parapodium; 18, setiger 4
parapodium; 19, setiger 5 parapodium; 20, setiger 10 parapodium; 21, sabre seta, setiger 20; 22, neuropodial
hooded hook, setiger 36, frontal view; 23, same, lateral view.
All parapodia figured in anterior view, Scale bars represent: 0.5 mm (Fig. 16): 0.2 mm (Figs 17-20); 0.02 mm
(Figs 21-23).
are anterior fragments of up to 36 setigers and all hooded hooks with only | or 2 apical teeth. This
lack notopodial hooded hooks. Paratype NMV group of species was placed in the new genus
F50369, regenerating posteriorly, is the only Apoprionospio by Foster (1969) but this
specimen with a pygidium: it is typical for the approach has not been generally followed by
genus with a long medial cirrus and a pair of other workers (e.g. Blake and Kudenov, 1978).
lateral lappets. Apoprionospio was redefined by Maciolek
(1985) and the P. caspersi species group was
Remarks. Prionospio kirrae sp. nov. belongs to returned to Prionospio. The four previously
the P. caspersi group of species which are char- known species of the P. caspersi group were com-
acterised by having the first three pairs of bran- pared in Table 3 of Maciolek (1985: 375, species
chiae apinnate, the fourth pair pinnate and 18-21). Prionospio kirrae most closely resem-
PRIONOSPIO AND PARAPRIONOSPIO (POLYCHAETA) FROM AUSTRALIA кәtA
bles P. tridentata Blake and Kudenov, 1978 in 64,69, 108, 111, 115,125,156.160, 193, 200, 202, 209
possessing hooded hooks with 2 apical teeth but (a selection of material from over 60 stations).
can be distinguished from that species by having New South Wales: North Head, Sydney, Shelf Bent-
a prominent dorsal crest on setiger 11 and by hic Survey, 32 m, 25 May 1972, AM W6508, | speci-
having the fourth pair of branchiae pinnate on men (part of material identified as P. steenstrupi by
Blake and Kudenov, 1978).
the anterior surfaces (P. tridentata has a dorsal
crest on setiger 7 and has the fourth pair of bran- Description. Prostomium with anterior margin
chiae pinnate on the posterior surfaces). Prion- rounded, widest anteriorly, extending back as
ospio tridentata is widespread in New South narrow caruncle back to posterior margin of
Wales (Blake and Kudenov, 1978; Hutchings setiger 2 (Fig. 24). Holotype with one pair of red
and Murray, 1984) whereas Р, kirrae occurs in comma shaped eyes, other material with 0—2
western Bass Strait. Despite extensive sampling pairs of eyes. Peristomium fused to setiger 1, not
P. kirrae has not been collected from eastern forming lateral wings. Setiger 1 with notosetae,
Bass Strait. neurosetae and reduced parapodial lobes. Four
pairs of branchiae on setigers 2-5, branchiae |
Etymology. The specific name kirrae is derived
and 4 up to 3 times as long as branchiae 2 and 3.
from the name of an Australian aboriginal tribe
First pair of branchiae with long pinnae on pos-
whose territory encompassed the coastal region
terior surfaces, bare distally. Pinnae apparently
immediately west of Cape Otway, Victoria.
readily lost from the first pair of branchiae:
Distribution. Known only from western Bass many specimens with only a few pinnae and
Strait, from Cape Otway to north-western Tas- most larger specimens (0.6 mm wide and more)
mania, Sandy sediments, 29-84 m. with no pinnae visible on first pair of branchiae
(Fig. 25). Branchiae 2 and 3 apinnate, stout
Prionospio kulin sp. nov. triangles similar in length to notopodial lobes.
Figures 24—33 Fourth pair of branchiae always with long pin-
nae basally on the posterior surfaces. Notopodia
Prionospio steenstrupi.—Blake and Kudenov, 1978: largest over setigers 2—6, becoming lower,
213, fig. 20a (in part; not Malmgren, 1867). rounded from setiger 7 and reducing posteriorly
Material examined: More than 400 specimens; size to about setiger 35. Notopodia becoming elon-
range 27 setigers, 5.5 mm long, 0.3 mm wide to 51 gate to triangular from about setiger 35 and on
setigers, 20 mm long, 0.8 mm wide (anterior frag- all subsequent setigers. Neuropodia largest over
ments). setigers 2-4, with prominent acuminate ventral
Holotype: entire specimen, 58 setigers, 11 mm long, process on setiger 2, becoming rounded and
0,5 mm wide at setiger 5, NMV F50377. Eastern Bass reducing in size posteriorly back to about setiger
Strait. 112 km S of Lakes Entrance, 38753.7'S,
40 (Figs 25-29), thereafter present as a triangu-
147^55.2'E, 71 m, medium carbonate sand with 296
mud (sediment data from Smith-MceIntyre Grab lar lobe. Notopodia unite to form prominent
sample, same station), Agassiz trawl, 17 Nov 1981, G. dorsal crest on setiger 7. Dorsal crests much
Poore et al. (Stn BSS-T 171). lower on setiger 8 and posteriorly, present as low
Paratypes: Eastern Bass Strait, type locality, NMV ridges back to setiger 20 in holotype orto setigers
F50378—50379, 2 paratypes. Eastern Bass Strait, type 17-21 in other material. Interparapodial
locality, Smith-McIntyre Grab: NMV F50380-50381, pouches absent in type series but occur over
2 paratypes; AM W203949, 3 paratypes; some or all of setigers 9-13 in some non-type
NMW.Z.1989.116.3, 3 paratypes; USNM 12277, 3 specimens.
paratypes. Eastern Bass Strait, type locality, epibent-
Setae anteriorly bilimbate granulate capillar-
hic sled (Stn BSS-S 171), NMV F50382-50384, 3
paratypes. Eastern Bass Strait, 35 km E of Lady ies in notopodia and neuropodia, changing to
Barron, Flinders Island, 40°14.4’S, 148°40.0’E, 60 m, smooth nonlimbate capillaries between about
fine carbonate sand with 8% mud, Smith McIntyre setigers 10-15. Unilimbate granulate sabre setae
Grab, 14 Nov 1981, G.Poore et al., Stn BSS-G 165, 8 (Fig. 30) appear in ventral neuropodial positions
paratypes. NMV F50385-50392. from setiger 10. Hooded hooks with 4-5 pairs of
Other material: Tasmania: Pirates Bay, 7 Jun 1977, apical teeth above main fang (Figs 31—32)
A.J. Dartnall, TM К1010. appear in neuropodia at setiger 19 and in noto-
Bass Strait: Erith Island, transect 3, algal washings, podia at setiger 32 in holotype (hooded hooks
S.A. Shepherd, AM unreg.; Stn BSS 56, NMV F50393-
first present earlier in smaller specimens,
50394, 8 specimens; Stn BSS-G 112, NMV F50395,
appearing in neuropodia at setigers 13-21 and in
18; Stn BSS-S 165, NMV F50396, 7; Stns BSS-G 172,
BSS-S 172, NMV F50397-50398, 14; Stn BSS-G 205, notopodia at setigers 21—39 in other material
NMV F50399, 1. NMV unregistered, Stns BSS 48, 49, studied). Neuropodial hooded hooks with longer
R. S. WILSON
31
Figures 24-32. Prionospio kulin: 24, dorsal view, holotype NMV F50377; 25, setiger 2 parapodium, holotype; 26,
setiger 2 parapodium, paratype NMV F50387; 27, setiger 4 parapodium, holotype; 28, setiger 5 parapodium,
paratype NMV F50387; 29, setiger 10 parapodium, paratype NMV F50387; 30, sabre seta, setiger 19, holotype;
31, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 19, holotype; 32, notopodial hooded hook, holotype.
(Figs 30-32).
shaft than in other species of Prionospio 6 pairs of apical teeth. The 12 previously known
examined in this study, projecting beyond species of the P. steenstrupi group were com-
neuropodial lamella. Pygidium unknown (all pared in Table 3 of Maciolek (1985: 375, species
specimens incomplete or damaged poster- 1-12). Three additional species in the P. steen-
iorly). strupi group are described in this paper: P. coo-
rilla, P. kulin and P. nirripa spp. nov. Prionospio
Remarks. Prionospio kulin sp. nov. belongs to kulin is most similar to P. steenstrupi as rede-
the P. steenstrupi group of species which are scribed by Maciolek (1985) but can be distin-
characterised by having the first and fourth pair guished from the latter species by the earlier
of branchiae pinnate and hooded hooks with 4- appearance of notopodial hooded hooks (at
setigers 25-39, compared with at setigers 43-54 requires comment. Presence/absence of bran-
in P. steenstrupi); the shape of the prostomium, chial pinnae is a major taxonomic character
which is widest anteriorly and narrower at the within genera in the Prionospio complex and
level of the eyes in P. kulin but is equally wide at consistent absence of pinnae in any material
the level of the eyes in P. steenstrupi; and the under study would normally imply the presence
absence of peristomial wings in P. kulin (P. of an additional species. However in this study
steenstrupi has low peristomial wings). Prionos- no additional characters were found which
pio kulin is also characterised by the constancy would consistently separate specimens on the
of several other characters: dorsal crests are pre- basis of presence/absence of first branchial
sent over setigers 7 to 18-21 and sabre setae are pinnae. Even among those specimens which do
always present from setiger 10 in P. kulin but possess pinnae on the first pair of branchiae,
both characters were reported by Maciolek those pinnae are often fragile and few in num-
(1985) to be more variable in P. steenstrupi. ber. Figure 33 shows that this variability appears
Among the Australian species of Prionospio, P. to be size related and all material is thus referred
kulin is most similar to P. multicristata Hutch- to a single species. Branchial pinnae appear to be
ings and Rainer, 1979 but can be distinguished very readily shed in P. kulin and this character
by the having a shorter caruncle (extending to should be assessed cautiously in small or poorly
setiger 2) and having dorsal crests limited to preserved samples. (Such extreme fragility of
setigers 7-21 at most (P. multicristata has a branchial pinnae was not seen in any other
caruncle extending to setiger 4 and dorsal crests species of Prionospio examined in this study.)
on setigers 7—30).
The apparent ease with which the pinnae are Etymology. Prionospio kulin is named for the
lost from the first pair of branchiae in P. kulin four tribes of Australian aborigines from the
20
19 оо о OO OO O
18 о 000 O OOO O
E 17 © Ie O EA Ke Ra ч,
2 16 ә e eo
S
i 15 e e 0000 oo
5
qu о e ө e
©
м
9 13 eoe
9
о
o 12
14
SU 11 e
—
n
= 10
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
maximum width (mm)

Figure 33. Prionospio kulin. Graph of first setiger to bear neuropodial hooks versus maximum width (in mm,
including parapodia). Open circles = specimens apparently lacking pinnae on first pair of branchiae, closed
circles = specimens with pinnate first pair of branchiae.
256 R. S. WILSON
Port Phillip region of Victoria; these tribes col- agree in every detail with the holotype and ori-
lectively called themselves the Kulin “nation”. ginal description of P. multicristata Hutchings
and Rainer and are thus referred to that species.
Distribution. Prionospio kulin is widespread in
Prionospio multicristata is distinguished from
Bass Strait on a variety of sediments, 16-137 m,
other Australian species of the genus by the long
also known from a single record off North Head,
caruncle, the ventral neuropodial projection of
Sydney, 32 m.
setiger 2 and the dorsal crests on setigers 7-30. I
have referred the remainder of Blake and Kude-
Prionospio multicristata nov's material of P. steenstrupi to P. dubia Day,
Hutchings and Rainer, 1979 1961, P. coorilla sp. nov. and P. kulin sp. nov.
(see above).
Prionospio multicristata Hutchings and Rainer,
1979: 768-771, fig 5A-I.—Hutchings and Turvey, Distribution. Western Australia, South Aus-
1984: 11-12.— Hutchings and Murray, 1984: 60-61. tralia, New South Wales and southern Queens-
—Hartmann-Schréder, 1982: 86-87, 1984: 36. land, mostly from estuaries (Hartmann-
Prionospio malmgreni.—Hutchings, 1974: 182 (not
Claparéde, 1870).
Schréder, 1982, 1984; Hutchings and Murray,
1984).
Material examined. South Australia: Port Lincoln: HT
Stn 11A, AM W194022, 1 specimen; HT Stn 13А, AM
W194021, 2. Prionospio multipinnulata
New South Wales: Careel Bay, Pittwater, Posidonia,
Blake and Kudenov, 1978
30 Mar 1973, P. Hutchings, AM W8286, holotype.
Material identified as P. steenstrupi by Blake and Prionospio (Aquilaspio) multipinnulata Blake and
Kudenov, 1978: Wallis Lake, Forster, boatsheds, 0.3 Kudenov, 1978: 219-221, fig 24a-f.—Hartmann-
m, Zostera beds and sand, 24 May 1968, Н, Paxton, Schroder, 1984: 81-82, 1986: 54.
AM W4242, 1; Wallis Lake, Forster, boatsheds, 0.3 m, Адийахріо multipinnulata.—Hutchings and Tur-
Zostera beds and sand, 21 May 1968, H. Paxton, AM vey, 1984: 9.
W4254, 2; Wallis Lake, mixed weed bed, Dec 1970,
Dixon and O'Gower, AM W5018, 1; Wallis Lake, Material examined. Victoria: Port Phillip Bay, PPBES
Zostera beds, Dixon and O'Gower, Dec 1970, AM Stn 953, NMV G2836, holotype; PPBES Stn 953,
NMV G2833-2835, 5 paratypes.
W5020, 19; Wallis Lake, near Charlotte Bay, thick
weed and clayey mud, Dixon and O'Gower, Dec 1970, Tasmania: Fortescue Bay, Tasman Peninsula, 10 m,
AM W5021, 2. sand, 7 June 1977, Van Veen Grab, A.J. Dartnall, TM
K1004, 11 specimens; Pirates Bay, Eaglehawk Neck, 8
Description. Size range of material 48 setigers, 8 m, sand, 7 June 1977, Van Veen Grab, A.J. Dartnall,
mm long, 0.5 mm wide to 69 setigers, 22 mm TM К1005, 2: off Spring Beach. SE of Orford, 20 m, 9
long, 1.0 mm wide (anterior fragments). Pro- June 1977, A.J. Dartnall, TM K1006, 3. Stn TAS 11,
stomium rounded anteriorly, extending back as NMV F50471, 4; Stn TAS 18, NMV F50472, 30; Stn
TAS 35, ММУ Е50465, 7; Stn TAS 36, ММУ F50456,
narrow caruncle back to anterior margin of
2; Stn TAS 37, NMV F50460, 30; Stn TAS 38, NMV
setiger 4. Two pairs of black eyes, posterior pair F50457, 1: Stn TAS 40, NMV F50461, 3; Stn TAS 41,
larger, comma shaped. Peristomium forming NMV F50459, 2; Stn TAS 47, NMV F50458, 1; Stn
low lateral wings. Four pairs of branchiae: first TAS 48, NMV F50462, 1.
and fourth pairs with long pinnae basally, bare
distally, second and third pairs apinnate, shorter Description. Size range of material 49 setigers, 9
and triangular. Neuropodial lamellae of setiger 2. mm long, 0.4 mm wide to 115 setigers, 25 mm
produced ventrally into acuminate lobes. Low long, 0.7 mm wide (anterior fragments), Pro-
dorsal crests from setiger 7 to about setiger 30. stomium rounded anteriorly, extending as
Neuropodial sabre setae from setiger 10, hooded narrow caruncle to anterior margin of setiger 2.
hooks from setigers 14-18; notopodial hooded Setiger 1 well developed, fused to peristomium
hooks from setigers 27-40. Hooded hooks with which forms low lateral wings. Four pairs of
4-5 pairs of teeth above the main fang. branchiae on setigers 2—5, each branchia with
digitiform pinnules on the posterior surfaces.
Remarks. | have re-examined Blake and Dorsal crests absent or occasionally present as
Kudenov's (1978) records of Prionospio steen- very low membranes (barely visible) from about
strupi from south-eastern Australia and com- setiger 10. Sabre setae in ventral neuropodial
pared this material with Maciolek's (1985) red- positions from setiger 10-11. Hooded hooks,
escription of P. steenstrupi (based on the syntype with 4—5 pairs of teeth above main fang, appear
series). Most of Blake and Kudenov's material in neuropodia from setiger 17-22, and in noto-
was collected from the Wallis Lake estuary, New podia from setiger 26-30. Pygidium with long
South Wales. These specimens (listed above) medial cirrus and pair of lateral lappets.
Remarks. The specimens examined here agree km SSW of Cape Otway, 39°8’S, 143°24’E, 77 m,
closely with the descriptions of Blake and medium carbonate sand, Smith-McIntyre Grab, 8 Oct
Kudenov (1978) and Hutchings and Turvey 1980, G. Poore (Stn BSS-G 56) USNM 122748, 4
(1984), the only difference being that some paratypes; 65 km SSW of Cape Otway, 39°22’S,
143°10’E, 99 m, medium carbonate sand, pipe dredge,
specimens have more sparsely distributed bran- 10 Oct 1980, G. Poore (Stn BSS 71), AM W203950, 1
chial pinnules than in the type series. paratype; 30 km SW of Cape Otway, 39'01.l'S,
Distribution. South Australia, Tasmania, Vic- 143°15.2’E, 84 m, medium sand, epibenthic sled, 31
toria, southern New South Wales. This is the Jan 1981, M. Gomon et al. (Stn BSS-S 121), AM
W203951, 2 paratypes; 35 km W of Cape Otway,
first record of P. multipinnulata from Tasmania. 38°50.0°5, 143°7.5'Е, 69 m, medium carbonate sand,
Two small specimens close to P. multipinnulata Smith McIntyre Grab, 20 Nov 1981, G. Poore et al.
were reported from Western Australia by Hart- (Stn BSS-G 186), NMW.Z.1989.116.4, 3 paratypes.
mann-Schróder (1984), but the material was too Other material: Western Bass Strait: Stn BSS 55,
small to be confident of a specific identifi- NMV F50362, 3 specimens; Stn BSS-G 115, NMV
cation. F50363, 1 ; Stn BSS-G 171, NMV F50364, 7; Stn BSS-
G 200, NMV Е50365, 4. NMV unregistered: Stns BSS
Prionospio nirripa sp. nov. 47,49, 50, 51, 55, 56, 57, 60, 61, 71, 75, 76, 77, 78, 108,
112, 115, 118, 119, 120, 121, 162, 165, 163, 165, 168,
Figures 34-40 171, 172, 173, 175, 182, 185, 186, 188, 193, 197, 198,
Material examined. 250 specimens, size range 42 200, 201, 202, 205, 206, 208, (total of 223 speci-
setigers, 12 mm long, 0.5 mm wide (entire specimen) mens).
to 61 setigers, 22 mm long, 0.9 mm wide (anterior
fragment). Description. Prostomium broad anteriorly with
Holotype: anterior fragment, 28 setigers, 9 mm long, shallow indentation in anterior margin (Fig. 34).
0.9 mm wide, NMV F50359. Western Bass Strait, 27 Two pairs of red eyes, anterior pair more widely
km S of Cape Otway, 39°6.0’S, 143°35.8’E, 95 m, fine
separated and more deeply embedded (indis-
carbonate sand, Smith-McIntyre Grab, 31 Jan 1981,
tinct in holotype and some other specimens),
M. Gomon et al. (Stn BSS-G 118).
Paratypes: Western Bass Strait, type locality: NMV posterior pair distinct in all material. Prosto-
F50360-50361, 2 paratypes. Western Bass Strait, 30 mium produced posteriorly into a long narrow
\
\\ M
CA
Figures 34-40. Prionospio nirripa, holotype NMV F50359: 34, dorsal view; 35, setiger 2 parapodium; 36, setiger
3 parapodium; 37, setiger 5 parapodium; 38, setiger 10 parapodium; 39, sabre seta, setiger 17; 40, neuropodial
hooded hook, setiger 17. h, notopodial hooded hook, setiger 51, USNM paratype.
mm
All parapodia figured in anterior view. Scale bars represent: 0.5 mm (Fig. 34); 0.2 mm (Figs 35-38); 0.02
(Figs 39, 40).
258 R. S. WILSON
caruncle extending back to posterior margin of strupi group now comprises 15 species, includ-
setiger 2, attached to dorsum throughout. Peris- ing three new species described in this paper (Р.
tomium fused to setiger 1, lateral wings absent. coorilla, P. kulin and P. nirripa). The 12 pre-
Four pairs of branchiae on setigers 2—5. First viously known species were compared in Table 3
pair of branchiae as long as or up to twice as long of Maciolek (1985: 375, species 1-12). Prionos-
as notopodial lobes, with long digitiform pinnae pio nirripa most closely resembles P. multicris-
on posterior surfaces, bare anteriorly and on tata Hutchings and Rainer, 1979 in the setigers
extreme basal and distal regions. Branchiae 2 at which sabre setae and hooded hooks appear
and 3 equal in length to notopodial lobes, stout and in the ventral triangular projection of the
triangular, apinnate but with ciliated lateral neuropodia of setiger 2. The two species differ in
margins. Fourth pair of branchiae 2 to 4 times as the position at which dorsal crests occur: P.
long as branchiae 2 and 3, with long digitiform multicristata has a high dorsal crest on setiger 7,
pinnae on posterior surfaces, bare anteriorly and decreasing regularly in height posteriorly to
on extreme basal region. Setiger 1 well devel- about setiger 30 whereas P. nirripa has low dor-
oped, with small ovoid parapodial lobes and sal crests on setiger 10, decreasing posteriorly to
setae in noto- and neuropodia. Notopodia of at least setiger 30. Prionispio nirripa also has a
setigers 2-9 triangular lamellae, largest on seti- shorter caruncle than P. multicristata and differs
gers 3-5. Notopodia of setiger 10 and further in the arrangement of the pinnae on the
subsequent setigers becoming sub-ovoid in first and fourth pairs of branchiae: the branchiae
shape and extending across dorsum as low con- are densely pinnate basally in P. multicristata
tinuous dorsal crest from setiger 10. Dorsal crest and bare distally whereas in P. nirripa the bran-
reducing posteriorly but still present (but mem- chiae are bare or sparsely pinnate basally and
branous and difficult to see) at least as far back densely pinnate on the medial and distal por-
as setiger 30. Neuropodium of setiger 2 distinction. Prionospio multicristata has been recorded
tive, with a ventrally produced triangular lobe from South Australia, New South Wales and
(Fig. 35), neuropodia of setiger 3 and subsequent Queensland, mostly from estuaries. Prionospio
setigers trapezoid in shape, reducing in size on nirripa is known only from Bass Strait where it
posterior setigers (Figs 35-38). Neuropodia with occurs widely on carbonate sediments, 21 to
low presetal ridge. 99 m depth.
Notosetae ofsetiger | a single bundle of granu-
late unilimbate capillaries, setigers 2 to about 20 Etymology. The specific name nirripa is derived
with anterior row of short, wide, bilimbate gran- from an Australian aboriginal word meaning
ulate capillaries and posterior row of longer "the sea".
curved bilimbate granulate capillaries. Posterior Distribution. Widespread in eastern and western
notosetae (from about setiger 15) unilimbate Bass Strait on a variety of sandy and muddy
smooth capillaries. Neurosetae uni- and bilim- sediments, 21—99 m depth.
bate granulate capillaries anteriorly, granulae
becoming less obvious on setae of posterior Prionospio pilkena sp. nov.
setigers; capillaries smooth and unilimbate from
about setiger 15, One or two large granulate Figures 41-47
sheathed sabre setae (Fig. 39) in ventral neuro- Material examined. 6 specimens, anterior fragments,
podial positions from setiger 10. Hooded hooks size range 48 setigers, 10 mm long, 0.25 mm wide to 30
with 5-6 pairs of teeth above main fang (Fig. 40) setigers, 4.5 mm long, 0.35 mm wide,
appear in neuropodia at setiger 17 in holotype, Holotype: anterior fragment, 57 setigers, 15 mm
at setigers 15—17 in most specimens or as early as long, 0.35 mm wide, NMV F50407. Western Bass
Strait, 65 km SSW of Cape Otway, 39721'S, 143°06’E,
setiger 14 in small worms. Hooded hooks iden-
101 m, medium carbonate sand, pipe dredge, 10 Oct
tical to those in neuropodia appear in notopodia 1980, G. Poore et al. (Stn BSS 70).
from setigers 22-26 in small specimens (0.6 mm Paratypes: Western Bass Strait, type locality, NMV
wide) or later at setiger 35-36 in specimens 1.0 F50408, 1 paratype. Western Bass Strait, 15 km S of
mm wide. Pygidium typical for genus, with long Cape Otway, 39°00’S, 143°32’E, 79 m, medium car-
medial cirrus and pair of lateral lappets. bonate sand, naturalists dredge, 8 Oct 1980, G. Poore
et al. (Stn BSS 50), NMV F50409, 1 paratype. Western
Remarks. Prionospio nirripa belongs to the P. Bass Strait, 62 km SW of Cape Otway, 39*18'S,
Steenstrupi group of species which have the first 143°03’E, 113 m, coarse carbonate sand, Smith
McIntyre Grab, 10 Oct 1980, G. Poore et al. (Stn BSS
and fourth pairs of branchiae pinnate and the
69), AM W203952, 1 paratype. South-western Bass
second and third pairs apinnate. The P. steen- Strait, mid-point of strait separating Three Hummock
Island and Walker Island, NW Tasmania, 40°31’S, teriorly from setiger 3 becoming vestigial
144*56'E, 27 m, very coarse shell, Smith McIntyre rounded lobes by about setiger 20. Three pairs of
Grab, 2 Nov 1980, P. Forsyth et al. (Stn BSS-G 109), apinnate branchiae on setigers 3-5, digitiform to
USNM 122749, 1 paratype. Western Bass Strait, 30 slightly lanceolate in form. First pair of bran-
km S of Warrnambool, 38°42.8’S, 142°35.6’E, 69 m,
chiae with heavily ciliated margins (Fig. 43) and
coarse sand, pipe dredge, 20 Nov 1981, R. Wilson et
al., (Stn BSS 189), NMW.Z.1989.116.5, 1 paratype. slightly longer than longest notopodial lobe,
other branchiae about equal to notopodial lobe
Description. Prostomium broadly rounded length. Branchiae absent from setiger 2 in all
anteriorly, narrowing sharply in posterior third specimens; no branchial scars visible under
to form caruncle extending back to posterior either light or scanning electron microscopes.
margin of setiger | (Fig. 41). No nuchal organ or Dorsal crests and interparapodial pouches
eyes visible. Peristomium fused to setiger 1, absent.
forming low lateral wings which partly enclose Notosetae and neurosetae all granulate uni-
the posterior third of prostomium. Setiger 1 and bilimbate capillaries in 2 rows anteriorly,
reduced, with few capillary noto- and neurosetae reducing to a single row of smooth nonlimbate
but without parapodial lamellae. Notopodia lan- capillaries in each fascicle by setigers 15-20.
ceolate lobes, longest over setigers 2-4, there- Sabre setae appear in ventral neuropodial pos-
after reducing quickly to low rounded lobes, itions at setigers 15-16 (setiger 15 in holotype).
very small and barely visible by about setiger 20. Sabre setae anteriorly heavily granulate and
Neuropodia largest over setigers 2-4 (Figs 42- strongly unilimbate (Fig. 45), posteriorly (by
44), ovoid in shape and reducing in size pos- about setiger 40) with finer granulae present
47
Figures 41-47. Prionospio pilkena: 41, dorsal view, holotype NMV F50407; 42, setiger 2 parapodium, paratype
NMV F50408; 43, setiger 3 parapodium, holotype; 44, setiger 9 parapodium, paratype NMV F50408; 45, sabre
seta, setiger 16, holotype; 46, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 51, holotype; 47, notopodial hooded hook, setiger
49, holotype.
(Figs 42-44).
260 R. S. WILSON
only over distal half. Hooded hooks with 4 pairs The absence of dorsal crests, the strongly
of small apical teeth above main fang (Fig. 46) reduced notopodia (except on setigers 3-5) and
appear in neuropodia at setigers 18—19 (setiger the presence of apinnate branchiae on setigers
18 1n holotype). Notopodial hooded hooks (Fig. 3-5 only, readily distinguish P. pilkena from all
47), with longer shafts but otherwise identical to other Australian species of Prionospio.
neuropodial hooded hooks, appear in holotype
Etymology. The specific name pilkena is derived
at setiger 45, and at setiger 52 in only other speci-
from an Australian aboriginal word meaning
men to carry notopodial hooded hooks
"different",
(paratype NMV F50408). Pygidium unknown,
Distribution. Known only from six specimens
Remarks. Prionospio pilkena is unusual among
from western Bass Strait, south-eastern Aus-
species in the Prionospio complex in lacking
tralia, 27-113 m, carbonate sediments,
branchiae on setiger 2; only 3 other species share
this character: Prionospio banyulensis Laubier, Prionospio tatura sp. nov.
1968, P. ockelmanni Pleijel, 1985 and Aurospio
boreus Maciolek, 1981, The genus Aurospio Figures 48-56
Maciolek, 1981 was defined by Maciolek as hav- Prionospio (Minuspio) — cirrifera.—Blake and
ing two pairs of apinnate branchiae on setigers 3 Kudenov, 1978; 222-224, Fig. 25a (in part, not Wirén,
and 4, branchiae partly fused to the notopodia, 1883).
and hooded hooks lacking secondary hood.
Material examined. Over 200 specimens, size range 70
Subsequently, Prionospio banyulensis Laubier, setigers, 7 mm long, 0.3 mm wide to 70 setigers, 9 mm
1968 has been questionably referred to Aurospio long, 0.4 mm wide (entire worms).
by Maciolek (1985). Nevertheless, no other Holotype: entire specimen, 70 setigers, 13 mm long.
species of Prionospio shares the characters used 0.3 mm wide, ММУ F53898, Hobsons Bay and Yarra
to define Aurospio, and I prefer to retain Auros- River, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, 37°50°S, 144°53’E,
pio as a monotypic genus, containing 4. boreus, about 8 m, Smith-MceIntyre Grab, 9-11 Mar 1971,
until type material of all taxa can be exam- G.Poore et al., Marine Studies Group (PPBES Stn
ined. 131).
Paratypes: Hobsons Bay and Yarra River, type
Prionospio pilkena is most similar to P.
locality, NMV F53899-53902, 20 paratypes; AM
ockelmanni and P. banyulensis, however the W203953, 10 paratypes; NMW.Z.1989.116.6, 10
new species can be readily distinguished by the paratypes; USNM 122750, 10 paratypes.
form of the prostomium and caruncle, The pros- Other material: Western Australia: Nornalup, J.
tomium ofP. pilkena is narrow and elongate and Shaw, NMV F53903, 1 specimen.
the caruncle extends back to the posterior mar- Victoria: PPBES Stn 128, NMV G3155, 9 speci-
gin of setiger 2 whereas P. banyulensis and P. mens; PPBES Stn 134, NMV G3197, 109; PPBES Stn
ockelmanni have prostomia which are broader 952, NMV G3151, 36; Gippsland Lakes, Paynesville,
and blunt anteriorly and caruncles which barely 2m, sand, J.D. Kudenov, 7 Aug 1975, NMV G3145,
20.
extend to the posterior limit of the first setiger.
The distribution of setae also distinguish P. pil- Comparative material of other taxa. Prionospio multi-
kena: sabre setae appear at setigers 15-16 in P. branchiata.—Mackie, 1984 (not Berkeley, 1927):
pilkena but are present from setiger 10 in P. ban- Scotland: Loch Creran (upper basin), Stn P, 25 m,
yulensis and P. ockelmanni, and neuropodial mud. A.S.Y. Mackie, 14 Feb 1978, NMW
hooded hooks appear at setigers 18-19 in P. pil- Z.1985.023.19, 10 specimens,
kena and at setiger 12 in P. banyulensis and P. Description. Prostomium widest at mid-point,
ockelmanni. (Prionospio banyulensis and P. broadly rounded anteriorly, produced pos-
ockelmanni are similar in the arrangement of teriorly into narrow caruncle extending back to
branchiae and setae and may be synonymous.) posterior margin of setiger 1 (Fig. 48). Paired
Prionospio pilkena is also similar to P. japonica nuchal organs surround caruncle. One or 2 pairs
Okuda, 1935 but differs in the structure of the of red eyes, sometimes faint or absent. Peristom-
sabre setae have an unusual long fine point in P. ium partly fused to setiger 1, forming low lateral
japonica (Okuda, 1935: fig. 1e) which is lacking wings. Setiger 1 with small but distinct notopod-
in P. pilkena, in lacking branchiae on setiger 2, in ial and neuropodial lobes, both with setae. Noto-
the later appearance of sabre setae (at setigers podia asymmetrical lanceolate lobes, largest on
15-16 as against at setiger 10 in P. japonica) and setigers 2-7, reducing to low rounded lobes by
the later appearance of notopodial hooded about setiger 12, then reducing furtherso asto be
hooks (at setiger 45-52 as against at setiger 27 in barely visible by setiger 20. Neuropodia irregu-
P. japonica). larin shape, largest over anterior setigers, reduc-
Figures 48-56. Prionospio tatura: 48, dorsal view, holotype NMV F53898. 49— 55, paratype NMV F53899: 49,
setiger 2 parapodium; 50, setiger 3 parapodium; 51, setiger 4 parapodium; 52, setiger 9 parapodium; 53, setiger
13 parapodium; 54, sabre seta, setiger 25; 55, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 25. 56, notopodial hooded hook,
setiger 57, paratype NMV F53900.
(Figs 54—56).
ing to low rounded lobes by setiger 12 (Figs and about one third as long as first pair of bran-
49-53). Six to 11 pairs of apinnate branchiae chiae. Dorsal crests and interparapodial
from setiger 2 (9 pairs in holotype), posterior pouches absent.
Notosetae and neurosetae all granulate lim-
branchiae with ciliated margins. First pair of
bate capillaries in 2 rows anteriorly, reducing to
branchiae 2-3 times as long as notopodium,
a single row by about setiger 15. Granulate
branchiae of subsequent setigers decreasing in
sheathed sabre setae (Fig. 54) appear in neuro-
length with posterior-most (and shortest) bran-
podia at setigers 9-12 (setiger 10 in holotype).
chial pair less than twice as long as notopodia
262 R. S. WILSON
Hooded hooks with 4 pairs of small teeth above tatura (and P. wambiri and P. yuriel). In addi-
the main fang (Fig. 55) appear in neuropodia at tion, P. multibranchiata.—Mackie, 1984, the
setigers 13-17 (setiger 15 in holotype). Noto- first appearance of neuropodial sabre setae and
podial hooded hooks (Fig. 56), with longer shafts hooded hooks moves posteriorly with increasing
but otherwise identical to neuropodial hooded size of the specimen; no such size related vari-
hooks, appear at setigers 23-38 (setiger 33 in ation was observed in either P. tatura, P.
holotype). Pygidium with short median cirrus wambiri or P. yuriel. Mackie's unpublished
and pair of triangular lateral lappets. notes show that P. multibranchiata from Canada
can be distinguished from all 3 Australian spe-
cies on the basis of the shorter branchiae and the
Remarks. Among species of Prionospio with distribution of sabre setae and hooded hooks
only apinnate branchiae (summarised by Macio- (A.S.Y. Mackie, pers. comm.). All southern Aus-
lek, 1985: Table 4) P. tatura is most similar to P. tralian records of P. cirrifera examined here
cirrifera Wirén, 1883 and P. multibranchiata have been referred to P. tatura, P. wambiri and
Berkeley, 1927. Prionospio cirrifera was rede- P. yuriel. Additional more northerly records of
scribed by Mackie (1984) and can be distin- Prinospio cirrifera that are not reassessed here
guished from P. tatura (and 2 related Australian are Blake and Kudenov (1978), Hutchings and
species: P. wambiri and P. yuriel spp. nov., de- Rainer (1979) and Hutchings and Murray
scribed below) by the shorter branchiae, the (1984) (material from New South Wales and
longer caruncle (extending to the posterior mar- Queensland). I have seen the Hawkesbury River
gin of setiger 2 in P. cirrifera) and the presence of material of Hutchings and Murray (1984); the
dorsal crests on post-branchial setigers. Prionos- specimens are in poor condition but appear to
pio cirrifera also differs in having acuminate represent one or more undescribed species.
ventral prolongation of the neuropodial lamel- Additional species might be expected to occur in
lae of setiger 2. Mackie (1984) also provided a northern Australia, however it is beyond the
description of P. multibranchiata based on scope ofthis paper to treat the tropical and sub-
material from Scotland, however subsequent tropical fauna. Such a study should in any case
examination of specimens from near the type include more comprehensive collections from
locality (Vancouver Island, Canada) indicates northern Australia than are currently available.
that P. multibranchiata.—Mackie, 1984 is dis- It is unlikely that Prionospio cirrifera occurs in
tinct from P. multibranchiata Berkeley, 1927 Australia.
(A.S.Y. Mackie, pers. comm.). Prionospio multi- Among Australian species, P. ѓаѓиға is most
branchiata.—Mackie, 1984 possesses a long similar to P. wambiri and P. yuriel. The three
caruncle and dorsal crests on post-branchial species can be distinguished using the characters
setigers which distinguish this species from P. given in Table 2.
Table 2. Comparison of three related Australian species of Prionospio.
Species prostomium branchiae first setiger with

neuropodial:
sabre hooded
setae hooks
Ee
‎‫س‬ U,
P. tatura ^ widest at mid-point longest on setiger 2, 9-12 13-17
decreasing in length
posteriorly
P. wambiri widest close to anterior longest on setiger 2, 14-16 16-21
margin decreasing in length
posteriorly
P. yuriel widest at posterior- longest on setigers 4-5, 11-13 14-19
most region decreasing in length on
anterior and posterior
setigers
———————————Á— ER ш ..
Etymology. The specific name tatura is derived 81 setigers, 18 mm long, 0.9 mm wide (entire speci-
from an Australian aboriginal word meaning men).
“small lagoon". Holotype: entire specimen, 88 setigers, 15 mm long,
0.8 mm wide, NMV F53904. Tasmania, Woodbridge,
Distribution. Estuarine localities in Western 43°9.5’S, 147°14.0’E, intertidal, fine muddy sand,
Australia and Victoria. hand spade, 28 Apr 1985, R. Wilson (Stn TAS 44).
Paratypes: Tasmania, type locality, NMV F53905-
Prionospio wambiri sp. nov. 53906, 2 paratypes; AM W203954, 2 paratypes;
USNM 122751, 2 paratypes. Tasmania, Dover Jetty,
Figures 57-65 43*19.0'S, 147°1.0’E, 1.5 m, muddy fine sand and
Minuspio cirrifera.—Hutchings and Murray, 1984: Zostera, SCUBA airlift, 27 Apr 1985, R. Wilson (Stn
59 (in part; not Wirén, 1883). TAS 40) NMW.Z.1989.116.7, 5 paratypes; NMV
F53907, 26 paratypes.
Material examined. 26 specimens, size range 35 seti- Other material: Tasmania: Stn TAS 2, NMV
gers, 3.5 mm long, 0.3 mm wide (anterior fragment) to F53908, 4 specimens; Stn TAS 4, ММУ F53909, 2; Stn
59
Figures 57-65. Prionospio wambiri: 57, dorsal view, holotype ММУ F53904. 58- 65, paratype NMV F53905: 58,
setiger 2 parapodium; 59, setiger 3 parapodium; 60, setiger 4 parapodium; 61, setiger 9 parapodium; 62, setiger
13 parapodium; 63, sabre seta, setiger 26; 64, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 26; 65, notopodial hooded hook,
setiger 60.
(Figs 63-65).
264 R. S. WILSON
TAS 11, NMV F53910, 1; Stn TAS 41, NMV F53911, Etymology. The specific name wambiri is de-
3; Stn TAS 47, NMV F53912, I; Stn TAS 48, NMV rived from an Australian aboriginal word mean-
F53913, 8; Stn TAS 51, NMV F53914, 3. ing “sea coast”.
Bass Strait: Stn BSS-S 109, NMV F50400, 1; Stn
BSS-S 117, NMV F50401, 1; Stn BSS-S 179, NMV Distribution. Tasmania, Bass Strait and Jervis
F50402, 1; Stn BSS-S 212, NMV F50403-50404, 2. Bay, New South Wales, from a variety of sedi-
New South Wales: Jervis Bay, 25 Apr 1972, New ments, intertidal to 55 m depth.
South Wales Fisheries, AM W194090, 1 specimen
(part of material of Hutchings and Murray, 1984). Prionospio yuriel sp. nov.
Description. Prostomium widest close to an- Figures 66-74
terior margin, narrower in mid-region and pro- Prionospio (Minuspio) cirrifera.—Blake and
duced posteriorly into narrow caruncle which Kudenov, 1978; 222-224, Fig 25a (in part, not Wirén,
extends back to posterior margin of setiger | 1883).
(Fig. 57). Paired nuchal organs surround carun- Minuspio cirrifera.—Hutchings and Turvey, 1984:
cle. One pair of irregularly-shaped red eye spots 11 (not Wirén, 1883).—Hutchings and Murray, 1984:
present, sometimes with additional 1 or 2 pairs 59 (not Wirén, 1883; in part, material from Botany
of smaller eye spots. Peristomium fused to Bay).
setiger 1, forming low lateral wings. Setiger | Material examined. Over 1200 specimens, size range
with notosetae, neurosetae and small notopodial 30 setigers, 5 mm long, 0.2 mm wide (entire worm), to
and neuropodial lobes. Notopodia asymmetri- 34 setigers, 0.5 mm wide, 9 mm long (anterior frag-
cal lanceolate lobes, largest on setigers 2-9, ment).
reducing posteriorly to low rounded lobes, bar- Holotype: anterior fragment, 43 setigers, 8 mm long,
ely visible by setiger 20. Neuropodia irregular in 0.3 mm wide, NMV F53915. Victoria, Port Phillip
Bay, 9 km E of Portarlington, 38°7.0’S, 144°44.7’E, 4
shape, largest over setigers 2-9, reducing to low
m, sand, venturi sampler, 16 Nov 1971, Fisheries and
rounded lobes by setiger 20 (Figs 58-62). Neuro- Wildlife Department (PPBES Stn 945) (part of ma-
podia of setiger 2 with ventrally directed pro- terial of Blake and Kudenov, 1978).
cess. Seven to 12 pairs of apinnate branchiae Paratypes: Victoria, Port Phillip Bay, type locality,
from setiger 2 (9 pairs in holotype), all except NMV F53916-53918, NMV G3150, 41 paratypes;
anterior 1-2 pairs with ciliated margins. First AM W203955, 4 paratypes; NMW.Z.1989.116.8, 6
pair of branchiae longest, 2-2.5 times as long as paratypes; USNM 122752, 6 paratypes (part of ma-
notopodia, branchiae of subsequent setigers terial of Blake and Kudenov, 1978).
decreasing regularly in length with posterior- Other material: South Australia: Streaky Bay, HT
Stn 02B, AM W19302, 1 specimen (material of Hutch-
most branchial pair 1.5-2 times as long as noto-
ings and Turvey, 1984). Bass Strait: Stn BSS-G 49,
podial lobe and about half as long as first pair of ММУ F50405, 1 specimen; Stn BSS-G 197, NMV
branchiae. Dorsal crests and interparapodial F50406, 1.
pouches absent. Victoria: Port Phillip Bay: PPBES Stn 128, NMV
Notosetae and neurosetae all granulate lim- G3155, over 1000 specimens; PPBES Stn 131, NMV
bate capillaries in 2 rows anteriorly, reducing to G3156, 1; PPBES Stn 901, NMV G3146, 93 speci-
single rows by about setigers 15—20. Granulate mens; PPBES Stn 913, NMV G3147, 2; PPBES Stn
limbate sabre setae (Fig. 63) appear in neuro- 921, NMV G3148, 9; PPBES Stn 932, NMV G3149,3:
podia at setigers 14—16 (setiger 15 in holotype). PPBES Stn 952, NMV F53919, 5; PPBES Stn 962,
Neuropodial hooded hooks (Fig. 64) with 4 pairs NMV G3152, 1; PPBES Stn 978, NMV G3153;
PPBES Stn 983, NMV G3154, 4 (part of material of
of small teeth above the main fang appear at
Blake and Kudenov, 1978).
setigers 16-20 (setiger 17 in holotype). Noto- New South Wales: Towra Point, Botany Bay,
podial hooded hooks (Fig. 65), with longer shafts Zostera, 2 m, 17 Apr 1973, New South Wales Fish-
but otherwise identical to neuropodial hooded eries, AM W16907-16910, 12 specimens (part of
hooks, appear at setigers 36—50 (setiger 41 in material of Hutchings and Murray, 1984).
holotype). Pygidium with short median cirrus
Description. Prostomium narrow and elongate
and pair of triangular lateral lappets.
anteriorly, broadest at posterior-most third, pro-
Remarks. Prionospio wambiri is most similar to duced posteriorly into narrow caruncle extend-
P. tatura and P. yuriel. All three species can be ing to posterior margin of setiger 1 (Fig. 66).
distinguished using the characters given in Table Paired nuchal organs surround the caruncle.
2. Further comments comparing these three One pair of faint red eye spots present in some
Australian species with related Northern Hemi- specimens posterior to widest part of pro-
shere taxa are provided in the Remarks section stomium. Peristomium separate from setiger 1,
of the account of P. tatura. forming low lateral wings. Setiger 1 with both
Figures 66-74. Prionospio yuriel: 66-73, paratype NMV F53916: 66, dorsal view; 67, setiger 2 parapodium; 68,
setiger 3 parapodium; 69, setiger 4 parapodium; 70, setiger 9 parapodium; 71, setiger 13 parapodium; 72, sabre
seta, setiger 25; 73, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 25; 74, notopodial hooded hook, setiger 43, holotype NMV
133915.
(Figs 72-74).
notosetae and neurosetae, without obvious para- Neuropodia of setigers 3, 5 and subsequent
podial lobes. Notopodia asymmetrical lanceo- setigers symmetrical semicircular lobes reducing
late lobes, largest on setigers 2-5, reducing pos- in size posteriorly to low lobes by setiger 12, bar-
teriorly to symmetrical rounded lobes with ely visible by setiger 30 (Figs 68, 70, 71). Six to 9
median protuberances by setiger 12. Notopodia pairs of apinnate branchiae from setiger 2 (6
further reduced to low circular lobes by setiger pairs in holotype), basal region of branchiae with
20, barely visible by setiger 30. Neuropodia lar- ciliated margins. Branchiae of setiger 2 about 4
gest on setigers 2-4; setigers 2 and 4 with con- times notopodial length, increasing in length to
spicuous dorsally directed lobes (Figs 67, 69). maximum at setigers 4-5 where branchiae meas-
266 R. S. WILSON
ure up to 1.5 times length of first pair of bran- fused with achaetous first segment, forming
chiae. Branchiae then decrease in length poster- large lateral wings enclosing prostomium.
iorly, last pair equal to or slightly shorter than Setiger 1 well developed, distinct from preced-
first pair of branchiae. Dorsal crests and inter- ing segment. Three pairs of branchiae, from
parapodial pouches absent. setiger 1, all with flat flabellate or bifoliate pin-
Notosetae and neurosetae all granulate lim- nules. Distinct transverse dorsal ridge between
bate capillaries in 2 rows anteriorly, reducing to branchial bases on setiger 1. Hooded hooks with
single rows by about setigers 15-20. Granulate conspicuous striated secondary internal hood.
limbate sabre setae (Fig. 72) appear in neuro-
Type species. Prionospio pinnata Ehlers, 1901,
podia at setigers 11—13 (setiger 11 in holotype). subsequent designation by Caullery, 1914.
Hooded hooks, with 4-5 pairs of small teeth
above main fang (Fig. 73), appear in neuropodia Remarks. Yokoyama and Tamai (1981) de-
at setigers 14—19 (setiger 17 in holotype). Noto- scribed 4 “forms” of Paraprionospio and recog-
podial hooded hooks (Fig. 74), with longer shafts nised many new characters but stopped short of
but otherwise identical to neuropodial hooded formally describing any new species. The type
hooks, appear at setigers 34—42 (setiger 42 in species is redescribed below from the syntypes
holotype). Pygidium with long median cirrus with reference to the new characters used by
and pair of very small lateral lappets. Yokoyama and Tamai.
Remarks. Prionospio yuriel is most likely to be Paraprionospio coora sp. nov.
confused with the two Australian species de-
scribed above, P. tatura and P. wambiri; all three Figures 75-83
species can be distinguished using the characters Paraprionospio pinnata.—Blake and Kudenov,
given in Table 2. Further comments comparing 1978; 209-210 (not Ehlers, 1901).
these three Australian species with related
Northern Hemishere taxa are provided in the Material examined. 46 specimens, size range 48 setig-
ers, 8 mm long, 0.4 mm wide (entire specimen) to 37
Remarks section of the account of P. tatura.
setigers, 19 mm long, 1.6 mm wide (anterior frag-
I have examined Hutchings and Murray's ment).
(1984) material identified as P. cirrifera. The Holotype: entire specimen, 71 setigers, 20 mm long,
specimens from Botany Bay, New South Wales 0.8 mm wide at setiger 5, NMV F50424. Central Bass
are referrable to P. yuriel. The specimens from Strait, 90 km N of Wynyard, 40*10.9'S, 145°44.3’E, 75
the Hawkesbury River, New South Wales are m, sand-silt-clay, Smith-McIntyre Grab, 13 Nov 1981,
generally in too poor condition to be confident G. Poore et al. (Stn BSS-G 157).
of their identity, however the distribution of Paratypes: Central Bass Strait, type locality; NMV
sabre setae and hooded hooks indicates that P. F50425, 1 paratype. Central Bass Strait, 90 km S of
Tidal River, Wilsons Promontory, 39°49.5’S,
yuriel and another (possibly undescribed)
146*18.5'E, 82 m, sand-silt-clay, Smith-McIntyre
species may be present in the Hawkesbury. Grab, 13 Nov 1981, G. Poore et al. (Stn BSS-G 158),
Etymology. The specific name yuriel is derived AM W203956, 1 paratype. Eastern Bass Strait, 60 km
from an Australian aboriginal word meaning E of North Point, Flinders Island, 39°44.8’S,
“coastal bay". 148'40.6/E, 124 m, clayey sand, Smith-McIntyre
Grab, G. Poore et al. (Stn BSS-G 167), USNM 122753,
Distribution. Inshore waters of South Australia, 2 paratypes; NMW.Z.1989.116.9, 2 paratypes; AM
Victoria and New South Wales from a variety of W203957, 2 paratypes; NMV F50426- 50430, 5
soft sediments; two records from the continental paratypes.
shelf of Bass Strait 46 and 81 m. Other material: Tasmania: Stn TAS 6, NMV
F50470, 1 specimen; Stn TAS 30, NMV F50476, 3; Stn
Paraprionospio Caullery, 1914 TAS 32, NMV F50481, 1.
Bass Strait: Stn BSS-G 115, NMV F50431, 3 speci-
Diagnosis. Prostomium elongate to spindle- mens; Stn BSS-S 115, NMV F50421, 7; Stn BSS-S 155,
shaped, lacking posterior caruncle. Peristomium ММУ F50432, 1; Stn BSS-G 159, NMV F50433, 1; Stn
Figures 75-83. Paraprionospio coora: 75, dorso-lateral view, paratype NMV F50426. 76-83, holotype NMV
F50424: 76, dorsal view, prostomium; 77, setiger 2 parapodium, anterior view; 78, setiger 9 parapodium,
anterior view; 79, setiger 24 parapodium, posterior view; 80, setiger 45 parapodium, posterior view; 81, sabre
seta, setiger 13; 82, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 13; 83, notopodial hooded hook, setiger 56.
Scale bars represent: 2.0 mm (Fig. 75); 0.5 mm (Figs 76, 78-80); 0.2 mm (Fig. 77); 0.02 mm (Figs 81-
83).
7.4
om.
DEaU
268 R. S. WILSON
BSS-S 159, NMV F50434, 1; Stn BSS-G 165, NMV Anterior notosetae and neurosetae all faintly
F50435, 2; BSS-S 167, NMV F50436, 3; Stn BSS-G granulate, unilimbate and bilimbate capillaries.
168, NMV F50437, 1; Stn BSS-G 169, NMV F50438, Hooded hooks, one or two granulate unilimbate
F50439, 2: Stn BSS-S 175, NMV F50440, 1; Stn BSS-S sabre setae and smooth nonlimbate capillaries
209, NMV F50441, 1. appear in neuropodia from setiger 9. Many sabre
New South Wales: Stockton Bight, 6-9 m, pipe setae with sharp bend near tip (Fig. 81). Smooth
dredge, 9 Jul 1970, N. Ruello, AM W4410, 2 speci-
nonlimbate capillaries completely replace
mens; off Malabar, SBS Stn CA5, 28 m, 22 May 1972,
AM W6501, 2; off Malabar, SBS Stn B3 81, AM granulate limbate capillary neurosetae by about
W6502, 1 (material of Blake and Kudenov, 1978). setiger 13. Granulate limbate capillary notosetae
persist for several setigers more than in neuro-
Description. Prostomium rounded anteriorly, podia but replaced by smooth nonlimbate capil-
spindle shaped, widest at level of eyes, extending laries by about setiger 24. All neuropodial
posteriorly as low raised ridge almost to setiger 1 hooded hooks with 2 pairs of teeth above main
(Fig. 76). Two pairs of red to black eyes, anterior fang and distinctly striate secondary internal
pair more widely separated and partly hidden hoods (Fig. 82). Notopodial hooded hooks, with
beneath peristomial wings (a few specimens with long straight shafts (Fig. 83), appear at setigers
only 1 pair of eyes or none). Palps ventrally 38-41 (setiger 41 in holotype). Interparapodial
grooved and with basal sheath (palps lost from pouches in most specimens, appearing between
holotype and many other specimens). Peristom- setigers 8/9 for variable number of setigers: to
ium extending dorsally as pair of lateral wings about setiger 13/14 on specimens less than 0.9
partly enclosing the prostomium (Fig. 75). Most mm wide (including parapodia) or to about
specimens with orange-brown pigmented patch setiger 20/21 in larger specimens (up to 1.6 mm
on each peristomial wing; patch absent in wide) and to setiger 17/18 in holotype. Dorsum
holotype and several other specimens. Posterior
of setigers 13-18 with transverse series of about
margin of each peristomial wing with a small
13-15 lighter coloured slightly raised ridges, 2 or
papilla. Muscular gizzard visible between about 3 ridges per setiger. Dorsum otherwise smooth
setigers 6—9 (between setigers 7-8 on holotype). and without transparent areas of cuticle. No
Branchiae on setigers 1—3, first pair usually the
ventral bilobed flap on setiger 8. Pygidium with
largest (many specimens with one or more bran-
long median cirrus and pair oflateral cirri which
chiae missing). First pair of branchiae joined
may be extremely fine and difficult to see in
basally by prominent dorsal crest and with sev-
some specimens.
eral triangular lamellae basally on anterior sur-
faces. Dorsal crests otherwise absent. Branchiae Remarks. Paraprionospio coora sp. nov. appears
otherwise bare anteriorly and basally, with to be very close to Paraprionospio Form C1 de-
closely packed lamellar plates enclosing lateral scribed by Yokoyama and Tamai (1981) from
and posterior surfaces. Branchial lamellae con- Japan, but has hooded hooks with two rather
sist of few bifoliate plates basally; therafter all than three pairs of apical teeth. Paraprionospio
lamellae flabellate and continue to tip of bran- coora also has a series of transverse dorsal ridges
chiae. Some small specimens, and specimens over setigers 13-15; Yokoyama and Tamai
with apparently regenerating branchiae, with made no mention of this character but noted
bifoliate lamellae over all or most branchiae; that “The anterior segments are faintly annu-
with flabellate lamellae, if present, restricted to lated and bear two ciliated bands on the dor-
”
extreme distal portion. No slender filament at sum.
base of third pair of branchiae. Notopodia anter-
Etymology. The specific name coora is not
iorly elongate triangular lobes, longest on setig-
meant to be descriptive; it is derived from an
ers 2-4, folded dorsally over the notosetae. Neu-
Australian aboriginal word meaning “blue gum
ropodia of setigers 1—5 sub-ovoid acuminate
иге,
lobes (Fig. 77). Low presetal ridges in notopodia
of about setigers 1-14 and in neuropodia of Distribution. Known from Tasmania, central
about setigers 1-8. Notopodia and neuropodia and eastern Bass Strait, and from the continental
reducing in size posteriorly, notopodia remain- shelf off Sydney, New South Wales. Collected
ing dorsaly acuminate throughout, becoming from a variety of sediment types, 6 to 124 m.
elongate subulate by about setiger 20, then cir-
riform from about setiger 35. Neuropodia Paraprionospio pinnata (Ehlers, 1901)
becoming rounded posteriorly, reducing to low
postsetal ridges by about setiger 12 (Figs 78— Figures 84—93
80). Prionospio pinnata Ehlers, 1901: 163-164.
85, dorso-
Figures 84-93. Paraprionospio pinnata: 84—89, lectotype HZM 5814: 84, dorsal view, prostomium;
bran-
lateral view; 86, setiger 2 parapodium; 87, setiger 9 parapodium; 88, setiger 33 parapodium; 89, median
hooded hook,
chial lamella; 90, sabre seta, setiger 15, paralectotype HZM 5814. 91-93, lectotype: 91, neuropodial
view; 92, neuropodial hooded hook, setiger 33, lateral view; 93, notopodial hooded hook,
setiger 9, oblique
setiger 33, lateral view.
85, 89); 0.1
All parapodia figured in anterior view. Scale bars represent: 0.5 mm (Figs 84, 86-88); 1.0 mm (Figs
mm (Fig. 90); 0.02 mm (Figs 91-93).
270 R. S. WILSON
Material examined. Chile: Talcahuano Talcanano], 5 ing to smooth nonlimbate capillaries between
fathoms [9.5 m], 4 May 1893, W. Michaelsen, HZM about setigers 10 and 15. Neuropodial hooded
V5814, 5 syntypes, consisting of 5 anterior fragments hooks, with 3 pairs of apical teeth above main
and 7 middle and posterior fragments. Size range of fang and striate internal hood (Figs 91, 92),
anterior fragments: 24 setigers, 10 mm long, 2.0 mm appear at setiger 9; notopodial hooded hooks
maximum width (at setiger 5, including parapodia) to
35 setigers, 16 mm long, 2.0 mm wide.
(Fig. 93) appearing by about setiger 33. Sabre
setae apparently broken or missing in lectotype
Redescription. The following redescription and 3 paralectotypes; 2 sabre setae from single
relates to the lectotype, designated here, consist- paralectotype (Fig. 90) long curved and granu-
ing of the longest anterior fragment: 35 setigers, late but without wings. First appearance of sabre
16 mm long, 2.0 mm wide, a gravid female with setae could not be determined. Body without
many irregular eggs about 120 um across the dorsal crests interparapodial pouches. Ventral
largest dimension. Any variation found in the 4 bilobed flap on setiger 8 absent. Semi-transpar-
paralectotypes is given in brackets. Colour in ent patches of dorsal cuticle on about setigers
alcohol pale yelow with no obvious patterns or 21-35. Shallow ventral depression running
markings. Body widest at setiger 5, anterior 10 longitudinally over anterior 20 setigers, becom-
setigers dorsoventrally flattened and ovoid in ing a deep ventral groove from about setiger 22
cross-section, thereafter roughly circular. Mus- and posteriorly (deep groove continuing to
culargizzard faintly visible in one paralectotype, pygidium in all posterior fragments). Four pos-
between about setigers 6-9. Prostomium trun- terior fragments with intact pygidia, apparently
cate to slightly rounded anteriorly, projecting having only single narrow cirri; no lateral cirri
slightly beyond peristomium, continuing as could be found.
narrow caruncle back to setiger 1 (Fig. 84). No
Remarks. The above description was framed
eyes visible. Peristomium enclosing prostom-
with particular respect to the new characters
ium, with pair of prominent lateral wings
used by Yokoyama and Tamai (1981) in describ-
without marginal papillae (Fig. 85). Palps miss-
ing from all specimens but 2 detached palps pre-
ing four new forms of Paraprionospio from
Japan. Each of the new forms from Japan is dis-
sent in the vial; these are grooved on one surface
tinct from P. pinnata. Form A of Yokoyama and
and have a sheath enclosing the basal third to
Tamai is most similar to P. pinnata, but differs
half of the palp. Setiger 1 with prominent dorsal
in the presence of a papilla on the posterior mar-
crest at base of first pair of branchiae. Lectotype
with single branchia intact on each of setigers 1— gins of the peristomial wings, a filament at the
base of the third branchia, transverse dorsal
3 (other material with various combinations of
branchiae intact but all specimens evidently crests on setigers 21—35 and lateral anal cirri. All
originally possessed one pair of branchiae on of the above characters are absent in P. pinnata.
each of setigers 1-3). Each pair of branchiae of Maciolek (1985) provided many references to P.
approximately equal length, with densely pinnata and suggested a wide distribution,
packed bifoliate lamellae (Fig. 89) over most of however her brief description made no mention
thelength ofthe branchiae, decreasing slightly in of the new characters recognised by Yokoyama
size distally, branchial shaft bare anteriorly and and Tamai and may not be synonymous with P.
pinnata.
basally. First pair of branchiae without anterior
basal accessory lamellae. Filament absent from Distribution. The type locality is Chile.
base of third pair of branchiae. Notopodia an- Reported to be cosmopolitan (e.g. Maciolek,
teriorly elongate triangular lobes, longest over 1985) but all records require confirmation.
setigers 2-4, reducing quickly in size posteriorly
and becoming low rounded lobes back to about Acknowledgments
setiger 22, thereafter becoming lanceolate back The following persons provided loans or gifts
to at least setiger 35. Neuropodia of setiger 1 of material essential to this study: A. Green
lanceolate, becoming rounded and reduced over (TM), D. George and A. Muir (BMNH), G
setigers 2-10; reduced to insignificant ridge by Hartmann-Schréder (HZM), P. Hutchings
about setiger 22 (Figs 86-88). (Posterior frag- (AM), A. Mackie (NMW), T. Rose (Murdoch
ments with lanceolate notopodial lobes and vir- University, Western Australia). The Zoology
tually invisible neuropodial ridges.) Department, Melbourne University, gave per-
Notosetae and neurosetae anteriorly bilim- mission for scanning electron microscopy,
bate capillaries, faintly granulate over the distal which was carried out by D. Petch. M. Harvey,
third, faintly striate basally. Capillaries chang- P. Hutchings, S. Rainer and A. Mackie made
valuable critical comments on various drafts of Proceedings ofthe Biological Society of Washing-
the manuscript. I am also grateful to M. Harvey, ton 82: 381—400.
P. Hutchings and G. Poore for many helpful dis- Foster, N.M., 1971. Spionidae (Polychaeta) of the
cussions and to A. Mackie for unselfishly mak- Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. Studies on
ing available unpublished taxonomic notes. This the Fauna ofCuracao and other Caribbean Islands
36: 1-183.
study was supported in part by a Marine
Hartmann-Schróder, G., 1979. In Hartmann-
Sciences and Technologies grant to G. Poore, Schroder, G. and Hartmann, С. 1979. Zur Kennt-
C.C. Lu and M.F. Gomon for a study of the nis des Eulittorals der australischen Küsten unter
fauna of Bass Strait. besonderer Berücksichtigung der Polychaeten
und Ostracoden. Teil 2. Die Polychaeten der tro-
References
pischen Nordwestkuste Australiens (zwischen
Augener, H., 1914. Polychaeta Sedentaria, Fauna Derby im Norden und Port Hedland im Süden).
Südwest- Australiens 5: 1-170, Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Institut und
Augener, H., 1918. Polychaeta. Beiträge zur Kenntnis Zoologische Museum der Universitit Hamburg
der Meeresfauna West-Afrikas 2(2): 67-625. 76; 75-218, pl. 1.
Augener, H., 1923. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Hartmann-Schróder, G., 1981. In Hartmann-
Pacific Expedition 1914-1916. No. 14. Poly- Schróder, G. and Hartmann, G. 1981. Zur Kennt-
chaeta I. Polychaeten von den Auckland- und nis des Eulitorals der australischen Küsten unter
Campbell-Inseln. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra besonderer Berücksichtigung der Polychaeten
Dansk naturhistorisk Forenig i Kobenhavn 75: und Ostracoden. Teil 6. Die Polychaeten der tro-
1-115. pisch-subtropischen Westküste Australiens
Berkeley, E., 1927. Polychaetous annelids from the (zwischen Exmouth im Norden und Cervantes 1m
Nanaimo district. 3. Leodocidae to Spionidae. Siiden). Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Insti-
Contributions to Canadian Biology and Fisheries, tut und Zoologische Museum der Universitat
Ottawa, n.s. 3: 405-420. Hamburg 78: 19-96,
Blake, J.A., 1983. Polychaetes of the family Spionidae Hartmann-Schróder, G., 1982. In Hartmann-
from South America, Antarctica, and adjacent Schróder, G. and Hartmann, G. 1982. Zur Kennt-
seas and islands. Antarctic Research Series 39: nis des Eulitorals der australischen Küsten unter
205-287. besonderer Berücksichtigung der Polychaeten
Blake, J.A., and Kudenov, J.D., 1978. The Spionidae und Ostracoden. Teil 8. Die Polychaeten der sub-
(Polychaeta) from southeastern Australia and tropische-antiborealen Westküste Australiens
adjacent areas with a revision of the genera. (zwischen Cervantes im Norden und Cape Natu-
Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 39: raliste im Süden). Mitteilungen aus dem Zoolog-
171—280. ischen Institut und Zoologische Museum der Uni-
Caullery, M., 1914. Sur les polychétes du genre Prion- versitat Hamburg 79: 51-118, pls 1-2.
ospio Malmgr. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de Hartmann-Schróder, G., 1984. In Hartmann-
France 39: 355-361. Schröder, G. and Hartmann, G. 1984. Zur Kennt-
Claparéde, E., 1870. Les Annélides Chétopodes du nis des Eulitorals der australischen Küsten unter
Golfe de Naples. Seconde partie. Mémoires de la besonderer Berücksichtigung der Polychaeten
Societe de physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de und Ostracoden. Teil 10. Die Polychaeten der
Genéve 20: 1-225, 31 pls, 365-542, 14 pls. antiborealen Südküste Australiens (zwischen
Day, J.H., 1961. The polychaet fauna of South Africa. Albany im Westen und Ceduna im Osten). Mit-
Part 6. Sedentary species dredged off Cape coasts teilungen aus dem Zoologischen Institut und Zoo-
with a few new records from the shore. Zoological logische Museum der Universität Hamburg 81:
Journal of the Linnean Society 44: 463—560. 7—62.
Ehlers, E., 1901. Die Polychaeten des magellanischen Hutchings, P.A., 1974. Polychaeta of Wallis Lake,
und chilenischen Strandes. Ein faunistischer Ver- New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linean
such. Festschrift zur Feier des Hun- Society of New South Wales 98: 175-195.
dertfünfzigjührigen Bestehens der Königlichen Hutchings, P.A. and Murray, A., 1984, Taxonomy of
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, Polychaetes from the Hawkesbury River and the
Abhandlungen Mathematisch-Physik. southern estuaries of New South Wales, Australia.
Fauchald, K., 1977. The Polychaete Worms. Defi- Records of the Australian Museum Supplement 3:
nitions and keys to the orders, families and gen- 1-118.
era. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles Hutchings, P.A. and Rainer, S.F., 1979. The poly-
County, Science Series 28: 1-188. chaete fauna of Careel Bay, Pittwater, New South
Fauvel, P., 1929. Polychétes nouvelles du Golfe de Wales, Australia. Journal of Natural History 13:
Manaar (Inde). Bulletin de la Société Zoologique 745-796.
de France 54: 180-186. Hutchings, Р.А. and Turvey, S.P., 1984. The Spioni-
Foster. N.M., 1969. New species of spionids (Poly- dae of South Australia (Annelida: Polychaeta).
chaeta) from the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Transactions of the Royal Society of South Aus-
Sea with a partial revision of the genus Prionospio. tralia 108: 1-20.
R. S. WILSON
Laubier, L., 1968. Contribution a la faunistique du Yokoyama, H., and Tamai, K., 1981. Four forms of
coralligene VII. A propos de quelques Annélides the genus Paraprionospio (Polychaeta: Spionidae)
Polychétes rares ou nouvelles (Chrysopetalidae, from Japan, Publications of the Seto Marine Bio-
Syllidae et Spionidae). Annales de L'Institut logical Laboratory 26: 303-317.
Océanographique 46: 79-107.
Maciolek, N.J., 1981а. A new genus and species of
Spionidae (Annelida: Polychaeta) from the north Appendix
and south Atlantic. Proceedings of the Biological
“TAS” station data
Society of Washington 94: 228-239.
Maciolek, N.J., 19816. Spionidae (Annelida: Poly- TAS 1, 43°11.0’S, 147°16.0’E, Tasmania, D'Entrecas-
chaeta) from the Galápagos Rift geothermal teaux Channel, 2.5 km SE of Birches Bay, 10 m, no
vents, Proceedings of the Biological Society of sediment retained, lip dredge, 16 Apr 1985, R.S.
Washington 94: 826-837. Wilson.
Maciolek, N.J., 1985. A revision of the genus Prionos-
pio Malmgren, with special emphasis on species TAS 2, 43°11.0’S, 147°16.0’E, Tasmania, D'Entrecas-
from the Atlantic Ocean, and new records of spe- teaux Channel, 2.5 km SE of Birches Bay, 10 m, black
cies belonging to the genera Apoprionospio Foster mud, fine shell, pipe dredge, 16 Apr 1985, R.S.
and XParaprionospio Caullery (Polychaeta, Wilson.
Annelida, Spionidae). Zoological Journal of the TAS 3, 43°11.0’S, 147°16.0’E, Tasmania, D’Entrecas-
Linnean Society 84: 325-383. teaux Channel, 2.5 km SE of Birches Bay, 8 m, no
Mackie, A.S.Y., 1984, On the identity and zoogeo- sediment retained, pipe dredge, 17 Apr 1985, R.S.
graphy of Prionospio cirrifera Wirén, 1883 and Wilson.
Prionospio multibranchiata Berkeley, 1927 (Poly-
chaeta; Spionidae). Pp. 35-47 in Hutchings, P.A. TAS 4, 43°11.0’S, 147°16.0’E, Tasmania, D'Entrecas-
(ed.) Proceedings of the First International Poly- teaux Channel, 2.5 km SE of Birches Bay, 8 m, pipe
chaete Conference. Linnean Society of New South dredge, 17 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson,
Wales.
TAS 5, 43°10.0*5, 147°17.0°E, Tasmania, Wood-
Malmgren, A.J., 1867. Annulater polychaeta Spetsber-
bridge, 200 m W of Kinghorne Point, 27 m, fine black
giae, Gronlandiae, Islandiae et Scandinaviae hac-
mud and shell, pipe dredge, 17 Apr 1985, R.S.
tenus cognita. Ofversigt af Förhandlingar Konglia
Wilson.
Vetenskaps-Akadamiens 24: 127-235, pls 2-15.
Okuda, S., 1935. Some lacustrine polychaetes with a TAS 6, 43°10.0’S, 147°16.0’E, Tasmania, D'Entrecas-
list of brackish-water polychaetes found in Japan, teaux Channel, 2 km ENE ofBirches Bay, 1 7 m, clayey
Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses 15; 240- mud, little fine shell, pipe dredge, 17 Apr 1985, R.S.
246. Wilson.
Pleijel, F., 1985. Prionospio ockelmanni sp. n. (Poly-
chaeta: Spionidae) from the Oresund and the TAS 7, 43°11.0’S, 147°15.0’E, Tasmania, D'Entrecas-
northern part of the Swedish west-coast. Ophelia teaux Channel, 200 m E of Birches Bay, 10 m, fine
24: 177-181. black clay, no shell, pipe dredge, 17 Apr 1985, R.S.
Poore, G.C.B., 1986. Marine benthic invertebrate col- Wilson.
lections from Victorian bays and estuaries. Mar- TAS 8, 4277.0'S, 145*8.0'E, Tasmania, Swansea, pier,
ine Science Laboratories Technical Report 58: 1— 1.5 m, sand and rubble, infauna, airlift, 19 Apr 1985,
28. R.S, Wilson.
Poore, G.C.B., Rainer, S.F., Spies, R.B. and Ward, E.,
1975. The Zoobenthos Program in Port Phillip TAS 9, 4277.0'S, 145°8.0’E, Tasmania, Swansea, pier,
Bay, 1969-1973. Fisheries and Wildlife Technical 1.5 m, sand and rubble infauna, some red algae, airlift,
Paper 1: 1-78. 19 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
Sóderstróm, A., 1920. Studien tiber die Polychaeten- TAS 10, 42°7.0’S, 145°8.0’E, Tasmania, Swansea, pier,
familie —Spionidae. Dissertation. Uppsala, 0.5 m, pier epifauna, airlift, 19 Apr 1985, R.S.
Almquist and Wicksells. 286 pp., | pl. Wilson.
Webster, H.E., 1879. Annelida Chaetopoda of the Vir-
ginian coast, Transactions of the Albany Institute, TAS 11, 4277.0'S, 145°8.0°E, Tasmania, Swansea, pier,
New York 9: 202-269, 11 pls. 0.5 m, algae epifauna & rubble, airlift, 19 Apr 1985,
Wilson, R.S. and Poore, G.C.B., 1987. The Bass Strait R.S. Wilson.
Survey: biological sampling stations, 1979-1983.
TAS 12, 42°7.0’S, 145°8.0’E, Tasmania, Swansea, pier,
Occasional Papers from the Museum of Victoria 3:
0.5 m, algal turf from rocks, airlift, 19 Apr 1985, R.S.
1-14.
Wilson.
Wirén, A., 1883. Chaetopoda fran Sibiriska Ishafvet
och Berings Haf isnamlade under Vega-Expedi- TAS 13, 4277.0'S, 148°17.0’E, Tasmania, Coles Вау,
tionen. 1878-79. Vega-Expeditionen-Vetenska- near boatramp, 0 m, scrapings, infauna from granite
pliga lakttagelser 2: 383-428. cobble, hand, 21 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
TAS 14, 42°7.0’S, 148°17.0°E, Tasmania, Coles Bay, TAS 30, 42736.0'5, 148°10.0’E, Tasmania, Maria
near boatramp, 0.1 m, Zostera and sediment, hand, 21 Island, E of Maria Island, 75 m, fine bryozoa and shell,
Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. WHO! epibenthic sled, 23 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
TAS 15, 42°7.0’S, 148*17.0'E, Tasmania, Coles Bay, TAS 31, 42°37.0’S, 148°12.5’E, Tasmania, Maria
near boatramp, 0 m, sediment & infauna from mus- Island, 5 km NE Mistaken Cape, 100 m, fine muddy
sels, hand, 21 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. bryozoa, WHOI epibenthic sled, 23 Apr 1985, R.S,
Wilson.
TAS 16, 4277.0'S, 148°17.0°E, Tasmania, Coles Bay,
near boatramp, | m, sediment and brown algae, airlift, TAS 32, 42°33.0’S, 147°55.5’E, Tasmania, Spring Bay,
2] Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. 4.5 km SSE of Triabunna, 5 km NE Mistaken Cape, 15
m, black mud and some fine shell, WHOI epibenthic
TAS 17, 4277.0'S, 148°17.0'Е, Tasmania, Coles Bay,
sled, 23 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
near boatramp, | m, red algae and invertebrates, air-
lift, 21 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. TAS 33, 42°35.0’S, 148°2.50’E, Tasmania, Maria
Island, 500 m W of Darlington, 30 m, 23 Apr 1985,
TAS 18, 42°7.0’S, 148°17.0’E, Tasmania, Coles Bay,
R.S. Wilson.
near boatramp, 0.5 m, Zostera sediment, airlift, 21
Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. TAS 34, 43°26.0’S, 146*56.5'E, Tasmania, Southport,
rock platforms SE of pier, 0.1 m, epifauna from Zos-
TAS 19, 42°7.0’S, 148°17.0’E, Tasmania, Coles Bay,
tera, hand, 27 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
near boatramp, 2 m, sediment around rocks, airlift, 21
Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. TAS 35, 43°26.0°S, 146°56.5’E, Tasmania, Southport,
rock platforms SE of pier, 0.1 m, sediment from sea-
TAS 20, 42°7.0’S, 148°17.0’°E, Tasmania, Coles Bay,
grass, hand, 27 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
near boatramp, 2 m, fine silicious sand, airlift, 21 Apr
1985, R.S. Wilson, TAS 36, 43°26.0’S, 146°56.5'Е, Tasmania, Southport,
rock platforms SE ofpier, 0.1 m, epifauna from coral-
TAS 21, 42°7.0’S, 148*17.0'E, Tasmania, Coles Bay, line algae turf, hand, 27 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
near boatramp, 1 m, sediment from coralline algae,
airlift, 21 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. TAS 37, 43°26.0’S, 146°56.5’E, Tasmania, Southport,
rock platforms SE of pier, 0.1 m, infauna from sand
TAS 22, 41753.0'S, 148°19.0’E, Tasmania, Bicheno, and cobble, hand, 27 Apr 1985, R.S, Wilson.
Muirs Rock, | km E of Bicheno, 15 m, sponge and
bryozoan epifauna, airlift, 21 Apr 1985, R.S. TAS 38, 43°26.0’S, 146°56.5’E, Tasmania, Southport,
Wilson. rock platforms SE of pier, 0.1 m, under rocks and Gal-
eolaria, hand, 27 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
TAS 23, 41°53.0’S, 148°19.0°E, Tasmania, Bicheno,
Muirs Rock, | km E of Bicheno, 15 m, red algal turf, TAS 39, 43°19.0’S, 147°1.0’E, Tasmania, Dover Jetty,
infauna, airlift, 21 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. 3 m, sediment and algae under pier, airlift, 27 Apr
1985, R.S. Wilson.
TAS 24, 41°53.0’S, 148°19.0’E, Tasmania, Bicheno,
Muirs Rock, 1 km E of Bicheno, 10 m, sponge, TAS 40, 43*19.0'S, 147°1.0’E, Tasmania, Dover Jetty,
bryozoan, algal epifauna, airlift, 21 Apr 1985, R.S. 1.5 m, muddy fine sand under Zostera, airlift, 27 Apr
Wilson. 1985, R.S. Wilson.
TAS 25, 42*14.0'S, 148°15,0’E, Tasmania, Freycinet TAS 41, 43*19.0'S, 147°1.0’E, Tasmania, Dover Jetty,
Peninsula, W of Weatherhaed Point, 17 m, Zostera 1.5 m, under rocks on fine sandy bottom, airlift, 27
and algal epifauna, lip dredge, 22 Apr 1985, R.S. Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
Wilson, TAS 42, 43°19.0’S, 147°1.0’E, Tasmania, Dover Jetty,
TAS 26, 42°11.0’S, 148°15.0’E, Tasmania, Freycinet 1 m, airlift, 27 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
Peninsula, 200 m E of Refuge Is, Promise Bay, 10 m, TAS 43, 43°19.0’S, 147°1.0’E, Tasmania, Dover Jetty,
epifauna from sponge and worm clump, SCUBA, 22
3 m, Zostera epifauna, airlift, 27 Apr 1985, R.S.
Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. Wilson.
TAS 27, 42°35.0’S, 148°2.0’E, Tasmania, Maria TAS 44, 43°9.5’S, 147°14.0’E, Tasmania, Wood-
Island, 500 m W of Darlington, 30 m, algal and drift bridge, 200 m N of Marine Studies Centre, 0 m, fine
holdfast epifauna, trawl, 23 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. muddy sand, hand, 28 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
TAS 28, 42°35.0’S, 148°2.0’E, Tasmania, Maria
TAS 45, 43°9.5’S, 147°14.0’E, Tasmania, Wood-
Island, 500 m W of Darlington, 30 m, black mud, 23 bridge, 200 m N of Marine Studies Centre, 0.1 m,
Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson. under rocks and algal epifauna, hand, 28 Apr 1985,
TAS 29, 42°34.0’S, 148'6.0E, Tasmania, Maria R.S. Wilson.
Island, 2 km E of Cape Boulanger, 50 m, fine bryozoa TAS 46, 43°14.0’S, 147°15.0’E, Tasmania, Gordon
and shell, WHOI epibenthic sled, 23 Apr 1985, R.S. jetty, 2 m, fine sand from rocks and algae, airlift, 28
Wilson. Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
274 R. S. WILSON
TAS 47, 43°14.0’S, 147°15.0’E, Tasmania, Gordon TAS 50, 43°9.5’S, 147°14.0’E, Tasmania, Woodbridge
jetty, 1.5 m, fine sand from Zostera, airlift, 28 Apr Jetty, 0.5 m, silty red algal turf from rocks, airlift, 28
1985, R.S. Wilson. Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
TAS 48, 43°9.5’S, 147°14.0’E, Tasmania, Woodbridge TAS 51, 43°9.5’S, 147°14.0’E, Tasmania, Woodbridge
Jetty, 2 m, fine silt, airlift, 28 Apr 1985, R.S. Jetty, 2 m, silty shell, airlift, 28 Apr LOSS RS
Wilson. Wilson.
TAS 49, 43°9.5’S, 147°14.0’E, Tasmania, Woodbridge
Jetty, 2 m, sponge and bryozoa from pier platform,
airlift, 28 Apr 1985, R.S. Wilson.
MARINE TUBIFICIDAE (OLIGOCHAETA) OF VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA, WITH

DESCRIPTIONS OF SIX NEW SPECIES
Bv CHRISTER ERsÉUS
Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, and
Department of Zoology, University of Góteborg, Góteborg
Postal address: Department of Zoology, Box 25059, S-400 31 Góteborg, Sweden
Abstract
Erséus, C., 1990. Marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of Victoria, Australia, with descrip-
tions of six new species. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2); 275-285.
Seven species of marine Tubificidae are recorded from coastal waters of Victoria: Heroni-
drilus bihamis Erséus and Jamieson, 1981, Bathydrilus munitus sp. nov., Limnodriloides
triplus sp. nov., L. stercoreus sp. nov., L. problematicus sp. nov., L. cribensis sp. nov., and
Marcusaedrilus assimilis sp. nov. The first-mentioned species is widely distributed in the
Indo-Pacific, including tropical areas, whereas the new taxa are likely to be members of a
temperate fauna of south-eastern Australia. Limnodriloides stercoreus and M. assimilis are
reported also from New South Wales, and L. problematicus from New Zealand.
Introduction of the specimens. After Dr Baker’s decease in

Oligochaetes, particularly species belonging 1983, tubificids other than Tubificoides from
to the family Tubificidae, are not uncommon this collection were forwarded to me with the
members of the benthic fauna of coastal marine kind approval of the Museum of Victoria. This
waters, but their small body size and neglected paper is a taxonomic account describing this
taxonomy have made them escape attention in material, which includes a number of species
many parts of the world. The southern coast of that are likely to be endemic to the temperate
Australia is one area, for which the taxonomic zone of the Southern Hemisphere.
knowledge of marine Tubificidae has been very
scanty in the past. One comprehensive study was Materials and methods
recently made in the southern part of Western
Australia (Erséus, in press), but for the other Most of the material treated in this paper was
states the documentation has so far been re- part of a loan from the Museum of Victoria to
stricted to Brinkhurst's (1986) records of Tubif- H.R. Baker, transferred to the present author.
icoides diazi Brinkhurst and Baker, 1979, and T. Additional specimens of Limnodriloides stercor-
fraseri Brinkhurst, 1986, from inshore localities eus sp. nov. and Marcusaedrilus assimilis sp.
in Victoria. These two species are widely distri- nov. from New South Wales localities, were
buted in the world, including the North Atlantic, found in material borrowed from the Australian
but the large genus to which they belong is Museum, Sydney, and two lots of L. problema-
largely confined to the temperate parts of the ticus collected in New Zealand, were kindly
Northern Hemisphere. It is therefore likely that placed at my disposal by Dr S.F. Thrush
they are opportunistic species, possibly intro- (Hamilton, NZ), and Dr K.A. Coates (Toronto,
duced by man to southern Australia. Canada), respectively.
The Victoria material of T. diazi and T.fraseri The worms were stained with paracarmine
studied by Brinkhurst (1986) was a part of an and mounted whole in Canada balsam, for the
oligochaete collection originating from various most part by H.R. Baker. All measurements
benthic surveys undertaken in marine or brack- were taken on these mounted, somewhat com-
ish-water embayments on the coast of Victoria pressed, specimens. Roman numerals in the de-
by the Marine Studies Group, Ministry for Con- scriptions refer to segment numbers.
servation, Victoria. The collection was Type series and other reference material have
borrowed from the Museum of Victoria by the been deposited in (1) the Museum of Victoria
late Dr H.R. Baker (a former student of Dr R.O. (NMV), Melbourne, Victoria, (2) the Australian
Brinkhurst), who made tentative identifications Museum (AM), Sydney, NSW, and (3) the
275
276 C. ERSÉUS
National Museum of New Zealand (NMNZ), Phallodrilinae

Wellington. Bathydrilus Cook
Bathydrilus munitus sp. nov.
Systematic descriptions
Figure |
Rhyacodrilinae Material examined. Holotype: NMV F57367, whole-
Heronidrilus Erséus and Jamieson mounted specimen from Crib Point, Western Port,
Victoria, Australia, 38°21.33’S, 145°13.64’E, 15 m,
Heronidrilus bihamis Erséus and Jamieson fine sand and mud, 20 Mar 1967; material from the
Crib Point Benthic Survey (Marine Studies Group,
Heronidrilus bihamis Erséus and Jamieson, 1981: Ministry for Conservation, stn CPBS-S 31).
107-108, fig. 3.—Erséus, 1984: 140, fig. 3.—Erséus, Paratypes: NMV F57368, 3 whole-mounted speci-
1989: 272.—Erséus, in press.—Erséus and Davis, mens from type locality. NMV F57369, whole-
1989: fig. 1A.—Erséus et al., in press: figs 2F-H.
mounted specimen from near type locality, but
New material. NMV F57366, 2 whole-mounted speci- 38°21.15’S, 145°13.51’E, 15 m, fine sand and mud, 15
mens from off Point Cook, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, Jul 1969 (stn CPBS 300).
Australia, 38°04.7’S, 144°32.7’E, 7 m, sand, 11 Jun Other material: NMV F57370, whole-mounted
1971; material from the Port Phillip Bay Environmen- specimen from type locality (type date). NMV
tal Study (Marine Pollution Studies Group, Ministry F57371, whole-mounted specimen from type locality,
for Conservation stn PPBES 929). but 21 Apr 1966. NMV F57372, 7 whole-mounted spe-
cimens from off Altona, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria,
Distribution and habitat. Victoria (new record), 37*53.0'S, 144°51.5’E, 8 m, sand, 7 Jun 1971; material
Queensland, Western Australia, Hawaii, China. from the Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study (Mar-
Intertidal and subtidal sands, to at least 70 m ine Pollution Studies Group, Ministry for Conserva-
depth. tion stn PPBES 901).
Remarks. Heronidrilus bihamis, which appears Description. Length of 2 complete specimens,
widely distributed in the Indo-Pacific area, has 10.0 and 16.1 mm, about 85 and 116 segments.
previously been reported from the Great Barrier Width at XI, 0.20-0.35 mm. Prostomium some-
Reef in Queensland (Erséus and Jamieson, what elongate, rounded. Clitellum extending
1981), and Western Australia (Erséus in press). over X-XIII when fully developed. Epidermal
The two new specimens from Victoria conform glands not observed. Somatic setae slender, 45-
with the previous descriptions (references 55 um long, 2-2.5 um thick, 2-5 (generally 4)
above). per bundle anteriorly, (1)2 per bundle in postcli-
fief
l 10 um (А - B) 100 um 50 um |
Figure 1. Bathydrilus munitus sp. nov. A, anterior setae. B, posterior setae. C, lateral view of spermatheca and
male genitalia in segments X-XI (holotype). D, atrium (paratype). a, atrium; prl, anterior prostate gland; pr2,
posterior prostate gland, ps, penial seta; s, spermatheca; sz, spermatozeugma; vd, vas deferens.
MARINE TUBIFICIDAE OF VICTORIA 277
tellar segments. Anterior setae (Fig. 1A) with exilis Erséus and Davis, 1989, B. formosus
upper tooth thinner and much shorter than Erséus, 1986, В, ingens Erséus, 1986, B. litoreus
lower; lower tooth long, almost perpendicular to Baker, 1983, B. longus Erséus, 1979, B. notabilis
setal shaft. Postclitellar setae (Fig. 1B) variable, Erséus and Milligan, 1988, B. rohdei (Jamieson,
but generally with upper tooth even shorter than 1977), and B. superiovasatus Erséus, 1981. One
in anterior setae, or completely reduced (par- additional species, B. edwardsi Erséus, 1984,
ticularly in dorsal setae of most posterior seg- although lacking penial setae, may be a member
ments). Penial setae (Fig. 1C, ps) generally 3-4 of this phylogenetic group too. Of these species,
per bundle (sometimes fewer, occasionally four were previously known from Australia:
absent), straight or curved, with single-pointed Bathydrilus rohdei and B. superiovasatus from
tips; tips of both bundles near mid-ventral line of the Great Barrier Reef in Queensland (Jamie-
worm. Penial setae 70-90 um long, 3-5 um son, 1977; Erséus, 1981), B. edwardsi and B.
thick. Male pores paired, in line with ventral litoreus from south Western Australia (Erséus,
somatic setae, posteriorly in XI. Spermathecal in press). The new form from Victoria is most
pores paired in lateral lines, anteriorly in X. similar to B. superiovasatus (particularly with
Pharyngeal glands in IV-(VII)VIII(IX). А few regard to the morphology of the atria and the
septa anterior to clitellum thickened, conspicu- position of the junctions between the vasa defer-
ously muscular. Male genitalia (Figs 1C, D) entia and atria), but differs from that species by
paired. Vas deferens 7-12 ит wide, not seen in its higher number of setae (in B. superiovasatus,
its whole length, but clearly longer than atrium. anterior somatic setae generally only 3 per
Vas entering anterior face of atrium, but near bundle, penial setae only 1-2 per bundle), and its
apical end (see Fig. 1D). Atrium erect, oval-to- narrower vasa deferentia (vasa ectally up to 20—
spindle-shaped, 65-110 um long. 42-60 jum 23 um wide in B. superiovasatus).
wide, with thin (1-2 um) muscular lining, and Bathydrilus exilis, from Hawaii, has slender
granulated and ciliated inner epithelium; lumen somatic setae, with upper teeth completely
of atrium wide. Atrium ectally opening to ex- reduced in posterior segments, and thickened,
terior through simple pore; copulatory sac muscular septa anterior to clitellar region,
absent. Prostate glands large with long stalks; features that indicate a close relationship to B.
anterior one attached to anterior face of atrium, munitus. The new species, however, has clearly
near entrance of vas deferens; posterior one stouter atria than В. exilis, with the posterior
attached to posterior face of atrium, at some dis- prostates subapically attached to the atria (not
tance from apex, more or less opposite to attach- apically attached as in В. exi/is; see Erséus and
ment of anterior prostate. Spermathecae (Fig. Davis, 1989).
1C, s) with short, triangular ducts, and large,
oval ampullae, latter filling a great part of X; Limnodriloidinae
round or somewhat tríangular spermatozeug- Limnodriloides Pierantoni
mata present in spermathecae of postcopulatory
Limnodriloides triplus sp. nov.
specimens.
Figure 2
Etymology. This species is named munitus,
Latin for “fortified, walled’’, referring to the Material examined. Holotype: NMV F57373, whole-
mounted specimen. Crib Point, Western Port, Victo-
thickened septa in preclitellar segments.
ria, Australia, 38°20.94’S, 145°13.62’E, 15 m, fine
Distribution and habitat. Known only from Vic- mud and sand, 15 Jul 1969; material originating from
toria, Australia, Subtidal sand and mud, 8-15 т the Crib Point Benthic Survey (Marine Studies Group,
depth. Ministry for Conservation, stn CPBS-N 31).
Remarks. This species belongs to a large com- Description. Length 8.3 mm, about 58 segments
plex of shallow-water forms within Bathydrilus (posterior end not completely differentiated).
with (1) large, single-pointed, and almost Width at XI 0.24 mm. Prostomium large,
straight penial setae, generally 2 or 3 per bundle, rounded. Clitellum extending over XI-XII.
(2) pharyngeal glands extending as far as into Setae (Figs 2A-C) bifid, with upper tooth thin-
segment VIII or thereabouts, (3) erect, more or
ner and shorter than lower, less pronouncedly so
less spindle-shaped atria, and (4) characteristic, in anterior than in more posterior setae. Setae
round-to-triangular spermatozeugmata. The about 45 um long, 1.5-2.5 шт thick, 2-3 per
other species in this complex are B. adriatic us bundle anteriorly, 2 per bundle in postclitellar
1971), B. connexu s Erséus, 1988, B. segments, absent ventrally from X-XI. Male
(Hrabé,
C. ERSÉUS
Wum Mum |
Loo
Figure 2. Limnodriloides triplus sp. nov. A, anterior seta. B, dorsal seta of segment XI. Co posterior seta. D, lateral
view of spermatheca and male genitalia in segments X-XI. aa, atrial ampulla; ad, atrial duct; mp, male pore
(unpaired); ppa?, prostatic pad (?; poorly developed); pps, pseudopenial sac; pr, prostate gland; s, spermatheca;
vd, vas deferens.
pore unpaired, ventrally in posterior part of XI. Remarks. This species is closely related to
Spermathecal pores paired, but close together, another species recently described from Perth
ventral, somewhat posterior to middle of X. and Albany in Western Australia (Erséus in
Pharyngeal glands in IV-V. Oesophageal di- press). The two species are unique within Lim-
verticula in IX large. Male genitalia (Fig. 2D) nodriloides in having very short atrial ampullae,
paired. Vas deferens narrow (6-8 um wide), with poorly developed (or absent?) prostatic
much longer than atrium, entering latter sub- pads, and with vasa deferentia opening into the
apically. Atrial ampulla very small, roundish, middle of the ampullae. Limnodriloides triplus
about 20 um long, 18 рт wide, with thin walls is, however, easily distinguished from the other
and, possibly, a small prostatic pad (Fig. 2D, species by its unpaired male pore (pores close
ppa?). Prostate gland small, lobed, but attach- together, but paired, in the other species). The
ment with atrial ampulla not seen. Atrial duct new species also appear to have longer vasa
not muscular, about 90 um long, about 20 um deferentia, and somewhat more developed
wide, with ental part heavily granulated; ectal pseuopenial sacs, than the Western Australian
part with somewhat irregular lumen. Atrial duct form.
opening directly into about 35 um long, 28 um
Limnodriloides stercoreus sp. nov.
wide, pseudopenial sac; latter with somewhat
folded wall, but no distinct penial or pseudope- Figures 3, 4A-D
nial papilla present. Pseudopenial sacs of two
Material examined. Holotype: NMV F57374, whole-
sides of worm united mid-ventrally and opening mounted specimen. Near mouth of Little River,
to exterior through unpaired, somewhat star- western Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, subtidal, largely
shaped male pore. Spermathecae (Fig. 2D, s) sandy sediment, Nov 1975; material from a survey of
with distinct ducts, about 65 um long, 22 um benthos near an outfall of the Werribee sewage-treat-
wide at middle, and oval ampullae, 42-58 um ment farm (Marine Studies Group, Ministry for Con-
long, 24-31 um wide; sperm bundled in sperma- servation) (see Poore and Kudenov, 1978).
thecae. Paratypes: NMV F57375, 5 whole-mounted speci-
mens from type locality.
Etymology. The epithet triplus, Latin for “three- Other material: NMV F57376, 14 whole-mounted
fold, triple", refers to the three genital openings specimens from type locality, NMV F57377, whole-
(male pores unpaired, spermathecal pores mounted specimen from Western Port, Victoria, Aus-
paired) in this species. tralia, intertidal, silty sand, 2 Jan 1974; material from
the Western Port Bay Environmental Study (Marine
Distribution and habitat. Known only from the Science Group, Ministry for Conservation) (see
type locality, Victoria, Australia. Subtidal Shapiro, 1975). AM W203754, whole-mounted speci-
muddy sand, 15 m depth. men from Port Hacking, S of Sydney, New South
100 um
Figure 3. Limnodriloides stercoreus sp. nov., holotype. A, free-hand drawing of seta. B, lateral view of sperma-
theca and male genitalia in segments X-XI. aa, atrial ampulla; ad, atrial duct; p, penis; ppa, prostatic pad; pr,
prostate gland; s, spermatheca; vd, vas deferens.
Wales, Australia, mud from artificial reef, 17 Dec um long, 35-100 um wide; when fully developed
1974 (C. Glasby, NSW Fisheries). ampulla thin-walled and in postcopulatory
Description. Length (10 specimens) 6.2-9.2 mm, specimens containing bundles of sperm or sr er-
36-52 segments. Width at XI 0.22-0.36 mm. matozeugmata (cf. Figs 4C-D).
Prostomium rounded. Clitellum extending over Etymology. The species epithet stercoreus is
XI-XII. Setae (Fig. 3A) bifid with upper tooth Latin for “dirty, filthy"; here alluding to the
| thinner and shorter than lower. Setae 40-65 jum proximity ofthe type locality to an outfall from a
long, about 2.5 um thick, 2-4 (occasionally 7) sewage-treatment farm.
per bundle anteriorly, (1)2-3 per bundle in post-
clitellar segments, but absent ventrally in X and Distribution and habitat. Victoria and New
XI. Male pores paired in line with ventral setae South Wales, Australia. Intertidal and subtidal,
posteriorly in XI. Spermathecal pores paired in muddy and sandy sediments. Depth range un-
line with ventral setae posterior to middle of known,
X. Remarks. This species appears closely related to
Pharyngeal glands in IV-V. Long and con- L. atriotumidus Erséus, 1982 and L. validus
spicuous oesophageal diverticula present in Erséus, 1982, both from the South Atlantic. It is
anterior part of IX. Male genitalia (Fig. 3B) distinguished from the former by lacking a ven-
paired. Vas deferens 7-13 um wide, about as tral bulge (containing the prostatic pad in L.
long as atrium, entering apical end of atrium (at atriotumidus) on the atrial ampulla, and from
middle of small papilla in anterior wall of atrial the latter by lacking very thick atrial muscles,
, ampulla). Atrial ampulla more or less pear- Limnodriloides stercoreus is very similar to L.
i shaped, 30-65 um long, 25-50 um wide, with problematicus sp. nov.; see Remarks for that
hollow ental part. Muscular layer of ampulla species below.
thin. Prostatic pad ventral, somewhat cup-
shaped, in middle-to-ectal part of ampulla. Pros-
Limnodriloides problematicus sp. nov.
tate gland large, lobed, communicating with
pad. Atrial duct 90-130 um long, 16-26 um Figures 4E-H, 5-6
wide, with very thin outer muscular layer, and
Material examined. Holotype: NMV F57379, whole-
some scattered granulation in its middle part. mounted specimen. Banksia Peninsula, E end of Lake
Atrial duct terminating in conical penis, 23-35 Victoria, Gippsland Lakes, Victoria, Australia,
| um long, 20-25 um wide at base, pendent within 38°01.3’S, 147°36.6’E, | m, sand with seagrass, annual
| thin-walled penial sac. Spermathecae (Figs 3B, s; salinity regime approximately 10-25 ppt, 29 Mar
4A-D) with distinct ducts, 35-60 um long, 20- 1979: material from the Gippsland Regional Environ-
30 um, and round-to-oblong ampulla, 70-120 mental Study, Benthic Surveys (Marine Studies
280 C. ERSEUS
Figure 4. A-D, Limnodriloides stercoreus sp. nov., spermathecae from different specimens (all from Victoria).
E-H, Limnodriloides problematicus sp. nov., spermathecae from different specimens (all from Victoria).
Group, Ministry for Conservation) (Poore, 1982; Bird, teriorly, 1-2 (more often 1 than 2) per bundle in
1978). postclitellar segments; ventral setae always
Paratypes: NMV F57380, 4 whole-mounted speci- absent from XI. Ventral setae of X (Fig. 5B, ss)
mens from type locality.
generally modified into 65-80 um long, 3-3.5
Other material: NMV F57381, 8 specimens from
type locality (type date). NMV F57382, specimen um thick, single-pointed, more or less straight
from type locality, but 26 Jul 1979. NMV F57383, 2 spermathecal setae, 1 at each side of worm. Ectal
specimens from besides jetty, Lake King, Gippsland one-third of spermathecal setae grooved. Ectal
Lakes, Victoria, 1 m, sand with seagrass, 1 Mar part of this seta enclosed in heavily muscular
1979. glandular body, which also bears a large external
NMNZ ZW1282, 1283, 2 specimens from mudflat gland (Fig. 5B, gss). In some individuals, sper-
at Maungatapu, Tauranga, in Tauranga Harbour (W mathecal setae missing at one side of body or
part of Bay of Plenty), North Island, New Zealand, missing completely. Male pores paired in line
37.7°S, 176.3°Е, intertidal mud, Jan 1980, К.А.
with ventral setae posteriorly in XI. Sper-
Coates. NMNZ ZW1284, specimen from mudflat in
Manukau Harbour, Auckland, North Island, New mathecal pores paired in line with ventral
Zealand, 37°S, 174^35'E, soft mud, Nov 1986, S.F somatic setae posterior to middle of X.
Thrush and D.S. Roper. NMNZ ZW1285, specimen Pharyngeal glands in IV-V. Large and con-
from subtidal slope leading into a 10 m deep channel spicuous oesophageal diverticula present anter-
between Portobello Marine Laboratory wharf and St iorly in IX. Male genitalia (Fig. 5B) paired. Vas
Martins Island, Otago Harbour, Dunedin, South deferens 15-21 рт wide, about as long as
Island, New Zealand, 45°55’S, 170°40’E, unvegetated atrium, entering apical end of atrium (at middle
muddy sand, 6-8 m, Jul/Aug 1985, S.F. Thrush. of small papilla in anterior wall of atrial
Author’s collection: 4 specimens from Maungatapu,
ampulla). Atrial ampulla oblong, 42-60 um
New Zealand (as above).
long, 29-37 um wide, with very thin outer mus-
cular layer. Prostatic pad somewhat cup-shaped,
Description of material from Australia (Figs 4E- in ventral wall of middle-to-ectal part of
Н, 5). Length (5 specimens) 6.8-9.2 mm, 51—55 ampulla. Atrial duct 80-100 um long, 14-18 jum
segments. Width ai XI 0.16-0.25 mm. Pros- wide, with very thin outer muscular layer and
tomium rounded. Clitellum extending over XI- some scattered granulation in its middle part.
XII. Somatic setae (Fig. 5A) bifid, somewhat Atrial duct terminating in conical penis, 19-26
variable, but with upper tooth thinner, and at um long, 19-29 um wide at base, pendent within
least slightly shorter, than lower. Bifids 35-55 penial sac. Spermathecae (Figs 4E-H; 5B, s) with
um long, 2-3 um thick, (1)2-3 per bundle an- indistinct, very short ducts and somewhat oval
Figure 5, Limnodriloides problematicus sp. nov., from Victoria. A, free-hand drawings of setae. B, lateral view of
spermatheca and male genitalia in segments X-XI. aa, atrial ampulla; ad, atrial duct; gss, gland associated with
spermathecal seta; p, penis; ppa, prostatic pad; pr, prostate gland; s, spermatheca; ss, spermathecal seta; vd, vas
deferens.
(often with irregular outline) ampullae. Ampul- setae 40-60 um long, 2-2.5 um thick, 1-2(3) per
lae 35-100 um long, 35-55 um wide, with thick bundle anteriorly, 1—2 per bundle in postclitellar
walls in precopulatory specimens; walls much segments. Spermathecal setae 70-90 um long,
thinner in postcopulatory individuals. When 2-2.5 um thick, located either posterior (most
present, sperm random (poor fixation?), in common) or anterior to spermathecal pores;
bundles or as spermatozeugmata in ampulla these setae present on both sides in all speci-
(Figs 4F-H). mens. Vas deferens 14-19 um wide. Atrial
ampulla (Fig. 6A, aa) 60-80 um long, 25-50 um
Description of material from New Zealand (Fig.
wide. Atrial duct (ad) 95-175 um long (meas-
6). Length 4.9-10.9 mm, up to about 48 seg-
ured in 2 specimens only), 12-30 jum wide. Penis
ments (difficult to count; specimens much coiled
(p) 30-50 um long, 20—50 um wide at base. Sper-
and twisted). Width at XI, 0.22-0.36 mm. Bifid
mathecae (Fig. 6B) with indistinct, very short
ducts, and oval or round ampullae, latter 60-115
um long, 50-115 um wide.
Etymology. Named problematicus as it is diffi-

cult to establish whether this form really is a
species separate from L. stercoreus.
Distribution and habitat. Victoria, Australia,

and both North and South Islands, New Zea-
land. Intertidal and subtidal, muddy or sandy
sediment, to at least about 8 m depth; marine
and brackish water.
Remarks. Most of the worms studied (including

material from one Australian and three New
Figure 6. Limnodriloides problematicus sp. nov., from
North Island, New Zealand. A, part of male duct. B, Zealand populations) have spermathecal setae,
spermatheca. aa, atrial ampulla; ad, atrial duct; p, at least at one side of the body. A few worms
penis; ppa, prostatic pad; sz, spermatozeugma; vd, vas from Australia lack these setae, but the charac-
deferens. teristic glandular sacs (otherwise associated with
282 С. ERSEUS
spermathecal setae) are present ventrally in seg- toria, Australia, 38°21.15’S, 145°13.51’E, 15 m, fine
ment X. This form is described as a new species sand and mud, 15 Jul 1969; material from the Crib
with some hesitation, as its male ducts are vir- Point Benthic Survey (Marine Studies Group, Min-
istry for Conservation, stn CPBS 300) (see Shapiro,
tually identical to those of L. stercoreus de-
1975).
scribed above, and most of the differences Paratypes: NMV F57385, 2 specimens from type
between the two forms (absence versus presence locality, but 24 Aug 1967. NMV F577386, 2 specimens
of spermathecal setae; slightly different numbers from off Altona, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, 3753.0'S,
of bifid setae; dimensional differences in vas 144°51.5'Е, 8 m, sand, 7 Jun 1971; material from the
deferens width, body diameter, etc.) could per se Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study (Marine Pollu-
be regarded as intraspecific. One important tion Studies Group, Ministry for Conservation stn
reason for regarding L. problematicus as a sep- PPBES 901).
arate species is, therefore, its consistently Description. Length (only 1 complete specimen)
shorter spermathecal ducts as compared to those 7.5 mm, 46 segments. Width at XI, 0.22-0.29
of L. stercoreus (difference illustrated in Fig. 4). mm. Prostomium rounded. Clitellum extending
However, the most useful diagnostic feature of over Х-ХП. Somatic setae (Fig. 7A) bifid,
most specimens of L. problematicus is their pos- with upper tooth thinner and shorter than lower
session of spermathecal setae. (but most tips broken off). Bifids about 40-50
By possessing spermathecal setae, L. prob- um long, 2-2.5 um thick, 2-3(4) per bundle
lematicus qualifies as a member of the *winck- anteriorly, 1 seta representing each bundle in
elmanni group” within Limnodriloides (see postclitellar segments, Ventral setae of Xand XI
Erséus, 1982). This group is not necessarily modified into genital setae, one at each sperma-
monophyletic; it has been recognized largely for thecal and male pore. Spermathecal setae (Fig.
convenience. Limnodriloides problematicus is 7B, ss) single-pointed with ental ends strongly
certainly more closely related to L. stercoreus curved, and with groove extending along ectal
(which always lacks spermathecal setae) than to two-fifths of seta; these setae 110—140 рт long,
any of the other species with spermathecal entally about 3 рт thick. Penial setae (Fig. 7B,
setae. ps) very similar to spermathecal setae but with
Limnodriloides cribensis sp. nov. less strongly curved ental ends; these setae 135-
160 um long, entally about 3.5 um thick. Each
Figure 7 spermathecal and penial seta ectally enclosed in
Material examined. Holotype: NMV F57384, whole- an oval glandular sac (whether latter bears an
mounted specimen, Crib Point, Western Port, Vic- outer glandular body as in related species can
ML E
55
[100 um
Figure 7. Limnodriloides cribensis sp. nov. A, free-hand drawing of somatic seta. B, lateral view of spermatheca
and male genitalia in segments X-XI. С, spermatheca of another specimen. aa, atrial ampulla; ad, atrial duct: i,
secondary invagination at spermathecal pore; pp, pseudopenis, ppa, prostatic pad; pps, pseudopenial sac; рг,
prostate gland; ps, penial seta; s, spermatheca; ss, spermathecal seta; vd, vas deferens.
not be ascertained on basis of available ma- Distribution and habitat. Known only from Vic-
terial). Sac of spermathecal setae wider than that toria, Australia. Subtidal, muddy sand, 8-15 m
of penial setae; both types of setae also sup- depth.
ported by muscles. Male pores paired in line
with ventral setae somewhat posterior to middle
Remarks. Limnodriloides cribensis belongs to
of XI. Spermathecal pores paired in line with the “winckelmanni group", those species of
ventral setae in middle of X. Limnodriloides which possess grooved sperma-
Pharyngeal glands in IV-V. Large and con- thecal setae (see Remarks for L. problematicus
above). The new species is separated from all
spicuous oesophageal diverticula present, in
anterior part of IX. Male genitalia (Fig. 7B) other members of this group by its conspicuous,
paired. Vas deferens conspicuous, ectally 21-26 secondary invaginations at the spermathecal
um wide, almost as long as atrium, entering pores. Moreover, it has modified slender
grooved setae present in X as well as XI, a
atrium somewhat subapically. Atrial ampulla
feature previously known only for L. fuscus
elongate oval, about 80 um long, 26-28 um
Erséus, 1984, and certain individuals of L. vic-
wide, with very thin outer lining, thin dorsal
toriensis Brinkhurst and Baker, 1979.
inner epithelium and elongate ventral prostatic
pad, latter bearing lobed prostate gland. Atrial
Marcusaedrilus Righi and Kanner
duct 320-340 um long (measured in 2 specim-
ens only), entally 28-35 um wide and heavily Marcusaedrilus assimilis sp. nov.
granulated but lacking outer muscles, ectally 21—
Figure 8
32 um wide and heavily muscular but not gran-
ulated. Atrial duct terminating in a papilla-like Material examined. Holotype: NMV F57387, whole-
structure in middle of complex, massive pseudo- mounted specimen. Hobsons Bay (at Melbourne), Port
penial sac (containing both glandular and mus- Phillip Bay, Victoria, Australia, 37°52’S, 144°55’E, 8
m, very fine sand, 9-11 Mar 1971; material from the
cular tissue?). Spermathecae (Figs 7B, s; 7C)
Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study, Hobsons Bay
consisting of short duct, opening at inner end of Survey (Marine Pollution Studies Group, Ministry for
deep invagination of body wall (Fig. 7B, i), and Conservation stn PPBES 125).
an oval or elongate, thin-walled ampulla; each of Paratypes: NMV F57388, specimen from Western
latter with one large, compact bundle of sperm Port, Victoria, Australia, 38°14.36’S, 145°20.62’E,
(probably a poorly preserved spermatozeugma) intertidal, sand, 8 Jan 1974; material from the Western
in postcopulatory specimens (Fig. 7C). Port Bay Environmental Study (Marine Studies
Group, Ministry for Conservation stn WBES 1709)
Etymology. Named for the type locality (Crib (Shapiro, 1975). NMV F57389, specimen from Port
Point). Phillip Bay, Victoria, 38*07.0'S, 144°27.0’E, 9 m, silt
10 um
in
and male genitalia
Figure 8. Marcusaedrilus assimilis sp. nov. A, somatic seta. B, lateral view of spermatheca
segments X-XI (holotype). C, spermatheca (specimen from Port Hacking, NSW). aa, atrial ampulla; ad, atrial
duct: pp, pseudopenis; ppa, prostatic pad; pr, prostate gland; s, spermatheca; sz, spermatozeugma; and, vd, vas
deferens.
284 C. ERSÉUS
and clay, 12 Feb 1970; and NMV F57390, specimen Etymology. This species is “similar” (Latin
from same area and date, but 38°07.0’S, 144°31.0’E, 7 assimilis) to two other species of Marcusaedrilus
m, silt and clay; both material the Port Phillip Bay (see Remarks).
Environmental Study (Marine Pollution Studies
Group, Ministry for Conservation stns PPBES 941 Distribution and habitat. Victoria and New
and 942). AM W11275, specimen from Merimbula, South Wales, Australia. Intertidal and subtidal,
southern New South Wales, Australia. muddy or sandy sediments, to at least 9 m
Other material examined: AM W9656, specimen depth.
from Black Neds Cay, L. Macquarie, Newcastle, NSW.
AM W195216, specimen from Port Hacking, Sydney, Remarks. Marcusaedrilus assimilis is closely
NSW, mud from artificial reef, 17 Dec 1974 (coll. C. related to M. grandiculus Erséus, 1983, from the
Glasby, NSW Fisheries). AM W11329, specimen from Great Barrier Reef, and M. vesiculatus Erséus,
seaward end of Merimbula Lake, NSW. 1984, from southern China. It is, however, easily
distinguished from both of these by the charac-
Description. Length 6.8—13.2 mm, 45-75 seg- teristically folded, ciliated part of the atrial
ments. Width at XI, 0.22-0.38 mm. Prostom- ampullae. It is further discriminated from M.
ium elongate and large, often somewhat pointed. grandiculus by the conspicuous swellings on its
Clitellum extending over XI-XII when devel- spermathecal ducts (such swellings absent in L.
oped. Setae (Fig. 8A) bifid, with upper tooth grandiculus), and from M. vesiculatus by its
thinner and shorter than lower. Setae 37-50 um lower number ofanterior setae (setae up to 3 or 4
long, 2-3 um thick, (1)2(3) per bundle anter- per bundle in L. vesiculatus), and its more devel-
iorly, 1(2) per bundle in mid-body, generally 2 oped pseudopenes and spermathecae.
per bundle in most posterior part of worm. Ven-
Discussion
tral setae absent from Х-ХІ. Male pores paired,
more or less in line with ventral setae, pos- Of the nine marine species of Tubificidae now
teriorly in XI. Spermathecal pores paired, more known from Victoria, only three, Heronidrilus
or less in line with ventral setae, immediately bihamis, Tubificoides diazi and T. fraseri are
posterior to middle of X. widely distributed outside the southern, temper-
Pharyngeal glands in IV-V. Oesophageal di- ate part of Australia. Heronidrilus bihamis is in
verticula in IX small. Male genitalia (Fig. 8B) fact the only taxon so far known to occur both in
paired. Vas deferens 12-16 рт wide, about as Victoria and in southern Western Australia;
long as atrium, entering apical end of latter. none of the 22 other tubificid species recorded
Atrial ampulla cylindrical, 105-140 um long, from the Albany area in the latter state (Erséus,
23-40 um wide, with 1-2 um thick outer lining in press) has yet been found in Victoria.
of muscles, and with long cilia in its ental part: Although still scanty, the available information
this part also characteristically folded in all thus seems to indicate that the marine tubificid
specimens studied (cf. Fig. 8B). Ectal part of fauna of Victoria is much different from that of
atrial ampulla with small, but distinct, ventral south-western Australia. The occurrence of two
prostatic pad. Prostate gland large, lobed. Atrial species also in New South Wales (Limnodri-
duct 95-190 um long, 16-26 um wide. with very loides stercoreus and Marcusaedrilus assimilis),
thin outer lining, but with granulation in inner and one also in New Zealand (L. problematicus)
epithelium for most parts, Atrial duct terminat- rather support a truly south-eastern affinity of
ing in large papilla inside a roundish pseudope- this fauna.
nial sac. Spermathecae (Figs 8B, s; 8C) consist-
ing of (1) ducts, 37-70 um long, 28-46 um wide Acknowledgements
at bulbous ectal swelling, much narrower imme- I am grateful to Dr R.O. Brinkhurst (Sidney,
diately ental to this swelling, and (2) somewhat BC, Canada), who suggested that the collection
pear-shaped ampullae, 100-290 рт long, maxi- from Victoria should be placed at my disposal,
mally 35-73 um wide, with much prolonged, and to Ms S. Boyd (Museum of Victoria) for
narrow inner ends (particularly in postcopula- arranging the loan. I am further indebted to Mr
tory specimens; Fig. 8C). In pre-copulatory spe- T. Stranks (Museum of Victoria), for station
cimens, spermathecae with thick walls and dro- data and other valuable information related to
plets of secretion (Fig. 8B, s); in post-copulatory the oligochaete collection; to Dr P. Hutchings
worms, spermathecae with thinner walls and (Australian Museum, Sydney), Dr S.F. Thrush
lumen filled with slender spermatozeugmata (Water Quality Center, Ministry of Works and
(Fig. 8C). Development, Hamilton, NZ), and Dr K.A.
Coates (Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto, Hutchinson Island, Florida. Proceedings of the
Canada), for access to the supplementary ma- Biological Society of Washington 99: 286-315.
terial; to Ms B. Lófnertz and Ms A. Falck- Erséus, C., 1988. Deep-sea Tubificidae (Oligochaeta)
Wahlstróm (Department of Zoology, University from the Gulf of Mexico. Proceedings of the Bio-
of Góteborg), for technical assistance; and to the logical Society of Washington 101: 67—71.
Erséus, C., 1989. Marine Oligochaeta of Hong Kong.
Swedish Natural Science Research Council, for
Pp. 259-335. In Morton, B. (ed.), Proceedings of
financial support. the Second International Marine Biological Work-
shop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Hong Kong
and Southern China, Hong Kong, 1986, Hong
References
Kong University Press: Hong Kong.
Baker, H.R., 1983. New species of Bathydrilus Cook Erséus, C., in press. Marine Tubificidae and Naididae
(Oligochaeta; Tubificidae) from British Colum- (Oligochaeta) from Southwestern Australia. In:
bia. Canadian Journal of Zoology 61: 2162- Wells, F.E., Walker, D.I., Kirkman, Н. and Leth-
2167. bridge, R. (eds) The Marine Flora and Fauna of
Bird, E.C.F., 1978. The geomorphology of the Gipps- the Albany area of Western Australia.
land Lakes region. Ministry for Conservation, Vic- Erséus, C. and Davis, D., 1989. The marine Tubi-
toria. Environmental Studies Series, Publication ficidae (Oligochaeta) of Hawaii. Asian Marine
No. 186. 20 pp. Biology. 6: 73-100.
Brinkhurst, R.O., 1986. Taxonomy of the genus Tubi- Erséus, C. and Jamieson, B.G.M., 1981. Two new gen-
ficoides Lastockin (Oligochaeta, Tubificidae): era of marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) from
species with bifid setae. Canadian Journal of Zoo- Australia's Great Barrier Reef. Zoologica Scripta
logy 64: 1270-1279. 10: 105-110.
Brinkhurst, R.O. and Baker, H.R., 1979. A review of Erséus, C. and Milligan, M.R. 1988. A new Bathydrilus
the marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of North (Oligochaeta: Tubificidae) from the eastern Gulf
America. Canadian Journal of Zoology 57: 1553- of Mexico. Bulletin of Marine Science 42: 292-
1569. 295.
Erséus, C., 1979, Taxonomic revision of the marine Erséus, C., Sun Daoyaun, Liang Yanling and Sun Bin,
genera Bathydrilus Cook and Macroseta Erséus in press. Marine Oligochaeta of Jiaozhou Bay,
(Oligochaeta, Tubificidae), with descriptions of Yellow Sea of China. Hydrobiologia.
six new species and subspecies. Zoologica Scripta Hrabé, S., 1971. On new marine Tubificidae of the
8: 139-151. Adriatic Sea. Scripta Facultatum Scientarum nat-
Erséus, C., 1981. Taxonomic studies of Phallodrilinae uralis Ujep Brunensis (Biologia 3) 1: 215-226.
(Oligochaeta, Tubificidae) from the Great Barrier Jamieson, B.G.M., 1977. Marine meiobenthic Oligo-
Reef and the Comoro Islands, with descriptions of chaeta from Heron and Wistari Reefs (Great Bar-
ten new species and one new genus. Zoologica rier Reef) of the genera Clitellio, Limnodriloides
Scripta 10: 15-31. and Phallodrilus (Tubificidae) and Grania
Erséus, C., 1982. Taxonomic revision of the marine (Enchytraeidae). Zoological Journal of the
genus Limnodriloides (Oligochaeta: Tubificidae). Linnean Society 61: 329-349,
Verhandlungen des — naturwissenschaftlichen Poore, G.C.B., 1982. Benthic communities of the
Vereins in Hamburg (Neue Folge) 25: 207-277. Gippsland Lakes, Victoria. Australian Journal of
Erséus, C., 1983. Taxonomic studies of the marine Marine and Freshwater Research 33: 901-915.
genus Marcusaedrilus Righi & Kanner (Oligo- Poore, G.C.B. and Kudenov, J.D., 1978. Benthos
chaeta, Tubificidae), with descriptions of seven around an outfall of the Werribee sewage-treat-
new species from the Caribbean area and Aus- ment farm, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria. Australian
tralia. Zoologica Scripta 12: 25-36. Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 29:
Erséus, C., 1984. The marine Tubificidae (Oligo- 157-167.
chaeta) of Hong Kong and Southern China. Asian Shapiro, M.A. (ed.), 1975. Westernport Bay Environ-
Marine Biology 1: 135-175. mental Study 1973-1974. Ministry for Conser-
Erséus, C., 1986. Marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) at vation, Victoria: Melbourne.
NEW RECORDS OF OPHIURIDAE, OPHIACANTHIDAE AND OPHIOCOMIDAE

(ECHINODERMATA: OPHIUROIDEA) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
By Timotuy D. O'HARA
c/o Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Museum of Victoria, Melbourne 3000, Australia
Abstract
O’Hara, T. D., 1990. New records of Ophiuridae, Ophiacanthidae and Ophiocomidae
(Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea) from south-eastern Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Vic-
toria 50(2): 287-305.
Thirty species of Ophiuroidea from three families: Ophiacanthidae, Ophiuridae and Ophiocom-
idae, are recorded from south-eastern Australia. Ophiura jejuna is placed in the subgenus
Ophiuroglypha and the inclusion of O. fidelis in Ophiacantha and O. bispinosus in Ophioplo-
cus are supported. Ophiomitrella falklandica is synonymized with O. conferta, Ophiocten aus-
tralis with O. hastatum and the possible synonymy of Ophiacantha sollicita with O. aculeata
and Ophioplinthaca incisa with O. plicata are discussed. Three species: Ophiomyces grandis,
Ophioleuce regulare and Ophiomitrella sp. cf chilensis, are new to the Tasman Region and the
range of a further seventeen species is extended, Previous reports of Ophiotreta valenciennesi,
Ophialcaea congesta and Ophiura fluctuans from the region are found to be erroneous.
Ophiomitrella conferta and Ophioplocus bispinosus are discovered to be viviparous.
Introduction South Wales and Tasmania. This region has some-

times been described as a separate, Maugean, bio-
Numerous trawling and dredging expeditions geographic province, although this was not
over the last decade have vastly increased the supported by Rowe and Vail (1982) in a recent bio-
ophiuroid collection of the Museum of Victoria, geographical study of Tasmanian echinoderms. The
enabling a more accurate assessment of the south-
material refered to herein is restricted to this region
eastern Australian ophiuroid fauna to be under- unless it is of significant biogeographical, histori-
taken. Predominant in these expeditions were the cal or taxonomic importance. Where the numbers
Bass Strait Benthic Survey (1979-1983) (BSS) and of specimens were substantial, only a representa-
the CSIRO *Soela" cruises (1984-1985). Other tive sample is given. Emphasis has been placed
cruises included the *Kimbla" East Bass Strait cruise upon species new to the area or where new mor-
(Nov 1973) and the *Dmitry Mendeleev" cruise phological information was available. Omitted spe-
(1975-1976) through the Tasman Sea and across cies comprise: Ophiura kinbergi Ljungman, 1867a,
southern Australia. Material from the the last expe- Ophiura ooplax (H. L. Clark, 1911) and
dition has also been deposited in other museums, Ophiurolepis accomodata Koehler, 1922b (Ophiu-
some of which have been the subject of reports by ridae); Ophiocamax applicatus Koehler, 1922b
Baker (1979) and Baker and Devaney (1981). (Ophiacanthidae); Clarkcoma canaliculata
The ophiuroid fauna of south-eastern Australia (Lütken, 1869) (Ophiocomidae).
is predominantly known from the work of Lyman, The material is lodged in the following institu-
(1878-1882), H.L. Clark (1909, 1916, 1928, 1938, tions: Australian Museum, Sydney (AM); British
1946), Koehler (1922b, 1930), A.M. Clark (1966) Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH);
and recently Baker (1979-1982) and Baker and Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
Devaney (1981). A useful key (although now (MCZ); Museum of Victoria, Melbourne (NMV);
slightly out-dated) to all ophiuroid genera was South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM);
provided by Fell (1960). This paper deals with three Zoologisk Museum, Copenhagen (ZMC). The
ophiuroid families: Ophiuridae, Ophiacanthidae abbreviation “d.d.” is used for disc diameter.
and Ophiocomidae. Subsequent papers in prepa-
Ophiuridae Lyman, 1865
ration will deal with remaining families. Seventeen
ophiurid, fifteen ophiacanthid and two ophiocomid Ophiurinae Lyman, 1865
species are now known from south-eastern Austra-
South Australia to Eden, New Ophiura Lamark, 1816
lia from Robe,
287
288 T. D. OHARA
Ophiura (Ophiura) palliata Lyman are slight and further research may find O. palliata
and O. fluctuans to be conspecific.
Figure la Koehler's (1897, repeated 1899) record from the
1878: 69, pl. IV, figs Maldive Islands (1340 m) needs confirmation as he
Ophioglypha palliata Lyman,
98-100.— 1882: 43, pl. IV, figs 4-6. — Koehler, 1897: supplied little morphological information about the
298.— 1899: 18. 14 mm d.d. specimen, otherwise O. palliata has not
Ophiura fluctuans.— Baker, 1979: 22, figs 1b, d, f, (non been reported since the holotype, found off Sydney
O. fluctuans Koehler, 1922a). at 750 m.
Material examined (partial list). Tasmania, off north-west Ophiura (Ophiuroglypha) jejuna (Lyman)
coast, 40°54/S, 143°43'Е, 520-526 m, 9 May 1984, NMV
F52837(6); W of north-west coast, 40°58.2'S, 143°49.0Е,
Figures 1b-d
550-560 m, 26 Jan 1985, ММУ F52840(1); 41°03.3'S, Ophioglypha jejuna Lyman, 1878: 78, pl.II, figs 55,
143°53.6Е, 550 m, 26 Jan 1985, ММУ F52841(1); 56.— 1882: 52, pl. V, figs 4-6.
41°02.5'S, 143°53.1/E, 518-520 m, 27 Jan 1985, NMV —H.L. Clark,
Ophiura jejuna.— Matsumoto, 1915: 81.
F52842(1); 40*59.2/S, 143°50.4/Е, 542-540 m, 30 Jan 1915: 325.
1985, NMV F$2843(5); off eastern coast, 42°43'S,
148°25'E, 506 m, 25 Jun 1984, NMV F52844(3); Flinders Material examined, Tasmania, eastern Bass Strait,
Canyon, eastern Bass Strait, 39°38.7'S, 148°49.4'E, 770 Flinders Canyon, 39°38.7'S, 148?49.2'E, 770 m, 27 Mar
m, 27 Mar 1979, shell/sand (BSS stn 34), NMV F52849(1 1979, shell/sand (BSS stn 34), NMV F52703(3); eastern
juvenile); eastern Bass Strait, 39°28.2'S, 148°52.4Е, 841 Bass Strait, 39°28.2'S, 148^52.4/E, 841 m, 29 Маг 1979,
m, 29 Mar 1979, muddy sand (BSS stn 37), NMV F52850 muddy sand (BSS stn 37), NMV Е52704(1).
(1).
Description. Disc 2.5-11 mm d.d., arms twice d.d.
Victoria, off eastern coast, 38°06.2'S, 150°04. 1'E, 640
m, 4 Feb 1985, NMV F52846(2); 38°15.4'5, 149°42.4'Е, Disc scales thin, close set, regular, round to poly-
662-666 m, 5 Feb 1985, NMV F52847(2); 38°14.9'S, gonal; large oval scale present at each inter-radial
149°41.6/E, 660 m, 5 Feb 1985, ММУ F52848(3). margin. Radial shields pentagonal, as wide as, or
New South Wales, E of Broken Bay, 744 m, 4 Dec 1979, wider than long, contiguous for distal half of their
AM J15960(1); off Broken Bay, 33?32'S, 152°00Е, 823 length. Arm comb papillae short, thick, blunt,
m, 19 Aug 1975, AM J10110(2). meeting on dorsal midline (Fig. 1b). Oral shield
Description. Disc, 5-17 mm d.d.; arms 2-3 times large, pentagonal, lateral sides straight. 5 papillae
d.d. Disc fully scaled (noticeable only when dried); on each jaw side, inner 2 spiniform, outer 3 low,
scales fine; large oval scale present proximal to widened. Dorsal arm plates fan-shaped, as wide as
radial shields. Radial shields oval, one-eighth d.d., long, narrowly contiguous. Ventral arm plates 3
contiguous distally or just separated. Arm comb times as wide as long, separate. 3 arm spines, one-
papillae spiniform. Oral shields pentagonal, lateral fifth length of segment, middle spine modified into
edges straight, not notched. Dorsal arm plates hyaline upturned hooklet distally (Fig. 1c). 9 ten-
quadrangular, 3 times as wide as long, broadly con- tacle scales on basal pore of largest specimen; suc-
tiguous. Proximolateral borders of second and ceeding segments with 6, 4, 2, and no scales
third plates bear a row of spiniform papillae oppos- respectively. An additional small plate situated at
ing each arm comb. 3 arm spines, flattened, tapered lateral tip of second, third and fourth ventral arm
to blunt point; uppermost as long as segment, lower plates (Fig. 1d).
2 half that size (fig. 1a). Live colour: disc centre Distribution. South-eastern Australia and Tristan
pink/magenta, margin and ventral surface blue,
da Cunha. 770-1860 m.
radial shields and arms orange.
Remarks. Lyman's (1878) description of the holo-
Distribution. South-eastern Australia from western
type (5 mm d.d.) differs from these specimens. He
Bass Strait to Broken Bay, New South Wales;
did not mention the modified arm-spine or the
?Maldive Is. 506-841 m. additional plate on the ventral arm surface. There
Remarks. Baker (1979: 22) referred two of these are only two tentacle scales on the basal segments
specimens (AM J10110) to Ophiura fluctuans and the arm spines are long, two-thirds of a seg-
Koehler, 1922a. The type description, however, ment long. Otherwise the specimens are very simi-
indicates that O. fluctuans has large uncalcified lar. The modification of the second lowest arm
areas on the disc; small, one-eleventh d.d., widely spine into an upturned hooklet, indicates that this
separated radial shields; no papillae on the basal species belongs in the subgenus Ophiuroglypha.
dorsal arm plates and a middle arm spine that is The two smallest specimens (2.5-2.8 mm d.d.)
as large as the uppermost spine. These differences have no arm comb or the additional arm plates,
i
OPHIURIDAE, OPHIACANTHIDAE AND OPHIOCOMIDAE FROM SE
AUSTRALIA 289
:(3 ©
ав"
Figure 1. a: Ophiura palliata (ММУ F52843), lateral view of arm; 6-4: Ophiura (Ophiuroglypha) jejuna (NMV F52704),
b, dorsal view of disc, c, middle arm spine of 25th segment, d, ventral view of 4th arm segment. Scaleline — 1.0 mm.
290 T. D. OHARA
the dorsal and ventral arm plates are comparatively Remarks. These are the first records of O. mul-
narrower and the arm spine hooklets are more tispina from Tasmanian waters.
prominent,
Ophiura (Ophiuroglypha) jejuna is similar to the Amphiophiura Matsumoto, 1915
widespread species, Ophiura (Ophiuroglypha)
irrorata Lyman, 1878, which has been found off Amphiophiura urbana (Koehler)
New Zealand (Pawson, 1969: 52, figs 8-13) but not Ophioglypha urbana Koehler, 1904: 50, pl. VII, figs
yet from Australian waters. It also has an addi- 10-12.
tional plate adjacent to the ventral arm plate, Amphiophiura urbana. — Baker, 1979: 25, fig. 1h (par-
although they are smaller than on O. jejuna and tial synonymy).
are present on most of the arm segments instead
Material examined (partial list). South Australia, 24 n.
of the basal few. Mortensen (1933a: fig. 48c), who
mi. off Beachport, 37?45'S, 139°41'E, 390-410 m, 24 Oct
described and figured these plates, interpreted them 1981, NMV F52884(1).
as enlarged adradial tentacle scales, an interpreta- Tasmania, off north-west coast, 41205.1'5, 143*56.3E,
tion consistent with their position in the present 382 m, 27 Jan 1985, NMV F52888(1); E of North Point,
material.The only other species of Ophiuroglypha Flinders Island, 39°44.5'S, 148?49'E, 421 m, 24 Nov 1973,
known from the Tasman region is O. rugosa muddy sand, NMV F52886(1); off Maria Island, 42^43'S,
(Lyman, 1878), also found off New Zealand 148°25'Е, 506 m, 25 June 1984, NMV F52889(3);
(Baker, 1977: 151). O. jejuna can be distinguished 42?41.9'S, 148°25 ТЕ, 440 m, 15 Aug 1984, NMV
F52890(1); 42°40.8'S, 148°25.4Е, 472 m, 16 Aug 1984,
from both O. irrorata and O. rugosa by the arm
ММУ F52891(2); off southern coast, 43°38.9'S,
comb, continuous across the dorsal midline, and
147°49.4'Е, 160 m, 16 Feb 1976, NMV F52892(1).
the angular radial shields, contiguous for most of Victoria, eastern Bass Strait, 38*52.6'S, 148°25.2'Е, 140
their length. m, 15 Nov 1981, muddy sand (BSS stn 170), NMV
Ophiura (Ophiuroglypha) clemens (Koehler, F52885(1).
1904) appears very similar to O. jejuna, particu-
Distribution. South-eastern Australia from the
larly specimens from the north Atlantic descibed
Great Australian Bight to southern New South
and figured by Paterson (1985: 120, fig. 45). This
Wales, including Tasmania; Indonesia. 108-596 m.
species has also been reported from Indonesia and
the Philippines at depths of between 686 and 1633 Remarks. The largest specimen (NMV F52855), 17
m, mm d.d, has a split arm with one branch regener-
The present specimens of O. jejuna are the first ating backward toward the disc.
to be reported since the type series which included
a paratype from off Sydney at a depth of 750 m.
Haplophiura Matsumoto, 1915
Ophiocrossota H.L. Clark
Haplophiura gymnopora (H.L. Clark)
Ophiocrossota multispina (Ljungman)
Ophioglypha multispina Ljungman, 1867b: 307.— Reddit RTL
Lyman, 1878: 99.— 1882: 41. Haplophiura £ymnopora.— Matsumoto, 1915: 76.—
Ophiocrossota heteracantha H.L.Clark, 1928: 451, figs H.L. Clark, 1938: 357.— 1946: 267.
— Rowe and Pawson,
136a, b. — 1946: 267. 10:77:09 518
Ophiocrossota multispina.— H.L. Clark,1946: 267. —
Baker, 1982: 433, fig. 10:16a.
Material examined. Tasmania, eastern Bass Strait,
39°41.7'S, 148°39.5'E, 115 m, 27 Mar 1979, muddy sand
Material examined (partial list). Tasmania, E of King (BSS stn 32), NMV F52859 (10); 39°28.4'S, 148^49.2'E,
Island, 40°00.0'S, 144?20.9'E, 48 m, 22 Nov 1981, sili- 110 m, 29 Mar 1979, shell/sand (BSS stn 35), NMV
ceous sand and shell (BSS stn.200), NMV Е52893(1); E F52860(2); 39°44.8'S, 148°40.6'Е, 124 m, 14 Nov 1981,
of Flinders Island, 40°06.2'S, 148?25.0'E, 22 m, 14 Nov fine sand and mud (BSS stn 167), NMV F52861(20).
1981, coarse shell (BSS stn 166), NMV F52895(3 Victoria, eastern Bass Strait, 38°54,3'S, 147?13.4'E, 58
juveniles). m, 18 Nov 1981, coarse shell (BSS stn 176), NMV
Victoria, western Bass Strait, 39*06.3'S, 142*55.6'E, F52862(6).
84 m, 21 Nov 1981, fine shell (BSS stn 191), NMV
F52894(1 juvenile); off eastern coast, 37°50'S, 148^40'E,
Distribution, South-eastern Australia from eastern
26 m, 30 Jul 1983, medium sand (BSS stn 208), NMV Bass Strait to Wata Mooli, New South Wales.
F52896(28). 40-124 m.
Distribution. South-eastern Australia from the Remarks. The specimens measure 1-4 mm d.d. H.
Great Australian Bight to Sydney, New South gymnopora was previously known only from
Wales. 10-84 m. southern New South Wales.
OPHIURIDAE, OPHIACANTHIDAE AND OPHIOCOMIDAE FROM SE AUSTRALIA 291
Ophiocten Liitken, 1855 separate, present throughout. 2 opposing tentacle

Ophiocten hastatum Lyman scales on first 3-6 basal pores, large scale on lateral
arm plate, smaller rim-like scale on ventral arm
Ophiocten hastatum Lyman, 1878: 103, pl. 5, figs 133, plate; only larger scale persists distally. 2 small,
134. — Paterson, Tyler and Gage, 1982: 117, figs 5a-e conical arm spines. Colour: white.
(synonymy).
Ophiocten australis Baker, 1979: 26, figs 3a-c. Distribution. South-eastern and eastern Australia,
Ophiura hastata.— Guille, 1982: figs 6d, e, 7a, b. New Zealand, and north of New Guinea. 510-4840
m.
Material examined. Tasmania, off south-western coast,
1800-1820 m, 21 Feb 1976, NMV F52773(200). Remarks. This is the only Ophiomastus species
New South Wales, off Nowra, 34?51.3'S, 151?31.3E, known from the Tasman region. Two other spe-
1701 m, 16 Jul 1986, NMV F54213(8); 34^58.4'S, cies described by Fell from New Zealand: O. stel-
151°23.2'Е, 1750 m, 16 Jul 1986, ММУ F54214(17).
lamaris Fell, 1952 and O. admiral Fell, 1958, were
Distribution. South-eastern Australia, New found by Baker (1977) to be representatives of
Zealand, Kerguelen and Prince Edward Island, Ophiozonella.
South Africa, eastern Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. This is the first report of O. tegulitus since the
1130-4700 m. type series.
Remarks. The present material, 4.5-18 mm d.d, Ophiomisidium Koehler, 1914
confirms Paterson, Tyler and Gage's (1982) suspi-
cion that O. australis is synonymous with the Ophiomisidium flabellum (Lyman)
widespread species O. hastatum. Baker (1979) dis- Ophiomusium flabellum Lyman, 1878: 120, pl. V, figs
tinguished O. australis from O. hastatum by the 141-143.— 1882: 98, pl. III, figs 4-6.
— H.L. Clark, 1909:
lack of genital papillae and the lack of papillae on 539.
the first dorsal arm plate. However, Paterson, Tyler Ophiomisidium flabellum.— Koehler, 1914: 32; 1930:
and Gage found that these papillae, as well as arm 251. —H.L. Clark, 1915: 308. —1938: 357.
— 1946: 266.—
comb papillae, are often absent on O. hastatum Baker, 1977: fig. la.
specimens. Material examined. Tasmania, W of Cape Sorrell,
The present specimens agree closely with both 41°50.2'S, 144°33.2Е, 470 m, 20 Oct 1984, NMV
Baker's (1979) and Paterson, Tyler and Gage's F52669(1 juvenile).
(1982) descriptions. Genital papillae and dorsal arm Victoria, SE of Halibut Platform, Bass Strait, 38?27'S,
plate papillae are absent, but a few specimens have 148?24.5'E, 183 m, 23 Nov 1973, coarse sand, NMV
one or two rudimentary arm comb papillae. There F52667(1).
New South Wales, 7 mi. off Port Jackson, 55-65 m,
are three arm spines, the uppermost thickest and
4 Jun 1874 (Challenger stn 163a), NMV F52668(6).
longest, as long as 3-4 dorsal arm plates. The oral Philippines, off Jolo Island, 20 m, coll. Th. Morten-
shields, even on the smallest specimens, are at least sen, 17 Mar 1914, identified by Koehler (1930: 252),
twice as wide as long. ZMC(1).
Ophiomastus Lyman, 1878 (emend H.L. Clark, Description. Disc 1.0-4.0 mm d.d.; arms, approx-
1939) imately 1 d.d, considerably widened at base.
Approximately 30 disc plates, including 6
Ophiomastus tegulitius Lyman primaries, 1 large tubercle-shaped plate at each
Ophiomastus tegulitius Lyman, 1878: 104, pl. VI, figs inter-radial margin, large, a quarter d.d, contigu-
167-169.
— 1882: 104, pl. VIII, figs 16-18.
—Fell, 1958: 31. ous radial shields, and several smaller radial and
inter-radial plates. Disc margin rampart-like, due
Material examined. Victoria, western Bass Strait,
to tubercular plates and slightly upraised radial
39°06.2'S, 142?28.7'E, 640 m, 9 Oct 1980, yellow mud
shields. Basal lateral arm plates very wide, dominat-
(BSS stn 66), NMV F52666 (1).
New South Wales, E of Broken Bay, 840-895 m, 6 Dec ing ventral surface, meeting distal to small oral
1979, AM J16487(3). shields. First lateral arm plate with up to 4 modi-
fied triangular arm spines that fringe the disc;
Description. Disc, 2.6-3.8 mm d.d.; arms, flattened second segment with 2 spines; succeeding segments
and widened at the base, 1 d.d. long. Disc high, with 1 short, blunt spine. Tentacle pores only on
hemispherical, covered in approximately 20 plates; first 3 segments, each with 1 oval tentacle scale.
6 primaries (1 is occasionally split into 2), 1 or 2
plates at each interradial margin and small, sunken Distribution. South-eastern Australia from western
radial shields. Oral papillae fused, jaw margin Bass Strait to Cape Three Points, New South
crenulate. Dorsal and ventral arm plates small, Wales; ?Philippines. 20-420 m.
292 T. D. OHARA
Remarks. This material includes six previously pairs; a 2.4 mm d.d. specimen (NMV F52677) has
unrecorded specimens from Challenger station an indistinct distal pair and a distinct proximal pair;
163a, the same locality as the solitary type a 3.6 mm d.d. specimen (NMV F52672) has no
specimen. distal pair and an indistinct proximal pair; larger
The smallest specimen (NMV F52699) differs in specimens have no pores.
having flat marginal inter-radial disc plates and The discovery of tentacle pores in O. incertum
paddle-shaped basal arm spines, relatively longer is important as it is often quoted as an unusual
than on adults. example of an ophiuroid in which they are absent.
Koehler’s (1930) specimen from the Philippines I cannot determine from this material whether the
is very similar to local material, differing only in pores are functional or vestigial.
having slightly smaller basal arm spines. Although In this excellent growth series, the other specific
some Ophiomisidium species are known to be characters can clearly be traced to maturity. The
widespread, (Guille, 1982: 73, has reported the tubercular disc plates as well as the fine granular
Atlantic species O, speciosum Koehler, 1914 from nature of all the plates, are notable even in the
off Kerguelen), this solitary record could be due smallest specimens. There are no dorsal or ventral
to a confusion of labels, as is possibly the case for arm plates, two arm spines at 1.0 mm d.d, 3-4 at
a similar aberrant record of Ophiomusium incer- 3.6 mm d.d. and 5-6 in adults.
tum, and needs confirmation. Koehler (1930) reported a specimen of O. incer-
One of the other seven known species of tum from the Kei Islands. This specimen is identi-
Ophiomisidium is from New Zealand: O. irene Fell, cal to local material, however, H.L. Clark (1946:
1952. Although very similar to O. flabellum, O. 275) and Madsen (1967: 143) suggested the reported
irene can be distinguished by the presence of an locality may be due to a confusion of labels and
additional tubercle-like plate between the distal therefore needs confirmation.
ends of the radial shields (Baker, 1977:150).
The increase in the known bathymetric distribu- Ophiomusium australe H. L. Clark
tion to 420 m is consistent with other members of
Ophiomusium simplex var. australe H.L. Clark, 1928:
the genus. 449, figs 135a, b.— 1946: 274.
Ophiolepidinae Matsumoto, 1915 Ophiomusium aporum H.L. Clark, 1928: 447, figs
134a, b.— 1946: 275, — Baker, 1979: 30.
Ophiomusium Lyman, 1869 Ophiomusium australe. — Baker, 1979: 30. — Baker and
Devaney, 1981: 158, figs 25-27.
Ophiomusium incertum Koehler
Material examined, Victoria, 18 n. mi. S of Cape Nelson,
Ophiomusium incertum Koehler, 1930; 245, pl. XVIII, 38?44'S, 141°33'Е, 155 m, 26 Aug 1975, identified by A.N.
fig. 8, pl. XIX, figs 3, 4,— Baker, 1979: 30 (full Baker (Baker and Devaney, 1981; 158), NMV H367(3);
synonymy). 27 n. mi. SSW of Portland, 300-595 m, May 1979, NMV
Material examined. Tasmania, western Bass Strait, F52771(7).
40°07.95, 143°12,9E, 503 m, 11 Oct 1980, carbonate mud Distribution. Dirk Hartog Island, Western Austra-
(BSS stn 106), NMV F52676(3); eastern Bass Strait,
lia to Cape Nelson, Victoria. 130-595 m.
39°27,7'S, 148°51.1'E, 293 m, 28 Mar 1979, coarse shell
(BSS stn 36), NMV F52671(1); 39°40.3'5, 148?46.5'E, Remarks. The present material, 2.6-13 mm d.d,
293-329 m, 27 Mar 1979, rock and coarse sand (BSS stn has only two arm spines, the same number as
33), NMV F52677(3); E of North Point, Flinders Island, shown on Baker and Devaney's (1981: fig. 27)
39?44'S, 148°47.5'Е, 329 m, 24 Nov 1973, polyzoa
figure of the type. However, this is one fewer than
bottom, NMV F52674(2); 39?44'S, 148?49'E, 421 m, 24
Nov 1973, muddy sand, NMV F52672(10); off north-
reported from the holotype of Ophiomusium
eastern coast, 41?32,9'S, 148°35.0Е, 127 m, 10 Oct 1985, aporum, the only full description of this species
NMV Е52675(1); E of Maria Island, 42°395, 148?26.3'E, available.
503 m, 25 Jun 1984, NMV F52673(1).
Indonesia, Arafura Sea, Kei Islands, 270 m, coll. Th. Ophiomusium anisacanthum H.L. Clark
Mortensen, 1 May 1922, ZMC(1 syntype).
Ophiomusium anisacanthum H.L. Clark, 1928: 446,
Distribution. Spencer Gulf or Gulf Saint Vincent, figs 133a, b. — 1946; 274,— Baker, 1979: 31, — Baker and
South Australia to eastern Bass Strait and eastern Devaney, 1981: 158, figs 22-24,
Tasmania; ?Kei Islands. 127-503 m. Material examined. Victoria, W of Cape Nelson, 170-200
m, 6 Jun 1969, NMV Е52770(1).
Remarks. Two pairs of tentacle pores are present
on basal segments ofjuvenile specimens. A 1.0 mm Distribution. Lancelin, Western Australia to Cape
d.d. specimen (NMV F52671) has two distinct Nelson, Victoria. 130-310 m.
Remarks. O. anisacunthum was previously known Ophiozonella bispinosa.— Baker, 1979: 32 (full
only from west of Gulf St Vincent, South Australia. synonymy).
Ophioplocus Lyman, 1861 Material examined. Tasmania, off north-west coast,

41°05.1'S, 143°56.3'Е, 382 m, 27 Jan 1985, NMV
Ophioplocus bispinosus H.L. Clark F52769(1).
Ophioplocus bispinosus H.L. Clark, 1918: 337, pl. IV, Distribution. South-eastern Australia from the
fig. 2.— 1946: 276. — Thomas, 1975: 241. Great Australian Bight to north-west Tasmania,
Ophioceres bispinosus. — Baker and Devaney, 1981: Andaman Islands, Philippines and Japan. 205-382
157, figs 1-3, 5, 14-17.— Baker, 1982: 433, figs m.
10:16e-f.
— Rowe and Vail, 1982: 222.
Remarks. This 10 mm d.d. specimen is the first to
Material examined (partial list): Tasmania, Narracoopa,
be reported in Australia from east of Gulf St Vin-
King Island, 8-9 Mar 1980, rocky shallows, NMV
F52767(1); West Cove, Erith Island, Bass Strait, 8 Jan cent, South Australia.
1982, under a granite boulder, lower intertidal, NMV Two other species of Ophiozonella are known
F52765(1). from the Tasman region: O. stellamaris (Fell, 1952)
Victoria, Glenaire, W of Cape Otway, 16 Dec 1983, and O. stellata (Lyman, 1878), both from New
rocky shallows, NMV F52768(1); Cape Schanck, 8 Oct Zealand. O. stellamaris has only one arm spine and
1982, rocky shallows, NMV F52766(1); Cape Paterson, both only have one tentacle scale throughout,
no depth, 20 Jan 1957, NMV F52764 (3). unlike O. bispinosa which has two, basally three,
Distribution. South-eastern Australia from tentacle scales and two arm spines.
Encounter Bay, South Australia to Wilsons Ophioleucinae Matsumoto, 1915
Promontory and eastern Tasmania. 1-50 m.
Ophioleuce Koehler, 1904
Remarks. Ophioplocus bispinosus is viviparous,
there is 1 bursa to each genital slit, each of which Ophioleuce regulare (Koehler)
contains 3-4 juveniles. All the juveniles are typi- Ophiopyren regulare Koehler, 1901: 26, pl. VIII, figs
cally at the same level of maturity, for example a 52-54,
bursa in a 10.5 mm d.d. specimen (NMV F52764) Ophiopyren regularis. — Koehler, 1922b: 36, pl.
had 3 young: 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 mm d.d. respectively, LXXXVI, figs 1, 2.
all considerably larger than the genital slit, which Ophioleuce regulare. — Madsen, 1983: 45, figs 7a-g (full
was only 0.7 mm (2 arm segments) in length. synonymy).
In 1981, Baker and Devaney transferred Material examined. Tasmania, eastern Bass Strait,
Ophioplocus bispinosus to the genus Ophioceres Flinders Canyon, 39°38.7'S, 148?49.4'E, 770 m, 27
Koehler, 1922b, apparently unaware that Thomas Mar 1979, shell/sand (BSS stn 34), NMV
(1975) had previously shown that both Ophioceres F52665(1); eastern Bass Strait, 399?28.2'S,
and Ophioceramis Lyman, 1865, are junior syno- 148°57.4'E, 841 m, 29 Mar 1979, muddy sand (BSS
nyms of Ophioplocus Lyman, 1861. Ophioceramis stn 37), NMV F52664(7).
was a heterogeneous assemblage that contained spe- Antarctica, 66^8'S, 94^ 17'E, 220 m, 27 Jan 1914
cies belonging to the Amphiuridae and Ophiacti- (ANARE stn 8), identified by Koehler (1922b: 36),
dae as well as two species, O. januarii (Lütken, AM J3539(1).
1856) and O. declinans (Koehler, 1904), that are
intermediate between the type species of Ophioplo- Description. Bass Strait specimens: 1.6-3.1 mm
d.d, arms, delicate and slender, 2 times d.d. Disc
cus and Ophioceres, having a small amount of
low, sunken inter-radially, ventral side slightly con-
dorsal arm plate fragmentation (2-5 pieces) and 3-6
cave; disc plates large, irregular, mostly bordered
tentacle scales.
by 1 or 2 rows of spherical granules (sparse on
At least three other Ophioplocus species are
smallest specimens). Disc margin tapers to sharp
known to be viviparous: O. incipiens (Koehler,
edge, bears several rows of elongated granules. No
1922b) (see Mortensen, 1936: 307), O. esmarki
granules ventrally. Ventral arm plates rhombic or
Lyman, 1874 (see Hyman, 1955: 629) and O. mar-
triangular, contiguous until just outside disc
ginata (Fell, 1953) (see Baker and Devaney, 1981:
margin. Tentacle pores under the disc (first 3-7)
158).
elongated, with 2-4 tentacle scales; other pores
Ophiozonella Matsumoto, 1915
small, circular with 1 tentacle scale. 2 arm spines.
Ophiozonella bispinosa (Koehler) Colour: cream.
Ophiozona bispinosa Koehler, 1897: 319, pl. VI, figs Distribution. Eastern Bass Strait and cireumpolar
a2; 332 antarctic and subantarctic waters. 69-900 m.
294 T. D. OHARA
Remarks. O. regulare was previously known only The other two species of Clarkcoma are from
from antarctic and subantarctic regions. southern Australia: C. canaliculata (Lütken, 1869)
and C. pulchra (H.L.Clark, 1928), both from
One of the other five known species of
Ophioleuce has been discovered from the Tasman depths of less than 50 m. The three specimens from
Region: O. seminudum Koehler, 1904. This Indo- off Maria Island, Tasmania, 122-174 m, that
Madsen (1967) recorded as C. canaliculata, are
West Pacific species has been found off the coast
of southern Queensland (Baker, 1979: 32 as O. referable to C. bollonsi. Interestingly, C. pulchra,
charischema (H.L. Clark, 1911), see Madsen, 1983) although common on south-western and eastern
and South of Norfolk Island in the Tasman Sea coasts of Australia, appears to be absent from Vic-
(NMV F52701). Only the basal pore is elongated toria and Tasmania.
in O. seminudum, and the inter-radial disc margin The only other ophiocomid species known from
is not sunken, consequently, the ventral disc sur- southern Australia is Ophiocomina australis
face, which is also usually granulated, does not H.L.Clark, 1928. Juvenile Clarkcoma specimens
appear concave. can occasionally be mistaken for this species, as
they have only one tentacle scale on most pores
(there are two on adults) and, in the case of C.
Ophiocomidae Ljungman, 1867b
canaliculata are also crossbanded dark and light
Clarkcoma Devaney, 1970 along the arms. However, O. australis can be dis-
tinguished from all the Clarkcoma species by the
Clarkcoma bollonsi (Farquhar)
presence of a distinct distal lobe on the oral shields.
Ophiocoma bollonsi Farquhar, 1908: 108. O. australis is restricted to the South Australian
Clarkcoma bollonsi.— Devaney, 1970: 5, figs 4, 5, 10, Gulf region.
12, 14 (partial synonymy). — Rowe, 1985: 67, pl. 2, figs
3-8. Ophiacanthidae Perrier, 1891
Ophiotreta valenciennesi. — Koehler, 1930: 66. — Н. L.
Clark, 1946: 187 [non O. valenciennesi (Lyman, 1879)]
Ophiacanthinae Paterson, 1985
Material examined. Tasmania, off south-west coast, Ophiacantha Muller and Troschel, 1842
43?25.3'S, 145°39.8Е, 160 m, 21 Oct 1984, NMV
Ophiacantha sollicita Koehler
F52706(2 juveniles); off Maria Island, 42°40'S,
148°27.5'Е, 122-174 m, 23 Mar 1931, identified by Figures 2h-i
Madsen (1967: 142) as Clarkcoma canaliculata (Lütken,
1869) (BANZARE stn 113), SAM K1347(2). Ophiacantha sollicita Koehler, 1922b: 14, pl. 79, figs
Victoria, SE of Seaspray, 38?42'S, 147°56.2'Е, 69 m, 1-3.
— Rowe and Pawson, 1977: 355.
23 Nov 1973, polyzoa substrate, NMV F52705(2); S of Material examined. Tasmania, off Maria Island, 42°48'S,
Cape Howe, 38°12’S, 149°40Е, 180-280 m, coll. Mor- 148740.75'E, 2420 m, 13 Dec 1912, AM 13557(2 syntypes).
tensen 16 Sep 1911, identified by Koehler (1930: 66) as
Ophiotreta valenciennesi (Lyman), ZMC(1). Description. Disc, 8 mm and 13 mm d.d, covered
in tall, slender spines, 1.5 mm high, with thorny
Distribution. South-western Australia from Don-
stems and 2-4 terminal points. Basal dorsal arm
gara to Hamelin Bay; eastern Australia, from Tas-
plates much wider than long, contiguous for first
mania to Mooloolaba, Queensland, and New
3-4 plates, bear some spines similar to those on
Zealand. 9-630 m.
disc; other plates separate, as wide as long, roughly
Remarks. Rowe (1985) reported this species from triangular, distal edge convex, lateral edges con-
Australia for the first time. The present specimens, cave. Ventral arm plates separate throughout, twice
2-13 mm, extend the known distribution to as wide as long, distal edge convex. Oral shields
Tasmania. triangular to diamond-shaped (depending on degree
Koehler (1930) recorded a specimen of of distal angle). Adoral shields 3-4 times as long
Ophiotreta valenciennesi (Lyman, 1879) from off as wide, separate oral shields from first ventral arm
Cape Howe, Victoria. This specimen, 8 mm d.d, plates. 3 oral papillae, inner 2 spiniform, outer
proved upon examination to belong to Clarkcoma widened, highest and thickest proximally with
bollonsi (Farquhar, 1908). Species of Ophiotreta, tapering distal flange (fig. 2h). 7-8 finely rugose
ophiacanthids, are superficially similar to C/ark- arm spines, uppermost longest.
coma but lack the block-like hylanated teeth.
Distribution. Off eastern Tasmania. 2420 m.
Moreover, O. valenciennesi, unlike other species
of Ophiotreta (see Mortensen, 1933a: 35, fig. 19b) Remarks. 'These specimens are virtually identical
and all Clarkcoma species, only has a single apical to the North Atlantic species Ophiacantha aculeata
tooth papillae. Verrill, 1885 as described and figured by Koehler
cael
\
NN
iN
`
view, b, dorsal view; c-d: Ophiomitrella

Figure 2, a-b: Ophiomitrella sp. cf. chilensis (NMV F52700), a, ventral
2nd segment, c, (NMV F52683), d, (SAM K979); e: Ophiomitrel la sp. cf. chilensis (NMV F52700),
conferta, arm spines,
dorsal view; h-i; Ophiacantha sollicita
disc spinelets; f-g: Ophiomitrella conferta, f, disc stumps, g, (NMV F52683) grandis
(AM J3557), h, jaw, i, disc spinelets; j: Ophioplinthaca incisa (NMV H361) dorsal view; k: Ophiomyces
(NMV F52776) ventral view. Scale line = 1.0 mm.
296 T. D. OHARA
(1914: 74, pl. 11, figs 1, 2), Mortensen (1933a: 28, tally and coiled around an octacorallia upon which
figs 14c, 15) and Paterson (1985: 38, fig. 17). In it was living.
particular, the outermost oral papillae and disc These specimens also differ slightly from Fell's
spinelets are very similar. If O. aculeata proves to description of the holotype (11 mm d.d.). It had
have a more widespread distribution, O. sollicita up to nine oral papillae, adoral shields only 1.5-2
should be treated as a synonym. times as wide as long and lacked tentacle scales after
Some specimens referred to the similar species the third segment.
O. cosmica Lyman, 1878 are possibly better placed
Ophiacantha rosea Lyman
in O. aculeata or O. sollicita. O. cosmica differs
in having 3-4 spiniform oral papillae and stouter Ophiacantha rosea Lyman, 1878: 139, pl. X, figs 267,
disc spinelets (Paterson, 1985, fig. 17) , but Lyman 268.— Paterson, 1985: 45, fig. 18 (partial synonymy).
(1878, fig. 269) figured a specimen from off Tristan Ophioprium rosea.— Baker and Devaney, 1981: 173
da Cunha with a widened outer oral papillae and (partial synonymy).
H.L.Clark (1939: 42) unjustifiably synonmymized Material examined. Tasmania, E of North Point, Flinders
the two species without mentioning the difference Island, 39°45.3'S, 148?54'E, 640 m, 24 Nov 1973,
in the number and form of the oral papillae or the rock/mud, identified by Baker (Baker and Devaney, 1981:
dise spinelets. 173), NMV H364(13); eastern Bass Strait, 39°20.5'S,
148?46.?'E, 440 m, 2 Feb 1985, NMV F52852(1); 39*18'S,
148?44'E, 448-480 m, 3 May 1984, NMV F52853 (7); S
Ophiacantha yaldwyni Fell
of Cape Howe, 39°11.7'S, 149°48.7'E, 644-650 m, 3 Feb
Ophiacantha yaldwyni Fell, 1958: 23, pl. 4, figs F, H, 1985, NMV F52851(3).
I.— Baker and Devaney, 1981: 173.
Distribution. Eastern Bass Strait, New Zealand,
Material examined. Tasmania, off norih-west coast, southern Chile, Japan, Marion Island and the Bay
43?45'S, 143?40'E, 930-1210 m, Apr 1986, NMV of Biscay. 270-1700 m.
F52863(1).
Victoria, off Point Hicks, 38?24.5'S, 149°25.5'E, 823 Remarks. Paterson (1985) disagreed with Baker and
m, 21 Nov 1973, rock/coral, identified by Baker (Baker Devaney's (1981) placement of this species in
and Devaney, 1981: 173-mistakenly listed as H361), NMV Ophioprium H.L. Clark, 1915. This species has a
H362(1). jaw that is wider than long and large tentacle pores
Description. Disc 4.0-6.5 mm d.d, arms 4 times that are fully covered by one (first pore one or two)
d.d.. Disc covered in flat, rounded scales; scales large tentacle scales. There are 3-4 large oral papil-
bear 1 large cylindrical granule, as high as wide with lae and often some additional, smaller spiniform
terminal thorns. Radial shields bar-shaped, con- papillae not particularly associated with the oral
cealed. Oral shields rhomboid, wider than long; tentacle pore. In contrast, Ophioprium species have
adoral shields 3 times as wide as long. 1 apical, 3-5 elongate jaws, tall, spine-like oral tentacle scales,
oral papillae, short, stout, club-shaped to spheri- 2-4 thin tentacle scales along the arm that do not
cal, thorny, irregular in size and orientation. Dorsal cover the pores and the jaw is elongate.
arm plates fan to bell-shaped, separate, distal edges The present material measures 3.5-16 mm d.d.
of basal plates bear some spines similar to those with arms 4-5 times d.d.. There are only rarely two
on disc. First ventral arm plate large, longer than tentacle scales on basal pores and few additional
wide; second triangular, as wide as long; rest wider oral papillae. Colour (preserved): brown or grey.
than long, distal edge often raised and notched,
Ophiacantha fidelis (Koehler)
always separate. 5-6 stout arm spines; uppermost
basal spine enlarged; terminally or proximally Ophiomitrella fidelis Koehler, 1930: 72, pl. VII, figs
thorny. Tentacle scale small, pointed. Colour: pale 4, 5. — Baker and Devaney, 1981: 173.
brown or cream. Ophiacantha fidelis. — H.L. Clark, 1946: 186.
Material examined. Tasmania, off north-west coast,
Distribution. Eastern Bass Strait and New Zealand.
41^15'S, 144?08'E, 520-480 m, 20 Oct 1984, ММУ
841-1210 m.
F52728(1); 41*50.2'S, 144°33.2'Е, 420 m, 20 Oct 1984,
Remarks. The two specimens differ slightly in NMV F52727(1); E Bass Strait, 39°20.5'S, 148?46.YE, 440
appearance. The largest (NMV H362) has a tumid m, 2 Feb 1985, NMV F52723(50); E of Maria Island,
42°39'S, 148?26.3E, 530 m, 25 Jun 1984, NMV
disc, multifid disc spines and stout arm spines with
F52721(300); 42°39'S, 148°26.3’E, 415-438 m, 25 Jun
predominantly terminal thorns and the arms are
1984, ММУ F52724(50); 42°43'S, 148?25/E, 506 m, 25 Jun
broken distally. The other has a flat disc, slightly 1984, NMV F52722 (100); 42°42'S, 148°24’E, 420-490 m,
constricted inter-radially, bifid or trifid disc spines 25 Jun 1984, ММУ F52725 (50); 42°41.95, 148°25. l'E,
and slender arm spines which have a row of thorns 490 m, 15 Aug 1984, NMV F52726(50); 42?40.8'S,
on the proximal side. The arms are very slender dis- 148°25.4'Е, 472 m, 16 Aug 1984, NMV F52729(50).
Victoria, 20.5 n. mi. S of Cape Nelson, 403 m, 10 Mar Material examined (partial list). South Australia, 24 n.
1977, NMV Е52720(1). mi. SW of Beachport, 37°50/S, 139°46'E, 380 m, 24 Oct
1981, NMV F52733(2).
Descripton. Disc to 7.0 mm d.d, arms 9-10 times Victoria, 27 n. mi. SW of Portland, 330-595 m, 14-15
d.d. Disc scales small, overlapping, visible only May 1979, NMV F52735(20); S of Point Hicks, 38?17'S,
when dried, overlain by skin. Radial shields bar- 149*25'E, 640 m, 21 Nov 1973, clay , NMV F52740(6).
like, upraised, long, two-fifths d.d, parallel, widely Tasmania, W of King Island, 40°27.6'5, 143?23.6'E,
| separate, only small triangular section exposed. 560 m, 28 Jan 1985, ММУ F52736(1 juvenile); off north-
Disc granules very small, variable in extent and den- west coast, 41?05.1'S, 143°53.1'Е, 520 m, 27 Jan 1985,
sity but usually confined to central disc region prox- ММУ F52737(10); western Bass Strait, 40°07'5, 143^13'E,
229 m, 11 Oct 1980, carbonate mud (BSS stn 105), NMV
imal to radial shields. No granules ventrally. Oral
F52738(1); eastern Bass Strait, 39°28.2/5, 148°52.4'Е, 841
shields rhombic, wider than long. 1 apical, 3, rarely
m, 29 Mar 1979, muddy/sand (BSS stn 37), NMV F52743
4, oral papillae, outermost widened slightly. Dorsal (1); E of North Point, Flinders Island, 39°44'5, 148?49'E,
arm plates bell-shaped, as wide as long, separate; 42] m, 24 Nov 1973, muddy sand, identified by Baker
basal plates widened. Ventral arm plates 2-3 times (Baker and Devaney, 1981: 171), NMV H359(2).
as wide as long, separate. 8 finely serrated arm New Zealand, NW of Campbell Island, 51°49.9'S,
spines, uppermost 3 times as long as a segment 169°31'E, 230-276 m, 15 Jan 1976, ММУ F52746(10).
(often broken). Colour: dorsal arm, disc surfaces Distribution, Cape Naturalist, Western Australia
pale, mottled brown; radial shields, arm spines, to eastern Bass Strait, New Zealand and Campbell
ventral surface white. Island. 100-841 m.
Distribution. South-eastern Australia from Port- Remarks. The specimens measure 1-9 mm d.d.
land to Cape Howe, Victoria and south to Maria with arms 5-6 times d.d. Large specimens differ
Island, Tasmania. 270-530 m. slightly from available descriptions, as previously
Remarks. The thin, rib-like radial shields, mostly the holotype was the largest known specimen (6 mm
overlain by the scales and skin of the disc suface, d.d.). The arms are not particularly moniliform
with only a small distal region exposed, indicates except at the arm tip and are not twisted or curved
that O. fidelis belongs in Ophiacantha rather than under as is characteristic of younger specimens (
Ophiomitrella Verrill, 1899. In Ophiomitrella the H.L. Clark, 1928, fig. 123). Dorsal arm plates are
radial shields tend to be shorter and wider and inte- contiguous basally and there are up to eight arm
grate with the disc surface. It is not at all similar spines, often with a row of thorns on their prox-
imal side. The small (0.1-0.3 mm high), slender,
to the two species of Ophiomitrella described
multifid disc spinelets are absent from the area
below, whereas it is similar to Ophiacantha
around the oral shields (as on the type) and large
brachygnatha H. L. Clark, 1928. The two species
orange gonads are often visible beneath the thin
share moniliform arms, bell-shaped dorsal arm
skin. One apical, three (rarely to five) oral papil-
plates, wide ventral arm plates, long, upraised
However, lae; inner papillae are placed obliquely on the jaw,
radial shields and similar oral frames.
whereas the outermost lies flat and therefore
the arms are less robust and shorter in O. brachyg-
appears widened.
natha, the disc scales are larger and they carry mul-
tifid spinelets not granules. Juveniles (to 2 mm d.d.) have the apical and oral
papillae, tentacle scales and the lowermost arm
Koehler (1930) listed syntypes from the Kei
spines covered in sharp thorns, often to the point
Islands. This lot, now in Copenhagen, contains 13
of being misshapen.
specimens (rather than the 3 mentioned by Koeh-
The specimens from off the Campbell Islands are
ler) which range in size from 4-8 mm d.d. Although
the first to be reported from the subantarctic
similar in general appearance to local specimens,
Islands of New Zealand.
they have multifid spinelets on the disc surface, and
so cannot be included in O. fidelis. Ophiacantha alternata A.M. Clark
O. fidelis can evidently live in huge aggregations
Ophiacantha alternata A.M. Clark, 1966: 328, figs
on the sea floor, one trawl took millions of these 4a-c, — Baker and Devaney, 1981: 167, figs 42, 84-87. —
animals, filling the entire sorting tray (Dr C.C. Lu, Baker, 1982: 425, fig. 10:12d.
— Rowe and Vail, 1982: 223.
Museum of Victoria, pers. comm.), although only
Material examined (partial list). Tasmania, western Bass
a handful were retained (NMV F52721). Strait, 39°38.2'S, 143°07.2'Е, 127 m, 21 Nov 1981, sandy
shell (BSS stn 195), NMV Е52702(2); 39°28/5, 148°17'E,
Ophiacantha brachygnatha H.L. Clark 103 m, 11 Oct 1980, medium fine sand (BSS stn 81), NMV
figs
Ophiacantha brachygnatha H.L. Clark, 1928: 420, F52925(3); eastern Bass Strait, 39^14.8'S, 147?31.5'E, 57
y, 1981: 171, figs 40, 93-98 m, 18 Nov 1981, muddy shell (BSS stn 174), NMV
123a, b. — Baker and Devane
). 1982: 425, fig. 10:12e.
— Baker,
(partial synonymy F52927(10).
298 T. D. O'HARA
Victoria, Port Phillip Bay, Lonsdale Bight, 5.5-11.5 Ophiacantha heterotyla H.L. Clark
m, 21 May 1961, ММУ H15(holotype).
Ophiacantha heterotyla H.L. Clark, 1909: 542, pl. ШІ, |
Also extensive collections of 400 specimens from 96
— 1938: 209. — 1946: 184.
figs 4-6. —1918: 286. — Rowe |
localities from Nuyts Archipelago, South Australia to
and Pawson, 1977: 351. — Baker and Devaney, 1981: 167,
Eden, New South Wales and the east coast of Tasmania.
figs 39, 75-78.
Distribution. Cockburn Sound, Western Austra- Ophialcaea congesta.— Koehler, 1930: 63.—H. L.
lia to south Queensland and eastern Tasmania. Clark, 1946: 186 [non O. congesta (Koehler, 1904)].
1-127 m. Material examined (partial list). Tasmania, 2.5 km SE of
Birches Bay, 43?11'S, 147°16Е, 10 m, 16 Apr 1985, NMV
Remarks. The arm spines can be smooth or ser-
F52732(3); W of South-west Cape, 43°25.3'5, 145?39.8'E,
rated, as Baker and Devaney (1981: 170) have
160 m, 20 Oct 1984, NMV F52730(1); W of Cape Sorell,
recorded, О, alternata was previously known only 42*10.9'S, 144?48.9'E, 160 m, 21 Oct 1984, NMV
from depths of less than 50 m. F52731(2).
Victoria, western Bass Strait, 39°16.7'S, 143°06.7'E,
Ophiacantha clavigera Koehler
95 m, 21 Nov 1981, sandy shell (BSS stn 193), NMV
Ophiacantha clavigera Koehler, 1907: 247, figs 1-3.— F52747(5); S of Western Рогі, 38?56.0'S, 145°16.6'E, 70
Baker and Devaney, 1981: 170, fig. 41, 79-83 (full m, 12 Nov 1981, fine mud (BSS stn 155), NMV F52750(1);
synonymy). eastern Bass Strait, 38°51.8'5, 148°26.5'Е, 130 m, 15 Nov
1981, muddy sand (BSS stn 170), ММУ F52752(6);
Material examined (partial list). Tasmania, western Bass
39°02.4'S, 148°30.6'E, 120 m, 15 Nov 1981, sandy mud
Strait, 39?38.2'S, 143'07.2'Е, 127 m, 21 Nov 1981, sandy
(BSS stn 169), NMV F52753(2).
shell (BSS stn 195), NMV F52903(1); E of Flinders Island,
New South Wales, E of Merimbula, 37°05'S, 150*05'E,
40°06.2'E, 148?25.0'E, 22 m, 14 Nov 1981, coarse shell
55-90 m, coll. Mortensen, 30 Sep 1914, identified by
(BSS stn 166), NMV F52902(1); W of Cape Sorell,
Koehler (1930: 63) as Ophialcaea congesta (Koehler),
42°10.9'5, 144°48.9Е, 160 m, 20 Oct 1984, NMV
ZMC(1).
F52901(3); W of Port Davey, 43?25.3'S, 145°39.8'Е, 160
m, 21 Nov 1984, NMV F52900(1); off southern coast, Distribution, South-eastern Australia from western
43°24.6'S, 147°32.5'Е, 82 m, 22 Nov 1984, NMV Bass Strait to Sydney, New South Wales and Tas-
F52899(1). mania. 9-160 m.
Victoria, western Bass Strait, 38°58’S, 143^29'E, 67 m,
8 Oct 1980, sand (BSS stn 51), NMV Е52906(10); 39^15'S, Remarks, The 4.0 mm d.d. specimen, referred to
143? 19E, 94 m, 10 Oct 1980, fine sand (BSS stn 74), NMV Ophialcaea congesta (Koehler, 1904) by Koehler
F52905(15); 39?06.3'S, 142?55.6'E, 84 m, 21 Nov 1981, (1930: 63), belongs, as H.L. Clark (1946) suggested,
fine shell (BSS stn 191), NMV F52904(10). to Ophiacantha heterotyla. It has enlarged disc
Distribution. Broome, Western Australia to eastern spines at the proximal end of the radial shields and
Bass Strait, including western and southern Tas- enlarged, smooth, uppermost basal arm spines. The
mania. 3-160m. dorsal arm plates are fan-shaped and well sepa-
rated, unlike on O. congesta, where they are
Remarks. The specimens measure 0.5-3.6 mm d.d. broadly contiguous.
The enlarged uppermost basal arm spine, usually The other specimens measure 0.5-4.0 mm d.d.
smooth, can be noticeably serrated, in a similar
and increase the known distribution of O. heter-
manner to the arm spines of Ophiacantha alternata.
otyla to the western end of Bass Strait and the west
O. clavigera was previously known only from
coast of Tasmania.
west of Encounter Bay, South Australia in 3-30 m.
Ophiotominae Paterson, 1985
Ophiacantha shepherdi Baker and Devaney
Ophiopristis Verrill, 1899
Ophiacantha shepherdi Baker and Devaney, 1981: 163,
figs 37, 38, 69-74. Ophiopristis axiologus H.L. Clark
Material examined. Victoria, Shoreham, on algal/sponge Ophiopristis axiologus H.L. Clark, 1909: 543, pl. LIII,
material, rocky shallows, 13 Jan 1981, NMV F52909(1); figs 1-3. — Paterson, 1985; 53.
1 km E of Harmers Haven, 300 m offshore, 4.5-6 m, 6 Ophioprium axiologum.— Н Л. Clark, 1915: 216.—
Mar 1982, NMV F52908(1); 1 km E of Harmers Haven, 1946: 188.
500 m offshore, 11 m, 6 Mar 1982, NMV F52907(1). Ophioprium axiologus. — Rowe and Pawson, 1977:
350. — Baker, 1979: 39.
Distribution. Encounter Bay, South Australia to
Wilsons Promontory Victoria. 1-25 m. Material examined. Tasmania, eastern Bass Strait,
39°16.8'S, 147°33.2/Е, 57 m, 18 Nov 1981, muddy shell
Remarks. The specimens measure 2.0-2.5 mm d.d. (BSS stn 174), NMV F52681 (1).
This rare species was previously known only from New South Wales, 5 mi. E of Port Hacking, 100 m,
west of Cape Northumberland, South Australia. 1 Feb 1945, AM J6683(1 specimen plus 1 arm).
Description. Bass Strait specimen: Disc 1.6 mm Ophiomitrella falklandica Mortensen, 1936: 256, pl.
i d.d, arms 10 segments (4 mm) long, slightly arched VII, fig. 5, text-figs 8c, d.
back above disc. Disc spines short, with ring of 4-5
Material examined. Tasmania, Flinders Canyon, eastern
thorns just short of apex , extending ventrally to
Bass Strait 39°38.7'5, 148°49.4'Е, 770 m, 27 Mar 1979,
oral plates, but diminishing in size until just spher-
shell/sand (BSS stn 34), NMV F52685(1 -- 3 juveniles);
ical granules. Jaws elongated, oral plates 3 times eastern Bass Strait, 39°28.2'S, 148°52.4’E, 841 m, 29 Mar
as long as wide, broadly parallel. 6-8 oral papil- 1979, muddy sand (BSS stn 37), NMV F52684(1 juvenile);
lae; 1-2 apical; next 5-6, small, capitate. 3-4 oral off Maria Island, 2340 m, coll. ANARE, 13 Dec 1912,
tentacle scales on jaw, tall, 1.3-1.5 times as tall as AM J3579(3 syntypes of O. conferta); off southern coast,
oral papillae, spatulate, confluent with oral papil- 47°30'S, 148?29'E, 1140-1040 m, 2 Apr 1986, NMV
lae, oppose 2-3 smaller scales on ventral arm plate. F53761(4).
Dorsal arm plates small, fan-shaped, separate; Victoria, S of Point Hicks, 38*17.3'S, 149°25'Е, 640
m, 21 Nov 1973, clay, NMV F52683(6 + juveniles).
distal edge raised, bears a row of spines on basal
Off Falkland Islands, Lively Island, 79 m, 25 Mar 1927
plates, 5-6 on first plate, similar in size and shape
("Discovery" stn WS85), BMNH 1936.12.30.316-18 (syn-
to disc spines, becoming progressively reduced in types of O. falklandica); 53°52'S, 61°49'W, 368-463 m,
size and number, until only 1 spherical granule on 6 Feb 1932 (‘“Discovery” stn WS840), BMNH
sixth plate. Ventral arm plates pentagonal, as long 1936.12.30.330-4 (syntypes of О. falklandica).
as wide, distal edge convex, lateral sides concave. Antarctica, off Enderby Land, 65°48'5, 53^ 16'E, 193
6 arm spines basally, 4 by sixth segment, upper- m, 24 Jan 1934, identified by Madsen (1967: 127) (BAN-
most smallest, bottle-shaped, lowest spatulate, as ZARE stn 41), SAM K979(1) and SAM K980(9).
long as ventral arm plate. 2-3 tentacle scales on
Description. South-eastern Australian specimens:
basal pores, only 1 after sixth segment, covering
disc high, convex, 1.0-7.2 mm d.d.; arms monili-
the pore. Colour: white.
form, 2-3 times d.d. Disc plates coarse, overlap-
Distribution. Eastern Bass Strait to Wata Mooli, ping, 0.2-0.3 mm in diameter, minutely pitted,
New South Wales. 57-172 m. surrounded by transparent border (only visible
when dry). Disc stumps large, of various sizes,
Remarks. The specimen from New South Wales
smallest stumps 0.1-0.2 mm high and wide, largest
(AM 76683) differs slightly from the Bass Strait
0.3-0.8 mm high (although relatively constant over
specimen. The disc spines terminate in 3 thorns ,
a specimen), 0.25 mm wide, cylindrical or club-
there are no spines on the oral shields, or on the shaped, covered in sharp spikes. Radial shields
dorsal arm plates, whch instead have minutely ser-
irregular in shape, one-seventh to one-eighth d.d,
rated edges. The proximal lateral arm plates are as wide as, or wider than, long, generally in con-
swollen, causing the arm to appear widened at the
tact distally but occasionally separate or fully con-
base and the arm spines are long and flatter. It is tiguous. Oral shields diamond-shaped, 3 times as
very similar to the type description and figures. wide as long. 1 apical, 3, rarely 4, oral papillae,
However these differences can be attributed to 1.5-3 times as long as wide, cylindrical, slightly flat-
individual variation and the smaller size of the new tened or slightly club-shaped. Dorsal arm plates
specimen. small, fan-shaped, as long as wide, widely separate.
Paterson (1985: 53) recognized the genus Ventral arm plates pentagonal, slightly longer than
Ophiopristis, restricting Ophioprium H.L. Clark, wide, distal edge often notched, separate. Arm
1915 to those species that have oral tentacles that spines finely serrated, cylindrical, either gradually
differ markedly from the oral papillae, being more tapering to blunt point or club-shaped, 5-6 basally,
elongate and separate, and open tentacle pores with thereafter 4-5. Uppermost arm spines longest, to
small thin tentacle scales. 2.4 mm, to 0.35 mm wide at midlength, twice as
O. axiologus was previously known only from long as second spine. 1 tentacle scale, slightly
the coast of New South Wales. curved inward, 0.3-1.0 tímes as long as ventral arm
plate. Colour: white.
Ophioplinthacinae Paterson, 1985
Distribution. South-eastern Australia from eastern
Ophiomitrella Verrill, 1899
Bass Strait to south-west Tasmania; Falkland Is,
Ophiomitrella conferta (Koehler) South Shetland Is; Antarctica, off Enderby, Kemp
and Wilkes Land. 40-2340 m.
Figures 2c-d, f-g
Ophioripa conferta Koehler, 1922b: 19, pl. LXXXV,
Remarks. The form and size of the arm-spines (figs
— Rowe and Pawson,
figs 9-3. 1977: 350. 2c, d), the larger disc stumps (fig. 2f), the oral
Ophiomitrella confert a. 1967: 127.
— Madsen, papillae and the tentacle scales vary widely in the
300 T. D. OHARA
material examined, including within each of the 1948.11.27.1-2, labelled *Types" but at a differ-
separate geographical locations represented. ent depth than reported by Koehler, 1908: 277, i.e.
The syntypes of Ophiomitrella conferta 100 fm; off Gough Island, 102-141 m, “Discovery”
examined, 2.4-7.6 mm d.d, have relatively long disc stn 399, BMNH 1936.12.30.301-10) showed that
stumps, to 0.8 mm in height; long, tapering arm- thay differ in having only very small, almost spher-
spines, the uppermost to 2.4 mm long; compara- ical, disc stumps (0.12-0.14 mm high, 0.14 mm
tively narrow oral papillae, 2.5-3.5 as long as wide wide at 4-5 mm d.d.). The arm spines are short
and long tentacle scales, almost the length of a ven- and slender, uppermost 1.2-1.6 mm long,
tral arm plate. Other south-east Australian speci- 0.15-0.25 mm wide at midlength, and the arms are
mens differ in having relatively low disc stumps, often curled and twisted downward. These features,
to 0.3 mm in height (NMV F52683 fig. 2g, F53761); and in particular the disc spines, appear to be out-
stout, club-shaped lower arm spines (NMV side the range of variation present in the O. con-
F53761); stout oral papillae, 1.5-2 times as long ferta/O. falklandica material.
as wide (NMV F53761) and short tentacle scales, Several specimens from Bass Strait (NMV
0.3-0.5 times the length of a ventral arm plate F52683) were found to be viviparous. There are 10
(NMV F52683, F53761). bursa, one to each genital slit. A 6.0 mm d.d. speci-
The syntypes of О, falklandica examined are men had up to nine juveniles in each bursa, all
similar to the south-eastern Australian specimens roughly at the same stage of development, about
of O. confería and have the same variation in the 0.6 mm d.d, with arms 1.3 mm in length. The
height of the largest disc stumps (0.3-0.6 mm long, young appear to be approximately 1.2-1.7 mm on
0.25-0.3 mm wide). Some have tapered arm spines emergence, as another specimen had two young of
(BMNH 1936.12.30.330-4). Most, however, have that size clinging to the outside of the disc, and have
arm spines, including the uppermost, that are stout, 20-25 very coarse disc plates, the same size as those
club-shaped and often short, the uppermost 1.4-2.5 on adults, relatively long, tapered disc spines,
mm long and 0.30-0.35 mm wide at midlength on irregularly covered in large thorns and three arm
specimens 5-6 mm d.d. However, the arm spines spines. Mortensen (1936; 258) reported that some
are rarely as stout as shown on Mortensen's figures of his O. falklandica specimens were viviparous,
of a 3.5 mm d.d. specimen (1936: figs c, d), which also with 10 separate bursae.
also has shorter than average disc stumps. The oral Four, or possibly five, other Ophiomitrella spe-
papillae are usually short and stout. cies are known to be viviparous: O. clavigera
Antarctic specimens, named as O. conferta by (Ljungman, 1864), О, ingrata Koehler, 1908, О,
Madsen (1967), also have short, stout, club-shaped corynephora H.L. Clark, 1923, O. hamata Mor-
arm spines (fig. 2d). One 5.5 mm d.d. specimen tensen, 1933b and possibly O. chilensis Mortensen,
(SAM K979) has five arm spines basally, the upper- 1951. Ophiomitrella clavigera, O. ingrata and O.
most 1.2 mm in length, 0.25 mm in width at the chilensis are like O. conferta in having 10 separate
base and 0.35 mm in width near the tip, and disc bursae. However, O. corynephora has only five
stumps, of intermediate height, 0.4-0.5 mm. separate bursae, the usual pair on the sides of each
However, Madsen (1967: 127) reported that other arm are united radially, while O. hamata has all
specimens have more slender arm spines. Morten- the bursae joined, creating one large circular space.
sen (1936) commented on the simularity of his new O. conferta has been recorded from 640-2340
species, O. falklandica, with O. conferta, however, m off south-eastern Australia but in antarctic and
he did not attempt to distinguish the two species. subantarctic regions it has also been found on the
Although, no south-eastern Australian specimens continental shelf, 40-603 m. Fell (1961: 42) has
have been found with club-shaped upper arm- reported a similar situation for Amphiura joubini
spines, given the tendency of some (NMV F53761) Koehler, 1922b, recorded from New Zealand as
to develop club-shaped lower arm-spines, the well as antarctic and subantarctic localities,
presence of tapered arm-spines on some of the
Falkland Island specimens and the variability of Ophiomitrella sp. cf. chilensis Mortensen
other morphological features, it seems unlikely that
Figures 2a-b, e
the O. falklandica specimens represent a separate
species. Material examined. Tasmania, Flinders Canyon, eastern
Madsen (1967) has also suggested that Bass Strait, 39°38.6'S, 148°49.4'E, 770 m, 27 Mar 1979,
Ophiomitrella ingrata Koehler, 1908 may be syn- shell/sand (BSS stn 34), NMV F52700(1).
onymous with O. conferta. However, examination Description, Disc flat, 3.2 mm d.d, weakly con-
of specimens of О. ingrata (South Atlantic, off stricted at inter-radius; arms moniliform, approx-
Gough Island, 407 fm, coll. HMS “Scotia”, BMNH imately 14 mm in length. Disc plates small, 0.2 mm
| in diameter, irregular. Disc stumps 1 per plate, 0.1 are similar to the smallest O. conferta stumps.
| mm high, slightly higher than wide, cylindrical, ter- However, O. conferta specimens, differ in also
| minating in crown of small thorns. Radial shields having much larger disc stumps, wider, usually con-
small, 1.5-2 times as long as wide, oval or trian- tiguous radial shields, finer adoral shields and ven-
gular, tapering proximally, widely separated by 2-3 tral arm plates that are longer than wide. Most O.
series of disc plates. Ventral surface with smaller conferta specimens also have a generally coarser
disc plates and less numerous, smaller, almost appearance.
granular, disc stumps. Oral shields small, roughly Ophiomitrella ingrata Koehler, 1908 differs in
diamond-shaped, twice as wide as long, distal angle having contiguous radial shields, smaller, more
curved, inner sides slightly concave. Adoral shields rounded disc stumps and non-serrated arm spines.
larger than oral shields, rhombic, 2.5-3 times as Ophiomitrella hamata Mortensen, 1933b has den-
long as wide, meeting broadly within, separated ticulate arm spines and similar disc stumps to the
radially by first ventral arm plate. 1 large apical present species, but has only four arm spines, a
papilla, 3, slightly smaller, primary oral papillae, small first ventral arm plate and a triangle-shaped
1-2 diminutive secondary oral papillae inserted in second ventral arm plate.
between. All papillae twice as long as wide, tip This specimen is also similar to Ophiacantha
covered in sharp thorns; some capitate. yaldwyni Fell, 1958. O. yaldwyni differs in having
First dorsal arm plate 4 times as wide as long, bar-like radial shields that are completely obscured,
bears few small granules, overshadowed by pro- shorter arm-spines with predominatly terminal
truding disc margin; other plates small, fan-shaped, thorns and smaller tentacle scales.
widely separate. First ventral arm plate large, as As there is only one specimen, I have not dis-
long but narrower than succeeding plates, next few sected it. The eventual discovery of its mode of
plates 1.5-2 times as wide as long, widest prox- reproduction and the form of the bursae, so impor-
imally, other plates as wide as long, pentagonal, tant in the genus (see O. conferta), will help clar-
lateral sides parallel, distal edge slightly upraised ify its relationships.
and notched, proximal angle obtuse; first 2 plates
Ophioplinthaca Verrill, 1899
contiguous, rest separate. 5-6 finely serrated arm
spines; uppermost often broken, to 1.5 mm long; Ophioplinthaca incisa (Lyman)
lowermost 0.3 mm long, just longer than ventral
Figure 2j
arm plate, slightly hooked shaped with a row of
thorns facing downwards. 1 spiniform tentacle Ophiomitra incisa Lyman, 1883: 263, pl. VI, figs 89, 90,
scale, quarter as long as ventral arm plate. Colour Ophioplinthaca incisa.— Verrill, 1899: 351.—
(dry) white. H.L.Clark, 1915: 211. — Baker and Devaney, 1981: 174.
Material examined. Tasmania, Flinders Canyon, eastern

Distribution, Eastern Bass Strait. 770 m.
Bass Strait, 39?38.7'S, 148°49.4'Е, 770 m, 27 Mar 1979,
Remarks. This specimen is similar to the South shell/sand (BSS stn 34), NMV F52755(1).
American species Ophiomitrella chilensis Morten- Victoria, S of Point Hicks, 38?24.5'S, 149°25,5’E, 923
sen, 1951 which appears from the type description m, 21 Nov 1973, rock/coral, NMV H361(8).
West Indies, off Santa Cruz Island, 1078 m, MCZ
and figures (p. 13, figs la-c), to differ only in
4079(3 paratypes).
having contiguous radial shields, non-serrated arm
spines and a minute tentacle scale. However, Alar- Description. Bass Strait specimens: Disc to 17 mm
cón (1968: fig. T) figured a 4-5 mm specimen, sup- d.d, thick, deeply incised interradially (to third
posedly of the same species, that also has finer, d.d.); arms stout, 5-6 d.d. Disc scales coarse, over-
more numerous, disc scales and stumps. Another lapping; 4-5 large scales flank radial shields. Disc
3 mm d.d. specimen (Magellan Strait, South spines stout, terminaly thorny, occasionally
America, 730 m, identified A.M. Clark 1952, smooth. Radial shields roughly rectangular or
BMNH 1877.11.17.2) has separate radial shields tapering to acute angle proximally, quarter d.d, 2-3
and sparsely thorny arm spines but bi-and trifid disc times as long as wide, usually contiguous distally
spinelets and minute thorny tentacle scales. Until but occasionally completely separated. Oral shields
the range of variation within O. chilensis is better wider than long, roughly diamond-shaped, distal
known the final placement of this Bass Strait speci- edge curved or lobed, inner sides slightly concave.
men must remain unsettled. 1 apical, 4 oral papillae; inner papillae spiniform,
This specimen is also similar to some specimens outer thickened, blunt. Group of granules often
of O. conferta, the other Australian species. The present above distalmost papillae.
nature of the arm spines, disc scales, dorsal and Basal dorsal arm plates wide, quadrangular, con-
lateral arm plates are very similar. The disc stumps tiguous; others roughly triangular, distal edge
302 T. D. OHARA
slightly convex, proximal angle rounded, inner sides Ophiomyces grandis Lyman, 1879: 46, pl. XIV, figs
5,
— Paterson,
383-385; 1882: 240, pl. XIX, figs 13-1 1985:
concave or convex (even on same arm), separate.
75, fig. 31 (full synonymy).
Ventral arm plates wider than long, distal edge
convex, wider distally than proximally, separate. Material examined. Tasmania, eastern Bass Strait,
5-7 denticulate arm spines, uppermost to 4 seg- 38°29,5'S, 149?32.4'E, 1630 m, 16 Nov 1981, mud (BSS
ments, lowermost to 1 segment long. 2-3 stout ten- stn Q638), NMV F52776 (1).
South Atlantic, Tristan da Cunha, 1860 m, coll. H.M.S.
tacle scales on first arm pore, thereafter | leaf-like,
“Challenger”, 16-18 Oct 1873, rock/shell, BMNH
sometimes thorny, scale. Colour: white.
82.12.23.291 (holotype).
Distribution. Eastern Bass Strait and the West
Description. Bass Strait specimen: disc 4 mm d.d,
Indies. 610-1572 m. arms to 20 mm, arched dorsally, 2 arms regener-
Remarks. The three paratypes, 8 mm, 9 mm, 12 ating midlength. Disc dome-shaped, covered in thin
mm d.d, are very similar to the Bass Strait speci- scales, sparsely spinose (1:15 scales); spines gener-
mens differing only in having the distal edges of ally slender, but stouter, shorter and more dense
the dorsal and ventral arm plates and of the oral at interradial margins. No radial shields visible.
shields thickened or even everted. Genital slits conspicuous, continue dorsally, almost
The size, density and rugosity of the arm spines, meeting above the arms.
the shape of the arm plates and the size and orien- 3 spiniform apical papillae on dental plate. 4 lon-
tation of the oral papillae varies greatly in the gitudinal series of erect oral papillae on each jaw,
present series of specimens. This range of varia- Outer rows (along jaw edge) with 5 papillae; prox-
tion is also exhibited by other species of Ophioplin- imal 3 spiniform, increasing in size distally; fourth
thaca such as the widespread O. rudis (Koehler, similar in size to the first but spatulate; fifth large
1897). Other Indo-West Pacific species could prove widened, fan-shaped. Inner rows (on outer jaw sur-
synonymous with O. incisa. Baker and Devaney face) with 2 tall, slightly flattened papillae.
(1981) found that O. vicina Koehler, 1904 differed Dorsal arm plates transversely lens-shaped, 2-3
only in the shape of the oral shields and oral papil- times as wide as long, widely separate. Second ven-
lae, features that vary widely in this series of speci- tral arm plate small, triangular, rest roughly trape-
mens. Examination of the holotype (“Challenger” zoid, tapering proximally, separate. 9-10 arm
stn 205, BMNH 1882.12.23.186) and 4 paratypes spines, upper spines slender, short, becoming
(“Challenger” stn 214, BMNH 1882.12.23.313 and longer ventrally, lowermost 3 flattened slightly, half
BMNH 1888.11.24.1-2) of O. plicata (Lyman, as long as segment. 3 erect spatulate tentacle scales
1878) showed that they too are very close to O. at apex of second ventral arm plate. Third ventral
incisa. They have the same thickened outer edges arm plate with 6 scales, 3 on each side, with 2
of the arm plates and the oral shields as the para- opposing scales on each lateral arm plate. Inner-
types of O. incisa, They differ mainly in having most of these scales lost by fourth to sixth segment.
dorsal arm plates that are usually hemispherical, Inner of ventral arm plate scales lost by fifth seg-
having convex inner sides, whereas this shape is ment, middle by ninth, outer by twentieth. Other
present only rarely on the specimens of О. incisa. scale on lateral arm plate, leaf-like, twice as high
However, this is not true of all the O. p/icata speci- as wide, continues to the tip. Colour: white.
mens, one in particular (BMNH 1882.12.23.313,
Distribution, Eastern Bass Strait; North Atlantic
see Lyman, 1878: pl. IX, fig. 234), has triangular
from Rockall Trough to south of Gibraltar, off
plates, the inner sides concave. Future study of
Tristan da Cunha. 1630-1860 m.
Ophioplinthaca material from many Indo-Pacific
localities will probably find the three forms fall Remarks. The holotype (6.5 mm d.d.) is in poor
within the range of a single species. condition, lacking most of the dorsal disc surface
A specimen has what Baker and Devaney (1981) and the inner rows of oral papillae. It differs
interpret as a dwarf male clinging to the dorsal sur- slightly from the Bass Strait specimen in having
face. Dissection did not reveal any viviparous roughly square-shaped ventral arm plates with con-
specimens. cave sides. There is only 1 tentacle scale on the
lateral arm plate, which is large, as high as wide
Ophiohelinae Perrier, 1891, emend. Paterson, 1985 and bluntly pointed. The difference in the shape
of the ventral arm plate is possibly due to the larger
Ophiomyces Lyman, 1869 size of the holotype. It is similar to the description
Ophiomyces grandis Lyman and figures given by Paterson (1985).
Only one other species of Ophiomyces is known
Figure 2k from the Tasman Region: О, delata Koehler, 1904
found south of Norfolk Island in the Tasman Sea Memoirs of the Australian Museum 11: 519-564, pls
(Baker, 1979: 36, fig. 5d and NMV F52777 - same xlvii-lviii.
locality). O. delata differs mainly in the number Clark, H.L., 1911. North Pacific ophiurans in the col-
and shape of tentacle scales and oral papillae. On lection of the United States National Museum. Bulle-
basal segments there are two small oval tentacle tin of the United States National Museum 75: xvi +
302 pp., figs 1-144.
scales on the lateral arm plate and a larger one on
Clark, H.L., 1915. Catalogue of recent ophiurans: based
each side of the ventral arm plate; only the middle
on the collection of the Museum of Comparative
scale persists after the tenth segment. The oral Zoology. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative
papillae point distally and nearly all are wide and Zoology, Harvard 24(4): 165-376, 20 pls.
fan-shaped, characteristic of only the outermost Clark, H.L., 1916. Report on the sea-lillies, star-fishes,
papillae in O. grandis. The disc spines are also twice brittle-stars, and sea-urchins, obtained by the F.I.S.
as long and stouter in similar sized specimens. Endeavour on the coasts of Queensland, New South
O. grandis was previously known only from the Wales, Tasmania, Victoria, South Australia, and
Atlantic Ocean. Western Australia. Biological Results of the Fishing
Experiments carried on by the F.T.S. “Endeavour”,
Acknowledgements 1909-14 4(1): 1-123, 11 figs, pls i-xliv.
Clark, H.L., 1918. Brittle-stars, new and old. Bulletin
I thank Sue Boyd and Robin Wilson of the of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
Museum of Victoria for their help, encouragement 62(6): 265-338, 8 pls.
and critical reading of the manuscript, Rhyll Plant Clark, H.L., 1923. The echinoderm fauna of South
for some of the illustrations and Mark O'Lough- Africa. Ophiuroidea. Annals of the South African
lin for getting me started. Dr F. Rowe (AM) and Museum 13(7): 221-435, 4 figs, pls 8-23.
G. Paterson (BMNH) provided material and Clark, H.L., 1928. The sea-lillies, sea-stars, brittle-stars
research facilities, Dr J. Madsen (ZMC) provided and sea-urchins of the South Australian Museum.
Records of the South Australian Museum 3(4):
material and useful comments on Mortensen's
361-482, figs 108-142.
Pacific ophiuroid collection, Dr W. Zeidler (SAM) Clark, H.L., 1938. Echinoderms from Australia, an
and J. Ninos (MCZ) kindly provided additional account of collections made in 1929 and 1932.
type material. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard 55: viii -- 596, 63 figs, 28 pls.
References Clark, H.L., 1939. Ophiuroidea. Scientific Reports of the
John Murray Expedition, 1933-4 6(2): 29-136, 62
Alarcón, J.G.C., 1968. Contribucion al conocimiento de figs.
los ofiuroideos chilenos. Gayana (Zoology) 14: 1-77, Clark, H.L., 1946. The echinoderm fauna of Australia,
21 figs, 5 pls. its composition and its origin. Carnegie Institution
Baker, A.N., 1977. Some deep-sea Ophiuroidea from New of Washington Publication 566: iv + 567.
Zealand. National Museum of New Zealand Records Devaney, D.M., 1970. Studies on ophiocomid brittlestars.
1(10): 149-160, figs 1-3. 1. A new genus (Clarkcoma) of Ophiocominae with
Baker, A.N., 1979. Some Ophiuroidea from the Tasman a reevaluation of the genus Ophiocoma. Smithsonian
Sea and adjacent waters. New Zealand Journal of Contributions to Zoology 51: 1-41, 50 figs.
Zoology 6: 21-51, figs 1-8. Farquhar, H., 1908. Description of a new ophiuran.
Baker, A.N., 1980. Euryalinid Ophiuroidea (Echinoder- Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand
mata) from Australia, New Zealand, and the south- Institute 40: 108.
west Pacific Ocean. New Zealand Journal of Zool- Fell, H.B., 1952. Echinoderms from southern New
ogy 7: 11-83, figs 1-33. Zealand. Zoology Publications from Victoria Univer-
Baker, A.N., 1982. Brittle-stars, Class Ophiuroidea. Pp. sity College 18: 1-37, 27 figs.
418-437, figs 10:10-10:19, pls 29.3-4 in S.A. Fell, H.B., 1953. Echinoderms from the subantarctic
Shepherd and I.M. Thomas (eds), Marine Inver- islands of New Zealand: Asteroidea, Ophiuroidea and
tebrates of Southern Australia. Part 1. Government Echinoidea. Records of the Dominion Museum, Wel-
Printer: Adelaide. lington 2(2): 73-111, 5 figs.
Baker, A.N. and Devaney, D.M., 1981. New records of Fell, H.B., 1958. Deep-sea echinoderms of New Zealand.
Ophiuroidea (Echinodermata) from southern Aus- Zoology Publications from Victoria University of
tralia, including new species of Ophiacantha and Wellington. 24: 1-40, 5 pls.
Ophionereis. Transactions of the Royal Society of Fell, H.B., 1960. Synoptic keys to the genera of
South Australia 105(4): 155-178, figs 1-98. Ophiuroidea. Zoology Publications from Victoria
Clark, A.M., 1966. Port Phillip Survey, 1957-1963. University of Wellington 26: 1-44, figs 1-6.
Echinodermata. Memoirs of the National Museum Fell, H.B., 1961. Fauna of the Ross Sea Pt. 1.
of Victoria 27: 289-384, 10 figs, 4 pls. Ophiuroidea. Memoirs of the New Zealand Oceano-
Clark, H.L., 1909. Scientific results of the trawling expe- graphic Institute 18; 1-79, 9 figs, 19 pls.
dition of H.M.C.S. Thetis off the coast of New South Guille, A., 1982. A new genus and species of ophiacan-
Wales, in February and March 1898. Echinodermata. thid brittlestar (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea) from
304 T. D, OHARA
the Kerguelen Islands. Memoirs of the Australian

Videnskabelgie Meddelelser fra Dansk naturhistorisk
Museum 16: 67-87, 8 figs, 4 tbls. Forening i kobenhavn 1856 8: 1-26.
Hyman, L.H., 1955. The Invertebrates: Echinodermata. Lütken, C.F., 1869. Addimenta ad historam ouphiurida-
4: vii + 763, 280 figs. McGraw-Hill: N.Y. rum. 3. Beskrivende og Kritishe Bidrag til kundskab
Koehler, R., 1897. Echinodermes recueillis par *l'Inves- om Slangestjernerne. Det Kongelige Dankse Viden-
skabernes Selskab krifter, naturvidenskabelib og
tigator" dans l'Océan Indien. Les ophiures de mer
mathematisk Afdeling 5(8): 24-109, 3 figs.
profunde. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie
8(4): 277-372, pls 5-9. Lyman, T., 1861. Descriptions of new Ophiuridae.
Koehler, R., 1899. An Account of the Deep-sea Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural His-
Ophiuroidea collected by the Royal Indian Marine tory 8: 75-86.
Survey Ship "Investigator". Echinodermata of the Lyman, T., 1865. Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae. ///us-
Indian Museum, Ophiuroidea. Calcutta. viii + 76 trated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard |: vi + 200, 19 figs, 2 pls.
pp., 14 pls.
Koehler, R., 1901. Echinides et Ophiures. Résultats du Lyman, T., 1869. Preliminary report on the Ophiuridae
Voyage du S.Y, “Belgica” en 1897-1899. Zoology and Astrophytidae dredged in deep water between
(7-9): 1-42, 56 figs. Cuba and Florida Reef. Bulletin of the Museum of
Koehler, R., 1904. Ophiures de l'expédition du “Siboga”. Comparative Zoology, Harvard 1(10): 309-54.
Part 1. Ophiures de mer profunde. Siboga Expéditie Lyman, T., 1874. Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae old and
Monograph 45, Livre 15: 1-176, 36 pls. new. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zool-
Koehler, R., 1907. Ophiuroidea. In Michaelsen, W. and ogy, Harvard 3(10): 221-272, 7 pls.
Hartmeyer, R. (eds) Die Fauna Stidwest-Australiens. Lyman, T., 1878. Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae of the
Ergebrisse de Hamburger stidwest-australischen For- “Challenger” Expedition. Bulletin of the Museum of
schungsriese 1905 1(4): 241-254. Comparative Zoology, Harvard 5(7): 65-168, figs
Koehler, R., 1908. Asteries, ophiures et échinides de 1-277.
l'Expédition Antarctique Nationale Ecossaise. Report Lyman, T., 1879. Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae of the
on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of the S. Y. *Challenger" Expedition. 2. Bulletin of the Museum
“Scotia”. Zoology 13: 193-313, 16 pls. of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 6(2):17—83, figs
Koehler, R., 1914. A contribution to the study of ophiu- 278-501.
rans of the United States National Museum. Bulle- Lyman, T., 1882. Ophiuroidea. Reports of the Scientific
tin of the United States National Museum 84: vii + Results of the Voyage of HMS “Challenger” 1873-
173, 18 pls. 76 (Zoology) 5: 1-386, 48 pls.
Koehler, R., 1922a. Ophiurans of the Philippine Seas and Lyman, T., 1883. Reports on the results of dredging under
adjacent waters. Bulletin of the United States the supervision of Alexander Agassiz in the Carib-
National Museum 100(5): x + 486, 103 pls. bean Sea in 1878-79, and along the Atlantic coast
Koehler, R., 1922b. Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea. Scien- of the United States during the summer of 1880, by
tific Reports of the Australasian Antarctic Expedi- the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer “Blake”, Commander
tion, 1911-1914. Zoology 82: 1-98, 90 pls. J.R. Bartlett, U.S.N, commanding. Report on the
Koehler, R., 1930. Papers from Dr. Th Mortensen's Opiuroidea. Bulletin of the Museum of Compara-
Pacific Expedition 1914-1916. LIV. Ophiures recuellis tive Zoology, Harvard 10(6): 227-287, 8 pls.
par le Docteur Th. Mortensen dans les d'Australe et Madsen, F.J., 1967. Ophiuroidea. Reports of the Brit-
dans l'Archipel Malais. Videnskabelgie Meddelelser ish, Australian and New Zealand Antartica Research
fra Dansk naturhistorisk Forening i kobenhavn 89: Expedition, 1929-31 Series B, 9: 123-145, figs 1-8,
1-295, 22 pls. I pl.
Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de, 1816. Historie Naturelle des Madsen, F.J., 1983. A review of the Ophioleucinae stat.
Animaux sans Vertébres 2. Paris. rev. (Echinodermata, Ophiuroidea) with the erection
Ljungman, A.V., 1864. Tillags till kannedomen of Skan- of a new genus, Ophiostriatus. Steenstrupia 9(2):
dinaviens Ophiuride. Oversigt of Kongl Vetenskaps- 29-69, figs 1-15.
Akademiens Forhandlinger, Stockholm 1864: Matsumoto, H., 1915. A new classification of the
359-367. Ophiuroidea: with desciptions of new genera and spe-
Ljungman, A.V., 1867a. Om nagra nya arter af cies. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
Ophiurider. Oversigt of Kongl Vetenskaps- of Philadelphia 67: 43-92.
Akademiens Férhandlinger, Stockholm 1866 23(6). Mortensen, T., 1933a. Ophiuroidea. Danish "Ingolf"
Ljungman, A.V., 1867b. Ophiuroidea viventia huc usque Expedition 4(8): 1-121, 52 figs, 3 pls.
cognita enumerat. Oversigt of Kongl Vetenskaps- Mortensen, T., 1933b. Echinoderms of South Africa
Akademiens Forhandlinger, Stockholm 1866 29(9): (Asteroidea and Ophiuroidea). Videnskabelgie Med-
303-336. delelser fra Dansk naturhistorisk Forening i koben-
Liitken, C.F., 1855. Bidag til Kundskab om Slangestjer- havn 93; 215-400, 91 figs, pls. 8-19.
nerne. I Forlobig. Oversigt over Gronlandshavet Mortensen, T. 1936. Echinoidea and Ophiuroidea. Dis-
Ophiurer. Videnskabelgie Meddelelser fra Danske covery Reports 12: 199-348, 53 figs, 9 pls.
naturhistorisk Forening i kobenhavn 1854(4-7): Mortensen, T., 1951. Reports of the Lund University
95-104, Chile Expedition 1948-49. 3. Echinoidea and
Lütken, C.F., 1856. Bidag til Kundskab om Slangestjer- Ophiuroidea. Acta Universitatis Lundensis n. ser.
nerne. II. Oversigt over de vestindiske Ophiurer. 47(8): 1-22, 3 figs, 1 pl.
Muller, J. and Troschel, F.H., 1842. System der Rowe, F.W.E. and Pawson, D.L., 1977. A catalogue of
Asteriden. Braunschweig. xx + 135 pp., 12 pls. echinoderm type specimens in the Australian
Paterson, G.L.C., 1985. The deep-sea Ophiuroidea of the Museum, Sydney. Records of the Australian Museum
North Atlantic Ocean. Bulletin of the British Museum 30: 337-364.
(Natural History), Zoology 49(1): 1-162, 59 figs. Rowe, F.W.E. and Vail, L.L., 1982. The distribution of
Paterson, G.L.C, Tyler, P.A. and Gage, J.D., 1982. The Tasmanian echinoderms in relation to southern Aus-
taxonomy and zoogeography of the genus Ophioc- tralian biogeographic provinces. Pp 219-225, 1 fig,
ten (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea) in the North 1 tbl., in Lawrence, J.M, (ed.) Echinoderms:
Atlantic Ocean. Bulletin of the British Museum Proceedings of the International Conference, Tampa
(Natural History), Zoology 43(3): 109-128, 7 figs, Bay. Balkema: Rotterdam.
2 tbls. Thomas, L.P., 1975. The systematic relationships of
Pawson, D.L., 1969. Astrothrombus rugosus Clark, new Ophioplocus, Ophioceramis, and Ophioceres
to New Zealand with notes on Ophioceres huttoni (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea). Bulletin of Marine
(Farqhuar), Hemilepis norae (Benham), and Science 25(2): 232-247, figs 1-3.
Ophiuroglypha irrorata (Lyman) (Echinodermata: Verrill, A.E., 1885. Results of the exploration made by
Ophiuroidea). New Zealand Journal of Marine and the steamer “Albatross” off the northern coast of the
Freshwater Research 3: 46-56, figs 1-13. United States. Ophiuroidea Report of the United
Perrier, E., 1891. Traité de Zoologie. Librairie F. Savy, States Commisioner of Fisheries 1883. : 543-550, pl.
F.I.: Paris. 20.
Rowe, F.W.E., 1985. A review of the ophiocomin genus Verrill, A.E., 1899. Report on the Ophiuroidea collected
Clarkcoma Devaney, 1970 (Ophiuroidea: Ophiocom- by the Bahama Expedition in 1893. Bulletin from the
idae). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New Laboratories of Natural History of the University of
South Wales 108(1): 59-69, figs 1-2. Towa 5(1): 1-86, 8 pls.
(Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 307-323 (1990) ISSN 0814-1827
A REVIEW OF THE GENUS SMILASTERIAS

(ECHINODERMATA, ASTEROIDEA),
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES
FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA,
ONE A GASTRIC BROODER,
AND A NEW SPECIES FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND
By P. MARK O’ LOUGHLIN AND TIMOTHY D. O’ HARA

c/o Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Museum of Victoria, Swanston Street, Melbourne,
Victoria 3000, Auistralia
Abstract
O’Loughlin, P.M. and O'Hara, T.D., 1990. A review of the genus Smilasterias (Echinoder-
mata, Asteroidea), with descriptions of two new species from south-eastern Australia, one a
gastric brooder, and a new species from Macquarie Island. Memoirs of the Museum of Vic-
toria S0(2): 307-323.
An emended diagnosis is provided for the genus Smilasterias Sladen. Three new species of
Smilasterias are described. S. multipara sp. nov. and S. fasmaniae sp. nov. are endemic to south-
eastern Australia, and S. clarkailsa sp. nov. is from Macquarie Island. The seasonal gastric
brooding habit of S. multipara sp. nov. is described. Descriptions are given for S. scalprifera
(Sladen), S. triremis (Sladen) and S. irregularis H.L. Clark. A key to the species of Smilasterias
and a distribution map for the three south-eastern Australian species are provided.
Introduction ther genus intermediate between Smilasterias and

Allostichaster, but the lack of comparative material
The type species of the genus Smilasterias, S. inclined her to leave the identity of these specimens
scalprifera, and an additional species S. triremis, unresolved.
were described by Sladen (1889) from material col- Recent collecting has provided an abundance of
lected by H.M.S. "Challenger" in subantarctic material from south-eastern Australia, Macquarie
waters. H.L. Clark (1928) described a third spe- Island, and subantarctic and antarctic waters.
cies S. irregularis from a single specimen in poor There is material conspecific with the San Remo
condition from South Australia. specimen examined by H.L. Clark (1938), and with
Subsequently, H.L. Clark (1938) examined a the Macquarie Island specimen examined by A.M.
single specimen from San Remo, Victoria (NMV Clark (1962). S. scalprifera (Sladen), S. triremis
F52993), and 17 specimens in poor condition in the (Sladen), and S. irregularis H.L. Clark are all
Museum of Comparative Zoology which were col- represented. And during museum examinations,
lected in Western Port and Port Phillip Bay, Vic- material representing a new species of Smilasterias
toria. He concluded that they were all conspecific from south-eastern Tasmania has been found.
and close to S. irregularis. Because of inadequate A single specimen (NMV F53029) from off the
comparative material H.L. Clark (1946) expressed west coast of Tasmania is discussed as it has charac-
his uncertainty about the number of species of teristics of both Smilasterias Sladen and
Smilasterias from southern Australia, and whether Allostichaster Verrill.
the Australian material was congeneric with that
collected by H.M.S. “Challenger”. Abbreviations and Terminology
In her report on the BANZARE asteroids,
A.M.Clark (1962) detailed a single specimen from AM, Australian Museum, Sydney
British Museum (Natural History),
Macquarie Island as Smilasterias sp. (cf. irregularis BMNH,
H.L. Clark), and one from off Princess Elizabeth London
Land as Smilasterias sp. (cf. triremis Sladen). The NMV, Museum of Victoria, Melbourne
QVM, Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston,
Macquarie Island specimen and description of S.
Tasmania
irregularis suggested to her the possibility of a fur-
|
307
P. M. O'LOUGHLIN AND T. D. O'HARA
308
SAM, South Australian Museum, Adelaide Remarks. Sladen (1889) distinguished his пе |
TM, Tasmanian Museum, Hobart subgenus Asterias (Smilasterias), containing t.
WAM, Western Australian Museum, Perth species A. scalprifera and A. triremis, from ош
R, length of arm from centre of disc * Asterias" groups by the oblique combs of flatten«
r, radius of disc to interbrachial apex inferomarginal and adambulacral spines, the “su
gbr, greatest breadth of arm compact” dorsolateral skeleton, and the numerour
ht, greatest height of arm grouped abactinal spinelets. However, on the oth:
l, length of spinelet four species now described, and even on som
w, medial width of spinelet specimens of S. scalprifera (Sladen, 1889) and £
abactinal plates, plates on the aboral surface triremis (Sladen, 1889), the spinelets are spaced an
not noticeably grouped together,
extending from the superomarginal plates
dorsolateral plates, skeletal plates between the In his final re-diagnosis of the genus Fishe
(1940) described, amongst other features, th
carinal and superomarginal plates
autotomy, facility for loss of parts of the body inferomarginal plates as being on the ventrolatere
under adverse stimulation, generally limited to border of the ray, the presence of a series of sma
single arms or parts of arms (A.M. Clark, 1967) actinal plates, the first pair of postoral adam
fissipary, restricted form of autotomy in which bulacral plates as longer than the second pair, an«
division takes place across the disc and results in straight pedicellariae scattered on all ray surfaces.
the separation of two approximately equal parts, None of these features is consistent across all o
both of which are capable of regenerating to form the species of Smilasterias. The inferomarginat
a complete specimen (A.M. Clark, 1967) plates do not always mark a distinct actinolatera
border, variation occurring within species and in
Asteriidae Gray, 1840 ihe same specimen, Actinal plates may be very
Asteriinae Verrill, 1914 reduced in number and size, or lacking, as in the
small species S. tasmaniae sp. nov. In most cases
Smilasterias Sladen, 1889 the first pair of postoral adambulacral plates arc
Asterias (Smilasterias) Sladen, 1889; 562, 578. contiguous, but they are not always longer than the
Smilasterias. —Fisher, 1923: 250, 602. — 1930: 239.— second pair. In two of the southern Australian spe-
— H.L. Clark, 1946: 156. —A.M. Clark, 1962:
1940: 260. cies, S. multipara sp. nov. and S. tasmaniae, there
85. may be a few isolated straight pedicellariae on the
Type species. Asterias scalprifera Sladen, 1889 actinal interradial surfaces in the former and ont
(subsequent designation by Fisher, 1923). the oral spines in the latter, but otherwise straight
pedicellariae are present only in the furrow in these:
Diagnosis (emended). Rays 5, subcylindrical; R up
species.
to 82 mm; single madreporite, not fissiparous. The size and form of the pedicellariae in S. mul-
Abactinal skeleton finely reticulate; carinal plates tipara and S. tasmaniae are relatively consistent,
small, often irregular, form fine median longitu- but there is considerable variation in the size, form
dinal ridge, linked to superomarginal plates by up and distribution of straight pedicellariae in S. scal-
to 7-16 small dorsolateral plates; dorsolateral area
prifera, S. triremis and S. clarkailsa sp. nov., and
broad, plates frequently transversely elongate creat-
in the distribution of straight pedicellariae for
ing transverse ribbing, irregular series of longitu-
different populations in S. irregularis H.L. Clark,
dinal linkages; both series of marginal plates small
1928.
but distinct; no actinal papulae. Inferomarginal
To us, the most distinctive diagnostic characteris-
plates with oblique comb of 2-5 flattened spines;
tic for Smilasterias is the form of the abactinal
adambulacral plates with 2-4 spines. Abactinal
skeleton as described. However, in most of the spe-
spinelets numerous, spaced or grouped on plates,
cies, there is some variation between similar-sized
slightly tapering to clavate, stout to thin. Crossed
specimens in the degree of calcification of the skele-
and straight pedicellariae present; pedicellariae not
ton and in the abactinal plate arrangement. This
clustered around or on spines or spinelets on rays.
varies from a reticular arrangement, with up to 3
Distribution. Antarctica: Palmer Archipelago. longitudinal linkages and many irregular or Y-
Subantarctic: off Macquarie, Kerguelen, Heard, shaped dorsolateral plates, to mainly transverse
Marion, Falkland Islands. SE Australia: from series of elongate plates with one or no longitudi-
Nuyts Archipelago (SA) to Shellharbour (NSW), nal connections. This was noted by A.M. Clark
Bass Strait Islands, northern and eastern coasts of (1962) for S. triremis, but it is also true of S. scal-
Tasmania. 0-354 m. prifera, S. clarkailsa and S. tasmaniae. The form
REVIEW OF SMILASTERIAS (ECHINODERMATA) 309
Table 1. Contrasting characteristics of the species of Smilasterias.
Species of Maximum R Dorsolateral Inferomargi- Abactinal Superomargi- Actinal Straight

Smilasterias, dis- plates link- nal spines — spinelet nal beading; series of pedicellariae
^ tribution, depth ing carinals per plate. arrange- spinelets per plates outside
| range and Shape of ment, shape plate, shape furrow
| superomarg- spines
| inals
| 5. scalprifera 82 mm Up to 16; Combs of Mostly Not beaded. Up to 3/4 Range of

Marion, Kergue- transverse up to 5, grouped. Up to 10. length of a large to
| len, Heard, series with mostly 4. Mostly cla- I/w = 5-6 гау; 2 series small lanceo-
Falkland Islands very irregu- Flattened, vate, l/w = basally; late and
40(?15)-267 m. lar longitu- broad, 3-4 plates with incipient
(Type species) dinal flared, up to 4, felipedal
linkages. truncate. mostly 2-3 ones; occur
spines. actinally,
marginally,
in arcs. Rare
abactinally.
S. triremis 61 mm Up to 8; Combs of Mostly Not beaded. Up to 1/2 Small lanceo-

Palmer transverse up to 5, grouped. Up to 10. length of a late ones
Archipelago. series with mostly 3. Semi- Му = 4-5 ray; plates on all ray
Heard, and very irregu- Flattened, capitate to rarely surfaces;
between Heard lar longitu- broad, slightly spiniferous large feli-
and Kerguelen dinal flared, trun- tapered. l/w pedal ones
Islands. 93-354 linkages cate to = 3-4 may be on
m. slightly some or all
rounded ray surfaces
S. clarkailsa sp. 35 mm Wp TOT; 2 or 3. Flat- Spaced. Fine bead- Upto 1/2 Lanceolate,
nov. Macquarie transverse tened, trun- Mostly stout ing. Mostly length of a sometimes
Island. 69-135 series with cate, often and cylindri- 2 or 3. l/w ray; may be felipedal;
m. (4 specimens irregular flared. tae wo 25 1-5 plates may occur
only) longitudinal dub with spines actinally,
linkages. marginally,
abactinally
S. irregularis 65 mm Up to 8; Up to 3, Spaced. Prominent Мау be up Lanceolate

SA, Vic., NSW, transverse mostly 2. Cylindrical beading. Up to 4 thin ones may
northern Tas. series, with Flattened, to clavate. to 3, mostly plates in a occur acti-
1-30 m. (readily mostly 1 truncate, Му ез with 1 on series; may nally, margi-
autotomous) irregular not flared the proximal be 1-2 nally and
series of lobe. l/w = plates with — abactinally
longitudinal 4 spines on NSW
linkages specimens
S. multipara sp. 38 mm Up to 7; 2. Flattened, Spaced. Fine bead- May be up May be iso-

transverse truncate, Semi- ing or stria- to 6 thin lated ones on
nov. Vic.,
series, with not flared. capitate to tions. plates in a the actinal
northern and
mostly 2 slightly Mostly 2, series; rarely interradial
eastern Tas. 0-3
irregular tapered. l/w aligned spiniferous. surfaces, or
m (gastric
series of = way transversely. very rarely
brooding)
longitudinal Uw = 3:5 some
linkages actinally.
20 mm Up to 8; 2. Flattened, Spaced. Fine stria- None A few on the

S. tasmaniae sp.
transverse truncate, Very stout, tions. oral spines
nov. South-
series, with sometimes sometimes Mostly 2 or
eastern Tas. 0-8
up to 3 very with slight flared or 3. l/w = 4
m. (3 specimens
irregular waist and semi-
only)
series of swollen end capitate. l/w
longitudinal = m
linkages
310 P. M. O'LOUGHLIN AND T. D. O'HARA
of the abactinal skeleton is relatively consistent in appearance. These plates are also present in
S. irregularis and S. multipara and has been figured Allostichaster regularis H.L. Clark, 1928. More
(fig. 2). specimens are needed before the taxonomic sig-
In their keys to the southern genera of Asterii- nificance of these plates can be properly assessed.
nae both Fisher (1930) and A.M. Clark (1962) refer Unlike some A//ostichaster species, none of the
to the beading on the superomarginal plates of the Smilasterias species is fissiparous, but one species,
related genus, Allostichaster Verrill, 1914. A.M. S. irregularis, is readily autotomous. Museum
Clark specifically noted the absence of beading for specimens of this species, including the holotype,
Smilasterias. However, the superomarginal plates are rarely intact.
of S. irregularis are prominently beaded. Those of In each species small specimens differ from large
S. multipara, S. clarkailsa and the S. sp. (cf. ones by having a more compact skeleton, fewer
triremis) specimen sometimes have very fine bead- dorsolateral transverse plates, restricted papular
ing. The other species of Smilasterias have no bead- areas, fewer actinal plates, fewer spinelets per plate,
ing. Given the consistency of other characteristics, and, in the cases of S. scalprifera, S. triremis and
we do not consider beading to be taxonomically sig- S. clarkailsa, fewer adambulacral and inferomar-
nificant for Smilasterias. ginal spines. All characters described in this paper
The aboral disc surface is generally a reticulum refer to larger specimens unless otherwise stated.
of small plates, but in two taxonomically uncer- Although the greatest depth recorded for the
tain specimens, the BANZARE specimen described described species is 354 m for S. triremis, the S.
by A.M. Clark (1962) as S. sp. (cf. triremis), and sp. (cf. triremis) specimen was collected from 1266
an “Asteriinae” specimen described herein, there m.
are 10 large radial and interradial plates bordering Some of the contrasting characteristics of the
the disc and giving the disc a distinctly stellar species of Smilasterias are summarized in Table 1.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
e
Nuyts Archipelago
NEW SOUTH WALES
Shellharbour
575595
!
VICTORIA ne
ro <2 a
ДЕР
А Lm ө E-G-S:S: Stn.95
3
б. aErith Is.
^ — 4098
ө Smilasterias irregularis H.L. Clark 1928
^ Smilasterias multipara sp.nov.
а Smilasterias tasmaniae sp.nov.
1409E
Figure 1. Map showing the recorded occurrence of the Australian species of Smilasterias. (EGSS
— East Gippsland
Scallop Survey).
Key to the species of Smilasterias Sladen
10 distinctly larger radial and interradial plates bordering the disc aborally
vont Smilasterias sp. (cf. triremis) (Sladen, 1889) (A.M. Clark, 1962)
Aboral disc a reticulum of small plates only ...................... 2
Inferomarginal plates with combs of predominantly 3-4 flared spines; acti-
nal series long, up to half the length of a ray or longer; abactinal spinelets
often grouped; up to 2 crossed pedicellariae per spinelet on rays abactinally
Inferomarginal plates with 2-3 spines, often flared; actinal series long, up
to half the length of a ray; abactinal spinelets not grouped; 3-4 crossed
pedicellariae per spinelet on rays abactinally Smilasterias clarkailsa sp. nov.
Inferomarginal plates with predominantly 2 spines, not flared; actinal series
short or lacking, up to 6 plates; abactinal spinelets not grouped; up to 2
crossed pedicellariae per spinelet on rays abactinally ............... 4
Inferomarginal plates with predominantly 4 spines; adambulacral plates with
predominantly 3 spines; straight pedicellariae rare abactinally; actinal plates
SDHUMETODS EREA ЖЕ TG i Smilasterias scalprifera (Sladen, 1889)
Inferomarginal plates with predominantly 3 spines; adambulacral plates with
predominantly 2 spines; straight pedicellariae abactinally; actinal plates rarely
БЕТШШЕ ОД АК А ыс ee tuu: Smilasterias triremis (Sladen, 1889)
Short series of thin actinal plates present on rays; pedicellariae present on
upper abactinal surface; oral spines lacking pedicellariae; rays long, with
only slight proximal swelling, R/gbr > 4 ........................ 5
Series of actinal plates lacking; upper abactinal surface lacking pedicellar-
iae; a few pedicellariae оп oral spines; rays short, swollen proximally, R/gbr
оаа Smilasterias tasmaniae sp. nov.
Superomarginal plates contiguous or imbricating longitudinally, with trans-
verse papular areas very rarely continuous between them; superomarginal
plates with mostly 3 spinelets, one on a prominent proximal lobe; mostly
one irregular series of longitudinal dorsolateral plate linkages along mid-
ray; readily autotomous; live colour mostly mottled reddish-brown and cream
Nagi! TER PL OWI Л АӨ ЙМ Eg Smilasterias irregularis H.L. Clark, 1928
Superomarginal plates often separated longitudinally, with transverse papular
areas continuous between them; superomarginal plates mostly with 2 spine-
lets, aligned transversely; mostly 2 irregular series of longitudinal dorsolateral
plate linkages along mid-ray; not readily autotomous; live colour very dark
STEN OVEN pale-creanj qe ottenere Smilasterias multipara sp. nov.
Smilasterias multipara sp. nov. tidal pools, 8 Feb 1986, M. O'Loughlin, WAM 428-86(5);
Tasmania, Stanley, 6 Nov 1979, J.R. Penprase, TM
Plate 1 a, b, Figures 1, 2, 3 H1546 (2 brooding); Greens Beach, 28 Ott 1978, M.
O'Loughlin, NMV F53027(1 brooding); Lulworth, 22 Nov
Smilasterias irregularis H.L. Clark, 1928. — H.L. Clark,
1982, M. O'Loughlin, NMV F53035(1 brooding + 2).
1938: 195 (in part).
Other material. Victoria, Cape Bridgewater, 20 Jan
Smilasterias sp. — Marine Research Group of Victoria,
1979, NMV F53028(1), NMV F53034(10), NMV
1984: 138.
F53039(3); Castle Cove, 29 Dec 1986, NMV F53573(53);
Material examined. Holotype. Victoria, Flinders, ocean Bushrangers Bay, 28 Mar 1981, NMV F53020(2); 25 Jan
platform, lower intertidal pool, 12 Jan 1986, M. O'Lough- 1986, ММУ FPF53031(7); Flinders, 26 Apr 1935, NMV
lin, NMV F53036 (dry). F52994(1); 16 Jan 1968, ММУ 1'52996(1); 6 Jun 1969,
Paratypes. Type locality, NMV F53030(3 specimens), NMV F53000(2); 6 Sep 1969, TM H1594(10); 17 Dec 1969,
NMV F53033(8, NMV F53037(1), AM J20199(5), NMV F53002(5); 8 Mar 1976, NMV F53005(10), AM
BMNH 1986.10.1.1-5(5); Victoria, Cape Bridgewater, 20 Ј9915(5); 26 Feb 1977, NMV F53007(8); 14 Jan 1979,
Jan 1979, M. O’Loughlin, NMV F53011(12); Bushrangers NMV F53008 (1), NMV F53010(8); 10 Mar 1980, NMV
Bay, lower intertidal pools, 25 Jan 1986, M. O'Lough- F53016(5); 7 Apr 1980, NMV F53017(1); 16 Nov 1980,
lin, SAM K1760(5); Flinders, ocean platform, lower inter- NMV F53018(3); 22 Jan 1982, NMV F53021(5); 26 Dec
312 P. M. O'LOUGHLIN AND T. D. OHARA
1983, NMV F53025(1); 12 Dec 1985, ММУ F53026(11); Jan 1972, WAM 670-76(2); Ulverstone, Aug 1934,
8 Feb 1986, ММУ Е53032(26); 3 Nov 1986, NMV QVM(1); Devonport, east, 24 Nov 1984, TM H1855(1);
F53046(15 brooding), ММУ F53047(31); 2 Aug 1987, Coles Beach, 14 Mar 1977, AM J10556(1); 10-13 Dec
ММУ F53574(6); 9 Oct 1987, ММУ F53575(41 brooding 1977, TM H1916(1); 1-12 Dec 1982,TM H1752(1); Greens
+ 61); Western Port, 10 Jan 1970, NMV F53006(1); Beach, 24 Jun 1961, QVM(4); 30 Oct 1965, QVM(12);
Crawfish Rock, 15 Feb 1969, NMV F52999(1); Balnar- 16 Apr 1975, QVM(3); 24 Mar 1976, QVM(9); 7 Apr 1976,
ring, 29 Nov 1969, ММУ F53001(2); Phillip Island, Cat QVM(4); 8 Apr 1976, QVM (21); 28 Oct 1978, NMV
Bay, no date, NMV F53004(3); Kitty Miller Bay, 7 Apr F53009(1, ММУ Е53040(1); 7 Mar 1981, NMV
1968, NMV F52997(5); 25 Oct 1987, NMV F53571(1 Е53019(6); 3 May 1986, ММУ F53572(4); Cape Portland,
brooding); San Remo, coll., G. Coghill 28 Jan 1909, iden- 2 Mar 1969, TM H1121(8), TM H1416(1); 28 Mar 1971,
tified by H.L. Clark as S. irregularis (see Clark, 1938: TM H1645(5); Jan 1980, QVM(1); George Rocks, 19 Nov
195), NMV F52993(1); Cape Liptrap, 7 Mar 1982, NMV 1977, QVM(4); Bicheno, 21 Nov 1968, TM H794(4); 21
F53022(2); Walkerville 7 Mar 1982, NMV Е53023(2). Nov 1981, NMV F53042(1); 12-13 May 1983, TM
Bass Strait islands. King Island, Narracoopa, 30 Sep H1797(1); Coles Bay, 23 Apr 1972, TM H1644(4); 20 Nov
1935, NMV F52995(4); 8 Mar 1980, NMV F53012(3); City 1982, NMV F53024(1); Eaglehawk Neck, 30 Mar 1970,
of Melbourne Bay, Nov 1969, 2-3 m, TM H1646(2); Cape TM H1140(3); Port Arthur, 28 Feb 1971, TM H1641(1);
Wickham, 9 Mar 1980, ММУ F53013(2); Currie, 10 Mar 23 Mar 1971, TM H1642(2); 3 Jun 1971, TM H1643(4);
1980, NMV F53014(6); Gulchway, 10 Mar 1980, NMV Safety Cove, 28 Apr 1974, TM E1639(2); Point Puer,
Е53015(7); Erith Island, May 1974, ММУ Е53003(2), AM opposite Dead Island, 13 Dec 1972, TM H1640(1); Bruny
J16596(2). Island, Variety Bay, 30 Jan 1967, TM H1593(5).
Tasmania. West Point, 9 Dec 1977, AM J11401(2);
Distribution (fig. 1). Victorian coast from Cape
Marrawah, Green Point, 21 Jan 1975, AM J9018(1);
Hunter Island, Jan 1954, AM J6843(7); Circular Head, Bridgewater (38?23'S, 141?25'E) to Walkerville
Highfield Point, 1-14 Jan 1983, TM H1768 (23); Jacobs (38°52'S, 146?0'E); Bass Strait Islands; Tasmanian
Boat Harbour, 31 Jan 1969, TM H1592(13); Port Latta, coast from West Point (40°55'5, 144°37'E) to
Cowrie Beach, 1 Dec 1968, NMV Е52998(1); Western Variety Bay, Bruny Island (43?12'S, 147°26'Е). 0-3
Bay, 29 May 1979, TM H1532(3); Burnie, Somerset, 29 m.
Figure 2. Schematic drawing of the arrangements of the skeletal plates, and the disposition of the spinelets and beading
on the superomarginal plates, for proximal sections of the rays of: 1, Smilasterias irregularis H.L.Clark (NMV
153048), with 1 series of longitudinal dorsolateral linkages, superomarginals imbricating longitudinally, a spinelet
on the proximal lobe of the superomarginal plates, and prominent beading; and 2, S. multipara sp. nov. (NMV
153039), with 2 series of linkages, superomarginals not imbricating, spinelets aligned transversely, and fine stri-
ations, (C, carinal, D, dorsolateral, S, superomarginal, 1, inferomarginal. R.H.S. is adoral.)
Etymology. From the Latin mu/tus (many) and Carinal series of mostly regular quadrilobed
parere (to bear), in reference to the brooding habit plates up to 0.8 mm wide, imbricating proximal
of bearing many young. over distal lobes; series irregular along 1 ray, basally
on 2 rays. Carinals linked to superomarginals by
Description. Holotype. 5 rays; R = 30, 29, 28, 26, regular transverse series of up to 6 rod-like, cruci-
24mm;r = 4mm; gbr = 6mm; ht = 6 mm; R/r form or Y-shaped plates; 1 or 2 irregular series of
= 7.5; R/gbr = 5. Rays subcylindrical; fine longitudinal dorsolateral linkages; dorsolateral area
median longitudinal ridge along rays, transverse up to 5 mm wide transversely. Superomarginals
ribbing; rays constricted basally, slightly swollen alternate in alignment with carinals; narrowly cru-
proximally, tapered to rounded tip; interbrachial ciform, up to 2 mm long transversely; imbricate
arcs acutely angular. Abactinal skeleton very finely with dorsolaterals and inferomarginals transversely,
reticulate; disc an irregular reticulum of small plates often separated longitudinally; finely beaded cen-
aborally; smallest ray with irregular plating; single trally; 32 superomarginals for R = 30 mm.
madreporite at aboral apex of interbrachial arc, Inferomarginals correspond in number and align-
surrounded by 9 spinelets. Papular areas extensive; ment with superomarginals; up to 1.2 mm longitu-
irregular on disc, up to 1.0 mm long; transversely dinally, imbricating strongly; up to 1.2 mm
elongate on rays, up to 3.0 mm long, often extend- transversely, with tapering vertical lobe imbricat-
ing between superomarginals; 1-5 papulae per area; ing under superomarginals; inferomarginals form
no actinal papulae. actinolateral ray margin. Short actinal series of 6
5.0 mm
some
Figure 3. Aboral view of the exposed lobes of the cardiac stomach of Smilasterias multipara sp. nov., showing
brood juveniles. (Paratyp e NMV F53027)
314 P. M. O'LOUGHLIN AND T. D. O'HARA
thin plates; correspond with marginals. First pair brownish or greenish; brood juveniles are pink
of adoral adambulacrals contiguous, subequal with when released; dark grey turns to pinkish red
adjacent plates; 11 adambulacrals for 5 inferomar- immediately in alcohol.
ginals; terminal plate hemispherical, domed, acti-
Reproduction. Specimens of S. multipara have
nally furrowed, up to 1.6 mm wide.
been observed to brood young in their cardiac
Abactinal and superomarginal plates with small,
stomachs. Most of the 563 specimens examined
spaced, slightly tapering to rarely semi-capitate, have been dissected but only 61, from Stanley,
often slightly curved, terminally spiniferous spine-
Greens Beach and Lulworth, on the north coast of
lets; carinals with 1 or 2 spinelets, 1 = 0.2 mm, l/w
Tasmania, and from Flinders and Kitty Miller Bay,
= 2.5; superomarginals mostly with 2 spinelets
Victoria, are brooding. All 61 were collected during
aligned transversely, | = 0.5 mm, l/w = 3.5.
October and November, although material from
Inferomarginals mostly with pairs of slightly flat-
all months except July is represented.
tened, slightly tapered spines, up to 1.3 mm long,
Sexes are separate and there is no evidence of
aligned obliquely to furrow, more stout than adam-
protandrism or hermaphroditism, Female gonads
bulacral spines; 1 small actinal spine on each side
are generally small, 0.07-0.1 times the ray length,
of 1 ray; most adambulacrals diplacanthid, spines
and cylindrical, occasionally with small lateral out-
up to 1.3 mm long, spine nearer furrow mostly
growths. Gonads in female specimens collected in
smaller. Oral plates with 3 or 4 spines; actinal ones
August (NMV F53574), however, are much stouter
similar to adambulacral spines; terminal oral ones
much shorter, on furrow edge of plate, with swollen
and longer, 0.3 times the ray length, and filled with
large eggs, orange when preserved in alcohol. The
base and tapering neck.
Small crossed pedicellariae scattered over abac- gonopores open low down on the lateral side of the
rays, between, or just above, the basal and second
tinal and marginal surfaces; less numerous than
spinelets on disc and rays proximally, more numer- superomarginal plates. Some female specimens col-
ous distally; up to 0.1 mm high. Some small straight lected in early October are brooding, the gonads
pedicellariae on furrow edge of adambulacrals, 0.1 retracted to their usual size. In one lot (NMV
mm high; single larger straight pedicellaria on 1 F53575), of the 94 specimens over R = 10 mm,
actinal interradial surface, 0.2 mm high. 47 are male, 41 are brooding females and 6 are non-
Paratypes. Show no evidence of autotomy; brooding females.
inferomarginal plates do not usually form an The process of fertilization and ingestion is
actinolateral margin to rays; form of rays is con- unknown. One of us (M.O'L., 3 Nov 1986) has
sistent, with R/gbr > 4; skeletal form resembles observed adults releasing young, and separate
holotype, with up to 7 dorsolateral plates trans- broods of recently released juveniles, on the under
versely and up to 5 papulae per area in largest speci- surface of rocks in shallow pools near low
men (R — 38 mm; NMV F53011); mostly 2 very tidemark.
irregular series of longitudinal linkages across the The large cardiac stomach is used for brooding,
transverse series of dorsolateral plates; superomar- extending during brooding to up to one third of
ginal plates often separated longitudinally, mostly a ray length (fig. 3). The usually thick and opaque
with fine striations rather than beading; mostly 2 stomach wall is thin and membraneous in these
superomarginal spinelets, aligned transversely, all extensions. No juveniles have been found in the
small, aboral, pyloric stomach. There is no evidence
at least twice as long as carinal spinelets; inferomar-
of food in the stomachs of brooding specimens.
ginal spines mostly more flattened and truncate
than in holotype; | paratype (NMV F53030) with Up to 300 juveniles have been found in one
a few proximal inferomarginal plates with 3 spines; individual (TM H1546), approximately 50 in the
straight pedicellariae lacking on abactinal and mar- disc and in each radial extension of the stomach.
ginal surfaces, very rare on actinal interradial sur-
The smallest brood females, R — 10-12 mm (NMV
faces; 1 paratype (NMV F53011) with straight F53575), have only 5-20 juveniles. These are often
pedicellariae actinally; 1 paratype (WAM 428-86) restricted to the disc and 1-2 rays, the other rays
with spiniferous actinal plates. having no stomach extension.
The juveniles are up to R = 1.0 mm, r = 0.6
Colour (live). White to cream actinally and ends mm, when released. There are 5-10 pairs of tube
of rays, with dark grey mosaic on pale background feet along each ray and a few spinelets on the aboral
abactinally; as growth occurs dark grey increases surface, more numerous at the ray tip and longest
from disc only, to irregular dark bands through in the interradial margins.
rays, to dark rays with irregular pale bands, to The brooding habit of S. rmultipara is similar to
mostly dark abactinally; dark grey may be that described by Fisher (1930: 48-57, fig. 2) for
the arctic asteriin Leptasterias groenlandica small, rounded to slightly elongate, mostly with 1
(Lütken, 1857). However, Fisher found that in the papula; no actinal papulae.
early stages of development the young are attached Carinal series of quadrilobed plates up to 1.0 mm
to the adult by a larval organ. No such organ has wide, imbricating proximal over distal lobes; shape
been observed in 5, multipara. and position of plates irregular, especially basally.
Remarks. This large series of specimens confirms Carinals linked to superomarginals by irregular
H.L. Clark's (1938) suspicion that the San Remo transverse series of up to 8 small dorsolateral plates,
specimen (NMV F52993), temporarily placed in S. most transversely elongate; dorsolateral area up to
irregularis, belongs to another species. This was 5 mm wide transversely; up to 3 irregular series of
recognized by the present authors in Marine longitudinal linkages across transverse series of dor-
Research Group of Victoria (1984), where this spe- solaterals. Superomarginals alternate in transverse
cies is referred to as Smilasterias sp. alignment with carinals; superomarginal plates
S. multipara is mostly found on the relatively irregularly cruciform, sometimes composite, up to
bare and smooth undersurface of large pebbles and 1.5 mm long transversely; imbricate strongly lon-
boulders in the lower intertidal and shallow sub- gitudinally, and over dorsolaterals and inferomar-
littoral zones of exposed ocean platforms, usually ginals transversely; plates with fine striations, not
basalt. This habitat preference and the brooding beaded; 24 superomarginals for R = 19 mm.
habit possibly account for the Victorian distribu- Inferomarginals correspond in number and align-
tion, which, despite an extensive survey of the ment with superomarginals; up to 1.2 mm across,
coast, 1s rather discontinuous (fig. 1), However, imbricating strongly longitudinally; up to 1.2 mm
where this species is present it is the most abun- high with tapering vertical lobe imbricating under
dant asteroid in the zone around the low tide mark. superomarginals. Actinal series of plates lacking.
In addition to this gastric brooding species there First pair of adoral adambulacrals contiguous,
are two southern Australian asteroids which are subequal with adjacent adambulacral plates; 10
known to be viviparous: Patiriella vivipara Dart- adambulacrals for each 5 inferomarginals; termi-
nall, 1969, from south-eastern Tasmania, and nal plate hemispherical, domed, actinally furrowed,
Patiriella parvivipara Keough and Dartnall, 1978, surface lumpy not beaded, up to 1.0 mm wide.
from the west coast of the Eyre Peninsula, South Abactinal and superomarginal plates with
Australia. spaced, short, thick, sometimes flared or semi-
capitate, often slightly curved, terminally spinifer-
Smilasterias tasmaniae sp. nov. ous spinelets; carinals mostly with 3 spinelets on
Plate 1 c, d, e, Figure ! exposed lobes, | = 0.3 mm, I/w = 2; superomar-
ginals mostly with 2 spinelets, aligned transversely,
Material examined. Holotype. Tasmania, Bruny Is.,
| = 0.7 mm, l/w = 4. Spines on inferomarginals
Lighthouse Bay, on rocks with brown kelp, 8 m, 13 Dec
1977, C. Short, AM 111395 (dry). 2, rarely 3, often 1 basally; up to 1.2 mm long;
Paratypes. Recherche Bay, Catamaran, under stones slightly flattened, narrowed waist, slightly swollen
at low tide, Oct 1929, M. Ward, AM J19659(1 dry); NMV end; aligned obliquely to l'urrow proximally; spine
F54579(1 dry). nearer furrow in pair stouter. Adambulacrals
predominantly diplacanthid; proximally spine
Distribution. (fig. 1) SE Tasmania in Lighthouse
nearer furrow larger; mostly less thick than
Bay, Bruny Island (43°30'S, 147°10'Е), and at
inferomarginal spines; up to 1.2 mm long. Oral
Catamaran, Recherche Bay (43^34'S, 146^54'E).
plates with 2 or 3 spines, distal ones subequal with
0—8 m.
adjacent adambulacral spines; proximal oral spines
Etymology. Named in reference to the south- slightly shorter.
eastern Tasmanian distribution. Small crossed pedicellariae on lower dorsolateral,
Description. Holotype. 5 rays; R — 19 mm,r — superomarginal and inferomarginal plates, 0.2 mm
5 mm, gbr = 7 mm, ht = 6 mm, R/r = 4, R/gbr high; upper abactinal surface lacking pedicellariae;
some small straight pedicellariae in furrow, some
= 3. Rays subcylindrical, constricted basally,
on proximal oral spines, 0.2 mm high; no pedicel-
swollen proximally, thin distally, rounded tip; inter-
lariae on actinal surfaces interradially or between
brachial ares acutely angular; longitudinal and
inferomarginals and adambulacrals.
transverse series on rays very weakly evident abac-
tinally. Abactinal skeleton reticulate, compact; disc Paratypes. Abactinal skeleton of smaller para-
an irregular reticulum of small plates aborally; type (NMV Е54579, R = 17 mm; pl. le) finer,
single madreporite at aboral apex of interbrachial more openly reticulate, papular areas more exten-
arc, surrounded by 13 spinelets. Papular areas sive, transverse series of dorsolateral plates more
316 P. M. O'LOUGHLIN AND T. D. CHARA
evident, many superomarginal plates not imbricat- small plates aborally; papular areas extensive,
ing longitudinally; abactinal skeleton of larger transversely elongate on rays, up to 4 papulae per
paratype (AM J19659, R = 20 mm) similar to holo- area; no actinal papulae; single madreporite at
type; carinal plates in both paratypes more regu- aboral apex of interbrachial arc, surrounded by 9
lar than in holotype; superomarginal plates in both spinelets.
paratypes with mostly 3 spinelets. Carinal series regular, raised, quadrilobed plates,
imbricating proximal over distal lobes, up to 1.5
Colour (preserved), Tan or brown. mm wide; carinals linked to superomarginals by
Remarks. The south-eastern Tasmanian distribu- transverse series of up to 7 small, elongate dor-
tion of S. tasmaniae does not overlap with the dis- solateral plates; single irregular series of longitu-
tribution of S. multipara in this region. Both species dinal dorsolateral linkages; dorsolateral area up to
have been found on Bruny Island, S. tasmaniae at 5 mm wide. Superomarginals cruciform, imbricat-
Lighthouse Bay on the southern coast and S. mul- ing longitudinally and with inferomarginals and
tipara at Variety Bay on the north-east coast. More dorsolaterals transversely; proximal plates slightly
collecting is necessary to determine if these species beaded; 30-34 plates for R — 35 mm. Inferomar-
are allopatric. ginals correspond in number, alignment, width with
South-eastern Tasmania has a number of superomarginals; imbricate longitudinally; form an
endemic littoral echinoderms. Rowe and Vail (1982) actinolateral margin to ray. Actinal series of up to
listed five species in this category: two asteroids, 15 thin plates, up to half ray length. First pair of
Patiriella vivipara Dartnall, 1969 (broods) and Mar- adoral adambulacral plates contiguous, subequal
ginaster littoralis Dartnall, 1970; an echinoid, with adjacent plates, 14 adambulacrals to every 5
Pachycentrotus bajulus Dartnall, 1972 (broods); inferomarginals; terminal plate hemispherical, flat-
and two holothurians, Psolidium ravum Hickman, tened, actinally furrowed.
1962 and Neoamphicyclus lividus Hickman, 1962 Abactinal and superomarginal plates with
(broods). However, there are specimens of spaced, stout, cylindrical to slightly clavate spine-
Psolidium ravum, collected near Devonport, in the lets, rounded or flattened ends, up to 0.6 mm high,
Tasmanian Museum, and we have found specimens lw = 2-2.5, only slightly longer marginally than
of Neoamphicyclus lividus on both sides of Bass carinally; carinal plates with 2, sometimes 3, spine-
Strait. lets; series of up to 4 dorsolateral and 2, sometimes
3, superomarginal spinelets transversely.
Smilasterias clarkailsa sp. nov. Inferomarginal plates with 3 flattened, rectangu-
lar or slightly flared spines, up to 0.9 mm long,
Plate 1 f, g
aligned obliquely to furrow. First 5 actinal plates
Smilasterias sp. (cf. irregularis).
— A.M. Clark, 1962: with 1-2 spines. Adambulacral plates with 2-3
87, figs 15a, b. spines; inner and outer spine subcylindrical, slightly
Material examined. Holotype. Macquarie Island, N of clavate; middle spine larger, flattened, up to 1.0
Raine Point, 54?43.5'S, 158°53’E, 100-105 m, T. mm long; adoral spines slightly longer, up to 1.2
Cochrane, 6 Dec 1986, NMV F53754(wet). mm. Oral plate with 3-4 spines; 2 actinally and 1-2
Paratypes. Type locality, NMV F53755(1); Macquarie shorter ones proximally.
Island, off Nuggets Point, 54?33.4'S, 158?56.9'E, 108-135 Dense covering of crossed pedicellariae on abac-
m, 8 Dec 1986, NMV F53753(1); off Lusitania Bay, tinal and marginal surfaces, 3-4 times as numer-
54°42.7'5, 158°54.5'E, 69 m, 5 Dec 1930, BANZARE stn ous as spinelets, up to 0.25 mm high; numerous
83, identified by A.M. Clark (1962) as Smilasterias sp.
small lanceolate straight pedicellariae actinally, in
(cf. irregularis, BMNH 1965.8.5.220(1).
furrow, a few on inferomarginal and actinal inter-
Distribution. Macquarie Island. 69-135 m. radial surfaces, up to 0.2 mm.
Etymology. Named in recognition of the contribu- Paratypes. Smaller, but similar to holotype, with
tion by Ailsa M. Clark. 2-3 inferomarginal spines per plate; 2, sometimes
3, adambulacral spines; crossed pedicellariae 3-4
Description. Holotype. 5 subcylindrical rays, 1 limes as numerous as spinelets.
small regenerating; R = 35 mm, r = 5 mm, gbr Largest paratype (NMV F53755, R — 30 mm,
= s nt = Samm, RUD = т БРЫ = 435. r — 5 mm) with 2 longitudinal dorsolateral link-
Strong median ridge along rays, weaker longitudi- ages proximally; up to 7 actinal plates, some
nal and transverse dorsolateral ribbing; rays slightly spiniferous; proximal superomarginal plates
constricted basally, tapering to rounded tip; inter- beaded; some superomarginal spinelets widened,
brachial arcs not acutely angular. Abactinal skele- flattened, smaller than, but similar in shape to,
ton finely reticulate; disc an irregular reticulum of inferomarginal spines; inferomarginal spines flat-
tened, flared, wider than on holotype; adoral Smilasterias irregularis H.L. Clark
adambulacral spines only slightly longer than prox-
imal adambulacral spines; some felipedal pedicel- Plate 1 h, Figures 1, 2
lariae, up to 0.8 mm long, on actinal, marginal, Smilasterias irregularis H.L. Clark, 1928: 402, figs
abactinal surfaces; 1 very large felipedal pedicel- 116a, b.— 1938: 195 (in part). — Cotton and Godfrey,
laria, 1.0 mm high, on an actinal interradial 1942: 205.—H.L. Clark, 1946: 157. — Shepherd, 1968:
surface. 752. —Zeidler and Shepherd, 1982: 417, fig. 10.93.— Rowe
Smallest paratype (BMNH 1965.8.5.220, R = and Vail, 1982: 223.
20 mm, r = 5 mm) with compact abactinal skele- Material examined. South Australia, Spencer or St Vin-
ton of up to 4 dorsolateral plates transversely; cents Gulf, no date, no depth, SAM K171 (holotype);
middle 2 plates linked obliquely, slightly raised, Nuyts Archipelago, St Francis Island, Petrel Bay, 3-5 m,
form 3 dorsolateral lines; dorsolateral plates next 25 Jan 1982, SAM K1777(1); Franklin Island, 6-8 m, 13
to superomarginals rectangular, not lobed; dor- Apr 1983, SAM K1781(1); Port Lincoln, no date, SAM
K620(1); LO m, 31 Dec 1963, AM J7538(1); Sir Joseph
solateral area up to 2.0 mm wide; dorsolateral
Banks Group, Marum Island, 7 m, 13 Jan 1984, SAM
plates not transversely elongate; up to 9 actinal
K1775(1); Lusby Island, 7-8 m, 11 Jan 1984, SAM
plates, not spiniferous; carinals,superomarginals, K1784(2); 3-5 m, 24 Jan 1986, SAM K1783(1); Reevesby
with mostly 3 spinelets. Island, 3 m, 13 Jan 1984, SAM K1774(1); 20 Jan 1986,
Third paratype (NMV F53753, R = 26 mm, r SAM K1786(1); 27 Jan 1986, SAM K1787(1); Winceby
= 4mm, in poor condition with 2 arms missing) Island, 3-5 m, 26 Jan 1986, SAM K1788(4); Hareby
with mostly 3 inferomarginal spines per plate. Island, 2-5 m, 28 Jan 1986, SAM K1785(3); Langton
Island, 2-4 m, 25 Jan 1976, SAM КІ789(1); Partney
Shoal, 3-8 m, 22 Jan 1986, SAM K1790(1); Yorke Penin-
Colour (preserved). Tan. sula, Port Turton, 2-5 m, 25 Nov 1985, SAM K1780(2);
Port Noarlunga, 7 m, Nov 1970, AM J7995(2); Port Wil-
lunga, Nov 1966, SAM K1778(1); 12 Oct 1975, SAM
Remarks. A.M. Clark (1962), in detailing the com- K1779(1); Fleurieu Peninsula, Second Valley, 3-4 m, 31
pact abactinal skeleton of one of these paratypes Jul 1985, SAM K1782(3); Rapid Bay, 10 m, 19 Nov 1976,
(BMNH 1965.8.5.220), suggested that this speci- SAM K1776(3); Kangaroo Island, Penneshaw, May 1978,
men and the species Smilasterias irregularis were ММУ Е53048(3); 5 m, 9 Mar 1978, AM Ј11812(1);
possibly generically distinct from Smilasterias scal- Encounter Bay, Victor Harbour, 2-5 m, 8 Mar 1984,
prifera and S. triremis with their more open skele- SAM K1773(1); 1 m, 29 Mar 1986, ММУ F53060(1);
tons. We believe this compact skeleton is a juvenile Goose Island, 20 Mar 1971, NMV Е53055(1).
Victoria. Portsea, no date, NMV F53038(1); Western
feature. On larger specimens the dorsolateral region
Port, Crawfish Rock, 29 Feb 1970, NMV F53058(1);
is more openly reticulate, with up to 7 elongate Lakes Entrance, 38*42'S, 149°30Е, 26 m, 9 Feb 1971,
plates transversely and 1 (holotype, R = 35 mm) EGSS stn 95, ММУ F53056(1).
or 2 (paratypes, R = 26-30 mm) longitudinal series Tasmania. Lulworth, 1 m, 22 Nov 1982, NMV
of linkages proximally, surrounding large, trans- F53059(1); NMV F53061(1); Cape Portland, 6 Jan 1971,
versely elongate papular areas. A.M. Clark was AM J8973(1); Jan 1980, QVM(3); Flinders Island, Frank-
also relying on H.L. Clark’s (1928) description of lin Sound, 27 Nov 1972, ММУ Е53057(1).
S. irregularis, which underestimated the number of New South Wales. Merimbula, 10 m, 10 Jun 1981, AM
J14655(1); Bermagui, 27 m, 29 May 1981, AM J14654(1);
dorsolateral plates on the holotype.
Burrewarra Point, 30 m, 15 Mar 1981, AM J14013(1);
S. clarkailsa is morphologically and geographi-
27 m, 16 Mar 1981, AM J13983(1); Batemans Bay, 22
cally intermediate between S. scalprifera and S. m, 10 Mar 1981, AM J14160(1); AM J14158(1); 27 m,
triremis on the one hand and S. irregularis and the 13 Mar 1981, AM J14163(1); Jervis Bay, 17 m, 19 Mar
other Australian species on the other. S. clarkailsa 1981, AM J14186(1); Shellharbour, 1 m, no date, AM
approaches S. scalprifera and S. triremis in often J4510(1).
having more than 2 inferomarginal spines per plate, Distribution (fig. 1). Nuyts Archipelago, South
although they are less flared, and in having a rela- Australia (32°31’S, 133°
18E) to Shellharbour, New
tively long actinal series, up to half the ray length. South Wales (34°34’S, 150°52’E), including north
It is similar to the Australian species in having rela- coast of Tasmania. 1-30 m.
tively few, spaced spinelets on the abactinal sur-
face of the rays and some beading on the Description. R to 65 mm; ht > gbr; R/gbr > 4;
superomarginal plates, although the beading is less rays frequently separated from disc or regenerat-
prominent than on S. irregularis. It can be distin- ing; readily autotomous. Rays constricted basally,
guished from all the other Smilasterias species in slightly swollen proximally, tapered to rounded tip;
having 3-4 times as many crossed pedicellariae as rays with fine median longitudinal ridge, transverse
spinelets on the abactinal surfaces of the rays. ribbing, mostly a single longitudinal dorsolateral
318 P. M. O'LOUGHLIN AND T. D. O’ HARA
ridge; disc round, domed; interbrachial arcs acutely where straight pedicellariae may be numerous on
angular. Abactinal skeleton finely reticulate; disc some or all of these surfaces.
an irregular reticulum of small plates aborally; Colour (live). Predominantly mottled red, reddish-
papular areas extensive, transversely elongate on brown,cream; no immediate colour change in alco-
rays, rarely extending transversely between hol; preserved specimens show residual colour.
superomarginal plates, up to 6 papulae per area.
Carinal plates small, quadrilobed, most slightly Remarks. Re-examination of the holotype (R =
asymmetrical; most imbricating proximal over 37-49 mm) revealed inconsistencies with H.L.
distal lobe, some linked by smaller plates; carinal Clark’s (1928) original description. Clark found
series often irregular, least regular proximally. Car- two, possibly three, rows of dorsolateral plates, no
inal plates linked to superomarginals by transverse actinal plates, and did not mention any beading on
series of up to 8 small dorsolateral plates; most dor- the superomarginal plates. However, there are up
solateral plates transversely elongate; mostly 1 to five transverse dorsolateral plates, at least two
series of irregular longitudinal linkages across the actinal plates, and the superomarginals are dis-
dorsolateral transverse series, Superomarginal tinctly beaded. These latter features are typical of
plates asymmetrically cruciform, often with promi- S. irregularis specimens of this size.
nent proximal lobe; sometimes a composite of There appears to be a consistent geographical
plates proximally; superomarginals alternate in variation in the occurrence of straight pedicellar-
alignment with carinals; superomarginals mostly iae within this species. On the holotype, and on
imbricating or contiguous longitudinally; 34 plates other specimens from South Australia, Victoria and
when R = 46 mm; superomarginal plates with northern Tasmania, straight pedicellariae are only
prominent beading. Inferomarginals correspond in very rarely present on the abactinal, marginal and
number, alignment, width with superomarginals; actinal surfaces of the rays. But on material from
imbricate longitudinally, with superomarginals New South Wales straight pedicellariae are often
transversely. Short actinal series of up to 4 thin present and may be numerous on these surfaces.
plates; occasionally 2 plates wide basally. 12 adam- Geographical variation in the form, size and dis-
bulacral plates for each 5 inferomarginals; first pair tribution of straight pedicellariae is also found in
of adoral adambulacrals contiguous, subequal with S. triremis.
adjacent ones. Most specimens have been collected by divers
Abactinal and superomarginal plates with from subtidal rocky substrates. We have found
spaced, fairly thick spinelets, barely spiniferous ter- only three specimens in rocky shallows (Lulworth,
minally; carinals with 1-4 irregularly placed spine- Tasmania, NMV F53059, F53061, and Victor Har-
lets, truncate to clavate, l/w — 3; superomarginals bour, South Australia, NMV F53060) and these
with 1-3 spinelets, truncate to slightly tapering, l/w were under boulders about 1 m below low tide
= 4, rarely aligned transversely, very frequently mark. Collection by museum divers has been more
spinelet on prominent proximal lobe of plate, at intensive on the coasts of New South Wales and
least twice as tall as carinal spinelets. Inferomar- South Australia, and this is probably reflected in
ginal plates with predominantly 2, sometimes 3, the recorded distribution (fig. 1).
subequal, flattened, truncate spines; generally taller
than adambulacral spines; aligned obliquely to
furrow. Often 1-2 actinal plates per series with Smilasterias scalprifera (Sladen)
spines. Adambulacrals diplacanthid; spine nearer Plate 1 i, j
furrow generally smaller; adoral adambulacral
spines often slightly larger than adjacent adam- Asterias (Smilasterias) scalprifera Sladen, 1889: 578,
pl. C, figs 4-6, pl. CIII, figs 1, 2.
bulacral ones. Oral plates with 3-4 spines; 2 large,
Smilasterias scalprifera. —Fisher, 1930: 239.— 1940:
flattened, often grooved actinal oral spines; 1-2
261. — A.M. Clark, 1962: 85. — Cherbonnier and Guille,
shorter basal oral spines, proximal one on furrow 1975: 620, pl. II, figs h, i.
edge.
Small crossed pedicellariae on abactinal, margi- Material examined. Subantarctic, off Marion Island, 93
m, 28-30 Dec 1873, HMS "Challenger", BMNH
nal surfaces, fewer then 2 per spinelet, most numer-
1890.5,7.968 (syntype); Marion Island, Transvaal Cove,
ous distally; numerous small straight pedicellariae
715 m, Sep 1982, in a Macrocystis bed, G. Branch, AM
in furrow; single larger straight pedicellariae on J18138(1); AM J18140(1 juvenile); off Heard Is., 52°555,
some actinal interradial surfaces; straight pedicel- 73?20'E, 177 m, 3 Feb 1967, coll. “Umitaka Maru", NMV
lariae extremely rare on abactinal, marginal and Е52678(1); 53°07.6'S, 73°49Е, 40-50 m, 3 Oct 1985, M.
actinal surfaces of rays except for NSW specimens Norman on “Nella Dan", NMV F52679(1); 53?11.7'S,
73°04.5'Е, 200 m, 4 Oct 1985, ?black silt sediment, M. (NMV F53576) from off Heard Island also have
Norman on “Nella Dan", NMV F53576(30). incipiently felipedal straight pedicellariae.
Distribution. Falkland, Marion, Kerguelen and
Heard Islands. 40(715)-267 m. Smilasterias triremis (Sladen)
Description. On largest specimen (AM J18138), R Asterias (Smilasterias) triremis Sladen, 1889: 579, pl.
= 82mm,r = 10 mm, gbr = 16 mm, ht = 12 CI, figs 5, 6, pl. CII, figs 5, 6.
mm, R/r — 8, R/gbr — 5. Rays often widened Smilasterias triremis.—Fisher, 1930: 239, —1940:
262.
— A.M. Clark, 1962: 85, fig. 15c.
basally, attenuate distally; strong transverse dor-
solateral ribbing; 6-7, rarely up to 12, papulae per Material examined, Subantarctic, between Kerguelen and
area. Disc surface a reticulum of small plates Heard Islands, 52?4'S, 71°22'E, 279 m, 2 Feb 1874, coarse
aborally; carinal plates small, series irregular; car- gravel, "Challenger" stn 150, BMNH 1890.5.7.971(2 syn-
types); off Heard Island, 53*11.7'5, 73°04.5'Е, 200 m,
inals linked to superomarginals by up to 16, gener-
4 Oct 1985, ?black silt sediment, M. Norman on "Nella
ally elongate, dorsolateral plates; usually 1, up to Dan", ММУ Е53756(9).
3, irregular longitudinal series of linkages prox- Antarctic, Palmer Archipelago, Schollaet Channel,
imally; superomarginals not beaded; inferomargi- 160-335 m, 12 Mar 1927, mud, “Discovery” stn 181,
nal plates not always forming actinolateral border BMNH 1948.3.16.773(1); Neumayr Channel, 259-354 m,
to ray; actinal plates up to three-quarters ray 18 Mar 1927, mud, “Discovery” stn 187, BMNH
length, sometimes 2 series proximally. 1948.3.16.774(1); Bismarck Strait, 93-130 m, 24 Mar
Dense cover of abactinal spinelets, usually 1927, stones and mud, "Discovery" stn 190, BMNH
1948.3.16.775(1).
grouped on plates; spinelets clavate or tapering,
smooth or slightly spiniferous, I/w = 3-6, longest Distribution. Antarctic, Palmer Archipelago.
on superomarginals, in arcs, up to 0.8 mm high; Subantarctic, off Heard and between Kerguelen
some superomarginal spinelets flattened, flared, and Heard Islands. 93-354 m.
similar in shape but smaller than inferomarginal
Description. On largest specimen (BMNH
spines; carinal plates with 3-5 spinelets, 1-5 on dor-
1948.3.16.773), R = 61 mm, r = 7 mm, gbr =
solaterals, 3-6, rarely up to 10, on superomarginals.
8 mm, ht = 7 mm, R/r = 9, R/gbr = 7.5. Rays
Inferomarginal plates with oblique combs of 2-5,
tapering; median longitudinal ridge; transverse rib-
mostly 4, flattened, flared, truncate spines; 1-3,
bing usually evident; 2, sometimes 3, papulae per
rarely 4, actinal spines, often confluent with
area. Aboral disc a reticulum of small plates; cari-
inferomarginal spines; 2-4, mostly 3, adambulacral
nal series irregular or regular; carinals linked to
spines, shorter, thinner, less flared than inferomar-
superomarginals by up to 8 generally elongate dor-
ginal spines; oral plates with up to 6 spines.
solateral plates; 1-2 irregular longitudinal linkages;
Crossed pedicellariae numerous on abactinal,
superomarginals not beaded; up to 24 thin, narrow,
marginal ray surfaces, on disc, 0.5-1.5 times as
actinal plates, up to half ray length.
numerous as spinelets, smaller than spinelets;small
Dense cover of spinelets abactinally, usually
straight pedicellariae in furrow, actinally, margi-
grouped on plates; spinelets tapering to slightly cla-
nally, occasionally on abactinal surface, larger than
vate; l/w = 2.5-5, longest on superomarginals, in
crossed pedicellariae; larger straight pedicellariae,
arcs; superomarginal spinelets sometimes flattened,
up to 1.2 mm, usually in arc, actinally, usually
flared, similar in shape but smaller than inferomar-
much smaller than spines, with rounded or acute
ginal spines; carinals with 4-6, dorsolaterals with
tips, sometimes slightly hooked, opposing valve tip 3-5, superomarginals with 4-6, rarely up to 10,
crossed, sometimes incipiently felipedal, 1 small spinelets. Inferomarginal plates with oblique combs
tooth set back on each side of valve tip. of 2-5, mostly 3, flattened, widely flared, truncate
Smallest specimen (R = 16 mm, NMV F53576) spines; actinal plates, sometimes with 1, usually no
with 5-6 transverse dorsolateral plates proximally; spines; 2-3, usually 2, adambulacral spines,
up to 6 actinal plates, extending up to one third shorter, less flared than inferomarginal spines.
ray length; 2-3 inferomarginal, no actinal, 2-3 Crossed pedicellariae on abactinal, marginal ray
adambulacral spines per plate. surfaces, on disc; 0.5-1.0 times as numerous as
Remarks. A.M. Clark (1962) found that specimens spinelets; smaller than spinelets. Small, lanceolate
from the Falkland Islands had some large, or incipiently felipedal, straight pedicellariae in
incipiently felipedal straight pedicellariae, whereas furrow, actinally, marginally, abactinally; subequal
those on specimens from off Marion, Kerguelen with crossed pedicellariae. Larger, felipedal pedicel-
and Heard Islands were solely lanceolate in shape. lariae sometimes present, up to 1.2 mm, slightly
However, some of the specimens we have examined smaller than spines, usually with 3-5 teeth on
320 P. M. O’ LOUGHLIN AND T. D. O'HARA
widened valve tip; often in arcs, actinally, some- Remarks. This specimen has been detailed and dis-
times also in furrow, marginally, abactinally. cussed by A.M. Clark (1962). It is small, R — 21
Small specimen (R = 25 mm, NMV F53756) mm, and in a poor condition and so is not fully
with up to 5 transverse dorsolateral plates prox- described here.
imally; 2-3 flared inferomarginal spines; up to 7 A further observation which supports a unique
actinal plates, extending up to one fifth ray length; identity for this specimen is the presence of 10 large
large felipedal straight pedicellariae actinally, in plates which border the disc aborally. These plates
arcs, abactinally. are up to 2.0 mm wide transversely, with 5 situ-
ated radially and 5 interradially, and give the aboral
Remarks. In his description of the Palmer disc surface a stellar appearance. A/llostichaster
Archipelago “Discovery” material, Fisher (1940) regularis H.L. Clark, 1928 has the same charac-
noted about 10 actinal plates in a series, the series teristic, but in all of the described species of
extending up to one-fifth the length of the ray. To Smilasterias the whole aboral disc plating is an
our observation there are 24 plates in a series on irregular reticulum of small plates.
one cleared ray of the largest of these specimens, A.M. Clark (1962) noted the presence of small
the series extending approximally half the length incipient felipedal pedicellariae actinally, up to 0.25
of the ray. mm in length. We have observed straight pedicel-
The specimens from off Heard and Kerguelen lariae abactinally, in the interbrachial ares, where
Islands differ from the Palmer Archipelago they are up to 0.4 mm long and have a felipedal
material in having large felipedal pedicellariae scat- form similar to that in the S. triremis syntypes.
tered on most ray surfaces, but particularly acti- A.M. Clark (1962) also noted the presence of the
nally and in the arcs. Some Palmer Archipelago tubercles on the abactinal plates of this specimen,
specimens have larger incipiently felipedal pedicel- and contrasted this characteristic with the relatively
lariae in the arcs but otherwise they are all of the smooth abactinal plates of S. scalprifera and S.
small type. Some of the specimens from off Heard triremis, However, specimens of S. scalprifera
Island (NMV F53756) also differ in having a spine examined here (AM 118138, NMV F53576) do have
on nearly all of the actinal plates. Usually these prominent tubercles and ridges on the abactinal
spines, when present, are restricted to a few prox-
plates. This is another characteristic which is sub-
imal plates.
ject to marked variation within a Srmilasterias
The Heard Island specimens were found at the species.
same location as 30 specimens of S. scalprifera
The BANZARE specimen has beading on the
(NMV F53576). Examination of this new material
superomarginal plates. The inferomarginal plates
confirms Fisher's (1940) and A.M. Clark's (1962)
form a distinct actinolateral margin to the rays, but
distinction between the two species. On S. triremis
the actinal surface is slightly narrower than the
the inferomarginal and adambulacral spines are
greatest breadth of the rays. The interbrachial arcs
longer, wider but less numerous; the actinal series
are acutely angular, and the rays are slightly swollen
is less extensive and often lacks spines. The smaller
proximally. There are up to 7 dorsolateral plates
straight pedicellariae are larger on S. scalprifera and
linking the carinal and superomarginal plates, and
are also usually larger than the crossed pedicellar-
4, occasionally 5, tall, thin, tapered, very slightly
iae. Оп S. triremis the two forms are subequal. The
flattened inferomarginal spines per plate.
larger felipedal straight pedicellariae, almost as long
Given the aboral disc plating and the tapered
as the adambulacral spines, found on the syntypes
inferomarginal spines, this specimen may be better
and the Heard Island specimens, are never found
placed in another genus.
on S. scalprifera. Larger straight pedicellariae,
when present on 5. scalprifera, are lanceolate or
incipiently felipedal, with one central and two
Asteriinae sp. cf. A/lostichaster Verrill and
rudimentary teeth, and are much smaller than the
Smilasterias Sladen
spines.
Material examined. Tasmania, 160 km off the west coast,
570 m, P. Wilson on “Margaret Philippa”, 9 Sep 1982,
Smilasterias sp. cf. triremis (Sladen) ММУ Е53029(1).
Smilasterias sp. (cf. triremis (Sladen).
— A.M. Clark, Description. 5 rays; R = 17 mm, г = 3 mm, gbr
1962: 85, figs 15 d-f. = 4mm, ht = 2mm; rays not swollen proximally,
Material examined. Antarctica, off Princess Elizabeth long thin taper distally; interbrachial arcs not
Land, 66°28'S, 72°41'E, 1266 m, 22 Dec 1929, BANZARE acutely angular; single madreporite; terminal plate
stn 29, BMNH 1965.8.5.219(1). flattened; inferomarginal plates tend to form an
actinolateral margin to rays. Abactinal skeleton Assistance with loan materials or access to collec-
compact. solidly reticulate; papular areas very tions was provided by Gordon Paterson of the Brit-
reduced; 5 radial and 5 interradial large plates bor- ish Museum (Natural History), Bob Green of the
dering dise aborally; carinal plates subequal with Queen Victoria Museum, Wolfgang Zeidler of the
dorsolateral plates, quadrilobed, up to 1.2 mm South Australian Museum, Alison Green of the
wide; dorsolateral area narrow, 1 longitudinal series Tasmanian Museum, and Loisette Marsh of the
of plates between carinals and superomarginals, Western Australian Museum, In the Museum of
plates not transversely elongate; superomarginal Victoria Dr Lu offered helpful advice with the
plates cruciform, prominently beaded, 1.8 mm long manuscript, Suzanne Boyd was helpful with advice
transversely, imbricating or contiguous longitudi- and in facilitating access to the resources of the
nally; actinal series of plates extending more than Museum of Victoria and other institutions, Frank
half length of ray; adoral adambulacral plates sube- Coffa took the photographs, Rhyllis Plant com-
qual with adjacent adambulacrals. posed and drew figures 1, 2 and 3, Robin Wilson
Abactinal and superomarginal plates with was helpful with advice and assisted with the figures
spaced, semi-capitate, close to granuliform spine- and plate, and Kate Martin assisted with the
lets, | = 0.2-0.3 mm, l/w = 1.5-2; carinal and figures. The Antarctic Division provided facilities
superomarginal spinelets subequal, carinal plates and assisted museum personnel, Tonia Cochrane
with up to 6 centrally and irregularly placed spine- and Mark Norman, in collecting subantarctic
lets; superomarginal plates with up to 6 spinelets material. Clarrie Handreck provided field records
along proximal margin of plate. Inferomarginal from the Marine Research Group of Victoria. Some
plates with predominantly 3 rounded, slightly flat- assistance with field and museum work was
tened spines, up to 1.0 mm long; actinal plates provided by Joanne Klemke, Mary-Louise
spiniferous; adambulacral plates with 2 or 3 Gardiner, Jane Monagle, and Marita Nyhuis.
rounded, slightly tapered spines, slightly smaller
than inferomarginals; oral plates with 4 thin, References
rounded, slightly flattened spines, 2 actinally, 2 on
side of plate proximally. Cherbonnier, G. and Guille, A., 1975. Echinodermes
récoltés aux iles Kerguelen. Bulletin du Muséum
Numerous small crossed pedicellariae on abac-
National D'Histoire Naturelle, Paris (Zoologie) 210:
tinal and marginal plates; small lanceolate and large 603-629, 2 pls.
felipedal straight pedicellariae present actinally, a Clark, A.M., 1962. Asteroidea. Report of the B. A.N.Z.
few abactinally in interbrachial arcs; series of large Antarctic Research Expedition, 1929 B. IX: 1-104,
felipedal pedicellariae in furrow on adambulacral 18 figs, 14 tbls, 6 pls.
and oral plates, up to 1.0 mm long. Clark, A.M., 1967. Variable symmetry in fissiparous
Asterozoa. Symposium of the Zoological Society of
Remarks. This specimen is small and in poor con- London 20: 143-157, 1 fig., 2 tbls.
dition. The subcylindrical rays, lack of evidence of Clark, H.L., 1928. The sea-lillies, sea-stars, brittle-stars
fissipary, up to 3 inferomarginal and adambulacral and sea-urchins of the South Australian Museum.
spines, and numerous large felipedal straight Records of the South Australian Museum 3(4):
pedicellariae suggest an affinity with Srmilasterias 361-482, figs 108-142.
Sladen. The narrow dorsolateral area with its single Clark, H.L., 1938, Echinoderms from Australia. An
longitudinal series of plates, relatively long and account of collections made in 1929 and 1932.
Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
spiniferous series of actinal plates at this small size,
Harvard 55; 1-596, 64 figs, 28 pls.
and close to granuliform spinelets suggest an Clark, H.L., 1946, The echinoderm fauna of Australia,
affinity with A/lostichaster Verrill. its composition and its origin. Publications of the
In having 10 large plates bordering the disc Carnegie Institution 566: iv + 567.
aborally it is similar to both Smilasterias sp. (cf. Cotton, B.C. and Godfrey, F.K., 1942. Echinodermata
triremis) (Sladen) (A.M. Clark, 1962) and of the Flindersian region, southern Australia. Records
Allostichaster regularis H.L. Clark, 1928. of the South Australian Museum 7(2): 193-234, pl.
xii.
Dartnall, A.J., 1969. A viviparous species of Patiriella
Acknowledgements (Asteroidea, Asterinidae) from Tasmania. Proceed-
ings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
We acknowledge with gratitude the assistance 93(3): 294-296, fig. 1, tbl. 1, pl. xxix.
provided by the following persons and institutions. Dartnall, A.J., 1970, A new species of Marginaster
Dr Frank Rowe offered encouragement and help- (Asteroidea, Poraniidae) from Tasmania. Proceed-
ful advice with the manuscript, and assisted with ings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
access to the materials of the Australian Museum. 94(3): 207-211, figs 1, 2, tbls 1, 2, pl. xiii.
poA Р. M. O'LOUGHLIN AND T. D. O'HARA
Dartnall, A.J., 1972. A brooding echinoid from Tasma- Records of the South Australian Museum 15(4):
nia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New 729-756, 1 fig, 6 tbls.
South Wales 97(1): 30-34, figs 1-3. Sladen, W.P., 1889. Asteroidea. Report of the Scientific
Fisher, W.K., 1923. A preliminary synopsis of the Asteri- Results of the Voyage of HMS “Challenger”, 1873-
idae, a family of sea-stars. Annals and Magazine of 76. Zoology 30: xlii + 893, 117 pls.
Natural History, Ser. 9, 12: 247-258, 595-607. Verrill, A.E., 1914. Monograph of the shallow-water
Fisher, W.K., 1930. Asteroidea of the North Pacific and starfishes of the North Pacific coast, from the Arctic
adjacent waters. Part 3. Forcipulata. Bulletin of the ocean to California, with revisions of various extra-
United States National Museum 76: 1-356, 93 pls. limital genera and species. Smithsonian Institute,
Fisher, W.K., 1940. Asteroidea. Discovery Report 20: Harriman Alaska Series 14: 408 pp, 110 pls.
69-305, 23 pls. Zeidler, W. and Shepherd, S.A., 1982. Sea-stars (Class
Gray, J.E., 1840. A synopsis of the genera and species Asteroidea). Pp. 400-418, figs 10:3-9, pl. 30:2 in
of the class Hypostoma (Asterias Linnaeus). Annals Shepherd, S.A. and Thomas, I.M. (eds) Marine
and Magazine of Natural History Ser. 1, 6: 175-184, invertebrates of southern Australia. Part 1. Adelaide:
275-290. Government Printer.
Hickman, V.V., 1962. Tasmanian sea-cucumbers
(Holothuroidea). Papers and Proceedings of the Explanation of Plate
Royal Society of Tasmania 96: 49-72, 186 figs, 2 pls.
Keough, M.J. and Dartnall, A.J., 1978. A new species Plate 1
of viviparous asterinid asteroid from Eyre Peninsula,
Figures a, b. Smilasterias multipara sp. nov.
South Australia. Records of the South Australian
Holotype, NMV F53036, R = 30 mm. a, abac-
Museum 17(28): 407-416, figs 1-7, tbls 1, 2.
Lütken, C.F., 1857. Oversigt over Groenland Echinoder- tinal view, R.H. ray cleared. b, actinal view.
mata. Videnskabelgie Meddelelser fra Dansk Figures c, d. Smilasterias tasmaniae sp. nov.
naturhistorisk Forening i Kobenhavn 1857: 1-109, Holotype, AM J11395, R — 19 mm. c, abacti-
| pl. nal view, top ray cleared. d, actinal view.
Marine Research Group of Victoria, 1984. Coastal inver- Figure e. S. tasmaniae Paratype, ММУ F54579,
tebrates of Victoria. An atlas of selected species. R — 17 mm, abactinal view.
Marine Research Group in Association with the Figures f, g. Smilasterias clarkailsa sp. nov.
Museum of Victoria: Melbourne. 168 pp, 13 figs, 1
Holotype, NMV F53754, R = 35 mm. f, abac-
tbl.
tinal view. g, actinal view.
Rowe, F.W.E. and Vail, L.L., 1982. The distribution of
Tasmanian echinoderms in relation to southern Aus- Figure h. Smilasterias irregularis H. L. Clark
tralian biogeographic provinces. Pp. 219-225 in NMV F53038, R = 40 mm, lateral view of
Lawrence J.M. (ed.), Echinoderms: Proceedings of cleared ray.
the International Conference, Tampa Bay. Rotter- Figures i, j. Smilasterias scalprifera (Sladen) AM
dam: Balkema. J18138, R = 82 mm. i, abactinal view, R.H.
Shepherd, S.A., 1968. The shallow water echinoderm rays partly cleared. j, abactinal view of part of
fauna of South Australia, Part 1. The asteroids.
disc and bases of cleared rays.
REVIEW OF SMILASTERIAS (ECHINODERMATA)
Р у.
ч PAST EH i "
7 зь» ` thie
Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 325-336 (1990)
ISSN 0814-1827
NEW PSEUDOSCORPIONS OF THE GENERA AMERICHERNES MUCHM

ORE AND
CORDYLOCHERNES BEIER FROM AUSTRALIA (PSEUDOSCORPIONIDA
:
CHERNETIDAE)
By MARK S. HARVEY
Department of Invertebrate Survey, Museum of Victoria,
71 Victoria Crescent, Abbotsford, Victoria 3067, Australia
Present address; Western Australian Museum,
Francis Street, Perth, W.A. 6000, Australia
Abstract
Harvey, M.S., 1990. New pseudoscorpions of the genera Americhernes Muchmore
and
Cordylochernes Beier from Australia (Pseudoscorpionida: Chernetidae). Memoirs of the
Museum of Victoria 50(2): 325-336.
Six new Australian chernetids, Americhernes muchmorei, A. orestes, A. mahnerti, A.
paluma (all from Queensland), A. neboissi (Victoria) and Cordylochernes dingo (Western
Australia), are described. Lamprochernes kanaka Chamberlin and L. samoanus Chamberlin
are transferred to the genus Americhernes. A key to the Australian species of Americhernes is
presented.
Introduction Diagnosis. Leg IV with 4 tactile setae: 1 distally

The Chernetidae is by far the largest pseudo- on telofemur; 2 on tibia, 1 medially and 1 dis-
scorpion family with over 500 named species. tally; and 1 sub-proximally on tarsus. Trichobo-
Although only 20 species have been described to thrium it farther from finger tip than the dis-
date from Australia (excluding the island terri- tance between isb and ist. Females with sperma-
tories, Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island) thecae consisting of 2 separate curved tubes,
(Harvey, 1985), many undescribed species are terminating in cylindrical sacs. Carapace with 1
represented in museum collections (Harvey, furrow.
unpublished observations). This paper deals
with six unusual new species that represent the
first known records of the genera Americhernes Remarks. Although the species described below
Muchmore and Cordylochernes Beier from Aus- are the first reported species of Americhernes
tralia. outside of the Americas, two Pacific species pre-
Specimens are lodged in the following insti- viously described in the genus Lamprochernes
tutions: Australian National Insect Collection, Tómósváry, L. kanaka Chamberlin (1939)
CSIRO, Canberra (ANIC), Museum of Victoria, (Marquesas Islands) and L. samoanus Chamber-
Melbourne (NMV), Queensland Museum, Bris- lin (1938) (Samoa), appear to belong to this
bane (QM), and Staatliches Museum für Natur- genus: Americhernes kanaka (Chamberlin),
kunde, Stuttgart (SMNS). Many specimens are comb. nov., A. samoanus (Chamberlin), comb.
mounted on microscope slides in Euparal. nov.
Chernetidae Each of the species described below is cur-
rently known from only single specimens, de-
Americhernes Muchmore spite the large number of chernetids that I have
Americhernes Muchmore, 1976: 151. (Type species examined from all major Australian collections.
Chelifer oblongus Say, 1821, by original desig- The known Australian species of the genus may
nation.) be distinguished with the following key.
Key to Australian species of Americhernes

Cheliceral hand with 5 setae (sbs ргеѕепі) ....................... 2
Cheliceral hand with 4 setae (sbs absent)
Pedipalpal tibia smooth ..... ;
PRG Pedipalpal tibia finely granulate medially
325
326 M. S. HARVEY
3 Movable chelal finger approximately same length as chelal hand; pedi-

palpal femur smooth......... A. orestes
— Movable chelal finger much shorter than chelal hand; pedipalpal femur
finely granulate antero-laterally ....................... A. mahnerti
4 Interno-lateral margin of chelal hand finely granulate ..... A. neboissi
— Interno-lateral margin of chelal hand smooth ............ A. paluma
Americhernes muchmorei sp. nov. Diagnosis. Cheliceral seta sbs present. Chela
(with pedicel) 0.84 mm (4) in length, 2.80 (8) x
Figures 1-5
longer than broad. Pedipalps with fine granu-
lations on antero-lateral surface of femur and
Type material. Holotype male, 1.5 km W of Cape medial surface of tibia; chelal hand virtually
Tribulation (site 3), 16°05’S, 145°28’E, Queensland,
smooth. Movable chelal finger with 4 trichobo-
150 m, rainforest, sieved litter, berlesate no. 458, 7 Oct
1982, Monteith, Yeates and Thompson (QM
thria.
S6098). Description. Male: Colour yellow-brown, pedi-
Figures 1—5. Americhernes muchmorei sp. nov. Holotype male: fig. 1, right pedipalp;
fig. 2, left chela; fig. 3, galea;
fig. 4, left leg IV; fig. 5, genital opercula. Scale line = 0.1 mm (figs 1, 2, 4), 0.025
mm (figs 3, 5).
NEW CHERNETIDAE 327
palps and carapace slightly darker. Derm gener- combination of characters: cheliceral seta sbs
ally smooth and glossy, that of pedipalps with present, chelal hand smooth or virtually so, and
fine granulations on postero-dorsal surface of pedipalpal femur and tibia partially granulate. It
trochanter, antero-lateral surface of femur, and may be distinguished as follows: from A. puerto-
medial surface of tibia; chela virtually smooth, ricensis Muchmore by its larger size [pedipalpal
with 5—6 small granulations. Pleural membrane femur length ofA.muchmorei 0.54 mm (4), ofA.
longitudinally striate. Pedipalps (Fig. 1): tro- puertoricensis 0.35-0.38 mm (9); from A.
chanter with dorsal protuberance, 1.88 x, femur bethaniae Mahnert by its smaller size [pedipal-
distinctly pedicellate, 2.45 x, tibia 2.17 x, chela pal femur length of A. bethaniae 0.61-0.64 mm
(with pedicel) 2.80 x, chela (without pedicel) (8), 0.68-0.75 mm (9)]; and from A. andinus
2.60 x, hand 1.47 x longer than broad. Fixed (Beier) and A. perproximus (Beier) in possessing
chelal finger with 8 trichobothria, movable a much stouter chelal hand [hand ratio of 4.
chelal finger with 4 trichobothria (Fig. 2); it adja- andinus 1.8 x (9), ofA.perproximus 1.7—1.8 x, of
cent to ist, est opposite it. Venom apparatus pre- A. muchmorei 1.47 x (8)].
sent in movable finger with nodus ramosus
midway between sf and /. Fixed finger with 27 Americhernes orestes sp. nov.
marginal teeth, plus 7 external and 3 internal
accessory teeth; movable finger with 33 margi- Figures 6-11
nal teeth, plus 2 external and 2 internal accessory Type material. Holotype female, Thornton Peak via
teeth. Several sense spots present basally on both Daintree, Queensland, 1000-1300 m, 20-22 Sep
faces of fixed finger. Chelicera with 5 setae on 1981, G.B. Monteith and D.C. (QM 86099).
hand, es, sbs and bs terminally denticulate; ser-
Diagnosis. Cheliceral seta sbs present. Chela
rula exterior with 16 lamellae; galea (Fig. 3) with
(with pedicel) 0.70 mm (9) in length, 2.92 (9) x
several rami. Carapace with 7 setae on posterior
longer than broad. Pedipalps smooth. Movable
margin, 1.22 x longer than broad; | pair of eye
chelal finger with 4 trichobothria.
spots present; single, median transverse furrow
present. Tergites II-IX imperfectly divided; Description. Female: Colour yellow-brown,
sternites IV-VIII divided, sternite IX imper- pedipalps and carapace slightly darker. Derm
fectly divided. Tergal chaetotaxy: 10: 10: 12: 11: generally smooth and glossy, that of pedipalps
14: 12: 13: 13: 14: 14: 10: 2. Sternal chaetotaxy: smooth. Pleural membrane longitudinally
23: (3)8[5](3): (1)8(1): 17: 16: 15: 16: 15: 13: 8: 2. striate. Pedipalps (Fig. 6): trochanter with dorsal
Tergite XI and sternite XI with several tactile protuberance, 1.92 x, femur distinctly pedicel-
setae. Genital opercula (Fig. 5) with many large late, 2.42 x, tibia 2.35 x, chela (with pedicel) 2.92
setae; anterior operculum with 1 pair of slit sen- x, chela (without pedicel) 2.75 x, hand 1.42 x
silla. Genitalia not unusual. Leg IV (Fig. 4): longer than broad. Fixed chelal finger with 8 tri-
femur 2.81 x longer than broad; with 4 tactile chobothria, movable chelal finger with 4 tricho-
setae: 1 distally on telofemur; 2 on tibia, 1 sub- bothria (Fig. 7); it adjacent to ist, est opposite it.
medially and 1 distally; and 1 sub-proximally on Venom apparatus present in movable finger
tarsus, TS = 0.33. All tarsi with a proximal slit with nodus ramosus midway between st and /.
sensillum. Claws simple. Fixed finger with 25 marginal teeth, plus 3 exter-
Dimensions (mm): body length 2.7. Pedi- nal and 1 internal accessory teeth; movable fin-
palps: trochanter 0.30/0.16, femur 0.54/0.22, ger with 30 marginal teeth, plus 4 external and 1
tibia 0.52/0.24, chela (with pedicel) 0.84/0.30, internal accessory teeth. Several sense spots pre-
chela (without pedicel) 0.78, movable finger sent basally on both faces of fixed finger. Cheli-
length 0.38, hand length 0.44. Chelicera 0.20/?, cera with 5 setae on hand, es, sbs and bs termi-
movable finger length 0.14. Carapace 0.56/0.46. nally denticulate; serrula exterior with 16 lamel-
Leg I: entire femur 0.34/0.12, tibia 0.24/0.08, lae; galea (Fig. 8) with several rami. Carapace
tarsus 0.19/0.05. Leg IV: entire femur 0.45/0.16, with 8 setae on posterior margin, 0.98 x longer
tibia 0.35/0.10, tarsus 0.24/0.06, distance of tar- than broad; 1 pair of eye spots present; single,
sal tactile seta from proximal margin 0.08. median transverse furrow present. Tergites I-X
and sternites IV-IX imperfectly divided. Tergal
Etymology. This species is named for Dr W.B.
chaetotaxy: 8: 10: 11: 16: 14: 17: 17: 16: 16: 10:
Muchmore who described the genus Ameri-
15: 2. Sternal chaetotaxy: 13: (3)7(3): (1)6(1): 15:
chernes.
15: 17: 19: 18: 16: 11: 2. Tergites X-XI and ster-
Remarks. Americhernes muchmorei shares with nite XI with several tactile setae. Genital oper-
four other species of the genus the following cula (Fig. 11) with few large setae; 1 pair of slit
328 M. S. HARVEY
Figures 6-11. Americhernes orestes sp. nov. Holotype female: fig. 6, right pedipalp; fig. 7, left chela; fig. 8, galea;
fig. 9, spermathecae; fig. 10, right leg IV; fig. 11, genital opercula. Scale line = 0.1 mm (figs 6, 7, 10), 0.025 mm,
(figs 8, 9, 11).
sensilla on anterior operculum situated close to 0.20/0.07, tarsus 0.18/0.05. Leg IV: entire femur
central patch of setae. Spermathecae (Fig. 9) 0.38/0.13, tibia 0.28/0.08, tarsus 0.21/0.04, dis-
consisting of two elongate tubes with cylindrical tance oftarsal tactile seta from proximal margin
terminal sacs (although Fig. 9 depicts somewhat 0.06.
circular terminal sacs, this is due to the sperma-
thecae lying at an unusual angle). Leg IV (Fig. Etymology. The specific epithet refers to the
10): femur 2.92 x longer than broad; with 4 tac- presence of this species on one of Queensland's
tallest mountains (orestes, Greek, mountai-
tile setae: 1 distally on telofemur; 2 on tibia, 1
neer).
sub-medially and 1 distally; and 1 sub-proxi-
mally on tarsus, TS = 0.29. All tarsi with a prox- Remarks. The only other Americhernes species
imal slit sensillum. Claws simple. with completely smooth pedipalpal segments
Dimensions (mm): body length 1.6. Pedi- are A. chilensis (Beier) and A. plaumanni (Beier),
palps: trochanter 0.25/0.13, femur 0.42/0.16, both from South America. Americhernes orestes
tibia 0.40/0.17, chela (with pedicel) 0.70/0.24, is much smaller than A. chilensis [pedipalpal
chela (without pedicel) 0.66, movable finger femur length ofA. orestes 0.42 mm (9), ofA. chi-
length 0.33, hand length 0.34. Chelicera lensis 0.72 mm (8)], and the chelal hand is more
0.19/0.10, movable finger length 0.15. Carapace slender in A. plaumanni [hand ratio 1.9 x (8), 1.7
0.45/0.46. Leg I: entire femur 0.27/0.10, tibia X (9) in A. plaumanni, 1.42 x (9) in A. orestes].
NEW CHERNETIDAE 329
This species is very similar to A. mahnerti, and Description. Female: Colour yellow-brown,
may be distinguished as discussed below. pedipalps and carapace slightly darker. Derm
generally smooth and glossy, that of pedipalps
Americhernes mahnerti sp. nov. smooth, except for antero-lateral margin of
Figures 12-17 femur, which is granulate. Pleural membrane
longitudinally striate. Pedipalps (Fig. 12): tro-
Type material. Holotype female, Mt Finnigan, 1050
chanter with dorsal protuberance, 1.39 x, femur
m, 37 km S of Cooktown, Queensland, rainforest pit-
fall traps, 19-22 Apr 1982, Monteith, Yeates and
distinctly pedicellate, 2.61 x, tibia 2.00 x, chela
Cook (QM, S6100). (with pedicel) 2.50 x, chela (without pedicel)
2.27 x, hand 1.37 x longer than broad. Fixed
Diagnosis. Cheliceral seta sbs present. Chela chelal finger with 8 trichobothria, movable
(with pedicel) 0.75 mm (9) in length, 2.50 (9) x chelal finger with 4 trichobothria (Fig. 13); it
longer than broad. Pedipalpal femur granulate adjacent to ist, est opposite if. Venom apparatus
antero-laterally; tibia and chela smooth. present in movable finger with nodus ramosus
Movable chelal finger with 4 trichobothria. midway between st and f. Fixed finger with 26
Figures 12-17. Americhernes mahnerti sp. nov. Holotype female: fig. 12, left pedipalp; fig. 13, right chela; fig. 14,
lines = 0.1 mm.
left leg IV; fig. 15, galea; fig. 16, spermathecae; fig. 17, genital opercula. Scale
330 M. S. HARVEY
marginal teeth, plus 4 external and 2 internal longer than broad. Pedipalps with fine granu-
accessory teeth; movable finger with 24 margi- lations on antero-lateral surface of femur;
nal teeth, plus 3 external and | internal accessory medial surfaces of tibia and chelal hand smooth.
teeth. Several sense spots present basally on both Movable chelal finger with 4 trichobothria.
faces of fixed finger. Chelicera with 5 setae on
hand, es, sbs and bs terminally denticulate; ser- Description. Female: Colour yellow-brown,
rula exterior with 17 lamellae; galea (Fig. 15) pedipalps and carapace slightly darker. Derm
with several rami. Carapace with 8 setae on pos- generally smooth and glossy, that of pedipalps
terior margin, 1.15 x longer than broad; | pair of with fine granulations on postero-dorsal surface
eye spots present; single, median transverse of trochanter and antero-lateral surface of
furrow present. Tergites II-IX and sternites IV- femur, other pedipalpal segments smooth. Pleu-
IX imperfectly divided. Tergal chaetotaxy: 10: ral membrane longitudinally striate. Pedipalps
11: 12: 13: 11: 16: 18: 16: 16: 14: 11: 2. Sternal (Fig. 18): trochanter with dorsal protuberance,
chaetotaxy: 16: (2)8(2): (1)6(1): 13: 15: 16: 18: 1.82 x, femur distinctly pedicellate, 2.57 x, tibia
16:16: 12: 2. Tergites X-XI and sternite XI with 2.13 x, chela (with pedicel) 3.07 x, chela
several tactile setae. Genital opercula (Fig. 17) (without pedicel) 2.91 x, hand 1.51 x longer than
with no large setae; | pair of slit sensilla on anter- broad. Fixed chelal finger with 8 trichobothria,
ior operculum situated close to central patch of movable chelal finger with 4 trichobothria (Fig.
setae. Spermathecae (Fig. 16) consisting of two 19); it adjacent to ist, est opposite it. Venom
elongate tubes with cylindrical terminal sacs. apparatus present in movable finger with nodus
Leg IV (Fig. 14): femur 2.93 xlonger than broad; ramosus midway between st and t. Fixed finger
with 4 tactile setae: 1 distally on telofemur; 2 on with 31 marginal teeth, plus 5 external and 2
tibia, 1 sub-medially and 1 distally; and 1 sub- internal accessory teeth; movable finger with 36
proximally on tarsus, TS = 0.25. All tarsi with a marginal teeth, plus 3 external and 1 internal
proximal slit sensillum. Claws simple. accessory teeth. Several sense spots present
Dimensions (mm): body length 2.1. Pedi- basally on external face of movable finger and on
palps: trochanter 0.25/0.18, femur 0.47/0.18, both faces of fixed finger. Chelicera with 4 setae
tibia 0.42/0.21, chela (with pedicel) 0.75/0.30, on hand, sbs absent, es terminally denticulate, bs
chela (without pedicel) 0.68, movable finger broken, but probably denticulate; serrula exter-
length 0.33, hand length 0.41. Chelicera 0.20/?, ior with 17 lamellae; galea (Fig. 20) with several
movable finger length 0.13. Carapace 0.54/0.47. rami. Carapace with 6 setae on posterior margin,
Leg I: entire femur 0.30/0.10, tibia 0.21/0.07, 1.02 x longer than broad; 1 pair of eye spots pre-
tarsus 0.23/0.05. Leg IV: entire femur 0.41/0.14, sent; single, median transverse furrow present.
tibia 0.30/0.09, tarsus 0.24/0.07, distance of tar- Tergites П-ІХ and sternites IV-IX imperfectly
sal tactile seta from proximal margin 0.06. divided. Tergal chaetotaxy: 11: 10: 11: 13: 14:
Etymology. This species is named for Dr V, 17: 16: 16: 16: 17: 12: 2. Sternal chaetotaxy: 17:
(2)9(3): (1)7(1): 15: 16: 19: 18: 18: 19: 12: 2. Ter-
Mahnert, in recognition of his work on pseudo-
scorpions. gite XI and sternite XI with several tactile setae.
Genital opercula (Fig. 23) with few large setae; 1
Remarks. Americhernes mahnerti is quite simi- pair of slit sensilla on anterior operculum situ-
lar to A. orestes, but differs in the fine granula- ated close to central patch of setae. Sperma-
tions on the antero-lateral margin of the pedipal- thecae (Fig. 21) consisting of two elongate tubes
pal femur, and in the relative lengths of the with cylindrical terminal sacs. Leg IV (Fig. 22):
chelal hand and chelal fingers. These two species femur 2.44 x longer than broad; with 4 tactile
are also geographically related as they occur on setae: 1 distally on telofemur; 2 on tibia, 1 sub-
mountains in northern Queensland that are only medially and 1 distally; and 1 sub-proximally on
38 km apart. tarsus, TS = 0.30. All tarsi with a proximal slit
sensillum. Claws simple.
Americhernes paluma sp. nov. Dimensions (mm): body length 2.5. Pedi-
Figures 18-23 palps: trochanter 0.31/0.17, femur 0.54/0.21,
tibia 0.49/0.23, chela (with pedicel) 0.86/0.28,
Type material. Holotype female, Black Friar’s Parish, chela (without pedicel) 0.83, movable finger
Paluma, Queensland, in litter or on bird, 10 Oct 1982,
length 0.40, hand length 0.43. Chelicera
B. King (ANIC Type No. 10020).
0.18/0.11, movable finger length 0.13. Carapace
Diagnosis. Cheliceral seta sbs absent. Chela 0.59/0.58. Leg I: entire femur 0.31/0.11, tibia
(with pedicel) 0.86 mm (9) in length, 3.07 (9) x 0.23/0.08, tarsus 0.18/0.05. Leg IV: entire femur
NEW CHERNETIDAE 331
20
4~Ne
KO a
23
eri Aes
Figures 18-23. Americhernes paluma sp. nov. Holotype female: fig. 18, left pedipalp; fig. 19, right chela; fig. 20,
| galea; fig. 21, spermathecae; fig. 22, left leg IV; fig. 23, genital opercula. Scale line = 0.1 mm (figs 18, 19, 22), 0.025
mm (figs 20, 21, 33).
! 0.44/0.18, tibia 0.32/0.11, tarsus 0.23/0.07, dis- reductus and A. paluma); and A. paluma differs
| tance of tarsal tactile seta from proximal margin from A. reductus by the smooth medial margin of
! 0.07. the pedipalpal tibia (finely granulate in A. reduc-
tus).
Etymology. The specific epithet is a noun in
apposition taken from the type locality.
Americhernes neboissi sp. nov.
Remarks. Only two other species of the genus
Americhernes lack cheliceral seta sbs: A. reductus Figures 24-26
Muchmore (from Florida, USA and Belize) and Type material. Holotype male, west branch of King
A. neboissi sp. nov. They differ as follows: A. River, 10km NE of Tolmie, Victoria, attached to leg of
neboissi differs by the finely granulate interno- $ Cheumatopsyche sp. (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae),
lateral margin of the chelal hand (smooth in A. 2 Feb 1984, A. Neboiss (NMV K252).
332 M. S. HARVEY
Figures 24-26. Americhernes neboissi sp. nov. Holotype male: fig. 24, left chela; fig. 25, right pedipalp; fig. 26,
genital opercula. Scale line = 0.1 mm (figs. 24, 25), 0.025 mm (fig. 26).
Diagnosis. Cheliceral seta sbs absent. Chela with 22 marginal teeth, plus 2 external accessory
(with pedicel) 0.67 mm (4) in length, 2.39 x teeth. Several sense spots present basally on
longer than broad. Pedipalps with fine granula- external face of movable finger and on both faces
tions on interno-lateral surface of chela at base of fixed finger. Chelicera with 4 setae on hand,
of fingers; medial surfaces of femur and tibia sbs absent, es and bs terminally denticulate; ser-
smooth. Movable chelal finger with 2 trichobo- rula exterior with 15-16 lamellae; galeae broken.
thria. Carapace with 6 setae on posterior margin, 1.04
x longer than broad; 1 pair of eye spots present;
Description. Male: Colour yellow-brown, pedi- single, medial transverse furrow present. Ter-
palps and carapace slightly darker. Derm gites III-X and sternites IV-X imperfectly div-
smooth and glossy, that of pedipalps with course ided. Tergal chaetotaxy: 8: 9: 8: 9: 10: 10: 10: 12:
granulations on postero-dorsal surface of tro- 12: 13: 12: 2. Sternal chaetotaxy: 25: (3)11[6](3):
chanter and interno-lateral surface of chela at (1)6(0 13: 2162152 17s 152 10:2: Merpsite a
base of fingers, other pedipalpal segments and sternite XI with several tactile setae. Genital
smooth. Pleural membrane longitudinally opercula (Fig. 26) with several pairs of large
striate. Pedipalps (Fig. 25): trochanter with dor- setae; anterior operculum with | pair of slit sen-
sal protuberance, 1.86 x, femur distinctly pedi- sillae, posterior operculum with 2 pairs of slit
cellate, 2.16 x, tibia 1.86 x, chela (with pedicel) sensillae. Genitalia not unusual. Leg IV: femur
2.39 x, chela (without pedicel) 2.29 x, hand 1.29 2.40 x longer than broad; with 4 tactile setae: 1
x longer than broad. Fixed chelal finger with 8 distally on telofemur; 2 on tibia, 1 sub-medially
trichobothria, movable chelal finger with 2 tri- and 1 distally; and 1 sub-proximally on tarsus,
chobothria (Fig. 24); it adjacent to ist, est oppo- TS = 0.25. All tarsi with a proximal slit sensil-
site i. Venom apparatus present in movable lum. Claws simple.
finger with nodus ramosus proximal to /. Fixed Dimensions (mm): body length 1.6. Pedi-
finger with 25 marginal teeth, plus 2 external palps: trochanter 0.26/0.14, femur 0.41/0.19,
and | internal accessory teeth; movable finger tibia 0.39/0.21, chela (with pedicel) 0.67/0.28,
NEW CHERNETIDAE 333
chela (without pedicel) 0.645, movable finger 14°35’S, 125°45’E, under bark of Eucalyptus sp., 10
length 0.30, hand length 0.36. Chelicera May 1983, D.C.F, Rentz and J. Balderson (ANIC Туре
0.20/0.10, movable finger length 0.15. Carapace No. 10024).
0.49/0.47. Leg I: entire femur 0.25/0.10, tibia Paratypes: 1 male, 1 female, 12 tritonymphs, 2 deu-
0.18/0.07, tarsus 0.17/0.06. Leg IV: entire femur tonymphs, Frog Hollow Creek, 135 km N of Halls
Creek, Kimberley Plateau, Western Australia, no date,
0.36/0.15, tibia 0.26/0.09, tarsus 0.20/0.07, dis- M. Baehr (SMNS 2013). 1 male, 2 tritonymphs, Dales
tance of tarsal tactile seta from proximal margin Gorge, 70 km SE of Wittenoom, Hamersley Range,
0.05. Western Australia, 30 Nov 1984, M. Baehr (SMNS
Etymology. This species is named for Arturs 2016).
Neboiss, collector of the holotype. Diagnosis. Trichobothrium її closer to ist than to
tip of fixed chelal finger.
Remarks. See the discussion under Ameri-
chernes paluma for characters which distinguish Description. Adults: Colour generally yellow-
this species from others of the genus. Although brown, pedipalps and anterior portion of cara-
the holotype of 4. neboissi possesses only two pace dark red-brown. Derm not particularly
trichobothria on the movable chelal finger, this shiny; carapace finely granulate, pedipalps with
may not be characteristic of the species; fine granulations on posterior margin of tro-
Mahnert (1979) reported extreme variation in chanter and antero-lateral surface of femur.
the number of such trichobothria in A. incertus Pleural membrane longitudinally striate. Pedi-
Mahnert from Brazil. palps (Fig. 27): trochanter with dorsal protuber-
ance, 1.39-1.63 (8), 1.62 (9) x, femur abruptly
Cordylochernes Beier pedicellate, 1.99-2.20 (8), 2.09 (9) x, tibia with
Cordylochernes Beier, 1932a: 265; Beier, 1932b: 99. medio-dorsal protuberance surmounted by
(Type species Chelifer macrochelatus 'Tómósváry, setae slightly longer than usual, pedicel not quite
1884, a junior subjective synonym of Acarus scor- as narrow as in most other species, 1.85-1.95 (8),
pioides Linnaeus, 1758, by original designation). 1.59 (9) x, chela (with pedicel) 2.42-2.45 (8),
Diagnosis. Leg IV with 4 tactile setae: 1 distally 3.89 (9) x, chela (without pedicel) 2.23-2.29 (8),
on telofemur; 2 on tibia, 1 medially and 1 dis- 3.62 (9) x, hand 1.26-1.28 (8), 1.85 (9) x longer
tally; and 1 sub-proximally on tarsus. Trichobo- than broad. Fixed chelal finger with 8 trichobo-
thrium it closer to finger tip than the distance thria, movable chelal finger with 4 trichobothria
between isb and ist in most species (in C. dingo it (Fig. 28); it closer to ist than to tip of finger, est
is farther to finger tip than the distance between slightly distal to level of it. Venom apparatus
isb and ist). Females with spermathecae consist- present in movable finger with nodus ramosus
ing of 2 separate tubes terminating in inflated slightly proximal to ¢ Fixed finger with
sacs. Males with medio-dorsal protuberance on numerous marginal teeth, plus 16 external and 4
pedipalpal tibia. Carapace with 1 furrow. internal accessory teeth; movable finger with
numerous marginal teeth, plus 18 external and 5
Remarks. The genus Cordylochernes contains internal accessory teeth. Sense spots present on
eight presently recognized species from central both chelal fingers. Chelicera with 5 (occasion-
and South America, and one species, C. octen- ally 6) setae on hand, sbs, b and es terminally
toctus (Balzan), apparently from South Africa denticulate; serrula exterior with 28-30 (ê, 9)
(see Vachon, 1942), but the only known speci- lamellae; galea of male (Fig. 32) terminally tri-
men is probably mislabelled (W.B. Muchmore, furcate, of female with 6-7 rami, but these
pers. comm.). Cordylochernes dingo is the only broken. Carapace with 14-15 (8), 20 (9) setae on
species of the genus in which chelal trichobo- posterior margin, 1.25-1.27 (8), 1.14 (2) x longer
thrium it is situated closer to ist than to the tip of than broad; | pair of eye spots; single, median
the fixed finger, but I do not feel that generic transverse furrow. Tergites III-X and sternites
status is warranted until a review of those New IV-IX imperfectly divided. Tergal chaetotaxy:
World ‘“‘Lustrochernes-like” chernetids with a à, 21: 20-23: 20-26: 31-33: 34-38: 40: 42-45:
protuberance on the pedipalpal tibia (e.g. Cordy- 42: 38-51: 40-42: 36: 2; 9, 36: 32: 28: 37: 45: 54:
lochernes spp., Odontochernes spp.) is com- 57: 59; 60: 56: ?: 2. Sternal chaetotaxy: à, 31—33:
pleted. (6)14—15[9](6): (4)9—10(3): 26-31: 28-30: 34-
37: 34-40: 35-42: 38-42: 24: 2; 9, 40: (6)17(6):
Cordylochernes dingo sp. nov.
(3)10(4): 40: 55: 57: 60: 57: 58: ?: 2. Tergites IX-
Figures 27-35 XI and sternites X-XI with several tactile setae.
Genital opercula of male (Fig. 34) with several
Type material. Holotype male, Lone Dingo, 11 km SW
of Walsh Point, Admiralty Gulf, Western Australia, pairs of large setae; | pair of slit sensilla on anter-
334 M. S. HARVEY
29
| 33
Ea
Figures 27-33. Cordylochernes dingo sp. nov. Holotype male unless stated otherwise: fig. 27, left pedipalp; fig. 28,
right chela; fig. 29, left chela, tritonymph paratype from Frog Hollow Creek; fig. 30, left chela, deutonymph
paratype from Frog Hollow Creek; fig. 31, left leg IV; fig. 32, galea; fig. 33, spermathecae, female paratype. Scale
line = 0.5 mm (figs 27-31), 0.005 mm (fig. 32), 0.1 mm (fig. 33).
ior operculum, smaller sensillae present on pos- TS = 0.36 (8, 9). All tarsi with a proximal slit
terior operculum; opercula of female (Fig. 35) sensillum. Claws simple.
without large setae, slit sensillae much as in Dimensions (mm): body length 5.1-5.7 (5.5).
male. Male genitalia not unusual; female geni- Pedipalps: trochanter 0.76-0.80/0.49-0.55
talia with spermathecae (Fig. 33) consisting of 2 (0.81/0.50), femur 1.37-1.41/0.61-0.69
separate slender tubes terminating in inflated (1.42/0.68), tibia 1.23-1.35/0.63-0.73
sacs. Leg IV (Fig. 31): femur 2.34-2.59 (6), 2.75 (1.10/0.69), chela (with pedicel) 2.07-
(9) x longer than broad; with 4 tactile setae: 1 2.35/0.84—0.97 (2.57/0.66), chela (without pedi-
distally on telofemur; 2 on tibia, 1 sub-medially cel) 1.94-2.16 (2.39), movable finger length
and 1 distally; and 1 sub-proximally on tarsus, 0.90-1.08 (1.21), hand length 1.08-1.22 (1.22).
NEW CHERNETIDAE 335
35
— Бн 0 [S
Figures 34-35. Cordylochernes dingo sp. nov. Genital opercula: fig. 34, holotype male; fig. 35, paratype female.
Scale lines = 0.1 mm.
Chelicera 0.45-0.53/0.20-0.23 (0.55/0.26), tance of tarsal tactile seta from proximal margin
movable finger length 0.36-0.42 (0.44). Cara- 0.21 (0.24).
pace 1.41-1.54/1.11-1.23 (1.59/1.40). Leg I: Tritonymphs: Colour paler than adults. Pedi-
entire femur 0.82-0.92/0.35-0.39 (0.94/0.40), palp: trochanter 1.63-1.65 x, femur 2.00-2.02
tibia 0.59-0.64/0.23-0.26 (0.68/0.26), tarsus x, tibia 1.86-1.95 x, chela (with pedicel) 2.64-
0.44—0.47/0.15—0.16 (0.54/0.17). Leg IV: entire 2.68 x, chela (without pedicel) 2.44-2.50 x, hand
femur 1.27/0.49 (1.54/0.56), tibia 0.91/0.16 1.43-1.45 x longer than broad. Fixed chelal fin-
(1.03/0.30), tarsus 0.57/0.19 (0.66/0.22), dis- ger with 7 trichobothria, movable chelal finger
336 M. S. HARVEY
with 3 trichobothria (Fig. 29): ist and sb absent. kindly provided the specimens that formed the
Carapace 1.27-1.30 x longer than broad. basis for this project which was partly supported |
Dimensions (mm): Body length 5.2-5.4. Pedi- by an Australian Biological Resources Study
palps: trochanter 0.51-0.52/0.31-0.32, femur grant.
0.84-0.85/0.42, tibia 0.80—0.84/0.43, chela
(with pedicel) 1.45-1.50/0.55-0.56, chela
(without pedicel) 1.34-1.40, hand length 0.80, References
movable finger length 0.67. Carapace 1.08-
1.09/0.83-0.86.
Beier, M., 1932a. Zur Kenntnis der Lamprocherneti-
Deutonymphs: Colour paler than adults. Pedi- nae (Pseudoscorpionidez'. Zoolovischer Anzeiger
palp: trochanter 1.70-1.73 x, femur 2.11-2.12 97: 258-267.
x, tibia 1.80-1.89 x, chela (with pedicel) 2.76- Beier, M., 1932b. Pseudoscorpionidea II. Subord.
2.80 x, chela (without pedicel) 2.63 x, hand C. Cheliferinea. Das Tierreich 58: i-xxi, 1-294.
1.42-1.49 x longer than broad. Fixed chelal fin- Chamberlin, J.C., 1938. New and little-known false-
ger with 6 trichobothria, movable chelal finger scorpions from the Pacific and elsewhere. Annals
with 2 trichobothria (Fig. 30): esb, isb, st and sb and Magazine of Natural History (11) 2:
absent. Carapace 1.45 x longer than broad. 259-285.
Chamberlin, J.C., 1939, New and little-known false
Dimensions (mm): Body length 3.7-3.8. Pedi-
scorpions from the Marquesas Islands. Bulletin of
palps: trochanter 0.34—0.38/0.20-0.22, femur
the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 142: 207-215.
0.53-0.59/0.25-0.28, tibia 0.51-0.54/0.27- Harvey, M.S., 1985. Pseudoscorpionida. Pp 126-155
0.30, chela (with pedicel) 0.98—1.05/0.35—0.38, in: Walton, D.W. (ed.) Zoological Catalogue of
chela (without pedicel) 0.92-1.00, hand length Australia, vol. 3. Australian Government Publish-
0.52-0.54, movable finger length 0.47-0.51. ing Service: Canberra.
Carapace 0.77/0.53. Linnaeus, C., 1758. Systema Naturae. Edition 10, vol.
1. Holmiae: Salvii.
Etymology. The specific epithet is a noun in Mahnert, V., 1979. Pseudoskorpione (Arachnida) aus
apposition taken from the type locality. dem Amazonas-Gebiet (Brasilien), Revue Suisse
de Zoologie 86: 719-810,
Remarks. Cordylochernes dingo has a wide dis-
Muchmore, W.B., 1976. Pseudoscorpions from
tribution in north-western Australia. I have Florida and the Caribbean area. 5. Americhernes,
examined numerous females from northern a new genus based upon Chelifer oblongus Say
Australia that may belong to this genus or (Chernetidae). Florida Entomologist 59: 151-
species, but without males, their status remains 163.
uncertain. Say, T., 1821. An account of the Arachnides of the
Males of C. dingo differ from all other known United States. Journal of the Academy of Natural
species of the genus by the position of trichobo- Sciences, Philadelphia 2: 59-82.
thrium it which is closer to ist than to the tip of Tómósváry, O., 1884. Adatok az álskorpiók
the finger. Ismeretéhez. (Data ad cognitionem Pseudoscor-
pionum). Természetrajzi Füzetek 8: 16-27.
Acknowledgments Vachon, M., 1942. A propos du Cordylochernes octen-
toctus Balzan (Pseudoscorpiones) Bulletin du
Drs A.J, Dartnall, M.R. Gray, R.B. Halliday, eee d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris (2) 14: 181—
A. Neboiss, R.J. Raven and W. Schawaller
TWO NEW SPECIES OF PARTIDOMOMONIA COOK FROM SOUTH-EASTERN

AUSTRALIA (ACARINA: MOMONIIDAE)
By МАЕК S. HARVEY
Present address: Western Australian Museum,

Francis Street, Perth, WA 6000, Australia
Abstract
Harvey, M.S., 1990. Two new species of Partidomomonia Cook from south-eastern Aus-
tralia (Acarina: Momoniidae). Memoirs ofthe Museum of Victoria 50(2): 337-340.
Adult males of Partidomomonia blythi sp. nov. and an adult femaie of P. cabanandra sp.
nov. are described from specimens collected in eastern Victoria. The generic diagnosis is
amended, and a key to the three known species of the genus is presented.
Introduction lying free in gonopore in males, and on separate

lateral sclerites in gonopore in females.
The water mite genus Partidomomonia Cook
has a short history and only two specimens have Remarks. The discovery of the female of P. caba-
been reported in the literature. The first was the nandra described below, allows expansion of the
male holotype of the type species, P. polyplaco- generic diagnosis given by Cook (1983), which
phora Cook, 1983 from New Zealand. The was based on male characters only, and reassess-
second, a deutonymph from Queensland, was ment of the generic affinities of Partidomo-
| described but not named by Cook (1986) and monia. Species of six momoniid genera have the
remains species inquirenda until adults are col- genital acetabula of both sexes lying within the
| lected. The discovery of six further specimens gonopore: Momonia Halbert, Momoniella K.
representing two undescribed species from eas- Viets, Neomomonia Cook, Notomomonia Cook,
| tern Victoria in the collections of the Museum of Partidomomonia Cook and Momonides Lund-
Victoria, Melbourne (NMV) and the Canadian blad. In males of the remaining three momoniid
National Collection, Ottawa (CNC) is of inter- genera (Stygomomonia Szalay, Xenomomonia
est, especially as one is a female, the first to be Orghidan, Gruia, Georgesco and Bayés and
reported in the genus. Momonisia Petrova) the acetabula lie in the ven-
Methods follow Harvey (1987); abbreviations tral shield. [The descriptions of Cladomomonia
| for the glandularia follow Harvey (1988). Orghidan and Gruia given by Orghidan and
Gruia (1980, 1983), conclusively show that the
genus is not a momoniid as the type species lack
the characteristic leg I typical of the family.] Par-
Partidomomonia Cook tidomomonia clearly differs from the other five
genera with acetabula of both sexes in the gono-
Partidomomonia Cook, 1983: 118. Type species: pore by the nature of the dorsal shield which is
Partidomomonia polyplacophora Cook, 1983, by origi- divided into a number of platelets, and on the
nal designation. basis of current knowledge does not appear to
Diagnosis. Dorsal shield divided into a number possess particularly close affinities to any of
of platelets. Three pairs of genital acetabula, these genera.
Key to adults of Partidomomonia

l. Dorsal shield less than 450 рт in length, 1.47-1.66 x longer than
леа Зк Hi desro ДТО ДЫ чык ы КРСУ е P. blythi
— Dorsal shield greater than 600 um in length, 1.15-1.36 x longer than
SA ET Rin eed cu EN Das LEA Site ler E ORE d epe M 5
2 Tibia I much longer than tarsus I]................... P. cabanandra
337
338 M. S. HARVEY
Partidomomonia blythi sp. nov. Diagnosis. Dorsal shield relatively narrow, dor-
sal shield less than 450 pm in length. Tibia I only
Figures 1-6 slightly longer than tarsus I. Glandularium asso-
ciated with dg5 absent.
Types. Holotype male, Thomson River at Thomson-
Jordan Divide Road, Victoria, 12 Mar 1987, R. Mar- Description. Adult male: Dorsal and ventral
chant (NMV K866). shields present. Dorsal shield (Fig. 1) divided
Paratypes: Victoria: | male, same data except 12
into many close-fitting platelets (the irregular
Dec 1985, from frozen core, 10-20 cm level (NMV
intersection of the medial platelets shown in Fig.
K867); 1 male, same data except 9 Mar 1980, staff of
Biological Survey Department (NMV K868); | male,
1 is not typical of the species); with postocularia,
same data except Mar 1981 (NMV K869); 1 male, 3 pairs of dorsoglandularia, and 5 pairs of setae
same data except 9 Mar 1979 (CNC). that lack associated glands (dg3-5, lg2, 5); dorsal
idc
Figures 1-6. Partidomomonia blythi sp. nov., М holotype > male.
male. Fig. Fig. 1,1, dorsal shield;
; fig.
fig. 22,ventral shield;
ield; fig. 3, right
i
pedipalp; fig. 4, tibia and tarsus of left leg IV; fig. 5, tibia and tarsus of left leg I; fig. 6, genital field. Scale Wn
3
100 um; except figs 3, 6, 50 um.
TWO NEW PARTIDOMOMONIA 339
shield 1.47-1.66 x longer than broad. Ventral in low tubercles on posterior margin; anus situ-
shield (Fig. 2) entire; anterior coxae projecting ated at posterior margin of ventral shield. Geni-
beyond idiosoma; suture lines between coxae tal field (Fig. 6) with 3 pairs of acetabula situated
poorly defined; suture lines between coxae I within gonopore, not on separate sclerites; pos-
absent; foramina of legs IV covered by large terior margin pointed; surrounded by 6-7 pairs
condyles; capitular bay rounded; with 7 pairs of of small setae. Pedipalp (Fig. 3) not uncate; tibia
| glandularia (dgl, lgl, vg1-5); dgl on antero- with 1 large ventral seta on tubercle and 1
lateral margin (not visible in ventral view); vgl smaller ventral seta; tarsus with 1 large distal
situated at junction of coxae П and III; vg3-5 set setae, and several smaller setae; all setae acumi-
Figures 7-12. Partidomomonia cabanandra sp. nov., holotype female. Fig. 7, dorsal shield; fig. 8 ventral shield;
fig. 9, right pedipalp; fig. 10, tibia and tarsus of left leg IV; fig. 11, tibia and tarsus ofleft leg I; fig. 12, genital field.
Scale lines, 100 um.
M. S. HARVEY
340
tal portion of tarsus I bifurcate; claw enlarged.,

nate. Legs (Figs. 4, 5): tarsus I with proximodor-
proximally directed; tibia I greatly enlarged..
sal extension; distal portion oftarsus I bifurcate;
claw enlarged, proximally directed; tibia 1 tubular, much longer than tarsus I; without
swimmung setae.
greatly enlarged, tubular, slightly longer than
Dimensions (um): Dorsal shield 698/607;
tarsus I; without swimming setae.
(um): Dorsal shield 390- ventral shield 731/632 . Capitulum length 90;
Dimensions
416/243-281; ventral shield 41 1-442/262-306. chelicera length 119. Genital field 136/133.
Capitulum length 48-65; chelicera length 71— Pedipalp: trochanter 25, femur 62, genu 38, tibia
75. Genital field 49-55/37-41. Pedipalp: tro- 78. tarsus 46. Leg I: trochanter 47, basifemur 83,
chanter 15-16, femur 38-41, genu 21-25, tibia telofemur 111, genu 102, tibia 292, tarsus 212:
46-49, tarsus 28-29. Leg I: trochanter 32-38, Leg IV: trochanter 92, basifemur | 14, telofemur
basifemur 48-56, telofemur 64-67, genu 58-62, 109, genu 147, tibia 199, tarsus 106.
tibia 138-153, tarsus 126-130. Leg IV: tro- Etymology. The specific epithet 15 а noun in
chanter 59, basifemur 63-65, telofemur 69-72, apposition taken from the type locality.
genu 88-98, tibia 129-138, tarsus 114-119.
Remarks. This relatively large, somewhat
Etymology. This species is named for John rounded species differs from P. polyplacophora
Blyth, coordinator of much of the early ecologi- and P. blythi in several respects, most notably in
cal work conducted on the Thomson River. the relative lengths ofthe tibia and tarsus of leg I,
Partidomomonia cabanandra sp. nov. and in the presence of a gland associated with
dg3.
Figure 7-12
Acknowledgments
Type. Holotype female, Bowen Creek, 2 km SW of
Cabanandra, Victoria, interstitial sample, 9 Apr 1985, This work was funded by a grant from the Aus-
D.R. Cook, M.S. Harvey and A.J. Boulton (NMV tralian Biological Resources Study. Dr LM.
K870). Smith kindly returned a collection of Thomson
Diagnosis. Dorsal shield somewhat round, 698 River mites for my studies.
um in length. Tibia I much longer than tarsus I. References
Glandularium associated with dg5 present.
Cook, D.R., 1983. Rheophilic and hyporheic water
Description. Adult female: Dorsal and ventral mites from New Zealand. Contributions of the
shields present. Dorsal shield (Fig. 7) divided American Entomological Institute 21 (2): 1-224.
into many close-fitting platelets; with postocu- Cook, D.R., 1986, Water mites from Australia.
laria, 4 pairs of dorsoglandularia, and 4 pairs of Memoirs of the American Entomological Institute
setae that lack associated glands (dg3—4, lg2, 5): 40: 1—568.
dorsal shield 1.15 times longer than broad. Ven- Harvey, M.S., 1987. New and little-known species of
the water mite genera Tartarothyas, Pseudohydry-
tral shield (Fig. 8) entire; anterior coxae project-
phantes and Cyclohydryphantes from Australia
ing beyond idiosoma; suture lines between coxae (Chelicerata: Actinedida: — Hydryphantidae).
poorly defined; suture lines between coxae I Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 48; 107—
absent; foramina of legs IV covered by large ven- 122.
tral lobes; capitular bay rounded; with 7 pairs of Harvey, M.S., 1988. Three new unusual water mites
glandularia (dgl, 181, vgl-5); dgl situated on from Australia (Chelicerata: Acarina:
anterolateral margin (not visible in ventral Hydryphantidae, Hygrobatidae and Athieneman-
view); vgl situated at junction of coxae II and niidae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 49:
III; vg3-5 set in low tubercles on posterior mar- 355-361.
Orghidan, T. and Gruia, M., 1980. Diagnose de trois
gin;anus removed from posterior margin of ven-
hydrachnelles nouveaux de Cuba. Travaux de
tral shield. Genital field (Fig. 12) with 3 pairs of [Institute de Spéologie "Emile Racovitza" 19:
acetabula situated on separate lateral sclerites 143-146.
within gonopore; each sclerite with 5 small setae. Orghidan, T. and Gruia, M., 1983. Sur trois espéces
Pedipalp (Fig. 9) not uncate; tibia with 1 large d'Hydrachnellae de Cuba appartenant au genre
ventral seta on tubercle and 1 smaller ventral Cladomomonia Orgh. & Gruia et au sous-genre
seta; tarsus with 1 large distal setae and several Crocokongsbergia Orgh. & Gruia. Résultats des
smaller setae; all setae acuminate. Legs (Figs. 10, Expéditions Biospélogiques Cubano-Roumaines à
11): tarsus I with proximodorsal extension; dis- Cuba 4: 167-179.
' Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 341-346 (1990) ISSN 0814-1827
TWO NEW WATER MITE GENERA

FROM SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA
(ACARINA: ATURIDAE, MIDEOPSIDAE)
By Mark S. HARVEY
Present address: Western Australian Museum, Francis Street, Perth, WA 6000, Australia
Abstract
Harvey, M.S., 1990. Two new water mite genera from south-western Australia (Acarina: Atu-
ridae, Mideopsidae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 341-346.
Wheenyoides cooki (Aturidae) and Tillia davisae (Mideopsidae) are described from south-
western Australia.
Introduction Diagnosis. Claws and claw insertion area of tarsus

I greatly enlarged; body laterally compressed; glan-
Although the water mite fauna of eastern Aus- dularia of dorsum without enlarged platelets; coxae
tralia is fairly well known at the generic level (Cook, of female not fused at mid-line; ventral shield
1986), the faunas of northern and western Austra- extending only to posterior margin of genital field
lia are less well known. It is not particularly sur- in female.
prising, therefore, that two new genera have been
recently collected in south-western Australia. These Description. Body laterally compressed. Dorsum
taxa are described here. with 2 pairs of dorsalia (1 bearing the postocularia)
Methods follow Harvey (1987), and the abbrevi- and 8 pairs of glandularia lying free in the integu-
ations for the glandularia follow Harvey (in press). ment; glandularia of dorsum without enlarged
Specimens are lodged in the Western Australian platelets. Ventral shield of male extending to
Museum, Perth (WAM). posterior margin of body; that of female extend-
ing to posterior margin of genital field. Coxae of
Aturidae male fused at mid-line; those of female not fused.
Frontipodopsinae Pedipalpal tibia with 2 large, ventral setae. Tarsus
I with greatly enlarged claws and claw insertion
Remarks. As conceived by Cook (1974, 1986), the area.
Frontipodopsinae contains four genera, Fron-
Etymology. The generic epithet is derived from
| tipodopsis Walter, Karlvietsia К.О. Viets,
Wheenyella, and is masculine.
Wheenyella Cook and Tasmanaxona Cook. It is
poorly characterised, but is presently defined by Remarks. The combination of enlarged tarsal claws
the laterally compressed body and the lack of gen- of leg I and a laterally compressed body distin-
ital flaps. Its position within the Aturidae was ques- guishes Wheenyoides from all other frontipodop-
tioned by Cook (1974) and I believe there is sines except Wheenyella Cook. Wheenyoides
sufficient evidence to warrant the removal of the differs from Wheenyella as follows: glandularia of
subfamily, along with certain other pioniform dorsum without enlarged platelets (with enlarged
genera (notably Wettina Piersig), from the Aturi- platelets in Wheenyella); coxae of female not fused
dae to a separate family. The necessary revision- at mid-line (fused in Wheenyella); ventral shield
ary work has not yet been completed to confirm extending only to posterior margin of genital field
states that would rigorously
both the character in female (extending to posterior margin of body
define this family, or verify its constituents, and in Wheenyella).
these four genera are for the present retained in the
Wheenyoides cooki sp. nov.
Frontipodopsinae.
Figures 1—9
Wheenyoides gen. nov.
Types. Holotype male, Serpentine River below falls, Ser-
Type species: Wheenyoides cooki sp. nov.
341
342 M. S. HARVEY
E
"rg
o
Lanes
a MR TV Ps
f fs
99; 9 un
TWO NEW WATER MITE GENERA 343
Figures 7-9. Wheenyoides cooki sp. nov. Fig. 7, paratype female. Figs 8, 9, holotype male. Fig. 7, right pedipalp;
fig. 8, left leg IV; fig. 9, right leg I. Scale lines, 100 um.
pentine Falls National Park, 32?23'S, 116?04'E, Western 101, vgx and vg3 on lateral margin of ventral shield.
Australia, 24 Aug 1987, M.S. Harvey, J.D. Blyth and Dorsum (Figs 1, 5): with 2 pairs of dorsalia, the
L.A. Barmuta, WAM 88/2926. anterior pair completely surrounding the
Paratype: 1 female, Lake Yeagarup, 18 km SW of Pem- postocularia. Venter (Figs 3, 6): capitulum not
berton, 34?33'S, 115?43'E, Western Australia, 29 Aug fused to coxae; coxae of male fused at mid-line,
1987, M.S. Harvey and J.D. Blyth, WAM 88/2927.
of female not fused at mid-line; apodemes of coxa
I nearly extending to posterior edge of coxal group;
Diagnosis. As for genus.
suture lines between coxae I and II and coxae II
Description. Adults: 5 pairs of dorsoglandularia, and III not reaching mid-line; suture lines between
4 pairs of lateroglandularia and 5 pairs of ven- coxae III and IV extending postero-medially such
troglandularia; seta of dgl large, pinnate, and situ- that coxa IV is triangular; ventral shield extending
ated on large protuberances set in ventral shield; to level of posterior edge of genital field in female,
dg2, dg3, dg4, dg5, lg2, 103, lg4 and vg4 in dorsum; and to posterior edge of body in male; excretory
-—
Figures 1-6. Wheenyoides cooki sp. nov. Figs 1-3, holotype male. Figs 4-6, paratype female. Figs 1, 5, dorsal aspect;
figs 2, 4, genital field; figs. 3, 6, ventral aspect. Scale lines, 100 um.
344 M. S. HARVEY
pore borne on small sclerite in female, incorporated acetabula are in several rows). Although the new
into ventral shield in male. Genital region (Figs 2, genus described below differs radically from the
4); 3 pairs of small ovoid to circular acetabula remaining genera of the subfamily in the position
borne on small acetabular plates in female, incor- of the acetabula, I have little option but to assign
porated into ventral shield in male. Chelicera not it to the Mideopsellinae as presently defined.
examined. Pedipalp (Fig. 7): tibia with 2 very large Tillia gen. nov.
ventral setae, and | thin ventral seta. Legs (Figs
8, 9): tarsus I with greatly enlarged claw insertion Type species. Tillia davisae sp. nov.
area, 0.68 (male), 0.72 (female) times as long as
Diagnosis. Acetabula of female in a single row
tarsus; claws of leg I enlarged, distally lobate; claws incorporated into ventral shield.
of other legs not particularly modified; legs П, III
and IV with swimming setae arranged as follows: Description. Female: Dorsal and ventral shields
leg II: tibia 7; leg III: tibia 10; leg IV: tibia 3; legs present. Genital field with 7-8 pairs of minute
with many long, often thick, setae. acetabula, in a single row incorporated into ven-
Dimensions (um), male (female): Body 653/397 tral shield. Pedipalp uncate; tibia not rotated. Legs
(729/547). Capitulum length 134 (153). Genital not modified, swimming setae absent.
field 83/70 (70/122). Pedipalp: trochanter 24 (32), Etymology. The generic epithet is an arbitrary com-
femur 67 (87), genu 56 (72), tibia 77 (103), tarsus
bination of letters, and is feminine in gender.
40 (50). Leg I: trochanter 62 (83), basifemur 53 (78),
telofemur 54 (70), genu 59 (70), tibia 49 (58), tarsus Remarks. The form of the female genital field read-
94 (111), length of claw insertion area 64 (80). Leg ily delimits this genus from other mideopsids.
IV: trochanter 153 (182), basifemur 64 (83), Unfortunately, only a single female of Tillia is
telofemur 120 (154), genu 126 (154), tibia 120 (146), known, and until males are examined its affinities
tarsus 92 (115). are difficult to determine.
Etymology. This species is named for David Cook Tillia davisae sp. nov.
who first recorded frontipodopsines from
Figures 10-16
Australia.
Type. Holotype female, Dirk Brook, Western Australia,
Remarks. Wheenyoides cooki has only been col- 18 Sep 1986, J. Davis, L. Barmuta, WAM 88/2928.
lected from two localities in south-western Austra-
lia, where it has been taken from a slow flowing Diagnosis. As for genus.
area of the Serpentine River, and Lake Yeagarup, Description. Female: Dorsal and ventral shields
a moderately large dune lake. present, Dorsal shield (Fig. 10) entire, bearing 3
Mideopsidae pairs of dorsoglandularia; postocularia slightly
anterior to the anterior-most glandularia of the
Mideopsellinae
dorsal shield. Ventral shield (Fig. 11) entire; vgl
Remarks. The Mideopsidae are currently divided situated near posterior margin of coxa II; all coxal
into five subfamilies, Mideopsinae, Mideopsellinae, suture lines visible, those between I and II, II and
Plaumanniinae, Gretacarinae and Guineaxonopsi- Ш, and Ш and IV posteriorly directed, thus form-
nae (Cook, 1974, 1986). The Mideopsellinae and ing acute angles with the mid-line; medial margin
Plaumanniinae differ from the remaining groups of coxa IV narrow; posterior margin of coxa IV
by the presence of an uncate pedipalp (Cook, 1974, slightly rounded; foramina of leg IV without ven-
1988). The development of an uncate pedipalp tral lobes; capitular bay somewhat triangular;
appears to have occurred several times within the excretory pore incorporated into ventral shield.
Arrenuroidea, and is of dubious value in delimit- Genital field (Fig. 12) with 7-8 pairs of minute
ing higher taxa. The Mideopsellinae currently acetabula incorporated into ventral shield. Capit-
includes four genera: Mideopsella Lundblad, ulum and chelicera as in Fig. 13. Pedipalp (Fig. 14)
Mideopsellides K.O. Viets, Tiramideopsis Cook uncate; tibia not rotated; all setae acuminate. Legs
and Phreatomideopsis Schwoerbel, and possess (Figs 15, 16) not modified and without swimming
acetabula in a single row (in the plaumanniines, the setae; very few setae serrate.
Figures 10-16. Tillia davisae sp. nov., holotype female. Fig. 10, dorsal aspect; fig. 11, ventral aspect; fig. 12, genital
field; fig. 13, capitulum; fig. 14, right pedipalp; fig. 15, left leg IV; fig. 16, left leg I. Scale lines, 50 um (Figs 12-14),
100 um (Figs 10, 11, 15, 16).
TWO NEW WATER MITE GENERA 345
346 M. S. HARVEY
Dimensions (um) female: Dorsal shield 410/324, References

ventral shield 449/345. Pedipalp: trochanter 17,
Cook, D.R., 1974. Water mite genera and subgenera.
femur 41, genu 22, tibia 46, tarsus 27. Leg I:
Memoirs of the American Entomological Institute 21:
trochanter 52, basifemur 77, telofemur 52, genu
1-860.
68, tibia 83, tarsus 102. Leg IV: trochanter 68, Cook, D.R., 1986. Water mites from Australia. Memoirs
basifemur 67, telofemur 65, genu 102, tibia 117, of the American Entomological Institute 40: 1-568.
tarsus 116. Cook, D.R., 1988. Water mites from Chile. Memoirs of
the American Entomological Institute 42: 1-356.
Etymology. This species is named for Jenny Davis, Harvey, M.S., 1987. New and little-known species of the
one of the collectors of the holotype. water mite genera Tartarothyas, Pseudohydryphantes
Acknowledgments and Cyclohydryphantes from Australia (Chelicerata:
Actinedida: Hydryphantidae). Memoirs of the
This work was funded by the Australian Biolog- Museum of Victoria 48: 107-122.
ical Resources Study. The Western Australian Harvey, M.S., in press. A review of the water mite family
Department of Conservation and Land Manage- Anisitsiellidae in Australia (Acarina). Invertebrate
ment provided valuable logistic support, as well as Taxonomy.
permission to collect in areas under their control.
REVISION OF THE GENUS NESOXYPILUS BEIER (MANTODEA: AMORPHOSCELIDAE:

PARAOXYPILINAE)
By G. A. MILLEDGE
Museum of Victoria, 71 Victoria Crescent, Abbotsford,
Melbourne, Victoria 3067, Australia
Abstract
Milledge, G.A., 1990. Revision of the genus Nesoxypilus Beier (Mantodea: Amorphos-
celidae: Paraoxypilinae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2); 347-355.
Two species of the ant mimicking genus Nesoxypilus Beier are recognized and described:
N. albomaculatus Werner (with its new junior synonym N. antennatus Beier) and N. pseudo-
myrmex sp. nov. The genus is redefined and a key to the species is given. Relationships and
aspects of biology are discussed.
Introduction The following abbreviations are used for insti-

tutions where material is lodged: ANIC, Aus-
The genus Nesoxypilus contains small, ground
tralian National Insect Collection, Canberra;
dwelling, paraoxypiline mantids in which the
BPBM, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu,
female and nymphal stages, and to a lesser extent
Hawaii; NMV, Museum of Victoria, Mel-
the male, closely resemble ants. Its known dis-
bourne; NMB, Naturhistorisches Museum,
tribution is across the tropical north of Australia Basel; NTM, Northern Territory Museum,
and in south-western Papua New Guinea. Darwin; QM, Queensland Museum, Brisbane;
Beier (1965) described Nesoxypilus to contain UQ, University of Queensland, Brisbane; WAM
a single species, N. antennatus, from a male and Western Australian Museum, Perth.
a female specimen from Prince of Wales Island.
Werner (1933) described a species of Paraoxypi-
lus, P. albomaculatus, from two male specimens Nesoxypilus Beier
from Burnside, Northern Territory. I have
Nesoxypilus Beier, 1965: 449. Type species Nesoxy-
examined the type material of both species and
pilus antennatus Beier, by original designation.
find that P. albomaculatus belongs to Nesoxypi-
lus and, after examination of a number of other Diagnosis. Small; male macropterous, female
specimens, that М. antennatus is a synonym of apterous. Head wider than pronotum, without
N. albomaculatus. The genus Nesoxypilus is here paraocular spines or other projections, apical
redefined and N. albomaculatus is redescribed. margin moderately arched, apex higher than
An additional species, N. pseudomyrmex sp. eyes; frontal shield transverse, moderately
nov., is described. arched transverse ridge running between bases
In describing the male genitalia the interpre- of antennae; antennae setose, elongate in male,
tation and terminology of La Greca (1953- shortened in female, distinctly thickened, es-
1954) is followed. For study purposes the geni- pecially in female where segments are short and
talia were removed from the relaxed specimen thickset, almost discoid.
and soaked in 1096 KOH for approximately 1 Pronotum short and thickset with strongly
hour. After washing, the genitalia were transfer- defined, rounded and unarmed supracoxal
red to 7096 alchohol and the soft internal tissues expansion; margins narrowly lamellate;
teased out. They are preserved in glycerol and metazone strongly constricted at about two-
contained in microvials attached to the speci- thirds distance from supracoxal groove, with
men pin of dry specimens. For wet preserved fine median keel raised into a lobe near caudal
specimens they are preserved in 7096 alchohol in margin; meso- and metanotum with similar
glass microtubes contained in the specimen median keel and caudal lobe; lobes less strongly
tube. developed in male. Tegmina of male sub-
All drawings were done by the author using a opaque.
Wild M4A binocular microscope with camera Forecoxa with anterior margin sparsely setose
lucida attachment. and in the female very finely denticulate; fore-
347
348 G, A. MILLEDGE
femur with 3 discoidal spines, the second long with distal process of ventral phallomere bearing
and powerful; foretibia with smooth outer ven- two short, rather widely spaced, projections,
tral margin, inner ventral margin finely denticu- right hand one curving dorsally. Dorsal lamina
late on distal half. Mid and hind legs relatively of left phallomere setose; apical process moder-
long, the metatarsus of the latter considerably ately long and sharply bent to the left; membra-
longer than the remaining segments together; nous lobe short, broad, tip finely shagreened;
genicular spine absent. anterior process extending a short distance into
Abdomen without lateral projections, slender body of membranous lobe; phalloid apophysis
in mature male, strongly broadened in female fused with anterior process. Apical area of main
and nymphs; 3rd abdominal tergite with more or lobe of right phallomere setose; ventral plate
less well developed median lobe on caudal mar- fused to main body of phallomere, strongly
gin; supraanal plate an elongate, blunt tipped sclerotized, finely shagreened ventrally; ventral
triangle in female, shorter and more rounded in sclerified process forming stout, blunt tipped,
male; cerci short, cylindrical. Male genitalia hook, surface finely shagreened.
Key to species of Nesoxypilus

ih Median lobe on caudal margin of 3rd abdominal tergite (Figs 4, 5, 6, 8)
well developed .............. ALB, е N. albomaculatus
— Median lobe on caudal margin of 3rd abdominal tergite (Figs 7, 9) poorly
developed, almost absent ..... ВЕКЕ №. pseudomyrmex
Nesoxypilus albomaculatus (Werner) Cape York, 6-10 Jun 1969, С.В. Monteith; 3 6,25 km
comb. nov. SW of Normanton, 25 May 1972, G.B. and S.R. Mon-
teith; 1 2, Walker Creek, 42 km SE of Karumba, 28
Figures 1-6, 8, 10-13, 15—20 May 1972, G.B. and S.R. Monteith; | 6, 22 km SW
Palmer River, Cooktown Highway, 16-22 May 1975,
Paraoxypilus albomaculatus Werner, 1933: 444.
R.T. Storey; 1 9, 1 nymph, 2 km E of Wild River Cross-
Nesoxypilus antennatus Beier, 1965: 450. Syn.
ing, near Innot Hot Springs, 10 Jan 1981, G. and A.
nov.
Daniels, (all UQ); 1 $, Lakefield National Park, 75 km
Material examined. Lectotype male, here designated, N of Laura, 15-28 Jun 1980, G.B. Monteith; 1 $,
of Paraoxypilus albomaculatus, Burnside, NT, Apr Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York, 14-18 Apr 1973, G.B.
1931, Handschin, Second handwritten label: Paraoxy- Monteith; 1 ©, 10 km N of Hann. Crossing, Cape York
pilus albomaculatus à type Wern. Paralectotype male, Peninsula, 27 Jun 1975, G.B. Monteith; 24, 1 $, 5 km
here designated, Burnside, NT, May 1932. Bears WSW ofSt Pauls, Moa (Banks) Is. Torres Strait, 16 Jul
second handwritten label: Paraoxypilus albomacu- 1977, G.B. Monteith and D. Cook; 2 à, Sandstone Out-
latus ё paratype Wern., (both NMB). crops 30 km W of Fairview, via Laura, 22-24 Jun 1976,
Holotype male of Nesoxypilus antennatus, Prince of G.B. and S.R. Monteith; 1 6, Hughenden, Н.Н. Bat-
Wales Is., Cape York Islands, 25 Jul 1920, J.A. chelor (all QM); 1 8, Prince of Wales Is., Torres Strait,
Kusche. Allotype female, Prince of Wales Is., Cape 27 May 1969, A. Neboiss; | nymph, 17.15°S, 145.1 7E,
York Islands, 3 Aug 1920, J.A. Kusche, (both 1 km NNE of Collins Weir, W of Atherton, 10 Feb
BPBM). 1989, С. Milledge; 1 nymph, 17.19°S, 144.58°E, 5 km
Other specimens examined (35 2, 34 2, 12 nymphs), NE of Petford, 12 Feb 1989, G. Milledge (all
Queensland. 1 $, near Dimbulah 1 7*05'S, 145°05’E, 26 NMY).
Jun 1971, R.W. Taylor and J. Feehan; 1 9, 15*03'S, Northern Territory. 4 à, Tindal, 13 km ESE of
145°07’E, 4 km SW of Casurina Hill, near Cooktown, Katherine, 14°31’S, 132°22’E, 30 Nov-20 Dec 1967,
30 Apr-2 May 1981. D.C.F. Rentz; 1 $, 15°03’S, W.J.M. Vestjens; 1 à, 4 9, 5 km W ofJabiru, 7-10 Feb
145°09’E, 3 km NE of Mt Webb, 30 Apr-3 May 1981, 1983, H.B. Gill and J.C. Wombey; 1 9, 3 nymphs, 1
J.E. Feehan; 1 $, Mareeba, Sep 1932, H. Hill: 1 ¥, 1 ootheca, 12°17’S, 133°20’E, Cooper Creek, 11 km SW
nymph, Forty Mile Scrub National Park, 13-14 Feb of Nimbuwah Rock, 2 Jun 1973, K.H.L. Key; 3 $,
1986, B.P. Moore; | nymph, 18°05’S, 144^52'E, Forty Jabiru, 7 km SSE of Mudginberri Homestead, 29 Aug
Mile Scrub National Park, 52 km SSW of Mount Gar- 1981, H.B. Gill and J.C. Wombey; 1 9, Kakadu
net, 22 Jul 1986, D.C.F. Rentz; 38, 17°25’S, 145°04’E, Headquarters, 6 km SSE of Mudginberri Homestead,
15 km W of Irvinebark, 27-28 Nov 1981, J. Balderson; 6 Sep 1981, H.B. Gill; 2 6, Jabiru, 7 km SSE of Mud-
28,19, 5km W of Innot Hot Springs, 5 Jan 1984, D. ginberri Homestead, 30 Aug 1981, H.B. Gill; 1 9,
Rugg; 1 6, Mt Norman, Norman R., Gregory Range, 8 13°07’S, 130°38’E, c. 4km N of Wangi Homestaead, W
May 1980, D. Frith; 1 à, 15 km S of Barcaldine, 1 May of Batchelor, 3 Jul 1982, С, van de Klassorst; 3 ô,
1957, Key and Chinnick; 1 8, 5 km WSW of Camel 11"01'S, 136°45’E, Rimbaja Is., Wessel Is., 19 Feb
Creek Homestead, W of Ingham, 5 Apr 1962, K.H.L. 1977, Barrett and Bakker; 1 8, 12°43’S, 132°54’E, 14
Key and E.L. Corby, (all ANIC); 1 à, 2 2, Lockerbie, km SE of Mudginberri Homestead, 12 Jun 1973, M.S.
THE MANTID GENUS NESOXYPILUS 349
/
"n
\
1 ‫و‬
Figures 1-3. Nesoxypilus albomaculatus (Werner). Fig. 1, male dorsal. Fig. 2, female dorsal. Fig. 3, ootheca
dorsolateral.
Upton and J.E. Feehan; 1 $, 12°50’S, 132°51’E, 16 km NMV); 1 9, Gove Peninsula, 24-29 Jun 1982, J. Major
NE of Mt Cahill, 30 Oct 1972, K.H.L. Key; 1 $, (NTM).
12°17’S, 133°20’E, Cooper Creek, 11 km SW of Western Australia. 2 4, Wyndham, 28 Jul 1960, G.F.
Nimbuwah Rock, 2 Jun 1973, K.H.L. Key; 1 nymph, Mees (WAM).
12°17’S, 133°20’E, Cooper Creek, 11 km SW of Papua New Guinea. 1 9, 2.8 km ENE of Morehead,
Nimbuwah Rock, 2 Jun 1973, R.L. Kitching; 1 8,29, 1 Western District, 30 Apr 1971, Balderson and Baker; 2
ootheca, 12°23’S, 132°57’E, 5 km NNW of Cahills 2, 4 nymphs, 8°42’S, 141°40’E, 3 km ENE of More-
Crossing, East Alligator R., 28 May 1973, K.H.L. Key head, Western District, 27 Sep 1972, Balderson and
et al, 1 $, 1 km NE of Cahills Crossing, 12°25’S, Stibick (all ANIC).
132°58’E, 11 Nov 1972, R.W. Taylor and J.E. Feehan; Description. Body colour of dry specimens
1 4, Brocks Creek, 28 Mar 1936, T.G. Campbell; 1 ô, yellowish, reddish or blackish brown, antennae
Brocks Creek, 10 Jun 1933, T.G. Campbell (all ANIC);
with short whitish section subapically; thoracic
1 à, 1 nymph, Darwin, May 1979, G. Milledge; 2 9,
Kakadu National Park, Oct 1987, A.N. Andersen (all
nota with distinct median triangular lobe near
350 G. A. MILLEDGE
CAD
Figures 4-6. Nesoxypilus albomaculatus (Werner). Fig. 4, male nymph nota and abdominal terga 1—4 latera
(3 km ENE of Morehead PNG). Fig. 5, female nota and abdominal terga 1—4 lateral (Forty Mile Scrub National
Park). Fig. 6, female nota and abdominal terga 1-4 lateral (16 km NE Mt Cahill, NT).
caudal margin, somewhat variable in shape (Figs Measurements (in mm). Length of body, à 10.0-
4—6, 8); mesothorax with white blotch on tro- 11.8, 9 9.4-11.8. Length of pronotum, à 1.7-2.1,
chantin, lower corner of episternum and some- 9 2.0-2.4. Width of pronotum, ê 1.3-1.5, 9 1.6-
times basisternum; metathorax similar but 1.8. Length of tegmina, 8 9.0-16.0. Length of
white blotch extends across basisternum form- wing, ê 9.0-15.0. Length of hind femur, & 4.0-
ing a band; fifth tarsal segment of foreleg 5.4, $ 4.6-5.6. Length of hind tibia, 6 4.0-5.4, $
whitish; costal and discoidal areas of male teg- 5.0-5.6.
men sub-opaque brown, discoidal area with
white spot at mid anterior and posterior mar- Immature stages. Nymphal stages of both sexes
gins, anal area hyaline; wings with slight pearly similar to adult female in appearance except that
iridescence, darkly flushed apically, remainder late instar male has large wing buds (Fig. 4). Dor-
hyaline; first abdominal tergite with white sal lobes present from first instar (Fig. 11).
blotch in anterior corner (not always apparent in Ootheca (Fig. 3) small, pale buff coloured, short
male); third abdominal tergite with a distinct, double row of almost upright cells, thin projec-
dorsoposteriorly directed, median lobe on pos- tion at posterior end.
terior margin, variable in size (Figs 4—6, 8),
always smaller in male; 5th abdominal sternite Distribution. Northern parts of the Northern
of female with broad white band on anterior Territory, Western Australia and Queensland.
margin; 7th, 8th and 9th abdominal tergites of and Papua New Guinea (Fig. 20).
female with white patch near outer margin, 10th
whitish on lateral margin, forming short white Remarks. The form of the dorsal lobes in the
band; cerci whitish. Male genitalia (Figs 12, 13, female is slightly variable but the abdominal
15-19) with spiny, knob-like projection on lobe is always distinct (Figs 4—6). Although the
upper right margin of phalloid apophysis, situ- abdominal lobe is shorter and more delicate in
ated ventrally relative to membranous lobe. the male it is always present (Fig. 8). However it
THE MANTID GENUS NESOXYPILUS
351
ı may be folded down or broken off in dry speci- Kimberley District, WA, 14°05’S, 126°08’E, 7 Jun
mens. 1988, A.N. Andersen; ê, 14°25’S, 126°36’E, CALM site
The distal process of the male genitalia shows 13.4, 12 km S of Kalumburu Mission, WA, 7-11 Jun
- some slight variation but a pattern is not appar- 1988, T.A. Weir; 2 nymphs, 14°25’S, 126°40’E, CALM
ent (Figs 15-19). The form of the phalloid site 4.3, 14 km SE of Kalumburu Mission, WA, 3-6
Jun 1988, T.A. Weir (all ANIC).
i apophysis is quite uniform in those specimens
examined. Diagnosis. Body colour of dry specimens black,
This species can be distinguished from М. antennae with short whitish section subapically;
‚ pseudomyrmex sp. nov. by the possession of a thoracic nota with fairly well developed median
distinct median lobe on the caudal margin of lobe near caudal margin (Figs 7, 9); mesothorax
abdominal tergite 3, generally brownish colour, sometimes with white blotch on trochantin;
and a spiny knob-like projection on the phalloid metathorax with whitish band on trochantins,
apophysis in the male. lower corner of episternum and basisternum;
fifth tarsal segment of foreleg white, other tarsal
Nesoxypilus pseudomyrmex sp. nov.
segments of all legs becoming pale proximally;
Figures 7, 9, 14, 20 tegmen of male with costal area black, discoidal
Material examined (4 8, 1 9).
area black except for white patch on mid anter-
Holotype: &, 14°49’S, 125*50'E, Mining Camp, Mit-
ior and posterior margins, anal area hyaline;
chell Plateau, Kimberley District, WA, 9-19 May wing with slight pearly iridescence, apex flushed
1983, D.C.F. Rentz and J. Balderson (ANIC). blackish, remainder hyaline; 1st abdominal ter-
Paratypes: à, same locality as holotype; à, 15°19’S, gite with white spot near anterior corner (not
126°32’E, Old Doongan, Kimberley District, WA, 2 apparent in male); 3rd abdominal tergite with
Jul 1975, Common and Upton; ?, Cape Bougainville, very small, hardly noticeable, mid dorsal lobe at
2 mm
Figure 7. Nesoxypilus pseudomyrmex sp. nov., female nota and abdominal terga 1—4 lateral (Cape Bougainville,
WA).
д Pao
Figure 8. Nesoxypilus albomaculatus (Werner), male pronotum and abdominal terga 1—4 lateral (13 mi. SW of
Palmer R., Cooktown Highway, Qld).
E ea
Figure 9. Nesoxypilus pseudomyrmex sp. nov., male pronotum and abdominal terga 1-4 lateral (Old Doongan,
Kimberley District, WA).
352 G. A. MILLEDGE
Figures 10, 11. Nesoxypilus albomaculatus (Werner). Fig. 10, inside face of foreleg female. Fig. 11, Ist instar
nymph lateral.
Figures 12, 13, Nesoxypilus albomaculatus (Werner). Fig. 12, male genitalia dorsal (left) and ventral (ri ht) (5 km
zu" of Cahills Crossing, NT). Fig. 13, male genitalia dorsal (left) and ventral (right) (Prince of Wales Iss
(right) (Old Doongan

Figure 14. Nesoxypilus pseudomyrmex sp. nov.; male genitalia dorsal (left) and ventral
Kimberley District, WA).
ee von
Figures 15-19. Nesoxypilus albomaculatus (Werner), dist al process of male genitalia
dorsal. Fig. 15, 8 mi. ESE of
Hot Springs,
Tindal, NT. Fig. 16, Rimbija Is., NT. Fig. 17,9 mi. S of Barcaldine, Qld. Fig. 18, 5 km W of Innot
Qld. Fig. 19, 15 km W of Irvinebank, Qld.
caudal margin (Figs 7, 9); 5th abdominal sternite extreme reduction of the third abdominal dorsal
of female apparently lacking white band on lobe, black colouration and lack of any projec-
anterior margin; 7th, 8th and 9th abdominal ter- tions on the phalloid apophysis of the male. The
gites of female with whitish patch near outer measurements indicate that the mid and hind
margin, 10th whitish on lateral margin, forming legs are relatively longer. However, more speci-
short whitish band; cerci whitish. Male genitalia mens are needed to judge whether this is a con-
stant feature.
with phalloid apophysis lacking projections
(Fig. 14). Discussion
Measurements (in mm). Length of body à 10.6—
eet Members of this genus are sometimes found
10.8, $ 11.8. Length of pronotum, ê Ba ES
2.7. Width of pronotum, à 1.4-1.5, $ 2.0. Length running on the ground close to the foraging trails
of ants of the genus Rhytidoponera. Their resem-
of tegmen, à 10.6-11.0. Length of wing, ê 9.2-
blence to these ants, both physical and behay-
9.6. Length of hind femur, à 5.2-5.5, ? 6.0.
ioural, is quite remarkable. It is probable that
Length of hind tibia, ó 5.2—6.2, 9 6.5.
this resemblance is an advantage to Nesoxypilus,
Immature stages. Late instar nymphs similar to enabling them to hunt actively without being
adult female in appearance except that male has attractive to potential predators. It seems un-
large wing buds. Ootheca unknown. likely that they actually feed on the ants as their
raptorial forelegs appear too small to handle
Etymology. Specific epithet from the Greek
them, but they may benefit by preying on
pseudos meaning false and myrmex meaning
smaller insects disturbed by the foraging ants.
ant.
The white markings on the body of Nesoxypi-
Distribution. Recorded only from the Kimberley lus are curious as the ants, presumably the
district in Western Australia (Fig. 20). models, do not have corresponding markings.
albo- Matthews (1976) suggested these markings
Remarks. This species is very similar to N.
can be disti nguis hed by the mimic the highlights on the body surface of the
macul atus but
354 G. A. MILLEDGE
П
1
\
D
'
П
i
\
\
1
i
1
\
i
€ Nesoxypilus albomaculatus
m ^. pseudomyrmex
Figure 20. Distribution of Nesoxypilus species.
ant. This may be true for the dorsal abdominal Paraoxypilinae is required before the relation-
markings although they possibly also serve to ships of Nesoxypilus can be arrived at with any
camouflage the cerci. It is more likely that the certainty.
thoracic, ventral abdominal and tegminal white Giglio-Tos (1913) described another apparent
markings serve to give the body a more distinctly ant mimic paraoxypiline genus, Myrmecoman-
segmented appearance, similar to that of ants. tis, from Australia, which has similar, though
The white band on the antennae may serve to less well developed, features to Nesoxypilus giv-
attract attention to the ant like movements of ing it an ant-like appearance. However it can be
these organs. distinguished from Nesoxypilus by the prono-
Beier (1965) stated that this genus belonged to tum which has the margins distinctly tubercled
the paraoxypiline genus group with unarmed or spined, by the anterior margin of the forecoxa
forecoxae and that its closest relative was the being armed and the forefemur distinctly
principally Australian genus Phthersigena Stal expanded and by both of these being coloured
without giving any reasons for this judgement. yellowish on the internal face.
While this is likely, a more thorough study ofthe
Acknowledgements Giglio Tos, E., 1913. Orthoptera: Fam. Mantidae:

Subfam. Perlamantinae. Genera Insectorum 144:
I would like to thank Dr M. Brancucci (NMB) 1-13.
and Mr Gordon Nishida (BPBM) for the loan of La Greca, M., 1953-1954. Sulla struttura morfologica
type material, Mr John Balderson (ANIC), Mr dell'apparato copulatore del mantoidei. Annali
Ted Dahms (QM), Dr M. Malipatil (NTM), Mr dell Istituto Superiore di Scienze e Lettre S.
Terry Houston (WAM) and Miss M. Schneider Chiara, Naples. 28 pp.
(UQ) for the loan of specimens, Dr A. Andersen Matthews, E.G., 1976. Insect Ecology. University of
for specimens and Dr M. Harvey for reading the Queensland Press: St Lucia, Queensland. 226
manuscript. pp.
Werner, F., 1933. Prof. Dr. E. Handschin Studienreise
References auf den Sundainseln und in Nordaustralien 1930-
32. Eienige teilweise neue asiatische und aus-
Beier, M., 1965. Uber einige Mantiden von der Insel tralische Mantodeen. Revue Suisse Zoologie 40:
Prince of Wales. Pacific Insects 7: 449-452. 441—447.
COCKROACHES FROM THE KRAKATAU ISLANDS

(DICTYOPTERA: BLATTARIA)
By Lours M. ROTH
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, 02138, USA
Correspondence: P.O. Box 540, Sherborn, MA 01770, USA
Abstract
Roth, L.M., 1990, Cockroaches from the Krakatau Islands (Dictyoptera: Blattaria). Memoirs
of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 357-378.
Literature dealing with cockroaches collected on the Krakatau Islands, since the original vol-
canic eruption, is reviewed and the cockroaches taken on these islands during the 1984 and 1985
expeditions to these islands are reported. Eighteen species have been recorded, but at least five
of the earlier identifications are questionable or wrong. Among the new records are Periplaneta
americana (Linn.), Lobopterella dimidiatipes (Bolivar), Blattella radicifera (Hanitsch), Mar-
gattea nimbata (Shelford) probably earlier reported as Margattea ceylanica (Saussure), Mar-
gattea paraceylanica Roth, and an undetermined nymph of Balta. A key is given to the adult
cockroaches found on the four Krakatau Islands. Margattea laxiretis (Bolivar) is a junior syno-
nym of Balta notulata (Stal).
Introduction specimens were borrowed through the following

The cataclysmic eruption of Krakatau in 1883 entomologists or assistants, from the following
left little of the original island. Since then there has museums:
been considerable interest in the redevelopment of ANSP—Academy of Natural Sciences of
the biota on the four islands of the Krakatau group Philadelphia, Philadelphia, PA, USA; Mr Donald
(Rakata, Sertung, Panjang, Anak Krakatau). This Azuma.
paper is the result of my attempt to identify speci- BMNH — British Museum (Natural History),
mens of cockroaches collected by personnel from London, England; Mrs Judith Marshall.
institutions in Australia, Indonesia, and the United ISNB— Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelle de
Kingdom during 1984 and 1985 expeditions to the Belgique, Brussels, Belgium; Dr P. Grootaert.
Krakataus. KUKJ — Kagoshima University, Kagoshima-shi,
The floral and faunal surveys of the Krakatau Japan; Dr J. Yukawa.
group following the 1883 eruption, and the recent MCZH—Museum of Comparative Zoology,
expeditions are discussed in Thornton and Rosen- Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, 02138, USA.
gren (in press). Cockroaches were first collected on NMWA —Natural History Museum, Vienna,
Krakatau (Anak Krakatau) and Sertung (Verlaten) Austria; Dr A. Kaltenbach and Dr Ulrike Aspöck.
islands in 1908 (Dammerman, 1922:97) and later RNHL— Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,
in 1919-1922, 1924, and 1929-1933 (Dammerman, Leiden, The Netherlands; Dr Jan van Tol.
1948; also included collections from Lang Island). TUVA —La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic-
I redescribe or add diagnostic characters to some toria, Australia; Dr I.W. B. Thornton and Mr
of the species, and provide a key to the adults. This Patrick J. Vaughan.
UGMG — University of Guam, Mangilao, Guam,
study adds to our knowledge of the reintroduction
of cockroaches into a tropical ecosystem from a USA; Dr Ilse Schreiner.
UZMC-Universitets Zoologiske Museum,
sterile base-line.
Copenhagen, Denmark; the late Dr S.L. Tuxen.
Material ZILS— Zoological Institute, Lund, Sweden; Dr
The methods used for collecting the Krakatau R. Danielsson.
material is given by Thornton and Rosengren (in
Early and Recent Identifications
press). The Krakatau material was borrowed from
and returned to La Trobe University where it was Although at least eight papers record cock-
distributed between Museum Zoologicum roaches from the Krakatau Islands, several of the
Bogoriense, Museum of Victoria, and the Aus- more recent publications repeat earlier determina-
tralian National Insect Collection. In addition, tions (Table 1). Until the 1984-1985 expeditions,
357
358 L. M. ROTH
Table 1. Cockroaches reported from the Krakatau Islands.
Species Anak Sertung Rakata Panjang Author

Krakatau (Verlaten) (Lang)
Blattoidea
Blattidae
1. Periplaneta americana
(Linn.) + 10
2. Periplaneta australasiae
(Fab.) + + 1
3. Blatta orientalis Linn. + jl;
4. Hebardina concinna
(Haan) + Es 6, 10
5. Neostylopyga picea
(Brunner) + + + + 19 27:32 455 86510)
Blaberoidea
Blattellidae
6. Margattea contingens
(Walker) + + + 129220306988
7. Margattea anceps
(Krauss) + + 6
8. Margattea ceylanica
(Saussure) 3 6, 7
9. Margattea nimbata
Shelford + 11
10. Margattea paraceylanica
Roth 11
11. Balta notulata (Stal) + 19567910)
12. Balta vilis (Brunner) + 9x. 10)
13. Balta sp. + + + 10
14. Blattella radicifera
(Hanitsch) + 10
15. Lobopterelladimidiatipes
(Bolivar) + E 3t 10
Blaberidae
16. Pycnoscelus surinamensis
(Linn.) + + + EU ETE 40
17. Haanina major
(Saussure) ан 17 E 32564910
Total species 12 12 8 9
*(1) Karny in Dammerman, 1922. (2) Hanitsch, 1923a. (3) Hanitsch in Dammerman, 1929. (4) Hanitsch, 1923b.
(5) Hanitsch, 1928. (6) Dammerman, 1948. (7) Bruijning, 1948. (8) Princis, 1969. (9) Yukawa et al., 1984. (10) this
paper. (11) Roth, 1989.
COCKROACHES FROM THE KRAKATAU ISLANDS (DICTYOPTERA: BLATTARIA) 359
about fifteen species were recorded but apparently brown band on the vertex, and the tegmina have
some were misidentifications. Thirteen species of a dark brown macula on the basal portion (Roth,
cockroaches were collected in 1984-1985, Not 1989).
represented were the following previously reported Princis (1965: 376) listed Anaplecta javanica
taxa: Blatta orientalis Linn., Margattea ceylanica Saussure from Krakatau, Sumatra, and Java. Of
(Saussure), Margattea contingens (Walker), Mar- the 11 references listed under this species by Princis,
gattea anceps (Krauss), and Margattea humeralis only Karny (in Dammerman, 1922: 107) gave
(Walker). Hanitsch (1923a: 198) listed 1 male and records from Krakatau and Verlaten Islands.
4 females of M. contingens from Krakatau. I have However, Karny also included records from Sebesy
seen three of these specimens and they are Balta and listed A. javanica only from this island. Princis
vilis (Brunner). In his 1923a paper, Hanitsch agreed probably erred in listing this species from Krakatau.
with Shelford's synonymy of M. humeralis (male In a preliminary report, Yukawa et al. (1984)
from Singapore) with M. contingens (female from listed Platyzosteria denini Hanitsch (Blattidae:
Sarawak) but later decided that these two species Polyzosteriinae) from Sertung, and Rhicnoda sp.
are valid. Princis (1969: 866) listed M. humeralis (Blaberidae) from Sertung and Rakata. Both were
from Krakatau, even though none of the references collected in 1982 and identified by S. Asahina. I
given in his Catalogus record this species from that have examined these specimens and determined the
island. Princis probably listed M. humeralis from former as a female of Neostylopyga picea and the
Krakatau because one of Hanitsch's published latter as a nymph of Haanina major.
records of “М. contingens" was a male, and The following are new records for the Krakataus:
presumably the synonym M. humeralis. 1 have Periplaneta americana (Linn.), Blattella radicifera
examined the types of M. humeralis and M. con- (Hanitsch), Lobopterella dimidiatipes (Bolívar),
tingens and concluded that Shelford was correct Margattea paraceylanica Roth, Margattea nimbata
in synonymizing them (Roth, 1989). (Shelford) (probably earlier reported as ceylanica)
The records of Margattea ceylanica from the and one undetermined species, probably a Balta
Krakataus probably referred to Margattea nimbata (nymphs only).
which has been considered to be its junior syno- Thornton and Rosengren (in press) discussed the
nym, but both are valid species. The former may possible causes of changes in species complement
be restricted to Sri Lanka whereas M. nimbata is from one survey to the next (cryptoturnover, pseu-
very widely distributed occurring in Australia doturnover, immigration, and extinction). The
(Northern Territory), Krakatau, Kei Island, biota of Anak was largely destroyed by eruptions
Christmas Island, Thailand, Sarawak, Borneo, and in 1952 and the vegetation again was severely
Java. However, it is also possible that the Krakatau damaged in 1972 so that this island “. . .is effec-
record of M. ceylanica was based on a misidentifi- tively no more than about three decades old." In
cation of Margattea paraceylanica Roth, which has spite of this relatively recent destruction, six spe-
been found on Sertung, Rakata, and Panjang cies of cockroaches have already been reintroduced,
(Roth, 1989), only two or three species less than the number
Although Margattea anceps was not taken on the recorded from Rakata and Panjang. The largest
1984-1985 expeditions, its markings are sufficiently number of cockroach species occur on Sertung
different from the other species of the genus (on (Table 1; at least three of the twelve species listed
the Krakataus) that it is readily identified. Its head under Anak are questionable).
is yellowish brown with a broad transverse dark
Key to the cockroaches (adults only) from the Krakatau Islands
The following key includes fourteen of the species listed in Table 1. Margattea con-
tingens and M. ceylanica are omitted because they were probably based on misiden-
tifications. The males of these two species were recently redescribed (Roth, 1989) and
both lack a tergal gland on the eighth segment, whereas the males of M. paraceylan-
ica and M. nimbata have a tergal specialization on T8. The lateral corners of the
male subgenital plate of contingens are produced and style-like so that there appears
to be four styles rather than two as in the Krakatau species in the key.
i Male subgenital plate with a pair of similar, elongate, cylindrical styles situ-
ated laterodistad on the subgenital plate (Figs 1A, B, 2B, 3E). Female sub-
genital plate with mesodistal portion valvular (Figs 1D, 3C). (Blattidae) .. 2
Styles of subgenital plate not as above. Female subgenital plate not valvu-
ES Os ey Ln ee КЕЛАТ 7
360 L. M. ROTH
Tegmina fully developed or reduced, hind wings present but may be reduced
Or wvestibldl |vox re ce CE ore ЕЛА pe eia a dee tks eat 3
Tegmina short lateral pads, hind wings absent (e.g., Fig. 3B) ....... 6
Tegmina and wings fully developed (26-36 mm long). Pronotum with a pair
of large blotches usually on a lighter yellowish background (e.g., Fig. 1E) 4
Tegmina and wings usually reduced, rarely both developed, but if they are,
TESST RAN Уллы Los Ne EU TL ERN mc CETT 5
Humeral area of tegmen (that portion anterior to the subcosta) yellow (c,
©). Hind margin of c supra-anal plate subtruncate (Fig. 1A) ........
ые SERE e te Bee ee der statics ats acre ocr E =, Periplaneta australasiae
Humeral area of tegmina not yellow, similar to the rest of the wing cover
(©, 9). Hind margin of c supra-anal plate with a deep V-shaped excava-
HORM UEN Ce МЕ ЖЕН d LRA ТЕ КЕ Periplaneta americana
un Male first abdominal tergum unspecialized. Arolia subobsolete (Fig. 2D).
Tegmina and wings reduced, covering only about two-thirds of the abdominal
terga es) m NCC eerie АЕ Ee ЕИ К КОСА Blatta orientalis
Male first abdominal tergum with a large, dense, setal specialization medi-
ally (Fig. 3A). Arolia moderately developed. Tegmina and wings usually
reduced, but sometimes fully developed (in brachypterous males and most
brachypterous females, hind wings usually are smaller and narrower (ves-
tigial) than the tegmina (Fig. 3A), but some females have wings as long as
DHE TOMI Jam ао LIED Hebardina concinna
Arolia subobsolete (Fig. 2E). Supra-anal plate with a mediolongitudinal
ridge, distal margin angulate-emarginate (Fig. 2C). Tegmina usually extend
only to about middle of metanotum. (9) ........... Blatta orientalis
Arolia relatively large (Fig. 3G). Supra-anal plate not as above (Figs 3D,
E). Tegmina usually shorter reaching to about hind margin of mesonotum
(ET ЗВО) U шалы C en a RE ER Neostylopyga picea
Cerci long and slender, extending well beyond supra-anal plate. Legs long
ие ыеп а ОСУИ RETE (Blattellidae) .. 8
Cerci short, not projecting much beyond hind margin of supra-anal plate
(Figs 11B E). Legs shorter and more stocky ........ (Blaberidae) .. 14
Tarsal claws distinctly asymmetrical (Fig. 6C) .................000- 9
Tarsal elas угатпеноа е е а ОИЕ е 10
Sal Face and pronotal disk with characteristic pattern as in Figs 6A, В. Costal
veins of hind wing thickened distad (Fig. 7D). Male: supra-anal plate trigonal,
apex weakly indented (Figs 7A, E); subgenital plate widely, deeply, con-
cavely excavated, with a distinct median lobe (Figs 7B, F). Female: interca-
lary sclerties poorly defined, mostly hidden under ovipositor valves (Fig.
610) Mr. nw Bs ie DOMUM S ren ec FT Balta notulata
Face and vertex of head with weak markings. Pronotal disk immaculate (Fig.
8E). Costal veins of hind wing not thickened (Fig. 8H). Male: supra-anal
plate very short, rectangular (Fig. 8D); subgenital plate with a deep V-shaped
excavation (Fig. 8A). Female: intercalary sclerites ofgenitalia distinct, nar-
rowly rectangular, oblique (Fig. 8G) ...................4. Balta vilis
Anteroventral margin of front femur with large spines that decrease in length
distad, terminating in 3 heavy spines, becoming longer in increasing ratio
(Type A,); tarsal claws not serrated on ventral margins. In fully developed
wings, costal veins of hind wing not clubbed .................... 11
Anteroventral margin of front femur with 1 or more large proximal spines
followed by a row of piliform spinules, terminating in 2 large spines (Type
B;); tarsal claws minutely serrated on ventral margins (may be subobsolete
and difficult to see). Costal veins of hind wings clubbed .......... 12
Tegmina and wings fully developed, extending beyond end of abdomen.
Pronotal disk with dark brown pattern as in Fig. 10A (©, 9). Male seventh
abdominal tergum with a setal specialization (F ig. 10B) .. Blattella radicifera
Tegmina reduced, not reaching beyond the third abdominal tergum; hind
wings lateral, vestigial. Tegmina with a hyaline area anteromedially through
which a pale mesonotal macula is visible. Second abdominal tergum with
a pair of narrow, rectangular, hyaline spots. (Fig. 10C) (o, 9) ......
ТИ ED Lobopterella dimidiatipes
12. Tegmina with a dark brown macula on basal portion (see Fig. 41 in Roth,
1989), that may extend the length of the wing cover (9, 9) .........
ai eS S CHORO oe Wor, те Eris ул об ERE IE Margattea anceps
= 'eemniacwitlionterarkings: gero e eI SS Куру HR жел 13
13. Abdominal sterna pale with broad dark brown lateral borders, this colour
narrower on posterior segments. Hind margin of supra-anal plate distinctly
concavely indented (c, 9) (Figs 16, 19 in Roth, 1989). Male median geni-
tal phallomere with a pair of large spinelike structures apically (can be seen
in pinned specimens if the supra-anal and subgenital plates are separated;
Eig: ТЕ КОН, P989)... ole le emia eh iius Margattea nimbata
— Abdominal sterna without broad dark brown lateral borders. Hind margin
of supra-anal plate more shallowly concave (Figs 8, 14 in Roth, 1989) (o,
Q). Apex of male's median genital phallomere without a pair of spinelike
processes (Fig. 10 in Roth, 1989) ........... Margattea paraceylanica
14. Pronotum shiny blackish brown with yellowish margins anteriorly and
anterolaterally (amount of yellow sometimes greatly reduced), hind margin
convex (Fig. 11A). Anteroventral margin of front femur fringed with regu-
larly placed hairs, the more proximal longest, shorter distal hairs piliform,
terminating in 1 large spine (©; this species is parthenogenetic and gener-
ally produces only females) ................ Pycnoscelus surinamensis
= Pronotum hyaline with dark stippling, hind margin practically straight (Fig.
11C). Anteroventral margin of front femur with some large proximal spines
followed by a row of piliform spinules terminating in 2 large spines ...
EET EIU LS ESR ai E qur ket STRIS See Haanina major
Records and redescriptions of some species examined. Anak Krakatau. (TUVA 6°06'S, 105?26'E,
mixed forest, at light, 1 9, 20 Aug 1985.
Periplaneta australasiae (Fabricius)
Remarks. This species differs superficially from P.
Figure LA-E australasiae by the absence of the yellowish humeral
stripe on the tegmina. The male's supra-anal plates
Periplaneta australasiae (Fab.).— Princis, 1966: 447-455
are distinctly different between these two species
(references to biology, synonymy and records).— Roth and
Willis, 1960: pl. 20 (habitus ©, 9). (cf. Figs 1A and 1F).
This is a cosmopolitan species and one of the
Material examined. Anak Krakatau. (TUVA): 1 male, 1 most important domiciliary cockroach pests. It is
nymph, 2 Sep 1984.
the first record of P. americana from the
Remarks. The terminal abdominal segments of the Krakataus.
male and the female, and the pronotal markings
are shown in Figs 1A-E.
This circumtropical species has previously been Blatta orientalis Linnaeus
reported from Krakatau and Verlaten Islands Figure 2
(Hanitsch, 1923a: 208; Dammerman, 1929: 112; 7 (refer-
1948: 484) where it is found among fallen leaves Blatta orientalis Linn. — Princis, 1966: 475-50
, synony my, and reco —
rds) . and
Roth
and other vegetable debris. ences to biology
Willis, 1960, pl. 4 (habitus, c, 9).
The
Remarks. This blattid is sexually dimorphic.
Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus) ypter ous tegmi na and wings that do
male has brach
as the
Figure 1F not reach the end of the abdomen, where
hind wings
female has short, lateral tegmina, and
Periplaneta americana (Linn.). — Princis, 1966:405-438 Damm erma n (1948: 484) incorrectly
are absent ,
(references to biology, synonymy, and records). — Roth female
and Willis, 1960, pl. 19 (habitus ©, 9). Material stated that the female is apterous. Male and
362 L. M. ROTH
Figure I. Periplaneta spp. A-E. Periplaneta austral

asiae: A, c supra-anal and subgenital plates (dorsal)
genital plate (ventral); C, 9 supra-anal plate (dorsal) ; B, © sub-
; D, © subgenital plate (ventral); E, © pronot
americana, © supra-anal plate (dorsal). Abbrev um. F, Periplaneta
iations: a, supra-anal plate; b, subgenital
of last sternum. Scales (mm): ASIDE SOS plate; c, style; d, valve
SEO SL
COCKROACHES FROM THE KRAKATAU ISLANDS (DICTYOPTERA: BLATTARIA)
363
Figure 2. Blatta orientalis. A, c supra-anal and subgenital plates (dorsal); B, c subgenital plate (ventral); C, 9
| terminal abdominal segments (dorsal); D, c tarsal claws and arolium; E, 9 tarsal claws and arolium.
Abbreviations: a, supra-anal plate; b, style; c, subgenital plate; d, seventh abdominal tergum (T8 and T9 are greatly
reduced and hidden under T7); e, arolium. Scales (mm): A-C, 2.0; D, E, 0.5.
terminal abdominal segments are shown in Figs India. (ANSP): Trichinopoly, Madras Presidency, 1 9,
2A-C, and the reduced arolia in Figs 2D, E. C. Leigh (reported by Hebard, 1929: 84); Inde meri-
Blatta orientalis was not represented in the 1984 dionale, 1 о", under rotten wood, 4 Mar, Voy. Carl et
and 1985 Krakatau collections. It was previously Escher; Calcutta, zoological garden, 1 9, under stone,
11 Nov 1910; Kota, Naini, Tal Dist. U.P., 1 o", 5 May 1908,
reported from Krakatau by Hanitsch (1923a: 208)
R.H.; Sasan, Kathiawar, 1 9, 6-7 Dec 1912.
and Dammerman (1948: 484; this probably referred
Philippine Islands, (ANSP): Los Bafios, 1 9, 13 Nov
to Hanitsch's earlier record). Karny (in Dammer- 1930, N. Cuevas, 1 9, 26 Jun 1926, J. Pegifia, 1 о, 26
man, 1922: 107) listed it with a query, from Aug 1927, B.M. Aquanta.
Krakatau.
It seems unusual that this cosmopolitan Measurements (mm) (© in parentheses). Length,
domiciliary pest, if established on the Krakatau 13.0-15.0 (10.6-20.0); pronotum length x width,
islands, has not been collected again since the origi- 3.7-4.1 x 4.8-5.5 (3.9-5.2 x 4.8-6.5); tegmen
nal record. It is possible that it was misidentified length, 8.5-15.2 (7.5-11.0).
and the specimen may have been Hebardina Remarks. The tegmina in both sexes of H. concinna
concinna. usually are reduced, but the extent of reduction
Hebardina concinna (Haan) varies considerably (Bruijning, 1948: 115) (Fig. 4B).
In brachypterous males and most brachypterous
Figure 3A females, the hind wings are usually much smaller
Blatta/Periplaneta concinna Haan, 1842: 50 (©, (reaching to about the hind margin of the second
9).—Hanitsch, 1915: 104, pl. 1, fig. 60 (habitus). abdominal tergum) and narrower than the tegmina,
Hebardina concinna (Haan). — Bey-Bienko, 1938: 23, but veins are still present. Some females have wings
1950: 157. — Princis, 1966:466-467 (generic changes, syn- that are about the same size as the reduced tegmina.
onyms, records). — Asahina, 1983, pl. 1, Fig. 5A (habitus). The male illustrated by Asahina (1983, pl. 1, fig..
Material examined. Krakatau Islands. (TUVA): Anak, 5A) has fully developed tegmina that extend beyond
| 1 9, in litter, 12 Sep 1984, 6°06'S, 105°26Е, 1 ©, under the end of the abdomen. Males have a large,
logs, 21 Aug 1985; Panjang, 6°05'5, 105?28'E, 1 o, 16 densely setose medial specialization on the first
| Aug 1985; Rakata, Owl Bay, 6°095, 105°28Е, 1 о abdominal tergum (Fig. 3A, arrow). The species
nymph, 100 m, under rocks, 26 Aug 1985; Sertung, 1 9, varies considerably in size; the females tend to be
15 Sep 1984. larger than males but their measurements overlap
Sumatra. (ANSP): Guenong Soegi, Lampong, 1 c,
(Fig. 4A).
Oct-Nov 1901, A.C. Harrison Jr and Dr H.M. Miller
Dammerman (1948: 484) reported H. concinna
(reported by Hebard, 1929: 84).
Java. (ANSP): Tjibodas, 1400 m, 2 9 , Aug 1921; Java, from Krakatau. The present records from the
1 9, C. Pictet (det. by Saussure as Stylopyga concinna) Krakatau Islands are the first for Panjang, and
(reported by Hebard, 1929: 84). Rakata. The species is widespread and has been
364 L. M. ROTH
PL
CP
Simian esu
o M SHWE |
i
i
i
Figure 3. A, Hebardina concinna, © habitus, from Panjang left tegmen

removed to show vestigial hind wing; arrow
indicates setal gland (partly hidden by right tegmen) on first abdominal tergum.
B-G, Neostylopyga picea from Ser-
tung: B, 9 thorax, tegmina, and abdominal terga 1 and 2; С, © subgenital
plate (ventral); D, © terminal abdomi-
nalsegments (dorsal); E, o terminal abdominal segments (dorsal); F,
© subgenital plate and styles (ventral); G,
© tarsal claws and arolium. Scales (mm): A-F, 2.0; G, 0.5.
5.5 y
15.0
ы 7
11.0
5.0 ۳
€
E
~~
^ Гы
E "
=
1.
Е 5E
10.0 [.—
z 4.5 L] T |6,
ul . LI © k
cl 2
ul
z ci г ^
e s d 9.0 —
O 4.0 = nee z IE
5
c
. Rs
ul
i
gs
e
e
п
"
a e
PE Г.
8.0 "
3.5 i
j E
"n =
4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 "X

A PRONOTUM WIDTH (mm) B MALES FEMALES
Figure 4. Hebardina concinna. A, variation in size of pronotum: B, variation in tegmen length. Circles = males;
squares — females.
|8
t 4.0 — of
E E G
ыг.
E = ЫШ
nd по п
н
eC ™
Р-4 TD Ы
Шш &
E eo
M25 14 е
=
б 2-0 =
i 1.
Lx |
PRONOTUM
(mm)
LENGTH
He
fei, eit
8.0 9.0 10.0 11 200, 3.0 4.0
A PRONOTUM WIDTH (mm) B TEGMEN WIDTH (mm)
Figure 5. Neostylopyga picea. A, variation in size of pronotum; B, variation in tegmen size. Circles = males; squares
= females; arrow indicates Brunner’s measurement of the type 9 from Sambelong Island, Nicobar group; the lar-
gest female measurements (pronotum and tegmen) are from a 9 from Pulau Ubin.
recorded from Burma, Malakka, Sumatra, Java, Neostylopyga picea (Brunner)

and Borneo, with questionable records from India,
Figure 3B-G
Hong Kong, Vietnam, and the Philippines (Princis,
1966:466). The material, other than from the Neostylopyga picea (Brunner).
— Princis, 1966: 537-538
Krakataus, which I am reporting here shows that (references to biology, records, and generic
H. concinna is found in India and the Philippines. combinations).
Asahina (1983:2) stated that the species occurs, but Material examined. Krakatau Islands. (TUVA): Anak
is scarce, in Thailand. Krakatau, 6°06'S, 105?26'E, 1 © nymph, 18 Nov 1986;
366 L. M. ROTH
Rakata, Zwarte Hoek, 6°09'S, 105°25'Е, under rocks, 1 Onychostylus notulatus (Stál).— Asahina, 1965, figs
©, 2 9 (1 with ootheca), | œ nymph, 1 Nov 1984, 1 11-19 (Japanese: English summary).
c nymph, under log, 15 Nov 1984, on rotten log, 2 9, Margattea laxiretis Bolivar, 1924: 327 (o").—Princis,
1 a nymph, 11 Nov 1984, Base Camp, under rock, 1 c, 1969: 868. New Synonymy.
12 Nov 1984; Panjang, 6°05'5, 105?28'E, 1 Ọ nymph,
Material examined. Krakatau Islands. (TUVA): Rakata,
20 Nov 1984, in litter, 1 9 (with partially formed
Zwarte Hoek, in decaying wood, 1 9 (genitalia slide no.
ootheca), 2 с" and 1 © nymphs, 14 Nov 1984, under logs,
5), 11 Nov 1984; Panjang, north, 6°05'S, 105°28'E, beat-
2 c, 2 c nymphs, 16 Aug, 1985; Sertung, 6?05'S,
ing, 1 c (terminalia slide no. 6), 1 с nymph, 16 Aug
105°23’E, | $ nymph, 15 Nov 1984, under bark of dead
1985; Sertung, 6°05'S, 105°23'Е, forest III, sweep, 1 9,
Ficus on beach, 1 c nymph, 11 Nov 1984, forest 111,
under logs, 1 о", 18 Aug 1985, 1 o, 2 9, 19 Aug 1985,
19 Aug 1985.
Chagos Island. (BMNH): Salomon Atoll, male holo-
forest Il, under logs near spring, 2 nymphs, 19 Aug 1985,
type of Margattea laxiretis Bolivar, May-Dec 1905, J.S.
spit 6°04'S, 105?24-25'E, Casuarina under bark and logs,
Gardiner, Percy Sladen Trust Expedition.
1 © nymph, 18 Aug 1985. (KUKJ): Sertung, | © , at light,
Marianas Islands. (ОСМО): Tinian, 1 9, 8 Jan 1985,
4 Nov 1982, J. Yukawa (reported as P/atyzosteria denini
C.J.P. and C.D.B.
Hanitsch, by Yukawa et al., 1984).
New Caledonia. (NMWA): Bachufer südl., Oubatche,
Pulau Ubin (Strait of Johore). (ANSP): 1 9, under
1 c (terminalia slide 48), 15 Nov 1965, Austrian/New
fallen log, 25 Nov 1921, F.N. Chasen (reported by
Caledonia Exp. 1965 [reported as Lupparia notulata (Stál)
Hebard, 1929: 83).
by Princis, 1974: 515]. Oubatche is the type locality of
Measurements (mm) (9 in parentheses). Length, Margaitea scripta Chopard (type in the Basel Museum),
16.0-18.0 (17.0-30.0); pronotum length x width, a junior synonym of B. notulata.
5.1-5.8 х 7.1-8.1 (5.5-8.5 х 7.1-11.7); tegmen Java. (NMWA): Sukabumi, West Java, 1 ©’, Fruh-
length x width, 2.3-4.0 x 2.3-3.0 (2.8-5.0 x storfer, coll. Br. v. W.
Sulawesi. (NMWA): Samanga, S. Celebes, 1 ©, Nov
2.6-3.6).
1895, H. Fruhstorfer, coll. Br. v. W.
Remarks. Both sexes of N. picea have short, lateral, Sarawak. (NMWA): 1 o (labelled L. Aieroglyphica
tegminal pads, and lack hind wings (Fig. 3B). The Brunner, by Ruschka).
subgenital and supra-anal plates of both sexes, and Borneo. (NMWA): 1 ©, Pfeiffer, 893, coll. Br. v. W.
[According to Kaltenbach (personal communication) this
tarsal claws are shown in Figs 3C-G. This species
specimen may be a syntype of Phyllodromia hieroglyphica
varies considerably in size (Fig. 5), and the females
(a junior synonym of B. notulata), provided “893” does
tend to be larger than the males. The unusually not refer to the year of collection. Perhaps the label refers
large female came from Pulau Ubin. Hanitsch to the Australian explorer, Lady Ida Pfeiffer who arrived
(1923a: 209) gave the measurements (mm) of female in Sarawak in 1851. The Natural History Museum Vienna
specimens from Krakatau and Verlaten Islands as: received one part of her collection. However, Pfeiffer is
body, 30; pronotum, 11 x 12; tegmina, 3.5. The a rather common name in Germany and Austria. Kalten-
pronotal length appears to be rather long, but the bach further stated that there is a *Borneo" specimen of
size of the specimen is somewhat similar to the Р. hieroglyphica from the Novara Reise 1854-59 expedi-
specimen from Pulau Ubin. tion. The label shows a faint but clearly visible locality
"Taiti". This specimen (which I have not seen) certainly
Karny (in Dammerman, 1922: 107), Hanitsch
is a syntype of P. hieroglyphica, but it has no identifica-
(1923a: 209; 1923b: 436; 1928: 36) and Dammer- tion label.]
man (1922: 83; 1948: 484) reported N. picea from Papua New Guinea. ISNB: Madang, Nubia Village, 1
Krakatau and Sertung where it is found in humus ©, Jul 1981, J. Van Goethem. The following were col-
and decaying wood. Karny (1924: 7, 8; 1925: 191) lected by P. Grootaert: Awar bush, 1 œ, 9 Jul 1982, 12#,
discussed reproduction of Krakatau specimens sup- 2 Jun 1982; Laing, 1 œ, 7 May 1982, 1 ©, 18 Oct 1982.
plied him by Dammerman, and illustrated the Taiwan. (MCZH): “Kuraru”, 1 ©, 11 Aug 1934, L.
ootheca and nymph. Dammerman (1922: 83) stated Gressitt (labelled Onychostylus notulatus, by Princis dated
that the nearest localities to Krakatau where N, 1960).
picea was known, were Borneo and Singapore. Description. Tegmina and wings fully developed.
According to Princis (1966: 537), the species is Hind wing with costal veins clubbed, cubitus vein
found in Java and Sumatra, as well as Nicobar with 4 complete and 0 incomplete branches, apical
Islands, Malacca, and questionably from Thailand. triangle small (Fig. 7D). Anteroventral margin of
front femur with 2 or 3 large proximal spines fol-
Balta notulata (Stal) comb. nov. lowed by a row of piliform spinules, terminating
in 2 or 3 large apical spines; pulvilli present on 4
Figures 6, 7
proximal tarsomeres, arolia present, tarsal claws
Lupparia notulata (5181). — Princis, 1969: 958 (refer- distinctly asymmetrical (Fig. 6C). Male: Abdomi-
ences to biology, synonymy, generic combinations, and nal terga unspecialized. Supra-anal plate trigonal,
distribution). apex shallowly indented; right and left paraprocts
C, tarsal claws and arolium; D, genitalia

Figure 6. Balta notulata, 9 from Rakata. A, head (frontal); B, pronotum;
(ventral).
d, ovipositor valve; e, paratergite; f, first
Abbreviations: a, supra-anal plate; b, paraproct; c, intercalary sclerite;
valvifer. Scales (mm): A, B, 1.0; C, 0.25; D, 0.5.
essentially similar plates (Figs 7A, E). Hind margin colour markings are distinctive and the male's sub-
of subgenital plate deeply, concavely excavated genital plate with its interstylar lobe make the spe-
with a small projecting medial lobe, styles small, cies easily identifiable. I have examined the male
bulbous (Figs 7B, F). Genitalia as in Figs 7C, G; holotype of Margattea laxiretis Bolívar, from
hooklike genital phallomere on the right side (not Chagos Island, and it is clearly Balta notulata.
left as claimed by Asahina, 1965, fig. 16). Female:
This species has been placed in the following
Supra-anal plate transverse, apex deeply excavated
genera: Allacta, Blatta, Blattella, Eoblatta, Grap-
toblatta, Margattea, Onychostylus, Phyllodromia,
(Fig. 6D). Genitalia as in Fig. 6D; intercalary
and finally Lupparia (Princis, 1969: 958). Based
sclerites small, mostly hidden under the oviposi-
on male genitalia characters, as well as wing vena-
tor valves; paratergites bifurcated near middle; first
tion, front femur type, tarsal claws, and subgeni-
valvifer with a fringe of setae along one margin.
tal plate, I believe that B. notulata is a species of
Balta. Lupparia is very close to it but its hind wing
Coloration. Brownish yellow. Head and pronotum
has a more disinct apical triangle. Unfortunately
with brown markings as in Figs 6A, B. Legs yel-
Lupparia was based on a female from the Philip-
lowish with small brown spots at the base of the
of pines, and I have not seen a male of the type spe-
spines and a brown spot at the base and apex
e of the anterio r femurs . The cies Lupparia adimonialis (Walker).
the internal surfac
are Balta notulata is very widespread (Princis, 1969:
pronotal and facial markings of the nymph
958). Karny (in Dammerman, 1922: 107) recorded
similar to those of the adult. and Dammerman (1948: 483)
it from Krakatau,
of the male reported it from Krakatau, Sertung and Panjang.
Remarks. The characteristic structures
those of The present female taken on Rakata is the first
from Panjang (Figs 7A-C) are simila tor
onia (Figs 7E-G) . The record from that island.
a male from New Caled
|
368 L. M. ROTH
Figure 7. Balta notulata males. A-D, from Rakata: A, supra-anal plate and paraprocts (ventral); B, distal region
of subgenital plate (dorsal); C, genitalia (dorsal); D, hind wing. E-G, from New Caledonia: E, supra-anal plate
(ventral); F, subgenital plate (dorsal); G, genitalia (dorsal). Abbreviations: a, supra-anal plate; b, paraproct; c, style;
d, left phallomere; e, median phallomere; f, hooklike right phallomere. Scales (mm): A-C, 0.5; D, 2.0; E-G, 0.5.
Figure 8. A-H, Balta vilis: A, B, c from Sertung, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal), and left genital phallo-
mere (dorsal). C-F, c from Rakata: C, right hooklike phallomere; D, supra-anal plate (ventral); E, pronotum;
F, apical region of median genital phallomere: G, 9 from Anak, genitalia (ventral); H, o hind wing. I, Balta sp.,
nymph from Panjang, pro-, meso-, and metanotum.
Abbreviations: a, hooklike right phallomere; b, median phallomere; c, accessory median phallomere; d, left phal-
lomere; e, subgenital plate; f, style; g, supra-anal plate; h, paraproct; i, intercalary sclerite; j, ovipositor valve; k,
paratergite; 1, first valvifer. Scales (mm): A, 0.5; B, 0.25; C, 0.15; D, 0.5; E, 2.0; F, 0152: Gy ОЮНУ ОРДО,
370 L. M. ROTH
ag
pee
Mou
Figure 9. Balta vilis. A, o from Macassar (type locality), subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal); B, 9 holotype,
supra-anal plate, and first valvifer of genitalia (ventral). Scale (mm): 0.5.
Balta vilis (Brunner) comb. nov. with 2-5 complete (1 or more bifurcate) and 0
incomplete branches, apical triangle small (Fig.
Figures 8, 9
8H). Anteroventral margin of front femur with 1
Onychostylus vilis (Brunner).— Asahina, 1965: 12, figs large proximal spine followed by a row of piliform
20-26 (©, $) (Japanese: English summary). spinules and terminating in 3 distal spines (Type
Lupparia vilis (Brunner).— Princis, 1969: 960 (refer- Вз; 1 specimen which lacked the abdomen has Type
ences to synonymy, generic combinations, and
B; with 2 and 4 large proximal spines, the number
distribution).
being different on the two femurs); tarsal claws
strongly asymmetrical, pulvilli and arolia present.
Material examined. Macassar. (NMWA): Female holo- Some specimens lack large proximal spines and
type of Phyllodromia vilis Brunner (genitalia slide 53), have a row of piliform spinules only terminating
coll. Br. v. W. labelled Onychostylus vilis (Br. W.), by in 3 large spines (Type C3). Male: Abdominal terga
Princis, 1961; 1 c (terminalia slide 54), coll. Br. v. W.
unspecialized. Supra-anal plate transverse, rectan-
[with the following labels: PAyllodromia vilis Brunner,
labelled by Brunner; Onychostylus vilis (Brunner), labelled gular, hind margin entire or essentially so; right and
by Princis dated 1961; Lupparia vilis (Brunner)]. left paraprocts, broad similar plates without spine-
Krakatau Islands. (TUVA): Rakata, Zwarte Hoek, base like processes (Fig. 8D). Subgenital plate with a
camp, 1 c (terminalia slide 1), 1 9, 12 Aug 1984; Anak deep V-shaped excavation, styles small, similar,
(6°06'S, 105?26'E), mixed forest, 1 о”, 20 Aug 1985, ex cylindrical, each located laterad to the V (Fig. 8A).
litter, 1 9 (genitalia slide 2), 10 Sep 1984, at light, 1 o, Genitalia as in Figs 8A, B, C, F, 9A; genital hook
15 Aug 1985, N. Foreland, 1 9 , 28-29 Sep 1986, Malaise, on the right side (not left as claimed by Asahina,
camp, 1 nymph, 13-19 Aug 1985, 1 nymph, 22 Aug 1985,
1965: fig. 24); shape and number of spinelike
20 nymphs, saccharum bait, 15 Aug 1985, 1 nymph, beat
Casuarina, 1 nymph, 15 Aug 1985, 27 nymphs, beat broad
processes on the left phallomere are variable.
leaved plants, 21 Aug 1985, 1 nymph, beat grass, 21 Aug Female: Supra-anal plate transverse, a broad
1985; Panjang, 6?05'S 105?28'E, 1 nymph, 16 Aug 1985; median area produced, hind margin medially exca-
Sertung, spit, casuarinas, 11 nymphs, 8 Aug 1985, 10 т, vated forming a pair of small, apically rounded
1 c nymph, 12 Nov 1984. (KUKJ): Sertung, 1 © (ter- lobes (Figs 8G, 9B). Genitalia as in Fig. 8G; inter-
minalia slide 1), at light, 9 Nov 1982, J. Yukawa (det. calary sclerites V-shaped, lightly sclerotized, partly
as Onychostylus vilis, by Asahina). (RNHL): Krakatau, hidden under the ovipositor valves; first valvifer
1 9, Sep 1920 (labelled Phyllodromia contingens W|k.), swollen basally (Fig. 8G) or enlarged unevenly
1 9, (abdomen missing), Dec 1919, Mus. Btzg., no. 6, along its full length (Fig. 9B, lower). Three females
1 9, Sep 1920 (both labelled Margattea contingens Walk.
have one front femur Type B; (with 1 large prox-
by Hanitsch).
imal spine), and the other femur Type C,. The
Description. Tegmina and wings fully developed. female holotype has Type В; with 4 large proximal
Costal veins of hind wings not clubbed, cubitus vein spines (only 1 femur present).
Coloration. Yellowish brown. Vertex of head with 105°24-25'Е), beating, 1 nymph, 18 Aug 1985, forest
a light brown band, and a light transverse band south, east ridge, 6°05'S, 105?23'E, 1 nymph, 27 Sep 1986.
between the top of the antennal sockets, face with Remarks. The above nymphs are all small (early
2 small dots near the antennal sockets and a band instars) and strikingly marked. The head is dark
between them. Pronotum with broad lateral areas brown except for a whitish band on the vertex, and
hyaline, disk essentially without markings (Fig. 8E). the pro-, meso-, and metanota are marked with
Nymphs. Some of the nymphs have faint head brown as shown in Fig. 8I. The abdominal terga
markings similar to those of the adult. Front are speckled with brown. I consider these imma-
femurs Type B;, C; or C3. ture specimens to be a Balta because their front
femur is Type C, and the tarsal claws are asym-
Measurements (mm) (9 in parentheses; measure- metrical; so far Balta is the only genus on the
ments in brackets refer to c: 9 holotype, both Krakataus with asymmetrical tarsal claws. It seems
from Macassar). Length, 11.0-11.5 (9.0-10.5) unusual that no adults were collected, although
[9.8:9.3]; pronotum length x width, 2.5-2.6 x nymphs apparently were abundant. Adults should
3.8-4.0 (2.6-2.7 x 3.7-4.2) [2.6 x 4.0: 3.0 x 4.5]; be examined to confirm my provisional determi-
10.5-11.0 (9.5-10.8) [10.7:9.9]. nation. The colour markings of the nymphs are dis-
Remarks. This species apparently varies in femur tinctly different from those of notulata (nymphal
type. The shapes of the first valvifer of the holo- markings similar to their adults) and vi/is (prono-
type, and the left genital phallomere of the male tal disk without distinctive markings).
from Macassar differ somewhat from these struc- Margattea ceylanica (Saussure)
tures in the specimens from the Krakatau Islands.
Margattea ceylanica (Saussure).— Princis, 1969: 862.—
I believe these differences are simply variations of
Roth, 1989: 211, figs 1-7 (0, 9).
a single species, B. vilis.
Balta vilis is easily differentiated from notulata Remarks. This species appears to be restricted to
(the only other species of adult Balta so far Sri Lanka and all of the localities other than this
recorded from the Krakataus) by differences in island, listed by Princis (1969) probably refer to
colour markings on the head and pronotum, and Margattea nimbata Shelford which was considered
shapes of the male supra-anal and subgenital plates, to be a junior synonym of M. ceylanica.
and male and female genitalia. Margattea paraceylanica Roth
Like B. notulata, this taxon is widely distributed
Margattea paraceylanica Roth, 1989: 213, figs 8-14 (o,
and has been reported from Iwo Jima, China,
Thailand, Malacca, Java, Randja, Komodo,
9).
Sumba, Sumbawa, Timor, and Wetar (Princis, Remarks. This species was collected in Rakata,
1969:960). Hanitsch incorrectly reported the spe- Panjang, and Sertung, on the 1984-1985 Krakatau
cies as Margattea contingens, from Krakatau. It expeditions. The males have a setal gland on T8
now occurs on all four Krakatau Islands. which is absent in M. ceylanica.
Margattea nimbata (Shelford)
Balta sp. Margattea nimbata (Shelford).— Princis, 1969: 863
(incorrectly listed as a synonym of M. ceylanica). — Roth,
Figure 8I 1989: 215, figs 15-26 (©, ©).
Material examined. Krakatau Islands. (TUVA): Panjang Remarks. Until recently, M. nimbata was a junior
(6°05'S, 105°28'Е), central, beat, 3 nymphs, under bark, synonym of M. ceylanica but the male and female
I nymph, 17 Aug 1985, sweep, 1 nymph, 16 Aug 1985, genitalia differ strongly and both are valid taxa.
5 nymphs, 16 Aug 1985, 200 ft, beating, 1 nymph, 14 Sep
1984, north, beating, 1 nymph, 20 Sep 1984; Rakata, S. Whereas ceylanica so far is limited to Sri Lanka,
face, 200 m, 2 nymphs, 24 Aug 1985, 50-100 m, 3 M. nimbata occurs on Krakatau, Northern Terri-
nymphs, 26 Aug 1985, 20-50 m, 1 nymph, 25 Aug 1985, tory (Australia), Kei Island, Christmas Island,
Zwarte Hoek, sweep, 1 nymph, 31 Aug 1984, litter, 1 Thailand, Sarawak, Borneo (Kalimantan), and
nymph, 12 Sep 1984, beating 1 nymph, 15 Sep 1984, W. Java (Roth, 1989).
ridge, 850 ft, beating, 1 nymph, 16 Sep 1984, Malaise, Margattea anceps (Krauss)
1 nymph, 19 Sep 1984; Sertung (6°05'S, 105?23E), 1
nymph, Sep 1984, forest, beating, 100 ft, 1 nymph, 250 Margattea anceps (Krauss).— Princis, 1969: 864.—
ft 1 nymph, 11 Sep 1984, forest III, east ridge, 4 nymphs, Roth, 1989: 220, figs 36-46 (©, ©).
under logs, bark, 1 nymph, 19 Aug 1985, forest I, beat-
Remarks. The dark brown macula on the tegmina
ing, 3 nymphs, 18 Aug 1985, forest II, beating, near
spring, 2 nymphs, 18 Aug 1985, spit, transit zone (6°04'S, distinguishes this species from the other species of
372 L. M. ROTH
Margattea in the Krakataus. This species was not 1966: — Roth,

196, figs 5, 6, 21. 1968, figs 112-114.—
Princis, 1969: 856.— Asahina, 1973: 124, figs 4-8,
collected on the 1984-1985 expeditions to the
16-18. — Roth, 1988, fig. 6A.
Krakataus, but was listed for Krakatau by Dam-
merman (1948: 483). The type locality of M. anceps Material examined. Krakatau Islands. (TUVA): Sertung,
is Java (Tjibodas) but Princis (1969:864) listed rainforest litter, 1 ©, 11 Sep 1984; Rakata, W. ridge, 280
other localities, namely Malacca, Sumatra, Men- m, water trap, 1 (abdomen missing), 22 Sep 1984; Rakata,
tawi Islands, and Borneo. However, these locali- Zwarte Hoek, under rocks, 1 9, 6 Sep 1984.
Thailand. (ZILS): Sakaerat (ASRTC site), Khorat
ties are, for the most part, based on Margattea
Province, 2 9 reared from nymphs, 1 nymph, 12 Oct
nigrovittata (Hanitsch) which Hanitsch claimed was
1967, N. Kobayashi.
a junior synonym of M. anceps. | have seen the
type of M. nigrovittata and it is clearly a valid spe- Description. This distinctive species (Fig. 10C)
cles distinctly different from M. anceps (Roth, should be easily identified from the following:
1989). Tegmina reduced in length reaching to hind
margin of metanotum, width normal, apical margin
Blattella radicifera (Hanitsch) oblique; hind wings vestigial, lateral. Anteroven-
Figures 10A, B tral margin of front femur Type Аз, tarsal claws
simple, symmetrical, pulvilli and arolia present.
Symploce radicifera (Hanitsch). — Princis, 1969: 881. Male: Seventh abdominal tergum with a pair of
Blattella radicifera (Hanitsch). — Roth, 1985: 106, figs
minute nonsetose pits (Gurney and Roth, 1966: fig.
56E, F, 59A-G, 60A-F.
21; Roth, 1988: fig. 6A). Supra-anal plate broadly
Material examined. Sertung. (TUVA): 2 9 (one with rounded (Asahina, 1973: fig, 5). Subgenital plate
genitalia slide 8), 15 Sep 1984, forest Ш, 6°05'S, 10523E, small, strongly convex, asymmetrical, deeply exca-
sweep, 1 ©, 1 nymph, under logs, bark, 19 Aug 1985.
vated, with styles and setose processes (Gurney and
Remarks. This species was redescribed by Roth Roth, 1966: fig. 6; Chopard, 1924: fig. 27). Genita-
(1985). The male of B. radicifera is readily distin- lia as in Gurney and Roth (1966: fig. 5).
guished from other blattellids in the Krakataus by
Coloration. Face blackish brown, cheeks and vertex
the setose gland on the seventh abdominal tergum,
pale, occiput dark; maxillary palps pale, fifth seg-
the shape of the supra-anal plate, and the cylin-
ment dark on basal half, Pronotum blackish brown
drical styles which are close together and located
except for narrow yellowish lateral and anterior
to the left of the midline on the hind margin of the
borders, Tegmina dark brown, anterior border yel-
subgenital plate (Fig. 10B). The markings on the
lowish, a continuation of the pale pronotal border.
adult pronotum (Fig. 10A) may vary. The nymph
Anteromedially on each tegmen is a hyaline area
has dark longitudinal pronotal bands characteris-
through which a pale macula on the mesonotum
tic of immature specimens of B/attella spp. (e.g.,
is visible. Metanotum with a smaller pair of pale
Blattella germanica).
maculae hidden by the tegmina. Abdominal terga
This is a rather common and widely distributed
dark brown, lateral borders pale, second tergum
species having been recorded from Borneo, Java,
with a pair of narrow rectangular hyaline spots.
Laos, Malaysia, Sabah, Sarawak, South Vietnam,
Abdominal sterna dark brown, lateral borders pale.
Sumatra, and Thailand. The present specimens
Cerci dorsally with slightly more than basal half
from Sertung are the first from the Krakataus.
dark brown, remainder pale, ventrally with basal
Lobopterella dimidiatipes (Bolivar) portions of segments dark, remainder pale. Legs
pale with dark brown spots as follows: coxae
Figure 10C (anterior surface) with small basal maculae on front
Loboptera dimidiatipes (Bolívar). — Zimmerman, 1948: coxae, larger spots on basal half and smaller spots
89, fig. 43. — Chopard, 1924: 319, fig. 27, pl. 3, fig. 2 laterally on mid and hind coxae. Femur (anterior
(as Temnopteryx bimaculata Chopard). — Hanitsch, 1932: surface): basal spots on all femurs, and a distal spot
72, fig. 13 (as Scabina transversa Hanitsch). — Hebard, as well on hind femur. Tibiae with basal and distal
1933: 121. — Fullaway and Krauss, 1945: 35, pl. 2, fig. spots.
14 [as Loboptera sakalava (Saussure and Zehntner)].
Lobopterella dimidiatipes (Bolívar).— Princis, 1957: Measurements (mm). Length, 10.5; pronotum
145. — McKittrick, 1964, figs 68A, B. — Gurney and Roth, length x width, 3.0 x 4.5; tegmen length, 3.0.
>
Figure 10. A, B, Blattella radicifera, © from Sertung: A, pronotum; B, abdominal terga 7 to 10, subgenital plate
and styles (dorsal). C, Lobopterella dimidiatipes, 9 (reproduced from Chopard, 1924, pl. 4, fig. 2).
Scales (mm): A, 1.0; B, 0.5; C, 3.5.
; > oS 8 ihдУХ
nu i,t wit Дн!asVi,
trs КОЛЛ |
ТАИ и Н
ЙҮ ШЫ
/f
374 L. M. ROTH
Female. The female essentially is similar to the male as its bisexual relative, Pycnoscelus indicus
in tegmina and wing reduction, size, and colour (Fabricius), which cannot reproduce parthenoge-
pattern. The hind margin of the subgenital plate netically (Roth, 1967). The habitus of P. indicus
is rounded. Supra-anal plate trigonal, apex rounded and P. surinamensis are similar (see figs 5C and
(Asahina, 1973: fig. 8). Genitalia as in McKittrick F in Roth and Willis, 1961: fig. 5C is P. surinamen-
(1964: figs 68A, B), and ootheca in Roth (1968: figs sis and 5F is P. indicus, which, at that time we con-
112-114). sidered to be a bisexual strain of P. surinamensis).
The habitus of the nymphs of P. indicus and P.
Remarks. In Hawaii, Lobopterella dimidiatipes is surinamensis are similar.
found on imported plants and appears to prefer wet Pycnoscelus surinamensis is a multiclonal form
districts where it is found under trash, stones, etc. composed of many genotypes that are successful
(Fullaway and Krauss, 1945). The present record invaders (Parker et al., 1977). It was previously
is the first for the Krakataus but the species is very reported from Krakatau and Sertung (= Verlaten)
widely distributed having been recorded from Islands by Karny (in Dammerman, 1922: 107),
Hawaii, Marquesas, Tahiti, Samoa, Fiji, New Hanitsch (1923a: 211), and Dammerman (1948:
Caledonia, Philippines, Sumatra, Madagascar,
484). The present records are the first for Rakata.
Seychelles, Zanzibar, Tanzania (Princis, 1969: 856),
Last Sumba, Flores, new Britain (Princis, 1957:
Haanina major (Saussure)
145), and from the Ryukyu Islands and southern
Taiwan (Asahina, 1973: 128). Figures 11C-F, 12
Pyenoscelus surinamensis (Linnaeus)
Haanina major (Saussure).—Hebard, 1929: 13.—
Figures IIA, B Princis, 1967: 642 (distribution, synonymy, and generic
combinations).
Pyenoscelus surinamensis (Linn.). = Princis, 1964: 264
(references 10 biology, synonyms, and distribution). Material examined. Krakatau Islands, (TUVA): Rakata,
base camp, 1 9 , 12 Sep 1984, 250 m, 1 c, 4 Sep 1984,
Material examined. Krakatau Islands. (TUVA): Rakata, in litter, 850 ft, 5 nymphs, 19 Sep 1984, 1 ©, 10 Sep 1984;
S. Fall, 400 m, 1 ¥, 24 Sep 1985, Sertung, 6"05'S, Rakata, Zwarte Hoek (6°09'S, 105°25’E), at light, 1 c
105"2YE, forest Il, under logs near spring, 1 © nymph, nymph, 1-3 Sep 1984, on bush, | 9 nymph, 16 Sep 1984,
19 Aug 1985, under logs, 1 © nymph, I8 Aug 1985, forest | ©, 30-31 Aug 1984, 1 ©, I Sep 1984, under rocks, 2
ПІ, east ridge, under bark, ete;, 1 9 nymph, 19 Aug 1985, c nymphs, 6 Sep 1984, 1 c nymph, 16 Sep 1984, 1 cx,
Anak Krakatau, 6"06з, I05"26'E, 2 9, I8 Sep 1986. 8 Sep 1984, in litter, 1 nymph, 12 Sep 1984; south side,
Diagnosis. Pronotum shining blackish brown with beating vegetation, | c, 18 Sep 1984; Owl Bay (6°09'S,
102^28'E), beat thorny palm, | 9, 26 Aug 1985, sweep-
brownish yellow along anterolateral and anterior
ing, | Ọ nymph, 22 Aug 1985; W. ridge, 250 m, 1 о
margins (Fig. ПА). Tegmina dark chestnut brown,
nymph, 1 Sep 1984; Sertung, in Casuarina litter, 2
marginal field yellowish brown. Colour markings nymphs, 11 Sep 1984; forest direct search, 6°05'5,
vary considerably between geographical localities 105^23'E, 2 9, I8 Aug 1985; forest I, under logs, 1 o
(see Fig. 1 in Roth, 1974). Hind margin of supra- nymph, 18 Aug 1985; forest IIT, east ridge, beating, 1 ox
anal plate convexly rounded and weakly indented nymph, 19 Aug 1985, sweep, 1 ©, 1 9 nymph, 19 Aug
medially (Fig. 11B). Anteroventral margin of front 1985; spit, transit zone (6°04'S, 105"24-25'E), 1 © (ter-
femur with row of slender piliform spinules only minalia slide 9), 18 Aug 1985; forest, under logs, 6"05'S,
(proximal ones longer), and terminates in | large 105"23'E, 2 9 nymphs, 18 Aug 1985; Panjang, litter in
secondary rain forest, 2 nymphs, 14 Sep 1984. (KUKI):
distal spine (Type C,).
Sertung, | nymph, Nov 1982, J. Yukawa (det. as Rhic-
Nymphs deep chestnut brown to blackish chest- noda sp. by Asahina).
nut brown. Head, pro-, meso-, and metanotum, Nicobar Island. (UZMC): 1 c (terminalia slide 3),
and first 3 abdominal terga shiny, remaining Galathea Expedition, 1845-48 [originally reported as 77.
abdominal terga dull shagreenous (see figs 4A-C macassariensis (Hahn) by Princis (1951: 37), but later
in Roth and Willis, 1961). determined as M. major (Princis, 1969: 643)].
Remarks. Pycnoscelus surinamensis was originally Diagnosis. Tegmina and wings fully developed
described from Surinam specimens, but is widely reaching beyond end of abdomen, or somewhat
distributed in tropical and subtropical regions; in reduced reaching to about T7 (in & from Nicobar
colder climates it can survive in greenhouses. It is Island, Fig. 12A). Tegmina punctate except for part
obligatorily parthenogenetic in the New World, of right tegmen covered by left one. Anteroventral
where males normally do not occur. It probably margin of front femur Type B, (rarely B,), pulvilli
originated in the Sunda Islands and Malay large on 4 proximal tarsomeres, arolia large, tarsal
Archipelago where it may occur in the same regions claws simple, symmetrical. Hind margins of male
Figure 11. A, B, Pycnoscelus surinamensis, 9 , pronotum, and supra-anal plate. C-F, Haanina major, c from Rakata:
(dorsal); F, genitalia (dorsal).
C, pronotum; D, subgenital plate and styles (ventral); E, supra-anal plate and cerci
Scales (mm): A, 2.0; B, 1.0; C, 5.0; D, ЫР» O. T:
rupted median longitudinal streak becoming denser

supra-anal (Fig. 11Е) and subgenital (Fig. 11D)
plates medially indented. Male genitalia as in Figs on clypeus, blackish maculae on genae. Pronotum
translucent with fine stippling becoming denser on
11F, 12B-D. Hind margin of female supra-anal
plate indented medially, hind margin of subgeni- disk, small but larger round circles widely spaced
tal plate convexly rounded and entire. over surface (Fig. 11C).
Measurements (mm) (Q in parentheses). Length,
Coloration. Tan to light brown with reddish tinge.
20.8-26.0 (25.0-28.0); pronotum length x width,
Head with small and large black dots between eyes
6.9-7.8 x 10.7-12.3 (8.1-8.6 x 12.2-13.5); tegmen
becoming denser on occiput, small oblique reddish
length, 18.4-22.1 (22.0-23.0).
maculae near each antennal socket, and an inter-
376 L. M. ROTH
m
/
Nymph with small tubercles mostly along hind Dammerman, K.W., 1948. The fauna of Krakatau
margins of thoracic and abdominal terga, giving 1883-1933. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Neder-
it a roughened appearance. This differs from the landsche Akademie van Wetenschappen Afd.
smooth surface of P. surinamensis nymphs. Natuurkunde (Tweede Sectie) 44: 1-594,
Fullaway, D.T, and Krauss, N.L.H., 1945. Common
Remarks. This species has previously been reported insects of Hawaii, Honolulu. Tong Pub. Co.:
from Sertung (Hanitsch, in Dammerman, 1929: Honolulu. 228 pp.
112; Dammerman, 1948: 483). Princis (1967: 642) Gurney, A.B. and Roth, L.M., 1966. Two new genera
listed it from Krakatau, Greater and Lesser Nico- of South American cockroaches superficially resem-
bling Loboptera with notes on bionomics (Dictyop-
bar Islands, and Java. The present collections
tera, Blattaria, Blattellidae). Psyche 73: 196-207.
extend the distribution in the Krakataus to Rakata Haan, W. de, 1842. Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Orthopte-
and Panjang. ren. In, C.J. Temminck, Verhandelingen over de
Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche over-
Acknowledgments zeesche bezittingen, Leiden. (1839-1844).
Hanitsch, R., 1915. Malayan Blattidae. Journal of the
I thank the curators and assistants, noted in the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society 60:
Material sections who sent me specimens. I am 17-178.
grateful to the Australian Biological Resources Hanitsch, R., 1923a. On a collection of Blattidae from
Study (ABRS) for partial support. the Buitenzorg Museum. Treubia 3: 197-221.
Hanitsch, R., 1923b. Malayan Blattidae. Part II. Jour-
nal of the Malayan Branch of the Royal Asiatic Soci-
References
ety 1: 393-473,
Asahina, S., 1965. Taxonomic notes on Japanese Blat- Hanitsch, R., 1928. Spolia Mentawiensia: Blattidae. Bulle-
taria, Ш. On the species of the genus Onychostylus tin of the Raffles Museum, Singapore Straits Settle-
Bolívar. Japanese Journal of Sanitary Zoology 16: ment 1: 1-44.
6-15. (Japanese: English summary). Hanitsch, R., 1932. Beccari and Modigliani's collection
Asahina, S., 1973. Taxonomic notes on Japanese Blat- of Sumatran Blattidae in the Museo Civico, Genoa.
taria. V. On three recently introduced blattellid spe- Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di
cies. Japanese Journal of Sanitary Zoology. 24: Genova 56: 48-92.
123-128. (Japanese: English summary). Hebard, M., 1929. Studies in Malayan Blattidae (Orthop-
Asahina, S., 1983. Domiciliary cockroach species in tera). Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Thailand. Promotion of Provincial Health Services, Sciences of Philadelphia 81: 1-109.
ser. 5: 1-12. Hebard, M., 1933. The Dermaptera and Orthoptera of
Bey-Bienko, G. Ya., 1938, Blattodea and Dermaptera col- the Marquesas Islands. Pacific Entomological Survey
lected by Mr R.J.H. Kaulback's expedition to Tibet. Publication 7, article 8: 105-140.
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of London Karny, H., 1924. Beitráge zur malayischen Orthopteren-
(B) 7(6): 121-125. fauna V; Bemerkungen uber einige Blattoiden. Treu-
Bey-Bienko, G. Ya., 1950. Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Insects, bia 5: 1-234.
Blattodea. Trudy Zoologicheskogo Instituto Karny, H., 1925. Een en ander over kakkerlakken (Blat-
Akademii Nauk SSSR (n.s.) 40, 342 pp. (Russian). toidea). Tropische Natuur 14: 185-192.
Bolivar, 1., 1924. XLV.— Orthoptera Dictyoptera (Blat- McKittrick, F.A., 1964. Evolutionary studies of cock-
tidae and Mantidae) and supplement to Gryllidae, roaches. Cornell University Agricultural Experiment
of the Seychelles and adjacent islands. Annals and Station, New York State College of Agriculture,
Magazine of Natural History, ser. 9, 13; 313-356. Memoir 389, 197 pp.
Parker, E.D., Selander, R.K., Hudson, R.O., and Lester,
Bruijning, C.F.A., 1948. Studies on Malayan Blattidae.
L.J., 1977. Genetic diversity in colonizing par-
Zoologische Mededeelingen, Leyden 29: 1-174.
thenogenetic cockroaches. Evolution 31: 836-842,
Chopard, L., 1924. Blattidae de la Nouvelle Calédonie
Princis, K., 1951. Neue und wenig bekannte Blattarien
et des Isles Loyalty. In, Sarasin, F. and Roux, J.,
recherches scientifiques en aus dem Zool. Museum Kopenhagen. Spolia Zoolog-
Nova Caledonia,
et aux Isles Loyalty 3: 301-336. ica Musei Hauniensis 12: 5-72.
Nouvelle-Ca lédonie
Princis, K., 1957. Zur Kenntnis der Blattarien der Klei-
Dammerman, K.W., 1922. The fauna of Krakatau, Ver-
nen Sundainseln. Verhandlungen der Naturforschen-
laten Island and Sebesy. Treubia 3: 61-112.
den Gesellschaft in Basel 68: 132-159.
Dammerman, K.W., 1929. Krakatau's new fauna. In
Princis, K., 1964. Blattariae. Part 6. Pp. 174-281 in M.
*Krakatau", published for the 4th Pacific Science
Beier (ed.) Orthopterorum Catalogus. ‘s Gravenhage.
Congress, Java, pp. 83-118.
>
phallomeres: B, right hook; C, apex

Figure 12. Haanina major, c from Nicobar Island: A, habitus; B-D, genital
of median; D, left.
Scales (mm): A, 5.0; B,C, 0.2; D, 0.3.
378 L. M. ROTH
Princis, K., 1965. Blattariae. Part 7. Pp. 284-400 in M. roaches with six new species, and a discussion of the
Beier (ed.) Orthopterorum Catalogus. ’s Gravenhage. Nocticolidae (Dictyoptera: Blattaria). Revue Suisse
Princis, K., 1966. Blattariae. Part 8. Pp. 402-614 in M. de Zoologie 95: 297-321.
Beier (ed.) Orthopterorum Catalogus. 's Gravenhage. Roth, L.M., 1989. The cockroach genus Margattea Shel-
Princis, K., 1967. Blattariae. Part 11. Рр. 616-710 in M. ford, with a new species from the Krakatau Islands,
Beier (ed.) Orthopterorum Catalogus. 's Gravenhage. and redescriptions of several species from the Indo-
Princis, K., 1969. Blattariae. Part 13. Pp. 713-1038 in Pacific region. (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blattellidae).
M. Beier (ed.) Orthopterorum Catalogus. ’s Proceedings of the Entomological Society of
Gravenhage. Washington 91: 206-229.
Princis, K., 1974. Ergebnisse der Osterreichischen Roth, L.M. and Willis, E.R., 1960. The biotic associa-
Neukaledonien-Expedition 1965. Blattariae-Schaben. tions of cockroaches. Smithsonian Miscellaneous
Annalen Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien 78: Collections 141: 1-470.
513-521. Roth, L.M. and Willis, E.R. 1961. A study of bisexual
Roth, L.M., 1967. Sexual isolation in parthenogenetic and parthenogenetic strains of Pycnoscelus sur-
Pycnoscelus surinamensis and application of the inamensis (Blattaria: Epilamprinae). Annals of the
name Pycnoscelus indicus to its bisexual relative (Dic- Entomological Society of America 54: 12-25.
tyoptera: Blattaria: Blaberidae: Pycnoscelinae). Thornton, I.W.B. and Rosengren, N.J., in press. Zoo-
Annals of the Entomological Society ofAmerica 60: logical expeditions to the Krakatau Islands, 1984 and
774-779. 1985: General introduction. Philosophical Transac-
Roth, L.M., 1968. Oothecae of the Blattaria. Annals of tions of the Royal Society, Series B.
the Entomological Society of America 61: 83-111. Yukawa, J., Abe, T., Iwamoto, T., and Yamane, S.,
Roth, L.M., 1974. Reproductive potential of bisexual Pyc- 1984. The fauna of the Krakatau, Peucang and
noscelus indicus and clones of its parthenogenetic Panaitan Islands. Pp. 91-114 in H. Tagawa (ed.)
relative, Pycnoscelus surinamensis. Annals of the Researches on the ecological succession and the for-
Entomological Society of America 67: 215-223. mation process of volcanic ash soils on the Krakatau
Roth, L.M., 1985. A taxonomic revision of the genus Islands. Interim report of grant-in-aid for overseas
Blattella Caudell (Dictyoptera, Blattaria: Blattelli- research in 1982 and 1983. Kagoshima University.
dae). Entomologica scandinavica, Supplement 22: Zimmerman, E.C., 1948. Insects of Hawaii. Vol. 2.
1-221. University of Hawaii Press: Honolulu. 475 pp.
Roth, L.M., 1988. Some cavernicolous and epigean cock-
ISSN 0814-1827
ACCALATHURA (CRUSTACEA: ISOPODA: PARANTHURIDAE) FROM NORTHERN

AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT SEAS
By Gary C. B. POORE AND HELEN M. LEW Ton

Department of Crustacea, Museum of Victoria, Swanston Street,
Melbourne, Victoria 3000, Australia
Abstract
Poore, G.C.B. and Lew Ton, H.M., 1990. Accalathura (Crustacea: Isopoda: Paranthuri-
dae) from northern Australia and adjacent seas. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2):
379-402.
Eleven new species of Accalathura Barnard from reef and shelf environments in northern
Australia and the Coral Sea are figured and described, Most are typical of the genus in the
possession of narrow uropodal exopods: (4. avena, A. eulalia, A. poa, A. spathia, A. themeda,
A. triodea, A. vulpia and A. zoisia); but three differ from all others in having a very broad
exopod: (4. dimeria, A. oryza and A. sehima). Accalathura barnardi (Nierstrasz) from Indon-
esia is redescribed and a key to the species from the region is presented. Species from the
Indian Ocean, which have often been misidentified, are discussed.
Introduction of all the material is beyond the scope of this

paper.
The tropical anthuridean isopod fauna of Aus-
The most widely reported Indian Ocean
tralia is dominated by species of the anthurid
species is A. borradailei (Stebbing, 1904) origi-
genus Amakusanthura Nunomura (Poore and
Lew Ton, 1988) and the paranthurid genus
nally described from the Maldives, It has a
Accalathura Barnard. In this contribution new rounded telson and a relatively broad uropodal
exopod, Records from India (Chilton, 1924; Pil-
species of Accalathura from this region are de-
lai, 1966) fit this description but those from east
scribed. The genus has been recorded several
Africa (Monod, 1972a, b) are of another species
times from the Indian Ocean and south-east
with an acute telson and narrow exopod. Accal-
Asia. These records are reviewed.
athura laevitelson (Kensley, 1975), described
The genus is distinguished from all other
from a manca, is similar in all critical characters
paranthurids by the possession of a multiarticu-
and may be an appropriate name for this east
late flagellum on both pairs of antennae. Most
African species. These records may be of the
species are inhabitants of soft sandy or muddy
same species which Kensley (1980, 1988)
sublittoral substrates but some are recorded
reported from the same area and from Aldabra
from coral debris. The genus includes the longest
Atoll and which he referred to A. sladeni (Steb-
anthuridean known, A. gigantissima Kussakin
bing, 1910).
from the Southern Ocean (Poore, 1981; Wagele,
Accalathura sladeni was described from Car-
1985), Tropical species, in contrast, are ofa size
gados Carajos, north of Mauritius, and although
more typical of anthurideans generally.
it is similar to the material figured by Monod
Indo-west-Pacific species of Accalathura and Kensley (1980) there are subtle differences.
These new species bring to 22 the number of In particular, the appendix masculina of A. s/ad-
species of Accalathura described. Two, possibly eni is simple while that of Kensley's male has a
four, are known from the West Atlantic, one bifid apex. It seems, therefore, that at least two
from the North Pacific, two from southern Aus- similar species from the Indian Ocean have been
tralia, and one from Antarctic seas (Poore, 1980, referred to A. s/adeni and that both are different
1981). from A. borradailei. The name A. sladeni was
Seven species of Accalathura have been de- also used by Hale (1937) for an Accalathura from
scribed or recorded from the Indian Ocean and South Australia but this material has subse-
south-east Asia but a review of published de- quently been described as A. bassi Poore, 1981.
scriptions and figures suggests that some are A species similar to the African one, with a bifid
misidentifications. A complete re-examination appendix masculina, was recorded from sou-
379
380 G. C. B POORE AND H. M. LEW TON
thern Western Australia by Thomson (1951) as times as long as wide and exceeds the ped-
A. gigas which it is not (Poore, 1981). uncle.
The types of three Indonesian species from the The telson is usually about 2.5 times as long as
*Siboga" collections (Katanthura barnardi Nier- wide but in three species (А. themeda, A. poa and
strasz, 1941, Metanthura indica Nierstrasz, A. zoisia) it is much narrower, about 3 times as
1941 and M. normani Nierstrasz, 1941) were long as wide. The apex is typically acute but A.
examined by GCBP in Amsterdam in 1981. AII vulpia differs from the others in having a
have been placed in Accalathura (Poore, 1980). rounded apex, similar in some ways to the three
The types are not available for detailed illus- species of the broad-exopod group in which the
tration and only A. barnardi is re-illustrated in telson apex is very obtusely angled.
this contribution from new material. Accala- Several species are dorsally and dorsolaterally
thura indica is similar to A. sladeni 1n the pos- pigmented from the head to telson: A. avena, A.
session of a digitiform palmar lobe on pereopod dimeria, A. eulalia, A. poa and A. themeda. Pre-
1 (not triangular as figured by Nierstrasz). Kens- served material of the other species is not pig-
ley (1977, 1982) recorded this species from east mented but the possibility of pigment having
Africa but his illustrations suggest the same been lost cannot be discounted.
species asthat he called A. s/adeni in 1980. Accal- Similarities between species are not discussed
athura normani (Nierstrasz, 1941), described further in this paper.
from a male, is not sufficiently well described to
Methods
be easily recognised.
In this contribution the new species, Accala-
In summary, 4. borradailei 1s definitely
thura themeda, is figured and described in detail
recorded from the Maldives and India, A. slad-
first. Except for the three species with broad uro-
eni from Cargados Carajos, and A. barnardi, A.
podal exopods, there are only minor differences
indica and A. normani from Indonesia. There is
between this species and the rest in the shape
certainly at least one other species from East
and setation of the antennae, mouthparts, pos-
Africa and Aldabra Atoll (variously reported as
terior pereopods, and pleopods. For these con-
A. borradailei, A. sladeni, and A. indica) which
servative characters 4. themeda may be taken as
may be the same as 4. /aevitelson described from
typical of the genus (Figs 1—3). Other species
that area. The identity of a Western Australian
have been dissected and examined in detail but
species is also still enigmatic.
only the most species-diagnostic features are
figured: tailfan, telson, uropods and first, second
Species from Australia and adjacent seas and fourth pereopods. All limbs are from the left
Many species of Accalathura are superficially side and only distal articles are drawn. Illus-
quite similar which accounts for the misidentifi- trations are somewhat simplified. For pereopod
cation of several species from the Indian Ocean. l. setae and the bases of the palmar spines are
But in this contribution a new group ofspecies is shown; the spines on and near the palmar lobe
reported (4. dimeria, A. oryza, A. sehima) in are drawn at a higher magnification; and the
which a very broad uropodal exopod is held lateral setal row is not figured. On other parts
erect over the telson; in all other species the exo- only the bases of many setae are figured and long
pod is linear. Accalathura dimeria differs from setae, e.g., on the telson and uropod have been
the other two in having a rounded telsonic apex truncated. The written diagnoses are similarly
and tapering propodus on pereopod 2. A. oryza abbreviated to concentrate on important charac-
is much smaller than A. sehima and differs in ters. When known, male characters are des-
pereopod 2 and uropodal endopod. cribed.
The remaining species are very similar and are In figures the following abbreviations are
not easily gouped on morphological criteria. used: Al, A2, antennae 1, 2; MD, mandible;
One group of species is those in which the pal- MDp, mandibular palp; MX, maxilla; MP,
mar lobe of the propodus of pereopod 1 is well maxilliped; P1-P7, pereopods 1-7; PLI-PLS,
defined: A. avena, A. indica, A. poa, A. triodea pleopods 1-5; T, telson; UN, UX, uropodal
and A. vulpia. In the remaining species the pal- endopod and exopod; AM, appendix masculina.
mar lobe is poorly defined. Figures marked a or unmarked are of the
Two species (4. avena and A. vulpia) differ holotype; those marked b are from a male
from the others in having the uropodal exopod paratype.
moderately broad (2.4 to 3 times as long as Following a pattern established earlier, the
broad) and not reaching the end of the peduncle. new species are named for genera of Australian
In most species the uropodal exopod is about 4 plants; this time all are genera of grasses.
ACCALATHURA (ISOPODA) FROM TROPICAL AUSTRALIA 381
Material is lodged in the Museum of Victoria, uropod. The endopod may well exceed the telson
Melbourne (NMV), Australian Museum, Syd- not barely exceed as previously stated) and the
| ney (AM), Queensland Museum, Brisbane exopod may be broad (not always narrow). The
(QM), Northern Territory Museum and Art Gal- multiarticulate antennal flagella are unique
lery, Darwin (NTM), Zoological Museum, within the Anthuridea and are a probable syna-
Amsterdam (ZMA), and Zoological Museum, pomorphy.
Copenhagen (ZMC). In males of Accalathura, as in many other
anthuridean genera, the pleon, uropods and tel-
Accalathura Barnard son are more elongate than in females and juven-
Type species. Calathura crenulata Richardson, iles. The antenna 1 flagellum consists of two
types of articles; proximal, discoid articles
1905.
which bear dense whorls of aesthetascs, and dis-
Remarks. Poore (1980, 1981) provided a tal cylindrical articles which do not. Pereopod 1
synonymy, diagnosis and description of this is more elongate and densely setose, but pereo-
easily recognised genus. The diagnosis must now pods 2 and 3 may also be modified with strong
be expanded to accommodate variability in the teeth.
Key to species of Accalathura from northern Australia and adjacent seas

Uropodal exopod not more than twice as long as broad, with a well-
developed dorsal lobe, not reaching to end of peduncle; pereopod 1 with
paltaniobedefned BA right angle аах cca Halt cuызын 2
Uropodal exopod more than 2.4 times as long as broad, without a dorsal
lobe, reaching to end of peduncle or not; pereopod 1 with palmar lobe
defined by a right angle or obtuse апрје......................... 4
2 Uropodal endopod exceeding end of telson; apex of telson obtusely
cia Lh r PF cot е ee E SAR ae lala 3
— Uropodal endopod reaching as far as telson; apex of telson rounded .
Niel ELE E eR deir i e Leu Ay pens PA EY ant: A. dimeria
E Pereopod 2 propodus oval (twice as long as wide); uropodal endopod
ЕНЕРУ салу пиев MATING occus ee teen n aie Eat v mte A. oryza
— Pereopod 2 propodus linear (3 times as long as wide); uropodal endopod
with strongly convex inner margin trosse emetent hoen d A. sehima
4, Pereopod 1 propodal palmar lobe right-angled ................... 5
— Pereopod | propodal palmar lobe obtusely-angled................ 9
Бр Uropodal exopod not reaching to end of peduncle; peduncle inner distal
angle half as long as endopod ........................... A, avena
— Uropodal exopod reaching beyond or as far as end of peduncle; ped uncle
inner distal angle less than half as long as endopod............... 6
6. Uropodal exopod 2.4 times as long as wide; endopod as long as wide;
apex of telson rounded ...............::,. СПИЕ A. vulpia
— Uropodal exopod about 4 times as long as wide; endopod longer than
wide; apex of telson acute ....................+++... nite atre 7
T Pereopod 1 palmar lobe broadly triangular, near midpoint of overall
length of propodus; uropodal endopod parallel-sided, with broadly
angled apex Ecel ee ае nn A. triodea
— Pereopod 1 palmar lobe digitiform , about one-third along length of pro-
podus; uropodal endopod tapering, elongate, triangular m m 8
8, Uropodal exopod 4.5 times as long as wide; peduncle with acute inner
angle, one-third as long as endopod ... Dm n A. poa
— Uropodal exopod 3.7 times as long as wide; peduncle with blunt inner
angle, one-tenth as long as епдорой....,................ A. indica
9, Telson tapering from near base; uropodal endopod with 2 setae on inner
Marein E LCA SR OAS Gao tees a A. themeda
on
Telson widest near midpoint; uropodal endopod with 3 or more setae
....у.. me
..›.
Im he .. 10
inner margin
10. Telson apex acute «ces edam] se re

e het ree nens 11
— Telson apex rounded .... esse
.... cence.-c n ite henene 12
11. Uropodal endopod apex acute; pereopod 2 propodus 2.4 times as long as
wide IR ds. ГҮ tedio n е аен CI OP EEUU RA eulalia
— Uropodal endopod apex rounded; pereopod 2 propodus 2.0 times as long
aswidd EA. ent Tiles am ELE CET A, barnardi
1 Uropodal endopod more than twice as long as wide; male appendix mas-
culina with 2 distal fingers; male pereopod 2 propodus with slightly
convex palm A. spathia
Uropodal endopod less than twice as long as wide; male appendix mas-
culina with 3 distal fingers; male pereopod 2 propodus with strong
Proximal palmar lobes 59. E
erit Te.She Iota A. zoisia
with proximal palmar lobe separated from palm

Accalathura themeda sp. nov.
by rounded angle of 130*. Pereopod 2 propodus
Figures 1-3 2.7 times as long as wide, with convex palm bear-
ing 8 spines on distal two-thirds. Pereopod 4
Material examined. | male, 1 female, 44 juveniles; 5— carpus and propodus with 5 and 6 spines respec-
14 mm. tively; propodus 4.5 times as long as wide.
Holotype. Coral Sea (French Territory), Chester-
field Reefs, Long Is. (19°52’S, 158°19’E), seaward Description. Head, pereon and pleon with per-
edge, 12 m, N.L. Bruce, 5 May 1979, OM W8130 with
sistent dorsal and dorsolateral pigment pattern.
2 slides, juvenile, 11.4 mm.
Paratypes. Type locality, QM W8121(1 specimen), Ratio of dorsal lengths of head, pereonites 1-7,
W8126(2), W8128(2), NMV J10125(8). Chesterfield pleon, telson 2 0.6: 1.0: 1.1: 1.1: 1.0: L0: 1.1:
Reefs, Long Is., seaward edge, 15 m, N.L. Bruce, 6 May 0.4 : 0.7 : 0.8.
1979, QM W15989(1). Bennett Is.: inner reef edge, 12 Head with short rostrum; eyes pigmented.
m, N.L. Bruce, 6 May 1979, QM W8104(3); lagoon, Articulations of pereopods marked by groups of
rearward edge, 1 m, N.L. Bruce, 7 May 1979, long setae. Pleonites free, 1-5 of equal length,
W8124(4); N end of lagoon, 1 m, N.L. Bruce, 8 May pleonite 6 longer and fused to telson but with a
1979, W8101(2 juveniles, 1 female). Cay N of Long Is.,
well marked transverse ridge dorsally between
seaward slopes, 15 m, N.L. Bruce, 8 May 1979, OM
W8102(1). the two.
Australian Coral Sea Territory. Magdalaine Cay Antenna 1, 2.3 times as long as head; peduncle
(16°37’S, 150°17’E): beach rock, N.L. Bruce, 26 Apr with second article shortest, flagellum longer
1979, QM W8098(2); dead coral, 10 m, N.L. Bruce, 27 than peduncle, of basal article plus 17 isometric
Apr 1979, W8122(1). Mellish Reef (17°25’S, articles of which 4 to 14 each bears 1 aesthetasc.
155°50’E): reef edge-drop off, 13 m, N.L. Bruce, 2 May Antenna 2, 3.5 times as long as head; flagellum
1979, QM W8097(2); back reef bommie, 10 m, N.L. shorter than peduncle, of 27 setose articles.
Bruce, | May 1979, W8123(1); lagoon, 10 m, N.L. Mouthparts produced well forward beyond
Bruce, 1 May 1979, W8125(3); back reef edge, 20 m,
N.L. Bruce, 1 May 1979, W8127(1). Marion Reef
eyelobes. Mandibular palp with 3 articles, first
(19°10’S, 152°17’E), lagoon pinnacle, 2 m, N.L. Bruce, short with 1 seta, second with 3 setae, third fal-
13 May 1979, QM W8120(2). Marion Reef, Brodie cate with longitudinal row of 16 even setae plus 1
Cay, reef front, 15-20 m, N.L. Bruce, 12 May 1979, longer seta. Maxilla 1 a finely serrate spine.
QM W8096 with | slide (1 male, 12.4 mm), NMV Maxilliped with small epipod, coxa and basis
J10124(2). fused to head, endite a broad blade with subter-
Other material. Qld. Yonge Reef (14°37’S, 15*38' E), minal seta; palp with articles 1 and 2 fused
2 m, P. Hutchings and P. Weate, 19 Jan 1975 (stn 75 (together with 5 ventral setae), articles 3-5 fused
Liz 8-3), AM P26036(1). Lizard Island (14°40’S,
(together with 1 dorsal and 14 apical setae).
145°28’E), B. Kensley, Jan 1982, NMV J12853(2).
Pereopod 1 with basis and ischium of equal
Diagnosis. Dorsally pigmented. Telson tapering lengths, merus completely enclosing carpus;
from near base to an acute apex, 3.0 times as propodus with proximal palmar lobe separated
long as wide. Uropodal peduncle reaching 8596 from palm by rounded angle of c. 130°, palm
of length of telson, distally defined by acute with a mesial row of c. 30 setae, a lateral row of c.
angles; endopod distally rounded, exceeding tel- 60 serrate spines of various lengths, lateral face
son by half its length; exopod tapering from with row of 15 setae. Pereopod 2 with setose
base, 4.3 times as long as basal width, reaching margins on basis and ischium; propodus 2.7
just beyond peduncle. Pereopod 1 propodus times on long as greatest width, palm convex,
ACCALATHURA (ISOPODA) FROM TROPICAL AUSTRALIA
ge
» | зиьд.
LO Se,
maf
> ppm
3
Pe
СЭS yNIli
y
E X /
in
my)
CJt
i —
eae
SERA
ETT
Ss
TTBS
©
———
S Se
E Figure 1. Accalathura themeda. Holotype, 11.4 mm, QM W8130.
Figure 2. Accalathura themeda. Holotype, 11.4 mm, QM №8130.

i ‚ a,holotype, 11.4 mm, QM W8130. Antenna |

1 peduncle, |
6 basal and 4 terminal
ta ay r Keran and 2 flagellar articles; maxilliped with detail of mesial apex. b, paratype
male, 12.4 mm, QM W8096.
with lateral and mesial setae and 8 submarginal apex, 2.5 times as long as wide. Uropodal ped-
spines (distal ones complex) on mesial face. uncle reaching 9596 of length of telson, mediod-
Pereopod 3 similar to 2, propodus more elon- istally defined by a broad triangular lobe half as
gate. Pereopods 4-7 becoming longer poster- long as endopod; endopod distally tapering, 1.5
iorly; basis, ischium and merus setose; carpus times as long as wide, exceeding telson by one-
3-4 times as long as wide (narrower posteriorly), third of its length; exopod widest at midpoint 3.0
with 4—5 marginal spines; propodus 4-5 times as times as long as wide, not reaching base of endo-
long as wide, with 6—7 marginal spines; dactylus pod. Pereopod 1 propodus with strong proximal
about half length of propodus. palmar lobe, separated from palm by right angle.
Pleopod | exopod, 2.2 times as long as broad, Pereopod 2 propodus 2.7 times as long as wide,
with 23 marginal plumose setae; endopod distally narrower, with convex palm bearing 8
shorter, with 4 terminal plumose setae. Pleopods spines. Pereopod 4 carpus and propodus with 5
2-5 shorter than pleopod 1, similar, with rami and 4 spines respectively, 3.8 times as long as
similar, endopod with 5 setae, exopod with 9-12 wide.
setae.
Distribution. Queensland (type locality only),
Uropodal peduncle reaching 8596 of length of
shallow shelf near Townsville, 7-18 m.
telson, distally defined by acute angles sur-
rounding endopod; endopod distally rounded, Accalathura barnardi (Nierstrasz)
exceeding telson by half its length, with 2 mesial
setae and dense setation distally and laterodis- Figure 5
tally, and with 3 separate brush-setae plus group Katanthura barnardi Nierstrasz, 1941; 243-247,
of 3 brush-setae dorsally; exopod reaching just figs 1-13.
beyond peduncle, tapering from base, 4.3 times Accalathura barnardi.—Poore, 1980: 59.
as long as basal width, marginally setose, mostly Material examined. | male, | female, 1 juvenile; 11.7-
simple setae dorsally, plumose ventrally. Telson 15.1 mm,
tapering from near base to an acute apex, 3.0 Holotype. Indonesia, Solo Strait, 113 m, M. Weber,
times as long as wide, apex with c. 18 long sub- 8 Feb 1900 ("Siboga" Expedition stn 305), ZMA
marginal setae plus pair of small setae at apex. 15.100.620, female, 14 mm.
Male. Pereon, pleon and pereopods more Other material. Indonesia, S of Bali (8°46’S,
elongate than juvenile. Antenna | flagellum with 115°15’E), coral sand, 19 m, 12 Sep 1951 (“Galathea”
23 articles each with ring of numerous aesthe- stn 483), ZMC (juvenile 15.1 mm, male 11.7 mm).
tascs, plus 6 narrow terminal articles without Diagnosis. Dorsal pigment possible. Telson
aesthetascs. Pereopod 1 propodus densely setose widest at midpoint, lateral margins evenly
mesially. Pereopod 2 propodus narrower dis- curved to moderately acute apex, 2.5 times as
tally than in juvenile, with marginal row of 8 long as wide. Uropodal peduncle reaching 90%
spines, of length of telson, distally defined by a broad
Distribution. Coral Sea and northern Great Bar- triangular mesial projection; endopod distally
rier Reef; coral rubble at 1-20 m depth. rounded, exceeding telson by half its length; exo-
pod tapering over most ofits length, 4.0 times as
Accalathura avena sp. nov. long as wide, reaching just beyond peduncle.
Figure 4 Pereopod 1 propodus with proximal palmar lobe
separated from palm by a obtuse angle. Pereo-
Material examined. 10 juveniles, 12.0-28.7 mm. pod 2 propodus 2.1 times as long as wide, ovate,
Holotype. Qld, N of Magnetic Is. (19°08’S,
with 9 marginal spines. Pereopod 4 carpus and
146°50’E), 7 m, P. Arnold, 25 Aug 1976, ММУ 110101
with | slide, juvenile, 28.7 mm. propodus with 6 and 8 spines respectively;
Paratypes. Qld (all collected by P. Arnold in propodus 3.5 times as long as wide.
Townsville region). Bowling Green Bay, muddy sand, Male. Pereopod 2 propodus palm irregular.
17m, 7 Aug 1975, NMV J10103(1 specimen); mud, 13 ЖЕ арш masculina with elongate subapical
m, 9 Dec 1975, NMV J10107(1); sand, 18 m, 16 Apr ade.
1975, NMV J10105(1); mud, 14m, 17 Jun 1975, ММУ
J10106(1). Halifax Bay, 15 m, 24 May 1976, NMV Distribution. Indonesia, 19-113 m.
J10102(1); muddy sand, 13 m, 24 Feb 1971, AM
P39440(1), NMV J10108(1), QM W15990(1). Cleve- Accalathura dimeria sp. nov.
land Bay, mud, 3 m, 4 Jun 1974 NMV J10104(1).
Figure 6
Diagnosis. Dorsally pigmented. Telson widest Material examined. 2 sub-males, 1 female, 2 juveniles;
two-thirds along, tapering to a broadly acute 10.3-13.7 mm.
Figure 4. Accalathura avena. Holotype, 28.7 mm, NMV J10101.
Holotype. Qld, Halifax Bay (19°05’S, 146°43’E), 10 parallel-sided for much of length, tapering to a
m, P. Arnold, 24 Aug 1976 (TBS stn), NMV broadly rounded apex, 2.4 times as long as wide.
Ј10109(јиуепіе, 11.6 mm). Uropodal peduncle reaching about two-thirds of
Paratypes. Qld. Halifax Bay, 3-13 m, coarse silt to length of telson, distally defined by acute angle
very fine sand, P. Arnold, various dates (TBS stns), mesially and broad lobe laterally; endopod
NMV J10110 with 2 slides (1 specimen), J10111(1), narrow, apically subacute, reaching to end of tel-
J10112(1 sub-male), J10113(1 sub-male), QM
son; exopod strongly dorsally lobed, about 1.5
W13991(1).
times as long as greatest width, ventral lobe
Diagnosis. Dorsally pigmented. Telson almost reaching three-quarters along peduncle. Pereo-
Figure 5. Accalathura barnardi. a, juvenile, 15.1 mm, ZMC. b, male, 11.7 mm, ZMC.
NMV J10109.
Figure 6. Accalathura dimeria. Holotype, 11.6 mm,
Accalathura eulalia sp. nov.

pod 1 propodus with proximal palmar lobe sep-
arated from palm by acute angle. Pereopod 2 Figure 7
propodus 3.0 times as long as wide, abruptly
Material examined. 5 juveniles, 1 manca, 6.8-11.0
tapering distally, with 8 spines on convex mar-
mm.
gin. Pereopod 4 carpus and propudus each with Holotype. NT, S side of New Year Is. (10°54’S,
4 spines; propodus 4.0 times as long as wide. 132°02’E), hydroids and small yellow tunicates, 14 m,
Distribution. Queenland, Halifax Bay only, 3- G.C.B. Poore on “Alegrias”, 14 Oct 1982 (stn NT-22),
NMV J10114 with 1 slide, juvenile, 11.0 mm.
13 m.
Figure 7. Accalathura eulalia. Holotype, 11.0 mm, NMV J10114.

Paratypes. NT. NW end of McCluer Is. (11°02’S, 9 spines on evenly convex margin. Pereopod 4
132°58’E), brown algae on bommies, 8 m, G.C.B. carpus and propodus each with 4 spines; propo-
Poore, 16 Oct 1982 (stn NT-32), ММУ J10116(1 speci- dus 4.0 times as long as wide.
men); S end of McCluer Is. (11*06'S, 133°00’E), Acro-
pora base, 8 m, P. Horner, 17 Oct 1982 (stn NT-59), Distribution. Queensland, northern Great
NTM Cr006787(1); same locality, on Seriotopora his- Barrier Reef, coral lagoons.
trix, J.K. Lowry (stn NT-61), NMV J10115(1).
Other material. NT, East Point, Darwin (12°25’S, Accalathura poa sp. nov.
130°48.4’E), 22 Dec 1982, МТМ Cr006788(1); Coota-
Figure 9
mundra Shoal (10°50.12’S, 129°13.09’E), 22 m,
"Sirius" expedition station 2.8, 7 May 1982, NMT Material examined. | female, 2 juveniles; 6.4—
Cr000394(1). 14.1 mm.
Holotype. Qld, Heron Island (23°27S’, 151°55’E),
Diagnosis. Dorsally pigmented. Telson lanceo- lagoon, in dead base of bommie, L. Thompson, 17 Oct
late, margins evenly curved and tapering to an 1979, OM W8762, ovigerous female, 14.1 mm.
acute apex, 2.5 times as long as wide. Uropodal Paratypes. Qld. Heron Island, reef flat, dead coral,
peduncle reaching 8596 of length of telson, dis- 10 Apr 1976, NMV J10123(1 specimen); Heron
tally defined by an acute angle internally; endo- Island, N.L. Bruce, 3 Jan 1979, OM W8113(1).
pod tapering distally, exceeding telson by half its Diagnosis. Dorsally pigmented. Telson widest at
length; exopod tapering from base, 4.3 times as midpoint, tapering to broadly-acute apex, 2.8
long as wide, reaching beyond end of peduncle. times as long as wide. Uropodal peduncle reach-
Pereopod 1 propodus with proximal palmar lobe ing 9096 of length of telson, distally defined by
separated from palm by broad angle of 130°. strong mesial triangular projection; endopod
Pereopod 2 propodus 2.3 times as long as wide, distally tapering, exceeding telson by one-
ovate, with 7 spines on convex palm. Pereopod 4 quarter its length; exopod tapering over distal
carpus and propodus each with 6 marginal half, 3.7 times as long as gretest width, reaching
spines; propodus 3.2 times as long as wide. just beyond peduncle. Pereopod 1 propodus
Distribution. Northern Territory, on various with proximal palmar lobe well defined and
substrates, 8-14 m. separated from palm by rounded right-angle.
Pereopod 2 propodus 3.3 times as long as wide,
Accalathura oryza sp. nov. elongate-ovate, with 7 marginal spines on
mostly-straight palm. Pereopod 4 carpus and
Figure 8 propodus with 4 and 7 spines; propodus 4.7
Material examined. 2 juveniles, 2 mancas, 4.3-11.2 times as long as wide.
mm.
145°28’E), Distribution. Queensland, southern Great
Holotype. Qld, Lizard Island (14°40’S,
lagoon shallows off Mangrove Beach, 1.5 m, C. Short, Barrier Reef (Heron Island, type locality
30 Sep 1978, AM P29792, juvenile, 11.2 mm. only.)
Paratype. Qld, Lizard Island, lagoon at S end, 3 m, Accalathura sehima sp. nov.
A. Jones and С. Short, 10 Oct 1978, AM P29663 (1
specimen). Figure 10
Other material. Qld, Britomart Reef lagoon
Material examined. 2 juveniles; 16.3-20.8 mm.
(18°17’S, 146°38’E), 9 m, G.C.B. Poore and Н.М. Lew
Holotype. WA, North-west Shelf between Port Hed-
Ton, NMV J12852(2).
land and Dampier (20°17’S, 116°38’E), very coarse
Diagnosis. Not pigmented. Telson widest at sandy shell with crinoids, 42 m, epibenthic sled,
midpoint, tapering to broadly angular, almost G.C.B. Poore and H.M. Lew Ton on FRV “Soela”, 10
truncate apex, 2.4 times as long as wide. Uropo- Jun 1983 (stn NWA-43), NMV J10117, juvenile, 20.8
dal peduncle reaching 7096 of length of telson, mm,
Paratype. WA, North-west Shelf between Port Hed-
distally defined by acute angle mesially and land and Dampier (19°05’S, 117°26’E), 122 m, G.C.B.
strongly produced lateral ridge; endopod
Poore and Н.М, Lew Ton on FRY “Soela” (stn NWA-
strongly tapering, inner margin straight, exceed- 52), NMV J10118(1 specimen).
ing telson by one-quarter its length; exopod
strongly dorsally lobed, 1.8 times as long as Diagnosis. Not pigmented. Telson widest at
wide, ventral lobe reaching about three-quarters midpoint, tapering to broadly angular apex, 2.4
along peduncle, dorsal lobe a flattened semi- times as long as wide. Uropodal peduncle reach-
circle. Pereopod 1 propodus with proximal pal- ing 7596 of length of telson, distally defined by
mar lobe separated from palm by an acute angle. acute angle mesially and strongly produced
lateral ridge; endopod tapering over distal half,
Pereopod 2 2.0 times as long as wide, ovate, with
Figure 8. Accalathura oryza. Holotype, 11.2 mm, AM P29792.

14.1 mm, QM W8762.

Figure 9. Accalathura poa. Holotype,
Figure 10. Accalathura sehima. Holotype, 20.8 mm, NMV J10117.

inner margin curved, exceeding telson by about Paratypes. WA. Type locality, WAM 285-89(1
one-quarter its length; exopod strongly dorsally specimen), WAM 286-89(1 male). North-west Shelf
lobed, 1.7 times as long as wide, ventral lobe between Port Hedland and Dampier (20°29’S,
reaching about three-quarters along peduncle, 117°20’E), 30 m, epibenthic sled, G.C.B. Poore and
Н.М. Lew Ton on FRV “Soela”, 11 Jun 1983 (stn
dorsal lobe semicircular. Pereopod | propodus
NWA-51), NMV J14499(1).
with proximal palmar lobe separated from palm Other material. WA. North-west Shelf between Port
by an acute angle. Pereopod 2 propodus 3.2 Hedland and Dampier (19°25’S to 20°29’S, 116°38’E
times as long as wide, elongate, with 7 spines on to 118°59’E), 30-48 m, CSIRO Division of Fisheries,
mostly-straight palm. Pereopod 4 carpus and 1983 (stns NWA-43, 180, 191, 271, 343), NMV
propodus each with 4 spines; propodus 5 times Ј14498(1), Ј14500(1), J14601(1), Ј14602(3),
as long as wide. J14603(2).
Distribution. North-west Shelf, coarse sedi- Diagnosis. Not pigmented. Telson tapering from
ments, 42-122 m. near midpoint to an acute apex, 2.4 times as long
as wide. Uropodal peduncle reaching 80% of
Accalathura spathia sp. nov. length of telson, distally differentiated by an
Figure 11 acute angle on inside; endopod of even width
over proximal two-thirds, broadly angled api-
Material examined. 2 males, 2 juveniles, 17.1-21.6 cally, exceeding telson by one-fifth its length;
mm.
Holotype. WA, North-west Shelf between Port Hed-
exopod tapering to an oblique apex, 4.0 times as
land and Dampier (18°50.5’S, 117°39.8’E), shell, mud, long as wide, reaching beyond peduncle. Pereo-
rock, 178-182 m, epibenthic sled, G.C.B. Poore and pod 1 propodus broad (1.7 times greatest width),
Н.М. Lew Ton on FRV “Soela”, 6 Jun 1983 (stn with proximal palmar lobe separated from palm
NWA-29), NMV J10119 with 1 slide, juvenile, by sharp right angle. Pereopod 2 2.7 times as
21.6 mm. long as wide, subrectangular, with 7 spines on
Paratypes. WA. Type locality, NMV J10120(1 straight palm. Pereopod 4 carpus and propodus
male), J10121(1 juvenile), J10122 (1 male); North- with 4 and 5 spines respectively; propodus 3
west Shelf between Port Hedland and Dampier times as long as wide.
(18°41’S, 118°39’E), 134 m, epibenthic sled, G.C.B.
Male. Appendix masculina reaching beyond
Poore and H.M. Lew Ton on FRY “Soela”, 4 Jun 1983
(stn NWA-21), NMV J12854(1 male, 1 juvenile).
endopod, ending with oblique blade. Distri-
bution. Western Australia, shelf, 30-97 m.
Diagnosis. Not pigmented. Telson slightly wider
at midpoint than at base, tapering to broadly- Accalathura vulpia sp. nov.
acute apex, 2.8 times as long as wide. Uropodal
Figure 13
peduncle reaching 8096 of length of telson, dis-
tally defined by a broad triangular projection Material examined. 1 male, | female, 11 juveniles, 3
mancas; 3.2-9.7 mm.
mesially; endopod narrowly tapering, exceeding
Holotype. Qld, Lizard Island (14°40’S, 145°28'Е), B.
telson by half its length; exopod tapering from Kensley, Jan 1982 (stn BK-122), NMV 112845,
base, 4.5 times as long as greatest width, reach- female, 9.7 mm.
ing beyond peduncle. Pereopod 1 propodus with Paratypes. Qld. Type locality, NMV 112846 (2
proximal palmar lobe separated from palm by specimens), QM W15992(1). Lizard Island, various
very shallow angle of 110°. Pereopod 2 2.2 times localities, B. Kensley, Jan 1982, NMV J12847(6),
as long as wide, ovate, with 10 spines on convex J12489(2), AM P39392 with 1 slide(1 male).
palm. Pereopod 4 campus and propodus with 7 Other material. Qld, Lizard Island, NMV
and 9 spines respectively; propodus 4 times as J12848(2), AM P39393(1).
long as wide. Diagnosis. Not pigmented. Telson with convex
Male. Appendix masculina shorter than the lateral margins and broadly rounded apex, 2.3
pleopodal rami and has a sub-bifid apex. times as long as wide. Uropodal peduncle reach-
Distribution. North-west Shelf, 134-182 m. ing 80% of length of telson, distally defined by
short internal angle; endopod about as wide as
Accalathura triodea sp. nov. long, exceeding telson by about one-fifth its
Figure 12 length; exopod with sinuate dorsal margin, 2.4
times as long as wide, reaching to end of pedun-
Material examined. 1 male, 4 females, 7 juveniles, 9.0- cle. Pereopod | propodus with proximal palmar
16.2 mm. lobe separated from curved palm by right angle.
Holotype. WA, NW of Bluff Point (27'18'S,
Pereopod 2 2.5 times as long as wide, elongate-
112°16’E), 97 m, 9 Oct 1963 (CSIRO stn 204), WAM
61-80, juvenile, 16.2 mm. ovate, with 7 spines on convex margin. Pereo-
|
N
22
Figure 11. Accalathura spathia. a, holotype, 21.6 тт, ММУ Ј10119. Б, paratype male, 20.1 тт, ММУ
110120. |
397
A All
Figure 12. Accalathura triodea. a, holotype, 16.2 mm, WAM 61-80. b, paratype male, 12.2 mm, WAM 286-
89.
G. C. B POORE AND H. M. LEW TON
Figure 13. Accalathura vulpia. Holotype, 9.7 mm, ММУ J12845.
pod 4 carpus
| and propodus with 3 and 5 spines Accalathura zoisia sp. nov.
respectively; propodus 2.8 times as long as
do Figures 14, 15
Male. Appendix masculina exceeding endo- à | J
pod by one-fifth its length, with simple apex. Material examined. 1 male 29 mm, 1 juvenile 27
mm.
Distribution. Queenland, Great Barrier Reef Holotype. WA, Houtman Abrolhos [Islands
(Lizard Island only). (28°49’S, 114°04’E), 8 km NW of Gun Island, 57-61
Figure 14. Accalathura zoisia. a, holotype, 27 mm, WAM 542-73. b, paratype male, 29 mm, WAM 550-73.
P2b
«:
Figure 15. Accalathura zoisia. b, paratype male, 29 mm, WAM 550-73.

m, R.W. George оп “Dayena”, 11 Nov 1951, WAM Survey. Brian Kensley kindly donated material
542-73, juvenile, 27 mm. from Lizard Island. Sjouk Pinkster (Zoological
Paratype. WA, NW of Bluff Point (27°18’S, Museum, Amsterdam) allowed GCBP to exam-
113°16’E), 97 m (CSIRO stn 204), 9 Oct 1963, WAM ine type material from the "Siboga" collec-
550-73(1 male).
tions.
Diagnosis. Not pigmented. Telson bullet- We acknowledge too the assistance provided
shaped, tapering especially near apex to by A.J. Bruce, Northern Territory Museum,
rounded-acute end, 3.0 times as long as wide. Peter Stevens, CSIRO Division of Fisheries, and
Uropodal peduncle reaching 95% length of tel- Paul Sammarco, Australian Institute of Marine
son, distally defined by broad internal angle; Science, who enabled us to take part in collecting
endopod long, distally rounded, exceeding tel- expeditions.
son by almost two-thirds its length; exopod pre- References
sumed very narrow (lost). Pereopod 1 propodus
with proximal palmar lobe separated from palm Chilton, C., 1924. Fauna of Chilka Lake. Tanaidacea
by rounded angle of 120*. Pereopod 2 propodus and Isopoda. Memoirs of the Indian Museum 5:
2.3 times as long as wide, elongate-ovate, convex 875-895.
Hale, H.M., 1937. Isopoda and Tanaidacea. Austral-
palm bearing 9 spines. Pereopod 4 carpus and asian Antarctic Expedition Scientific Report Series
propodus with 5 and 8 spines respectively; pro- C 2(2): 5-45.
podus 4 times as long as wide. Kensley, B., 1975. Marine Isopoda from the continen-
Male. Telson more tapering than in juvenile, tal shelf of South Africa. Annals of the South
uropodal endopod more elongate. Pereopod 1 African Museum 67: 35-89.
propodus cylindrical, curved, with densely Kensley. B., 1977. New records of marine Crustacea
setose palm. Pereopod 2 propodus with strong Isopoda from South Africa. Annals of the South
proximal palmar lobe, with 9 marginal spines. African Museum 72: 239-265.
Kensley, B., 1980. Anthuridean isopod crustaceans
Pereopod 3 propodus with strong proximal pal-
from the International Indian Ocean Expedition,
mar lobe bearing 4 marginal spines, palm with 3 1960-1965, in the Smithsonian Collections.
marginal projections and 5 spines. Pereopods 4- Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 304:
7 carpus and propodus each with several poster- 1-37.
ior setae. Appendix masculina shorter than Kensley. B., 1982. Revision of the southern African
endopod of pleopod 2, with complex 3-fingered Anthuridea (Crustacea, Isopoda), Annals of the
apex. South African Museum 90; 95-200.
Kensley. B., 1988. Preliminary observation on the iso-
Distribution. Central coast of Western Australia, pod crustacean fauna of Aldabra Atoll. Bulletin of
shelf, 57-97 m. the Biological Society of Washington 8: 40-44,
Monod, T., 1972a. Sur un Accalathura de l'ocean
Remarks. Accalathura zoisia is most notable for Indien. Bulletin du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle,
the complex secondary sexual characters of the Paris série 3, 5, Zoologie 5: 335-343.
male, especially of the anterior pereopods. A Monod, T., 1972b. Sur un nouvel examplaire d'Accal-
similar condition was noted in the holotype athura (Crust., Isop.) d'Afrique orientale. Bulletin
male ofA. normani (ZMA Is.100.922) from the du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris série 3, 68,
Flores Sea which possesses a pereopod 3 propo- Zoologie 54: 863-868.
Nierstrasz, H.F., 1941. Die Isopoden der Siboga-
dus with one strong spined palmar lobe. The Expedition. IV. Isopoda Genuina. III. Gnathii-
appendix masculina of the latter is a lobed dea, Anthuridea, Valvifera, Asellota, Phreaticoi-
blade. dea. Siboga-Expeditie 32d; 235—308.
Acknowledgements Pillai, N.K., 1966. Littoral and parasitic isopods from
Kerala: Family Anthuridae - 1. Journal of the
This contribution was made possible through Bombay Natural History Society 63: 152-161.
a grant from the Australian Biological Resources Poore, G.C.B., 1980. A revision of the Paranthuridae
(Crustacea: Isopoda: Anthuridea) with a catalo-
Study. We are especially grateful to Graham
gue of species. Zoological Journal of the Linnean
Milledge who inked all the figures. For the loan Society 68: 53-67.
of material we thank Peter Davie and Neil Bruce Poore, G.C.B., 1981. Paranthurid isopods (Crustacea,
(Queensland Museum), Jim Lowry and Alan Isopoda, Anthuridea) from southeastern Aus-
Jones (Australian Museum) and Jean Just (Zool- tralia. Memoirs of the National Museum of Vic-
ogical Museum, Copenhagen). Peter Arnold toria 42; 57-88.
(James Cook University, Townsville) and David Poore, G.C.B. and Lew Ton, H.M., 1988. Amakusan-
Holdich (Nottingham University) generously thura and Apanthura (Crustacea: Isopoda; Anthu-
made available material from the Three Bays ridea) with new species from tropical Australia.
Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 49: 107- Linnean Society of London (2) Zoology 14: 83-
147. 122 pls 5-11.
Stebbing, T.R.R., 1904. Marine crustaceans. XII. Iso- Thomson, J.M., 1951. The fauna of Rottnest Island.
poda, with description of a new genus. In: X. Anthuridae. Journal of the Royal Society of
Gardiner, J.S., The Fauna and Geography of the Western Australia 35: 1-8.
Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes 2: 699- Wägele, J.W., 1985. Observations on nutrition and
TAM ultrastructure of digestive tract and fat body ofthe
Stebbing, T.R.R., 1910. Isopoda from the Indian giant paranthurid Accalathura |gigantissima
Ocean and British East Africa. Transactions ofthe Kussakin. Polar Biology 4: 33-43.
ABYSSIANIRIDAE, A SYNONYM OF PARAMUNNIDAE (CRUSTACEA: ISOPODA:

ASELLOTA), WITH TWO NEW SPECIES OF ABYSSIANIRA FROM SOUTH-EASTERN
AUSTRALIA
Bv JEAN JusT
| | Department of Crustacea, Museum of Victoria,
71 Victoria Crescent, Abbotsford, Victoria 3067, Australia (mailing address)
and
Victorian Institute of Marine Sciences,
14 Parliament Place, East Melbourne, Victoria 3002, Australia
Abstract
Just, J., 1990. Abyssianiridae, a synonym of Paramunnidae (Crustacea: Isopoda: Asel-
lota), with two new species of Abyssianira from south-eastern Australia. Memoirs of the
Museum of Victoria 50(2); 403-415.
Abyssianira bathyalis sp. nov. and A. tasmaniensis sp. nov. are described from bathyal
depths of south-eastern Australia. The history and the concepts of the family name Aby-
ssianiridae Menzies, 1956 are outlined. The antennae and uropods of Abyssianira are shown
to be of identical construction to those of the Paramunnidae, those points being the only
ones on which Abyssianira has been kept separate from the Paramunnidae in recent studies,
On that basis, Abyssianiridae is placed in synonymy of Paramunnidae Vanhöffen, 1914.
Introduction that the family name Abyssianiridae was a

junior synonym of that family. Wolff excluded
The janiroidean family Abyssianiridae was Xostylus from this new combination as he con-
created by Menzies (1956) for the new genus and sidered it *a typical janirid, closely related to
species Abyssianira dentifrons Menzies, 1956. Ectias Richardson and Caecianiropsis Menzies
Menzies' diagnosis of the new family did not and Petit”.
include any apomorphic attributes to distin- Sivertsen and Holthuis (1980) showed that the
guish the new taxon from what he believed to be name Antias Richardson, 1906 was preoccupied
its closest relatives, the Schistosomatidae and the family name Antiadidae (corrected
Hansen, 1916 (now Mictosomatidae Wolff, spelling of Antiasidae) invalid. They proposed
1965, replacement name, homonymy) and the the replacement name Santia and, following
Thambematidae Stebbing, 1913. Both families Wolffs analysis (1962), replaced the family
were then poorly known and Menzies' brief name with Abyssianiridae. Following Wilson
comments are largely irrelevant. In connection (1980, see below) the name Antiadidae has
with A. dentifrons having the last three pereon- recently been replaced by Santiidae Kussakin,
ites set off from the slightly broader anterior 1988.
pereonites, Menzies did mention the Munnidae Wilson (1980) convincingly reintroduced the
Sars, 1899 (then including the paramunnid gen- concept of a separate family Paramunnidae
era), but he did not recognize the close similarity Vanhóffen, 1914 (as Pleurogoniidae by Wilson,
in important characters between his new species but corrected for reasons of priority by Hooker,
and the paramunnid Munnidae. 1985) distinct from the Munnidae. The main
Menzies (1962) described a second species, A. apomorphic characters distinguishing the Para-
argentenensis, and presented a slightly modified munnidae are: a covered anus; article 3 of the
family diagnosis. He added a new genus and peduncle of antenna 2 elongate; the male pleo-
species, Xostylus parallelus, to the family. In the pod 1 sagittate; and the penile papillae subcuti-
same study Menzies stated that the Abyssianir- cular. Wilson (1980) discussed the relationships
idae “is closely allied to the Munnidae through of the Paramunnidae and noted that in most re-
the genus Austrosignum, [now in Paramunni- spects Abyssianira is very similar to that family.
dae], which may ultimately have to be transfer- He stated that Abyssianira can be separated
red to the Abyssianiridae". from the Paramunnidae because it has: a short
Wolff (1962) discussed the placement of article 3 of antenna 2 and an uropodal protopod.
several munnid-like genera which had been He rejected Wolff's (1962) concept that Aby-
excluded from the Munnidae s.s. He concluded ssianira belong in the Santiidae because all other
that Abyssianira belong in the Antiasidae and species in that family have the anus exposed. He
403
404 J. JUST
Figure 1. A, Paramunna bilobata G.O. Sars, male, Norway, ident. Sars, (Zoological Museum, Copenhagen);
Aa, ventral view of right antennae, arrow: see text; Ab, left uropod, dorsal view; Ac, right uropod, ventral view.
B, Paramunnidae, nov. gen. et sp., male, upper slope, south-eastern Australia, (Museum of Victoria, Melbourne);
Ba, left mandible; Bb, left uropod, dorsal view. Habitus scales, 1 mm.
ABYSSIANIRA FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA 405
concluded that the family Abyssianiridae (sensu lateroapical margin of article 3 of the peduncle
Menzies, 1956) should be retained, and followed although it may often be displaced proximally.
Wolff (1962) in excluding Xostylus, an opinion In the Paramunnidae the bulge is at the base of
which is fully supported by this study. A close article 3 and the apex of that article has a simple,
relationship between the Paramunnidae and circular margin.
Abyssianiridae was further indicated by Wilson In Abyssianira, the interesting point is that
(1987: fig. 8); his view is consistent with that of although article 3 of the peduncle is only slightly
several other workers (see Wilson, 1987: fig. 7, longer than broad, a distinct seta-bearing bulge
summary cladograms and references). and an oblique line reaching article 2 are present
(Fig. 2Aa, Ba), and the various peduncular
Re-evaluation of Abyssianira
articles articulate in exactly the way described by
The crucial point in assessing Abyssianira vis a Wilson (1980) and above.
vis the Paramunnidae is the peduncle of antenna The Abyssianira uropods are not as different
2, which has always been described as having from those of Paramunnidae as Wilson sug-
four subequal short proximal articles in Abys- gested. The uropodal protopod in species of
sianira (the primitive janiroidean condition). Abyssianira is at most only marginally longer
This differs from the situation in Paramunnidae than in some paramunnids and the two rami are
where article 3 is elongate. Furthermore, Wilson similar in length, proportions, and setation to
(1980) drew attention to the peculiar geniculate that of many paramunnids. In the Paramunni-
antenna 2 of the Paramunnidae: article 3 articu- dae, the uropodal configuration range from bira-
lates with the short and compact articles 1 and 2 mous with a small protopod (e.g., Paramunna
complex almost at a right angle and points bilobata, Fig. |Ab) to uniramous without a pro-
towards the midline. The short article 4 articu- topod (e.g., several undescribed species from
lates in the opposite way, at a more flexible angle Australia, Fig. 1Bb). Whenever a small protopod
directing the long articles 5 and 6 and the flagel- is present it is completely or nearly completely
lum laterally and upwards. Wilson discussed inserted into a cuticular fold. The fold may be a
functional aspects of this arrangement. How- thin, hyaline cover very difficult to observe, or,
ever, the length of article 3 varies considerably in heavily calcified species, completely opaque,
within the family, from being at least three times in which case clearing of the cuticle is necessary
as long as broad in, e.g., Paramunna bilobata before the exact uropodal configuration can be
(type species of the genus, see Fig. 1А) and Aus- observed. In P. bilobata the uropods are inserted
trosignum maltinii Schiecke and Fresi, 1972, to on the pleotelson margin; in most other para-
barely longer than broad in, e.g., Coulmannia munnids the insertion is more or less clearly
Hodgson, 1910 (Nordenstam, 1933; Kussakin, dorsal, Figs 3 and 6 show that the uropodal pro-
1982). More consistent than the elongation of topod in Abyssianira is also inserted dorsally
article 3 is its form. In all species of Paramun- and has a small partly hidden protopod.
nidae this article has a distinctive proximola- With regard to the other diagnostic characters
teral bulge carrying a single simple seta. The for the Paramunnidae mentioned by Wilson
bulge, which may in addition be ornamented (1980, see above), Abyssianira has a covered
with short cuticular spines or, rarely, stout setae, anus, and the male pleopod | and the internal
is set off from the remainder of article 3 by an ‘penes’ are identical to the Paramunnidae. The
oblique cuticular line running some way around mandibular palp of A. dentifrons is similar to
the ventral and dorsal surfaces ofthe article (Fig. that of most paramunnids (e.g., Fig. 1Ba), viz.,
1 Aa, arrow), occasionally all the way to article 2 markedly reduced in length with the short article
(in older specimens of heavily calcified species 3carryingtwo small apical setae (Menzies, 1956:
the line may not be visible without decalcifi- fig. 6F). In the new species described below the
cation). There is certainly no flexibility between palp is longer and stouter, and article 3 carries
the bulge and the rest of the article and the deriv- two rather strong apical setae and a number of
ation of the oblique line cannot be evaluated on small stiff grooming setae and setules more pos-
the evidence of external morphology alone. teriorly. However, the palp conforms to
Hooker (1985) suggested that in his new species, Wilson's diagnosis (1980) ofthe Paramunnidae:
Munnogonium wilsoni in which the oblique line * |. never longer than body of mandible ...
reaches article 2, the setae-carrying bulge repre- with few setae and cuticular combs." Otherwise
sents a modified antennal scale. It seems, the mouthparts, pereopods, and other pleopods
however, to be in the wrong position. Where pre- in Abyssianira are similar to those of the Para-
sent, the antennal scale is invariably on the munnidae. Antenna | in Abyssianira is a typical
406 J. JUST
paramunnid appendage composed of six overreaching pereonite 1, (ocelli have not been
articles, with article 5 longer than 4 and longer observed). Cephalon anteriorly between inser-
than or equal to 6, and with article 6 carrying a tion of antennae 1 dipping steeply downward
few short and one long apical setae and a single and curving into thin, horizontal, convex, mar-
apical aesthetasc, (I have found that pattern to ginally serrate frontal plate. Antenna 2 article 3
be constant in c. 35 species, new and ‘old’ in not much longer than broad, about as long as
recently collected material from Australian articles 1 and 2 combined. Mandible with 3-
shelves and slopes). articulate palp, molar cylindrical with truncate
I conclude that Abyssianira belongs in the apex. Uropods biramous, with distinct protopod
Paramunnidae as defined by Wilson (1980). The about as long as broad. Pleon with two segments;
family name Abyssianiridae Menzies, 1956 thus pleotelson with lateral margins serrate.
becomes a synonym of Paramunnidae Van-
Type species. Abyssianira dentifrons Menzies,
hóffen, 1914.
1956.
I retain Abyssianira as a separate genus for the
time being mainly on account ofthe peculiar and Additional species. A. argentenensis Menzies,
presumably apomorphic structure of the cepha- 1962, A. bathyalis sp. nov. A. tasmaniensis sp.
lon. Otherwise the four species currently known: nov.
A. dentifrons Menzies, 1956, A. argentenensis
Abyssianira bathyalis sp. nov.
Menzies, 1962, and the new species Abyssianira
bathyalis and A. tasmaniensis described below, Figures 2-5
appear to possess mainly plesiomorphic para-
Material examined, Holotype. Bass Strait S of Point
munnid attributes. Abyssianira shares with Hicks, 38°16.40’°S, 149°27.60Е to 38°17.70’S,
several paramunnid genera dorsally visible 149°26.10’E, 800 m, coarse shell and biogenic sedi-
coxal plates on at least pereopods 5-7 and a ments, WHOI epibenthic sled, RV “Franklin” stn
more or less clear distinction between the anter- SLOPE-34, 23 Jul 1986, M.F. Gomon et al., Museum
ior four and posterior three pereonites. The of Victoria (NMV) J15772 (male, 2.5 mm, with 3
study of anumber of new species related to that slides).
complex may lead to the erection of new genera Paratypes (66 specimens in all) Same data as
holotype, NMV J15773 (3 males, 2 ovigerous females,
and a redistribution of known species (Just, in
2 preparatory females, 3 young females); Zoological
preparation). On this background, further dis- Museum, Copenhagen(1 male, 1 female). Bass Strait S
cussions of the relationships of Abyssianira and of Point Hicks, 38*19.60'S, 149°24.30’E to 38°19.00’S,
attempts to polarize in more detail the evolu- 149727.30'E, 930-951 m, rock, rubble, clay, sand,
tionary direction in characters of the Paramun- biogenic sediments, WHOI epibenthic sled, RV
nidae seem premature. “Franklin” stn SLOPE-33, 23 Jul 1986, M.F. Gomon
et al. NMV J15774 (2 males, 2 ovigerous females, 5
Paramunnidae Vanhóffen, 1914 post breeding females, 2 preparatory females), Bass
New synonymy. Pleurogoniini Nordenstam, 1933, Strait S of Point Hicks, 38'21.90'S, 149°20.00’E to
Pleurogonidae, Menzies, 1962. 38'21.40'S, 149°20.90’E, 1000 m, clay, shell, coarse
Pleurogoniidae, Wilson, 1980, diagnosis. biogenic sand, WHOI epibenthie sled, RV “Franklin”
Abyssianiridae Menzies, 1956, stn SLOPE-32, 23 Jul 1986, G.C.B. Poore et al., NMV
J15775 (3 males, 5 ovigerous females, 5 post breeding
Type genus. Paramunna G.O. Sars, 1866. females, 3 young females). Eastern Tasmania off Frey-
cinet Peninsula, 42°02.20’S, 148°38.70’E, 800 m,
Additional genera. See Wilson (1980: Table 1),
coarse shelly sand, WHOI epibenthie sled, RV *Frank-
plus Bathygonium Kussakin and Vasina, 1984, lin” stn SLOPE-45, 27 Jul 1986, M.F. Gomon et al.,
and Abyssianira Menzies, 1956. ММУ J15776 (1 male, 1 ovigerous female, 3 prepara-
Abyssianira Menzies, 1956 tory females, | young female). Eastern Tasmania off
Freycinet Peninsula, 41758.60'S, 148*38.80/E, 500—
Diagnosis. Paramunnidae with moderately 600 m, coarse shell, large sponges, WHOI epibenthic
vaulted body and pleotelson. Pereonites 5-7 set sled, RV "Franklin" stn SLOPE-47, 27 Jul 1986, M.F.
apart from anterior four pereonites, with lateral Gomon et al., ММУ J15777 (1 male, 3 preparatory
parts cylindrical, backward pointing. Coxal females). Eastern Tasmania off Freycinet Peninsula,
41757,50'S, 148°37.90°E, 400 m, coarse shell, RV
plates visible in dorsal view on at least pereon-
"Franklin" stn SLOPE-48, 27 Jul 1986, M.F.Gomon
ites 5-7. Cephalon and pereonite | joined along et al., ММУ 715778 (1 male, 2 ovigerous females, 4
a nearly straight line (cephalon not deeply young females). Eastern Bass Strait slope, 67 km S of
recessed into pereonite 1 as often found in the Point Hicks, Victoria, 38'23.95/S, 149°17.02’E to
family). Eye stalks prominent, broad, barely 38'23.78'S. 149°15.24’E, 1277-1119 m, fine mud,
ABYSSIANIRA FROM SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
407
Figure 2. Abyssianira bathyalis sp. nov. A, holotype, male; Aa, ventral view of right antennae; Ab, dorsal view of
right side of cephalon: 1, frontal plate, 2, spinose ridge, 3, ‘brow’; Ac, ventral view of left coxa 1 with spinose
projection. B, female paratype, ovigerous, SLOPE-34; Ba, ventral view of right antenna 2 peduncle. Habitus
scale, A and B, 1 mm.
408 J. JUST
Figure Ek Abyssianira bathyalis sp. nov. Mouthparts, holotype: md, mandibles, | and r, left and right; mx1,
maxilla 1; mx2, maxilla 2; mp, maxilliped. A, female paratype, see Fig. 2, pleopod 2. B, variant male, see text,
SLOPE-32, pereonites 4—7 and pleon.
Figure 4. Abyssianira bathyalis sp. nov., holotype, male. pt, pleotelson, ventral view; pl 1-5, pleopods 1-5;
d, dorsal view; v, ventral view; ex, exopod of pleopod 4.
WHOI epibenthic sled, RV “Franklin”, stn SLOPE- margin of eye-stalk. Cephalon with spinose ridge
67, 25 Oct 1988, G.C.B. Poore et al., NMV J16791 (1 on each side running from median extension of
ovigerous female, | juvenile). Eastern Tasmania off ‘brow’ downwards to lateral margin of frontal
Freycinet Peninsula, 42°00.25’S, 148'43.55'E to plate (Fig. 2Ab2) along medial margin of article
41°57.77'S, 148°42.08’E, 1264 m, gravel with sandy 1 of antenna 1.
mud aggregate, WHOI epibenthic sled, RV “Franklin” Pereonite 1 with small dorsally visible spinose
stn SLOPE-81, 30 Oct 1988, G.C.B. Poore et al.; NMV
J15779 (5 preparatory females, 2 males, | juvenile).
anterolateral coxal projection. Pereonite | dis-
tinctly longer than succeeding ones, about as
Description. Frontal plate strongly convex, long as 2 and half of 3 combined, with small
coarsely serrate with up to 17-23 marginal teeth lateral spines. Pereonites 2-4 of equal length, 3
visible in dorsal view in mature specimens. Eye- the broadest, all with low, rounded, transverse
stalks prominent, slightly overreaching pereon- keel dorsally, rounded lateral margins with small
ite 1 in dorsal view, forward pointing at an angle scattered spines, especially prominent on
of c. 25? and curving downwards, anterior and slightly projecting, rounded posterior corner of
posterior margins parallel with small spines, pereonite 3; pereonite 4 with more or less dis-
apex rounded or with a few small spines. tinct small spines along entire posterior margin.
Antenna 1l inserted under spinose brow-like Pereonite 5 shorter than 6 and 7, lateral parts of
overhang (Fig. 2Ab3) continuous with anterior pereonite 7 broader than equal 5 and 6.
410 J. JUST
Pleon as long as pereonites 2-7 combined Mouthparts: 3-articulate mandibular palp

(dorsal view, flattened); pleotelson broadest in barely reaching tip of incisor, article 3 short,
distal third, with serrate margins faintly convex, curved, with 2 long apical, pectinate setae, a
nearly parallel, with low, broadly rounded mid- subapical row of short setae, and field of fine
dorsal keel, posteriorly produced into blunt, ser- setules, articles 1 and 2 with a few distal setae,
rate triangle. article 2 with distal cuticular combs; long cylin-
Antenna 1, article | with slender spines along drical molar strongly expanded in distal third,
medial surface, article 2 as long as 3-5 com- apex truncate with serrate margins, a few setae
bined, c. 4 times longer than wide, article 6 two- on dorsoanterior margin, and a strong tooth
thirds length of 5. Antenna 2, peduncular pointing towards incisor. Maxillipedal epipod
articles 1 and 2 of subequal length, article 3 c. slender, oval.
50% longer than greatest width, expanded in dis- Pereopod 1 slender, article 2 with anterior row
tal half, with a few distolateral spines; flagellum of small sharp spines (probably more than
with up to 15 articles. shown in Fig. 5), article 3 little more than twice
Figure 5. Abyssianira bathyalis sp. nov., holotype. pl, p2, p7, pereopods 1, 2 (both left), and 7 (right).
as long as wide, article 4 distally expanded, with a row of medial spines on the expanded
simple, triangular, with 1 posterodistal spine- part. There are minor differences in the shape
like seta, article 5 about twice as long as wide, and setation of pereopods and uropods, and in
straight, with 2 midposterior spine-like setae, the male pleopod 2 in at least A. dentifrons, but
article 6 slightly curved and distally widening, the two Atlantic species are still inadequately
nearly 3 times longer than wide, with 2 posterior known.
spine-like setae, article 7 including unguis about A. bathyalis differs from А. tasmaniensis
two-thirds length of article 6. Pereopod 2 similar below primarily in having the frontal plate more
to 3-7 except article 2 with anterior row of small densely serrate, the eyestalks broader and point-
sharp spines (probably more than shown in Fig. ing more laterally, cephalic *brows' with spines,
5). Pereopods slightly increasing in length from antenna 1 with peduncular spines, pereonite 3
2 to 7, articles 5 and 6 with posterior row of with posterolateral spinose lobes, and the
spine-like setae. mandibular molar more strongly expanded
Pleopod 2 of male, protopod 3 times longer distally.
than broad, nearly straight, apex broadly
rounded, lateral margin with short setae, endo-
Abyssianira tasmaniensis sp. nov.
pod rather short, article 2 moderately curved,
exopod distally bilobed. Female operculum Figures 6, 7
ovoid, distally tapering towards bluntly pointed Material examined. Holotype. Eastern Tasmania off
apex, lateral margins with short setae. Pleopod Freycinet Peninsula, 41°58.60’S, 148°38.80’E, 500-
3, exopod articles not fully separated, distal 600 m, coarse shell, large sponges, WHOI epibenthic
article sharply pointed with terminal simple sled, RV “Franklin” stn SLOPE-47, 27 Jul 1986,
seta, endopod with 3 plumose setae, lateral mar- M.F.Gomon et al., NMV J15780 (preparatory female,
gin expanded into dorsally (functionally) 2.3 mm, with 3 slides).
pointed ear-like lobe, (an ongoing study will Paratypes (16 specimens), Same data as holotype,
NMV J15781 (1 ovigerous female, 1 post breeding
show that this is a commonly occurring feature
female). Eastern Tasmania off Freycinet Peninsula,
of many paramunnid species). Pleopod 4 with 41*57.50'S, 148°37.90’E, 400 m, coarse shell, WHOI
short, bluntly pointed exopod. Uniramous pleo- epibenthic sled, RV “Franklin” stn SLOPE-48, 27 Jul
pod 5 slightly larger than 4. 1986, M.F.Gomon et al., NMV J15782 (1 preparatory
Uropods inserted dorsally just inside lateral female). Eastern Tasmania off Freycinet Peninsula,
margin, protopod half hidden, about as long as 41757,30'S, 148°58.54’E to 41°56.86’S, 148°57.96’E,
broad, exopod four-fifths length of endopod, 1735-1770 m, sandy mud, fine shell, WHOI epibent-
endopod ca. 4 times length of protopod. hic sled, RV "Franklin" stn SLOPE-82, 30 Oct 1988,
Size. Largest female: 3.8 mm; largest male: 3.0 G.C.B. Poore et al., NMV J15783 (7 post breeding
females, 4 preparatory females, 2 males).
mm; smallest ovigerous female: 2.2 mm.
Description. Frontal plate strongly convex,
Distribution. South-eastern Australia; 400- coarsely serrate with 13-15 marginal teeth visi-
1277 m. ble in dorsal view in mature specimens. Eye-
Variation. The frontal plate is often slightly stalks slender, not overreaching pereonite | in
longer than in the holotype. A few specimens dorsal view, forward pointing at an angle of c.
have more lateral spines on pereonites, includ- 50° and curving downward, anterior and poster-
ing pereonite 5 (Fig. 3B), than in the holotype. ior margins parallel with small spines, apex with
irregular spination. Antenna | inserted under
Remarks. Abyssianira bathyalis differs from the small, smooth brow-like overhang. Cephalon
two Atlantic species in its much more strongly with spinose ridge on each side running from
convex frontal plate, its straight, nearly laterally median extension of ‘brow’ downwards to
pointing eye-stalks, the long pereonite 1 relative lateral margin of frontal plate along medial mar-
to 2 and 3, and the longer more setose mandi- gin of article 1 antenna 1.
bular palp. A. dentifrons has strongly convex Pereonite 1 with anterolateral spinose coxal
pleotelson margins and no spines on the pos- projection visible in dorsal view, coxa poorly
terior projection. A. argentenensis has a more delimited from sternite, pereonite 1 as long as 2
pentagonal pleotelson with a very wide-angled and half of 3 combined, with small midlateral
short posterior projection. In A. dentifrons the spines. Pereonites 2-4 of equal length, with a few
mandibular molar is nearly unexpanded distally small spines on rounded lateral margins, pereon-
(not known for A. argentenensis). In A. argenten- ite 4 with posterior margin smooth between
ensis article 1 of antenna 1 is expanded distally lateral insertion points of pereonite 5. Pereonite
412 J. JUST
Figure 6. Abyssianira tasmaniensis sp. nov., holotype, female. a, ventral view of right side of cephalon; c, ventral
view of right coxa 1 with spinose projection; pl2, pleopod 2; pl3, pleopod 3, dorsal view; up, left uropod, dorsal
view. Habitus scale, 1 mm.
holotype. pl, p2, p7, pereopods 1, 2, and 7 (all left); md, left
Figure 7. Abyssianira tasmaniensis sp. nov.,
a 1.
mandible; mp, maxilliped; mxl, maxill
414 J. JUST
5 shorter than 6 and 7, lateral parts of 7 broader to mid-bathyal depths (A. bathyalis: 400-1277
than equal 5 and 6. m; А. tasmaniensis: 400-1770 m). In spite of
Pleon as long as pereonites 2-6 combined extensive sampling over many years the genus
(dorsal view, flattened); pleotelson broadest has never been reported from the Antarctic. The
proximally, with serrate margins faintly convex, two Australian species have similar plesiomorp-
posteriorly produced into rounded serrate tri- hic mandibular palps compared to the reduced,
angle; pleotelson with evenly curved dorsal sur- more typical paramunnid palp in at least А, den-
face in transverse section. tifrons, (Menzies, 1962 did not note any devi-
Antenna | article 1 without spines, article 2 ation from A. dentifrons in this character in his
about as long as 3-5 combined, nearly 6 times very brief description of A. argentenensis).
longer than wide, article 6 two-thirds length of 5. Taken together, these distributional and mor-
Antenna 2 peduncular articles | and 2 joined at phological data suggest that ancestral Abyssian-
strongly oblique articulation (Fig. 6a), 2 longer ira evolved in cold water, but not of present day
than 1, article 3 without spines, about one-fifth polar temperatures, at moderate depths of the
longer than wide, about two-thirds length of upper bathyal, perhaps even the lower shelf. The
article 2 (ventral view). occurrence in the deep central and southern
Mouthparts similar to A. bathyalis, except Atlantic as well as in more shallow water ofthe
mandibular molar less strongly expanded dis- south-eastern Australian slope indicates that the
tally and maxillipedal epipod with rounded, origin of the genus should be sought in the
angular lateral margin. southern hemisphere, and more specifically in
Pereopods similar to A. bathyalis, but pereo- the cold-water Weddellian Province oflate Cre-
pod | more slender, articles 3 and 5 nearly 3 taceous or early Tertiary Gondwana. If that
times longer than wide, article 6 with 3 posterior scenario is correct, it is entirely likely that addi-
spine-like setae. Pereopods | and 2 article 2 with tional species of Abyssianira may be discovered
row of small fragile spines along entire anterior on the mid to upper slopes of South America and
margin and proximoposterior group of similar New Zealand.
spines. Pereopods 3-4 with short midanterior It is not possible at present to evaluate
row of similar spines and proximoposterior whether or not ancestral Abyssianira had func-
group of spines. tional eyes. One positive indication is the pre-
Female operculum ovoid, distally tapering sence, at least in some preserved specimens ofA.
towards bluntly pointed apex, with short margi- bathyalis, of scattered dark matter (?pigment) in
nal setae. Male pleopods 1—2 as in A. hathyalis. the eye stalks (Fig. 2Aa). If the above hypothesis
Pleopods 3-5 as in A. bathyalis. of a shallow water origin of the genus is correct,
Uropods inserted dorsally just inside lateral functional eyes were most likely present and spe-
margin, protopod half hidden, about as long as cies with a few functional ocelli may still be in
broad, endopod 3 times longer than protopod, existence, (Paramunnidae with eyes typically
exopod about three-fifths length of endopod. have a few ocelli only). The discovery of such
Size. Largest male: 3.6 mm; largest female: 4.0 species would lend support to the shallow water
mm; smallest ovigerous female: 2.4 mm. origin hypothesis as against the alternative, an
abyssal-deep bathyal origin with subsequent
Distribution. South-eastern Australia; 400-
emergence into shallower depths. In this case
1770 m. one would suppose Abyssianira evolved from a
Remarks. Abyssianira tasmaniensis differs from paramunnid stock which had already lost func-
the two Atlantic species in the same way as 4. tional eyes.
bathyalis (see above), except for its forward The shallow water hypothesis invokes vicari-
pointing eyestalks which are similar to those of ance through continental drift, with subsequent
A. argentenensis although more slender. The local dispersal into deep water, їп casu from the
main differences between 4. tasmaniensis and eastern South American slope into the Atlantic
A. bathyalis were discussed in the remarks on the abyss. The alternative scenario includes no
latter species. vicariance element and relies solely on an un-
specified centre of origin and unlimited horizon-
Discussion
tal and vertical dispersal, - which for paramun-
The two Atlantic species of Abyssianira have nids in general means walking.
been found at abyssal depths only (A. dentifrons: Acknowledgements
4618-5293 m, Central and South Atlantic; A.
argentenensis: 2681 m, South Atlantic). In con- The material studied was obtained during two
trast, the two Australian species are from upper cruises on board the Australian National Facil-
ity ORV “Franklin” in 1986 and 1988. This was Menzies, R.J., 1956. New abyssal tropical Atlantic iso-
part of the SEAS (South-Eastern Australian pods, with observations on their biology. Ameri-
Slopes) programme jointly organized by the can Museum Novitates 1798: 1-16.
Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, and the Vic- Menzies, R.J., 1962. The isopods of abyssal depths in
torian Institute of Marine Sciences, Melbourne. the Atlantic Ocean. Vema Research Series 1: 79-
The programme and my participation were sup- 206.
Nordenstam, A., 1933. Marine Isopoda ofthe families
ported by grants from the Australian Depart- Serolidae, Idotheidae, Pseudidotheidae, Arcturi-
ment of Science’s Marine Sciences and Tech- dae, Parasellidae and Stenetriidae mainly from
nology Scheme (now part of the Australian the South Atlantic. Further Zoological Results of
Research Council) and by the above mentioned the Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901-1903
two institutions. I thank Dr Torben Wolff (Zoo- under the direction of Dr. Otto Nordenskiold, 3:
logical Museum, Copenhagen) for loan of Para- 1-284.
munna bilobata material. Schiecke, U. and Fresi, E., 1972. Record ofthe asellote
isopod Austrosignum Hodgson from the Bay of
Naples: Austrosignum maltinii n. sp. (Paraselloi-
References dea, Munnidae). Crustaceana Supplement 3: 31—
38.
Hodgson, T.V., 1910. Crustacea, IX, Isopoda. Sivertsen, E. and Holthuis, L., 1980. The marine iso-
National Antarctic Expedition 1901-1904, 5: pod Crustacea of the Tristan da Cunha Archipe-
1-77. lago. Gunneria 35; 1-128.
Hooker, A., 1985. New species of Isopoda from the Vanhóffen, E., 1914. Die Isopoden der Deutschen
Florida Middlegrounds (Crustacea: Peracarida). Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Deutsche
Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing- Stidpolar Expedition 1901-1903 15: 449-598.
ton 98: 255-280. Wilson, G.D., 1980. New insights into the coloniz-
Kussakin, O.G., 1982. Supplement to the fauna of ation of the deep sea: systematics and zoogeo-
Crustacea Isopoda in Antarctic areas (from graphy of the Munnidae and the Pleurogoniidae
material collected by Soviet Antarctic expeditions comb. nov. (Isopoda; Janiroidea). Journal of
1965-1968). Fauna and Distribution of Crustacea Natural History 14: 215-236.
in Notal and Antarctic Seas: 73-105. [In Wilson, G.D.F., 1987. The road to the Janiroidea:
Russian]. comparative morphology and evolution of the
Kussakin, O.G., 1988. Marine and brackish-water asellote isopod crustaceans. Zeitschrift für Sys-
Crustacea (Isopoda) of cold and temperate waters tematik und Evolutionsforschung 25: 257- 280.
of the Northern Hemisphere. Vol. 3. Suborder Wolff, T., 1962. The systematics and biology of
Asellota Part 1. Opredeliti Faune S.S.S.R. 152: bathyal and abyssal Isopoda Asellota. Galathea-
1—500 [in Russian]. Report 6: 1-319.
Kussakin, O.G. and Vasina, G.S., 1984. Deep-sea Wolff, T., 1965. Mictosoma nom. nov. pro Schistos-
lower asellotes from Scotia Sea and South oma Hansen, 1916, and the spelling of certain
Sandwich Trench. Marine Biology, Vladivostok 6: janirid names (Isopoda). Crustaceana 9: 319-
9-17. [In Russian]. 320.
ISSN 0814-1827
TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA FROM THE KRAKATAU ISLANDS, SOUTH SUMATRA AND

WEST JAVA
By ALISON J. A. GREEN!, FRANCO FERRARA2 AND STEFANO TAITI?

"Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart, Tasmania 7001, Australia
Centro di Studio per la Faunistica ed Ecologia Tropicali del C.N.R.,
Via Romana 17, 50125 Firenze, Italy
Abstract
Green, A.J.A., Ferrara, F. and Taiti, S., 1990. Terrestrial Isopoda from the Krakatau
Islands, South Sumatra and West Java. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 417-
436.
Seventeen species of terrestrial Isopoda are recorded from the Krakatau Islands, South
Sumatra and West Java. Five species are described as new: Burmoniscus orientalis, B. raka-
taensis, B. veliger, B. vaughani and B. thorntoni. Four species are redescribed and illustrated:
Alloniscus pallidulus Budde-Lund, 1885, Pseudotyphloscia alba (Dollfus, 1898) comb. nov.,
Saidjahus guttatus (Dollfus, 1898) and “Spherillo” velutinus (Dollfus, 1898). Pseudo-
typhloscia pallida Verhoeff, 1928 is considered to be a junior synonym of P. alba. Comments
on the distributions of all the species are given.
Introduction Java and 23 from Sumatra (Budde-Lund, 1885,

1912a; Dollfus, 1898; Richardson Searle, 1922;
This paper deals with the Oniscidea collected Herold, 1931; Arcangeli, 1927, 1935, 1954;
during the Zoological Expeditions to the Kraka- Schultz, 1985). These numbers certainly are far
taus by the Department of Zoology, La Trobe from their actual oniscidean populations.
University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia, in In studying this material we came across
1984, 1985 and 1986. The material was col- numerous taxonomic problems due to the con-
lected in the Krakatau Islands and surrounding fused literature. In order to identify most of the
areas of Sumatra and Java (see Thornton, specimens correctly it was necessary to re-
1985). examine much of the type material studied by
It is the first time that the Krakatau Archipe- previous authors (Dollfus, 1898; Richardson
lago has been investigated properly. In fact, only Searle, 1922; Verhoeff, 1928; Herold, 1931).
three species of terrestrial isopods were known For names of the different Krakatau Islands
from a single island (Krakatau I. = Rakata I.). and localities visited by the Zoological Ex-
They were collected by E. Jacobson in 1908, peditions to the Krakataus, see Thorton
identified by the late G. Budde-Lund and pub- (1985).
lished by Richardson Searle (1922), i.e. Allonis- Abbreviations. BM, British Museum (Natural
cus brevis Budde-Lund, 1885 (= A. oahuensis History), London; MF, Museo Zoologico “La
Budde-Lund, 1885), Nagara cristata [= Nagurus Specola" (Sezione del Museo di Storia Naturale)
cristatus (Dollfus, 1889)] and Cubaris murina dell'Università, Firenze; MZB, Museum Zo-
Brandt, 1833. According to Dammerman (1948: ologicum, Bogor; NHMB, Naturhistorisches
510) other specimens were collected between Museum, Basel; NMV, Museum of Victoria,
1919 and 1922, and in 1933, but no identifi- Melbourne; RMNH, Rijksmuseum van Natuur-
cations were published. lijke Historie, Leiden; TM, Tasmanian Museum
Unfortunately the Oniscidea of both Sumatra and Art Gallery, Hobart; USNM, National
and Java (and in general of all of the Oriental Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Insti-
Region) are poorly known because of both lack tution, Washington, D.C.; ZMA, Zoólogisch
of investigations and outmoded literature. This Museum, Amsterdam; ZMB, Zoologisches
prevents any reliable zoogeographical com- Museum, Berlin; ZMH, Zoologisches Museum,
ments. Only 29 species have been reported from Hamburg.
417
418 A. J. A GREEN, F. FERRARA AND S. TAITI
Scyphacidae straight and postero-lateral corners rounded;

pereonites 5-7 with posterior margin concave
Alloniscus Dana, 1854 and postero-lateral corners acute. Pleonites 3-5
Alloniscus oahuensis Budde-Lund, 1885 with epimera well developed, falciform. Telson
with straight sides and truncated or broadly
Alloniscus brevis —Richardson Searle, 1922: 1.
Alloniscus oahuensis,—Vandel, 1973a: 23.—1973b:
rounded apex, with a slight longitudinal impres-
30.
sion on dorsal surface. Antenna with fifth joint
Type material re-examined. "Indes"; 1 male of peduncle as long as flagellum; ratio of flagellar
(Holotype of Alloniscus brevis Budde-Lund, 1885), leg. joints 6:4:7. Exopods of pleopods with respira-
J. Ray (Budde-Lund Collection, BM). tory areas typical of the genus. Uropod with
Material examined. Krakatau Islands: 1 male juv., 1
protopod flattened and surpassing tip of telson;
female (MZB), 1 male juv., 1 female (NMV J16158), 1 insertion of endopod proximal to that of exo-
male juv. (MF), Sertung, Spit, 7 Sep 1984, pod.
Male. Pereopods 1—5 with brushes of trifid
Distribution. Littoral species widely distributed spines on carpus and merus. Pereopod 7 ischium
along the coasts of Indian and Pacific Oceans. with a depression on the proximal half of sternal
Remarks. Ferrara and Taiti (1985) tried to solve margin. Pleopod 1 exopod cordiform: endopod
the entangled taxonomy of Alloniscus species. straight with apical part without modifications
Some of them were revised but the authors were (sharply pointed and distinctly bent outwards in
not able to clarify A. brevis Budde-Lund, 1885, juvenile and subadult specimens). Pleopod 2
and A. pallidulus Budde-Lund, 1885. We have with endopod shorter than exopod.
re-examined the holotype of A. brevis deposited Distribution. Pahang and Sabah (Malaysia) (dat.
in the British Museum (Natural History). It is a ined.), Krakatau Islands, Sulawesi (dat. ined.),
male which lacks pereopods 7 and pleopod 1 Moluccas and Australia.
exopods, so it is not sufficient to solve the iden-
tity of this species with certainty. However, the Remarks. These specimens are ascribed tenta-
general shape of the body and pleopod 1 endo- tively to A. pallidulus. This species was de-
pod are identical to those of A. oahuensis. More- scribed by Budde-Lund (1885) on two speci-
over, material from Krakatau Island (= Rakata mens (probably females: see Arcangeli, 1960)
I.) was identified by Budde-Lund (in Richardson from Amboina Island (Moluccas). The type
Searle, 1922) as A. brevis. The specimens from specimens of A. pallidulus were to be deposited
Sertung Island examined here certainly belong in the Zoologisches Museum, Berlin, but they
toA. oahuensis. It appears from these facts that it seem to be no longer present (H.-E. Gruner, pers.
is wise to support Jackson's (1933) opinion and comm.). No illustrations of A. pallidulus exist so
consider A. brevis as a junior synonym of A. a safe identification of this species is not poss-
oahuensis. This will serve to avoid any future ible. These specimens from Sertung Island cor-
confusion about a species which otherwise is respond quite well to Budde-Lund's description.
impossible to recognize. Moreover we have examined specimens pertain-
ing to the same species from several other local-
Alloniscus pallidulus Budde-Lund, 1885 ities in the Sunda Archipelago area (Pahang,
Figure 1 West Malaysia; Sabah, East Malaysia; Sulawesi).
Thus the species has a wide distribution in the
Material examined. Krakatau Islands: 1 male, | area from which A. pallidulus was originally de-
female (MZB), 1 male (ММУ 716101), 1 male (MF), scribed so the identification of these specimens
Sertung, Spit, 7 Sep 1984.
with А, pallidulus is probable. Accepting this
Description. Dimensions: male, 9.5 x 5 mm; identification will also avoid the institution of
female, 7.5 x 3 mm. Grey or brown, often with another new species. Already the genus includes
isolated chromatophores. Body convex with many species which are extremely close to each
numerous tiny triangular scale-spines. Gland other and which can be identified only after
pores (7-15) along lateral margins of pereonites, examination of adult males. The new descrip-
more numerous on posterior ones. Eye with tion of this species provided here is based on the
about 20 ommatidia. Cephalon with profrons specimens examined.
slightly protruding frontwards; triangular lateral Budde-Lund (1908; 1912b; 1913) identified
lobes with rounded apex; frontal line slightly as A. pallidulus specimens from Madagascar and
visible, supra-antennal line clearly visible, Australia. The specimens from Madagascar cer-
straight. Pereonites 1-4 with posterior margin tainly belong to a different species, 4. nacreus
TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA FROM THE KRAKATAU ISLANDS 419
g h
in frontal view; b, cephalon in dorsal view; c,

Figure 1. Alloniscus pallidulus Budde-Lund, 1885, male: a, cephalon
view; d, pleonite 5, telson and right uropod; e, pereopod 7; f, pleopod 1 exopod; g, pleopod 1
cephalon in lateral
endopod; h, pleopod 2.
We re-examined also specimens from Western

Collinge, 1922 (Ferrara and Taiti, 1985). Re-
Australia [Fremantle (1 male, 1 juv., ZMH) and
examination of the specimens from Denham,
Rottnest Island (2 males, | female, TM)] iden-
Western Australia (1 male, 2 females, ZMH),
tified as A. nicobaricus Budde-Lund, 1885, by
identified by Budde-Lund (1912b: 40) showed
Budde-Lund (1912b: 40) and Bunn and Green
that the identification was correct.
(1982: 149) respectively. These specimens Type material re-examined. Sulawesi: 1 male, 2
proved to be identical to those from Denham females (syntypes of Philoscia alba Dollfus),
and belong to A. pallidulus. Tomshou, leg. F. and P. Sarasin (Dollfus Collection,
A. pallidulus is characterized by the cephalon NHMB).
Taiwan: 1 male, 2 females (syntypes of Pseudo-
with profrons slightly protruding frontwards,
typhloscia pallida Verhoeft), Takao, leg. H. Sauter
triangular lateral lobes with rounded apex, fron- (Verhoeff Collection, ZMB).
tal line slightly visible; telson with truncated or
broadly rounded apex; male pereopod 7 ischium Material examined. West Java: 4 males, 2 females
with a depression on the proximal half of sternal (MZB), 1 male, 6 females (NMV J16135), Ujung
Kulon, Pulau Peucang, 19 Sep 1984.
margin; male pleopod 1 exopod cordiform,
Krakatau Islands: 2 males, 2 females (MF), Sertung.
endopod straight with apical part without evi- Spit, 18 Aug 1985; 1 male (TM), Anak Krakatau, 10
dent modifications. Sep 1984.
Description. Maximum length: male, 4 mm;
Philosciidae female 6 mm. Body elongated and colourless.
Pseudotyphloscia Verhoeff, 1928 Eye with 4 or 5 ommatidia (in the largest speci-
mens). Co-ordinates of noduli laterales as in Fig.
Type species. Pseudotyphloscia pallida Verhoeff, 2a. Pereonite 7 with postero-lateral corner
1928 (= Philoscia alba Dollfus. 1898). almost a right angle. Telson triangular, with
Diagnosis. Sulcus marginalis and gland pores sides almost straight, apex obtuse. Antenna with
absent. Each pereonite with one nodulus later- fifth joint of peduncle as long as flagellum; ratio
alis per side; d/c co-ordinates with one evident of flagellar joints 4:3:3; flagellar joints 2 and 3
peak on pereonite 4 and two smaller peaks on with 3 and 2 aesthetascs respectively.
pereonites 2 and 7. Frontal line absent; supra- Male. Antenna with fifth joint of peduncle dis-
antennal line present. Epimera ofpleon reduced, tinctly swollen. Pereopods without sexually
adpressed, without posterior points visible in dimorphic modifications. Pleopod 1 exopod
dorsal view. Molar penicil of mandible consist- cordiform with rounded apex: endopod with
ing ofa single unbranched seta. Outer branch of apical part slightly bent outwards, narrowed
maxillule with 4+5 (4 slightly incised) + 2 very before apex. Pleopod 2 as in Fig. 3d.
small teeth; inner branch with two unequal peni- Distribution. Sulawesi, Java, Krakatau Islands,
cils. Endite of maxilliped with a penicil. Exo- Bali (dat. ined.) and Taiwan.
pods of pleopods without respiratory areas. Uro-
podal protopod grooved on outer margin; inser- Remarks. Comparison with type materials has
tion of endopod proximal to that of exopod. shown that the specimens from the Krakataus
and West Java correspond with certainty to Phi-
Remarks. Pseudotyphloscia was erected by Ver- loscia alba Dollfus, 1898, from Celebes and to
hoeff (1928) to accommodate the new species P. Pseudotyphloscia pallida Verhoeff, 1928, from
pallida from Formosa. Re-examination of the Formosa. P. pallida is a junior synonym of P.
type material ofthis species (see below) allowed alba which must be transferred to the genus
us to redefine the genus according to modern Pseudotyphloscia.
criteria. The genus appears to be very close to
Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914, from which it dif-
fers only in the maxillular teeth [4+5 (4 slightly Anchiphiloscia Stebbing, 1908
incised) + 2 small accessory teeth instead of 5+6
(5 deeply cleft)]. The absence of gland pores and Anchiphiloscia pilosa (Budde-Lund, 1913)
insertion of uropodal endopod proximal to that Material examined. Krakatau Islands: 9 males, 21
of exopod are characters present also in some females (MZB), Panjang, 14 Sep 1984; 3 males, !
species of Burmoniscus. With only one known female (NMV J16133), same locality, 27 Aug 1985; 3
species, we are not able to judge the importance males, 4 females (MF), Rakata, Zwarte Hoek, 1 Sep
of this distinctive character. Waiting for a better 1984; 5 males, 4 females (TM), same locality, 12 Sep
knowledge of the philosciids from the Oriental 1984; 4 females, 2 juvs (MZB), same locality, 15 Sep
Region, we keep Pseudotyphloscia as a valid 1984; 1 female (MZB), Rakata, 280 m, 14 Sep 1984; 1
genus. female (MZB), Rakata, West Ridge, 259 m, 14 Sep
1984; 4 males, | juv. (ММУ 716132), 1 female (MZB),
Pseudotyphloscia alba (Dollfus, 1898) Sertung, 18 Aug 1985; 3 females, 1 juv. (MZB), same
comb. nov. locality, 19 Aug 1985; 1 male (MZB), Sertung, Spit, 16
Aug 1985; 2 males, 2 females (NMV 716134), same
Figures 2, 3 locality, 18 Aug 1985.
TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA FROM THE KRAK
ATAU ISLANDS 421
Figure 2. Pseudotyphloscia alba (Dollfus, 1898), male: a, co-ordinates of noduli laterales; b, left epimeron of
pereonite 7; c, pereonite 7, pleon, telson and right uropod; d, antenna; е, mandible; f, maxillule; р, maxil-
liped.
Distribution. Chagos Archipelago, West Malay- Remarks. A. pilosa has been redescribed recently
sia (dat. ined.), Java, Bali (dat. ined.), Krakatau and given its correct taxonomic position (Fer-
and Hawaiian Islands (dat. ined.). rara and Taiti, 1986).
T
C
Figure 3. Pseudotyphloscia alba (Dollfus, 1898), male: a, pereopod 7; b, pleopod 1 exopod; c, pleopod 1 endopod;
d, pleopod 2.
Burmoniscus Collinge, 1914 West Java: 1 male, 1 female (MZB), 1 male, 3

females (NMV J16129), Ujung Kulon, Pulau Peucang,
Burmoniscus orientalis sp. nov. 19 Sep 1984.
Figures 4, 5 Description. Maximum length: male and female,
Material examined. Holotype: Krakatau Islands: male 7 mm. Brown with yellowish muscle spots; an
(MZB), Rakata, Zwarte Hoek, 12 Sep 1984. oval pale spot at the base of each pereonal epi-
Paratypes: Krakatau Islands: 10 males, 30 females meron. Many gland pores along the whole lateral
(MZB), Rakata, Zwarte Hoek, 12 Sep 1984; 1 male, 1 margin of pereonal epimera. Noduli laterales
female (NMV J61126), same locality, 1 Sep 1984; 3 with b/c and d/c co-ordinates as in Fig. 4a. Eye
males, | female (NMV J16127), same locality, 31
with about 16 ommatidia. Cephalon with dis-
Aug-4 Sep 1984; 2 males, 1 female (NMV J16128),
same locality, 15 Sep 1984; 1 female (MZB), 1 male
tinct supra-antennal line; frontal line absent.
(MZB), Rakata, West Ridge, 5 Sep 1984; 2 males, 5 Pereonite 7 with postero-lateral corner right
females (MF), same locality, 19 Sep 1984; 1 male, 3 angled. Pleonal epimera reduced, adpressed,
females (MZB), same locality, 22 Sep 1984; 3 females without posterior points visible in dorsal view.
(MZB), same locality, 14 Sep 1984; 3 males, 2 females Telson with concave sides and apical part con-
(TM), Rakata, summit, 18-19 Sep 1984; 3 males, 1 sisting of a small point. Antenna with fifth joint
female (MF), same locality, 22 Sep 1984; 1 female of peduncle slightly longer than flagellum; ratio
(MZB), same locality, 24 Aug 1985; 1 male (NMV of flagellar joints 7:4:4; flagellar joints 2 and 3
J16131), same locality, 23 Aug 1985; 5 females (MZB),
with 3 and 2 aesthetascs respectively. Mandible
Rakata, South Face, 24 Aug 1985; 5 males, 5 females
(NMV J16137), Rakata, Owl Bay, 26 Aug 1985; 7 with molar penicil consisting of a single
males, 19 females (MF), Rakata, 259 m, 19 Sep 1984; unbranched seta. Maxillular outer branch with 4
19 males, 47 females (TM), Panjang, 14 Sep 1984; 2 + 6(5 cleft) teeth; inner branch with two unequal
males, 2 females (ММУ J16130), same locality, 17 Aug penicils and a small posterior point. Endite of
1985. maxilliped with a penicil. Uropodal protopod
Figure 4. Burmoniscus orientalis sp. nov., male: a, co-ordinates of noduli laterales; b, left epimeron of pereonite 7;
c, pleonites 4—5, telson and uropods; d, mandible; e, maxillule; f, maxilliped.
Figure 5. Burmoniscus orientalis sp. nov., male: a, pereopod 7; b, pleopod 1; c, pleopod 2; d, pleopod 5
exopod.
grooved on outer margin; insertion of endo- and without modifications; from B. mucronatus in
exopods almost at the same level. the fifth joint of the antennal peduncle not
Male. Pereopods without evident sexually swollen and from both В. mucronatus and B.
dimorphic modifications. Pleopod 1 exopod micropunctatus in the shape of the male pleopod
with outer margin slightly sinuous, apex 1. Another species of philosciid, “Philoscia”
rounded; endopod with distal third stout and tenuissima Collinge, 1915, from Madras, India,
bent outwards, apex without evident modifi- has the same shape oftelson but a real compar-
cations. Pleopod 2 endopod longer than exopod; ison is impossible due to its uncertain descrip-
exopod with some short spines on outer margin. tion and taxonomic status (Taiti and Manicastri,
Pleopod 5 exopod as in Fig. 5d. 1988: 62).
Distribution. South Thailand (dat. ined.), West
Burmoniscus rakataensis sp. nov.
Malaysia (dat. ined.), Java, Krakataus and Bali
(dat. ined.). Figure 6
Etymology. L. orientalis = oriental. The name Material examined. Holotype: Krakatau Islands: male
(MZB), Rakata, West Ridge, 707 m, 5 Sep 1984.
refers to the wide distribution ofthis species in
Paratypes: Krakatau Islands: 1 male (MF), 1 female
the Oriental Region.
(NMV J16136), Rakata, summit, 24 Aug 1985; 1
Remarks. In the shape of the telson, B. orientalis female (MZB), same locality, summit, 813 m, 4 Sep
is very similar to В. comtus (Budde-Lund, 1895) 1984; 1 female (NMV J16125), same locality, 259 m,
from Burma, В. mucronatus (Vandel, 1973) and 19 Sep 1984.
B. micropunctatus Taiti and Manicastri, 1988. It Description. Maximum length: male and female,
differs from B. comtus in the male pereopod 7 4mm. Colourless body. Gland pores not visible.
Figure 6. Burmoniscus rakataensis sp. nov., male: a, co-ordinates of noduli laterales; b, left epimeron of pereonite
7;c, pleonite 5, telson and left uropodal protopod; d, pereopod 1; e, pereopod 7; f, pleopod 1 exopod; g, pleopod 1
endopod; h, pleopod 2; i, pleopod 5 exopod.
Noduli laterales with b/c and d/c co-ordinates as ite 7 with postero-lateral corners obtuse angled.
in Fig. 6a. Eye with 6-7 ommatidia. Cephalon Pleonal epimera reduced, adpressed, without
and buccal pieces as in B. orientalis. Pereonite 7 visible posterior points. Telson with straight
with postero-lateral corners acute angled. sides, apex an obtuse angle. Antenna with fifth
Pleonal epimera reduced, adpressed, without joint of peduncle as long as flagellum; ratio of
visible posterior points. Telson with straight flagellar joints 7:5:4; flagellar joints 2 and 3 with
sides ending with an acute point. Antenna with 3 and 2 aesthetascs respectively. Uropodal pro-
fifth joint of peduncle slightly longer than flagel- topod grooved on outer margin; insertions of
lum; ratio of flagellar joints 4:3:3; flagellar joints exo- and endopod at the same level.
2 and 3 with 4 and | aesthetascs respectively. Male. Pereopod 7 merus with a recurved spine
Uropodal protopod grooved on outer margin; at the base of sternal margin. Pleopod | exopod
insertions of exo- and endopod at the same with a small rounded posterior point; endopod
level, straight with a triangular hyaline lobe on medial
Male. Antenna with fifth joint of peduncle margin near apex. Pleopod 2 endopod much
slightly swollen. Carpus of pereopod | and, to a longer than exopod; exopod with some short
lesser extent, 2 enlarged, flattened and covered spines on outer margin. Pleopod 5 exopod as in
with short setae on rostral surface. Pereopod 7 Fig. 7g.
ischium with a distal rounded lobe. Pleopod 1
Distribution. Sumatra.
exopod triangular, with sinuous outer margin
and rounded posterior point; endopod with dis- Etymology. L. velum = sail + stem of gerere — to
tal part bent outwards, without particular bear.
specialization at apex. Pleopod 2 endopod much
Remarks. The new species is characterized by
longer than exopod. Pleopod 5 exopod as in Fig.
the male modifications of pereopod 7 and pleo-
61. pod |. Due to the presence of a hyaline lobe at
Distribution. Known only from the type the apex of pleopod 1 endopod, B. veliger
locality. appears close to B. microlobatus (Vandel, 1973)
from Bismarck and Solomon Archipelagos. It is
Etymology. The name refers to the type locality,
distinguished by the apex oftelson obtuse angled
Rakata I. in the Krakataus.
instead of rounded, presence ofa recurved spine
Remarks. This species belongs to the group char- on the male pereopod 7 merus, male pleopod 1
acterized by the male pereopods | and 2 with endopod with triangular instead of rounded
enlarged and flattened carpus, i.e. B. coecus subapical lobe, and shape of the male pleopods
(Budde-Lund, 1895), B. ferrarai (Schmalfuss, 1-2 exopods.
1983) and B. mossambicus (Ferrara and Taiti,
1985). It is readily distinguished from all by the Burmoniscus vaughani sp. nov.
characteristic shape of telson, with an acute Figure 8
pointed apex, and male pereopod 7 ischium with
a distal process. Material examined. Holotype: South Sumatra: male
(MZB), Liwa, 5 Sep 1984.
Burmoniscus veliger sp. nov. Paratypes: South Sumatra: 3 males, | female (MZB),
3 males, 1 female (NMV J16124), 3 males, 1 female
Figure 7 (MF), Liwa, 5 Sep 1984; 3 males, | female (NMV
Material examined. Holotype: South Sumatra: male J16150), 1 male, 5 females (MZB), same locality, 1 Sep
(MZB), Liwa, 5 Sep 1984, 1984; 1 male (MF), same locality, 5-7 Sep 1984; 1
Paratypes: South Sumatra: 1 male, 2 females (NMV female (MZB), 2 females (ММУ 716149), 3 males , 1
416123), 1 male (MF), 1 male (TM), Liwa, 5 Sep 1984; female (TM), same locality, 6 Sep 1984.
3 females (MZB), same locality, 6 Sep 1984; 1 female Description. Maximum length: male, 4.5 mm;
(MF), same locality, 5-7 Sep 1984.
female, 5.5 mm. Light brown with yellowish
Description. Maximum length: male, 6 mm; muscle spots; postero-lateral corners of pereon-
female, 8 mm. Brown with yellowish muscle ites or all pereonal epimera colourless. Several
spots; a round pale spot at the base of each gland pores along the whole lateral margin of
pereonal epimeron; postero-lateral corners of pereonal epimera. Noduli laterales with b/c and
pereonites colourless. Gland pores not visible. d/c co-ordinates as in Fig. 8a. Eye with 22-24
Noduli laterales with b/c and d/c co-ordinates as ommatidia. Cephalon and buccal pieces as in В.
in Fig. 7a. Eye with about 23 ommatidia. Cepha- orientalis. Pereonite 7 with postero-lateral
lon and buccal pieces as in B. orientalis. Pereon- corners acute angled. Pleonal epimera reduced,
0.5 — is =
Figure 7. Burmoniscus veliger sp. nov., male: a, co-ordinates of noduli laterales; b, right epimeron of pereonite 7;
exopod.
c, pleonite 5, telson and right uropod; d, pereopod 7; e, pleopod 1; f, pleopod 2; g, pleopod 5
adpressed, without visible posterior points. Tel- joints 2 and 3 with 3 and 2 aesthetascs respec-
son with slightly sinuous sides, apex rounded. tively. Uropodal protopod grooved on outer
Antenna with fifth joint of peduncle as longas margin; insertions of exo- and endopod at the
flagellum; ratio of flagellar joints 5:4:3; flagellar same level.
Figure 8. Burmoniscus vaughani sp. nov., male: a, co-ordinates of noduli laterales; b, left epimeron of pereonite 7;
c, pleonite 5, telson and right uropod; d, pereopod 7, rostral surface; e, pereopod 7, sternal surface; f, pleopod 1; в,
pleopod 2; h, pleopod 5 exopod.
Male. Pereopod 7 ischium witha concavity on Distribution. Java.

rostral surface and a distal lobe protruding trans-
versely. Pleopod 1 exopod truncated distally; Etymology. The new species is named after Prof.
endopod with apical part triangular with some I.W.B. Thornton, Head of the Department of
denticles on outer margin and a rounded setose Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora.
lobe on caudal surface. Pleopod 2 endopod Remarks. B. thorntoni is characterized by the
about twice as long as exopod. Pleopod 5 exopod rounded postero-lateral corners of pereonite 7,
as in Fig. 8h. short and obtuse telson, and male pleopod 1 exo-
Distribution. Sumatra. pod with an acute posterior point bent outwards.
The new species is close to B. bartolozzii Taiti
Etymology. The new species is named after Mr and Manicastri, 1988, from Sri Lanka, from
P.J. Vaughan, Department of Zoology, La Trobe which it is distinguished by the shorter telson,
University, Bundoora. convex instead of straight sternal margin of male
Remarks. B. vaughani is easily distinguished pereopod 7 ischium, male pleopod 1 exopod
from all the other species of Burmoniscus by the with more acute posterior point and endopod
male pereopod 7 ischium with a concavity and a without apical modifications.
transverse lobe, and male pleopod 1 exopod Serendibia Manicastri and Taiti, 1987
truncated and endopod with apical part very
complex. Serendibia sp.
Material examined. South Sumatra: 2 females (MZB),
3 females (ММУ J16122), 2 females (MF), Liwa, 5 Sep
1984.
Burmoniscus thorntoni sp. nov.
Remarks. These specimens belong to the genus
Figure 9 Serendibia as defined by Manicastri and Taiti
Material examined. Holotype: West Java: male (1987). The lack of males does not permit a spe-
(MZB), Ujung Kulon, Pulau Peucang, 19 Sep 1984. cific identification.
Paratypes: West Java: 2 males, 2 females (NMV
J16120), 1 male, 1 female (MF), 1 male, | female
Trachelipidae
(ТМ), 4 females (MZB), Ujung Kulon, Pulau Peucang, Nagurus Holthuis, 1949
19 Sep 1984.
Nagurus nanus (Budde-Lund, 1908)
Description. Maximum length: male, 4 mm;
female, 5 mm. Brown with yellowish muscle Nagara nana.—Richardson Searle, 1922: 1.
spots. Gland pores not visible. Noduli laterales Material examined. South Sumatra: 1 male (MZB),
with b/c and d/c co-ordinates as in Fig. 9a. Eye Krui, 7 Sep 1984.
with about 18 ommatidia. Cephalon and buccal Krakatau Islands: 1 male, 1 female (MF), Anak
pieces as in B. orientalis. Pereonite 7 with Krakatau, 2 Sep 1984; 1 male, 1 female (MZB), 2
postero-lateral corners broadly rounded. males, | female (NMV J16119), same locality, 10 Sep
1984.
Pleonal epimera reduced, adpressed, without
small posterior points visible in dorsal view. Tel- Distribution. Pantropical.
son short, with straight sides, apex bluntly
Nagurus cristatus (Dollfus, 1889)
rounded. Antenna with fifth joint of peduncle as
long as flagellum; ratio of flagellar joints 4:3:3; Nagara cristata.—Richardson Searle, 1922: 1.
flagellar joints 2 and 3 with 3 and 2 aesthetascs Porcellio (Nagara) cristata.—Wahrberg, 1922:
respectively. Uropodal protopod grooved on 178.
outer margin; insertions of exo- and endopod at Material examined. South Sumatra: | female (MZB),
the same level. A Liwa, 1 Sep 1984; 1 female (NMV J16106), same local-
Male. Pereopod 7 ischium with sternal margin ity, 5 Sep 1984; 2 females (MZB), Krui, 7 Sep 1984.
convex. Pleopod 1 exopod with a triangular Krakatau Islands: 1 female (NMV J16105), Sertung,
acute posterior point bent outwards, outer mar- 19 Aug 1985; 1 female, 2 juv. (MZB), 1 female, 1 juv.
gin sinuous; endopod straight without evident (ММУ 716108, J16110), Panjang, 14 Sep 1984; 1 juv.
(MZB), same locality, 20 Sep 1984; 6 females (MZB),
modifications. Pleopod 2 exopod with a small Panjang, Mid Ridge, 25 Sep 1986; 6 females (NMV
protrusion near the base of outer margin J16109), Panjang, Central, 17 Aug 1985; 3 females
(present also on exopods of pleopods 3 and 4); (MZB), Rakata, West Ridge, 5 Sep 1984; 1 female
endopod much longer than exopod. Pleopod 5 (MZB), same locality, 12 Sep 1984; 1 female (NMV
exopod as in Fig. 9g. J16165), 4 females (MZB), same locality, 19 Sep 1984;
Figure 10. Saidjahus guttatus (Dollfus, 1898): a, cephalon in dorsal view; b, cephalon in frontal view; c, right
epimeron of pereonite 1; d, pleonite 5, telson and uropods; e, antenna; f, maxillule; g, pereopod 7 male; h, pleopod
1 male; i, pleopod 2 male; j, pleopod 5 exopod male.
5 females (NMV J16107), Rakata, Zwarte Hoek, 5 Sep arcuatus deep and narrow; outer lobe of schisma
1984; 1 female (MZB), Rakata, South Beach, 18 Sep clearly protruding backwards compared with
1984; 24 females (MZB), Rakata, summit, 18-19 Sep inner one. Pereonites 2-3 with a transverse
1984; 2 females (NMV 716114). 6 females, 8 juvs thickening on ventral surface of epimera. Telson
(TM), same locality, 23 Aug 1985; 9 females, 9 juvs
(MF), same locality, 24 Aug 1985; 1 female (MZB),
triangular, with sides regularly incurved; bluntly
Rakata, Owl Bay, 22 Sep 1984; I female (MZB), same rounded apex which surpasses the rear margin of
locality, 26 Aug 1985; 11 females, 1 juv. (MZB), 11 the uropods. Antenna with first joint of flagel-
females (NMV J16115, J16117, J16118), Rakata, lum shorter than second. Maxillular outer
South Face, 24 Aug 1985; 1 female (NMV 116103), branch with simple teeth; inner branch with two
same locality, 25 Aug 1985; 1 juv. (NMV J16116), stout penicils. Pleopods with pseudotracheae in
Rakata, 259 m, 19 Sep 1984. all exopods. Uropodal protopod deeply in-
West Java: 4 females (MZB), 1 female (NMV dented on posterior margin; exopod well devel-
116113), Ujung Kulon, Pulau Peucang, 11 Sep 1984: 1 oped, clearly surpassing tip of telson.
female (NMV J16112), same locality, 13 Sep 1984; 2
Male. Pereopods 1-3 with brushes of short
females (ММУ 716111), same locality, 15 Sep 1984; 1
female (MZB), 1 female (ММУ716104), same locality, trifid spines on carpus and merus. Pereopod 7
19 Sep 1984; 2 females (MZB), Gunung Payung, 12- without evident modifications. Pleopod 1 exo-
13 Sep 1984; 1 female(ММУ 116102), Cibunar, 20 Sep pod with ovoid medial part; endopod straight,
1984. without modifications at apex. Pleopod 2 exo-
pod as long as endopod. Pleopod 5 exopod as in
Distribution. Pantropical.
Fig. 10j.
Remarks. As far as can be judged from the de- Distribution. Sumatra and Java.
scription and illustrations, it is very probable
that the specimens from Капи Bedali, Java, and Remarks. Comparison with type material
Tjurup, Sumatra, identified by Herold (1931: proves that the specimens examined belong to S.
355, figs 111-114) as Nagara modesta (Dollfus, guttatus. The redescription provided here is
1898), also belong to N. cristatus. based on the present material.
Eubelidae Armadillidae
Saidjahus Budde-Lund, 1904 Cubaris Brandt, 1833

Cubaris murina Brandt, 1833
Saidjahus guttatus (Dollfus, 1898)
Armadillo murinus.—Dollfus, 1898: 359.—Budde-
Figure 10 Lund, 1885: 27.— 1904: 119.
Mesarmadillo guttatus Dollfus, 1898: 370, figs 15, Cubaris murina—Richardson Searle, 1922: 1.
15a-d. Nesodillo murinus.—Herold, 1931: 319
Saidjahus guttatus.—Budde-Lund, 1904: 51. Material examined. South Sumatra: 1 female juv.
Type material re-examined. Sumatra (?): | female (MZB), Krui, 7 Sep 1984.
(holotype of Mesarmadillo guttatus Dollfus), leg. M. Distribution. Pantropical.
Weber, 1888 (Dollfus Collection, ZMA).
Material examined. South Sumatra: 1 male, | female Cubaris sp.
(MZB), 2 females (NMV J16159), 1 female (TM), 1
Material examined. Krakatau Islands: 1 female (MF),
female (MF), Liwa, 5 Sep 1984; 1 male (MF), same
1 juv. (MZB), Rakata, Owl Bay, 22 Sep 1984; 1 juv.
locality, 6 Sep 1984; 1 female (MZB), same locality,
(NMV J16161), Rakata, South Face, 25 Aug 1985.
5-7 Sep 1984.
West Java: 1 male (NMV J16160), 1 female (MZB), Remarks. These specimens are not C. murina
Ujung Kulon, Pulau Peucang, 19 Sep 1984. but the material is insufficient for a certain iden-
Description. Maximum dimensions: male, 8 x tification.
3.5 mm; female, 9 x 4.5 mm. Brown-grey with Venezillo Verhoeff, 1927
pale muscle spots and a large pale spot on each
epimeron of pereonites. Dorsum very convex, Venezillo parvus (Budde-Lund, 1885)
smooth with inconspicuous scale-spines. Eye Material examined. Krakatau Islands: 4 males, 6
with 18 ommatidia. Cephalon with profrons females, 6 juvs (MZB), 4 males, 6 females (NMV
slightly protruding frontwards; lateral lobes 116164), 4 males, 6 females (MF), Sertung, 11 Sep
small, rounded; interocular line widely inter- 1984; 1 male, 1 female (TM), Sertung, East Ridge, 19
rupted in the middle. Pereonite 1 with lateral Aug 1985; І male (ММУ 116162), Sertung, South-East
Ridge, 27 Sep 1986.
margin thickened and slightly grooved; sulcus
1 bc TES d
0.5 poe
|
T T T T T ше” i ш И T T T T T n F
vı мш а
Figure 9. Burmoniscus thorntoni sp. nov., male: a, co-ordinates of noduli laterales; b, right epimeron of pereonite
7; c, pleonite 5, telson and left uropod; d, pereopod 7; e, pleopod 1; f, pleopod 2; g, pleopod 5 exopod.
Distribution. Lands encompassed by the Indian female (syntype of Armadillo velutinus Dollfus),
and Pacific Oceans; Ascension I. in the Atlantic Loewoe, leg. M. Weber (Dollfus Collection, ZMA).
Ocean. Sumatra: | male juv., 1 female (syntypes of Arma-
dillo velutinus Dollfus), Singalang, leg. M. Weber
Spherillo Dana, 1853 (Dollfus Collection, ZMA).
“Spherillo” velutinus (Dollfus, 1898) Material examined. West Java: 1 male (MF), 1 female
(NMV J16163), 1 female, 1 juv. (MZB), Ujung Kulon,
Figure 11 Pulau Peucang, 19 Sep 1985.
Armadillo velutinus Dollfus, 1898: 363 (partim). Description. Dimensions: male, 4.5 x 1.8 mm;
Spherillo velutinus.—Budde-Lund, 1904: 94 (par- female, 6.5 x 2.5 mm. Brown with yellowish
tim). muscle spots. Body convex, able to roll into a
Type material re-examined. Sulawesi: | male, 1 female perfect ball. Dorsum smooth with numerous
(syntypes of Armadillo velutinus Dollfus), Macassar, tiny dark brown scale-spines. Eye with about 13
leg. F. and P. Sarasin (Dollfus Collection, NHMB); 1 ommatidia. Cephalon with frontal shield sepa-
in
Figure 11. “Spherillo” velutinus (Dollfus, 1898): a, cephalon and left antenna in frontal view; b, cephalon
dorsal view; c, right epimera of pereonites 1—2 in dorsal view; d, left epimera of pereonites 1—3 in ventral view; e,
pleonite 5, telson and uropods; f, pleopod 1 male; g, pleopod 2 male.
rated from vertex by a continuous line but not (S. monolinus, S. vitiensis, S. hawaiensis and $.
protruding over it; profrons slightly protruding spinosus) described by Dana (1853) and to desig-
frontwards with a V-shaped mark in the middle. nate one of these as type species of the genus.
Pereonite 1 with distal margin sinuous; lateral Awaiting such a revision, we are keeping A. velu-
margin with a shallow but distinct groove along linus in Spherillo as stated by Budde-Lund
its whole length; schisma with inner lobe (1904).
rounded, clearly protruding backwards com-
Discussion
pared with outer one. Pereonite 2 dorsally with a
deep excavation on anterior margin of epimeron Seventeen species of terrestrial isopods were
where the posterior margin of pereonite 1 folds collected in the Krakatau Islands and surround-
in when the animal rolls up; ventral surface of ing areas of Java and Sumatra by the Zoological
epimeron with a sharp triangular tooth. Pereon- Expeditions to the Krakataus (1984-1986):
ite 3 with a lobe and pereonites 4—5 with a trans- (1) Alloniscus oahuensis Budde-Lund, 1885;
verse thickening on ventral surface of epimera. (2) A. pallidulus Budde-lund, 1885;
Telson hour-glass-shaped, wider than long with (3) Pseudotyphloscia alba (Dollfus, 1898);
distal margin convex. Antenna short, with (4) Anchiphiloscia pilosa (Budde-Lund,
second joint of flagellum about twice as long as 1913);
first. Uropods with quadrangular protopod (as (5) Burmoniscus orientalis sp. nov.:
visible in dorsal view); exopod inserted dorsally (6) B. rakataensis sp. nov.;
and directed obliquely. (7) B. veliger sp. nov.;
Male. Pereopods without modifications. Pleo- (8) B. vaughani sp. nov.;
pod 1 exopod very small, triangular, about twice (9) B. thorntoni sp. nov.;
wider than long; endopod slightly bent out- (10) Serendibia sp.;
wards, without evident modifications at the (11) Nagurus nanus (Budde-Lund, 1908);
apex. Pleopod 2 as in Fig. I Ig. (12) N. cristatus (Dollfus 1889);
(13) Saidjahus guttatus (Dollfus, 1898);
Distribution, Sulawesi and Java.
(14) Cubaris murina Brandt, 1833;
Remarks. Armadillo velutinus was described by (15) Cubaris sp.:
Dollfus (1898) on specimens from Sulawesi and (16) Venezillo parvus (Budde-Lund, 1885);
Sumatra. Re-examination of the type materials (17) “Spherillo” velutinus (Dollfus, 1898).
proves that: This collection certainly represents only a
(a) the specimens from Sulawesi (Macassar small part of the oniscidean fauna present in this
and Loewoe) are probably those on which Doll- area. It is typical of the Oriental Region, being
fus based the description of this species. We characterized by the presence of species of
designate the male specimen from Macassar as Pseudotyphloscia, Burmoniscus, |Serendibia,
lectotype and give a new description of this Nagurus, Saidjahus and Cubaris.
species; and However, the collection is interesting because
(b) the specimens from Sumatra (Singalang) it includes five new species and adds four species
certainly belong to a different species and genus to the fauna of Java (Pseudotyphloscia alba, Bur-
(probably Dryadillo Herold, 1931). moniscus orientalis, B. thorntoni, Saidjhaus gut-
The specimens from Java examined here are tatus) and five to that of Sumatra (Burmoniscus
conspecific with those from Sulawesi. veliger, B. vaughani, Serendibia sp., Nagurus
Armadillo velutinus was transferred by Budde- nanus and М. cristatus).
Lund (1904) to the genus Spherillo Dana, 1853, At present 11 species are known from the
and since then no author has dealt with this Krakataus (Table 1). Alloniscus oahuensis and A.
species. pallidulus are strictly littoral while all the others
'The problem of the definition and compos- are common in different biotopes. Of the three
ition of Spherillo Dana, 1853 (= Sphaerillo species from the Krakataus listed by Richardson
Verhoeff, 1926) has been discussed often but Searle (1922), only Cubaris murina was not col-
never clarified. The proposal of Jackson (1941) lected in the recent surveys. With the exception
and Vandel (1973b) to consider Spherillo Dana of Burmoniscus rakataensis, at present known
asa nomen nudum and to replace it with Sphaer- only from Rakata, and Cubaris sp., due to tax-
illo Verhoef can not be accepted as it goes onomic uncertainties, all the other species are
against the rules of zoological nomenclature. widespread in the Oriental Region or have a
The only way for unequivocally redefining the pantropical distribution. All of these species
genus Spherillo is to re-examine the four species have a great facility for dispersal, most of them
Table 1. Distribution of terrestrial isopods in the Krakataus.
Sertung Rakata Panjang Anak

Krakatau
Alloniscus oahuensis x 0
A. pallidulus x
Pseudotyphloscia alba x oc
Anchiphiloscia pilosa x x x
Burmoniscus orientalis x x
B. rakataensis x
Nagurus nanus x
N. cristatus x xo x
Cubaris murina 0
Cubaris sp. x
Venezillo parvus x
6 " 3 2
о = Species recorded by Richardson Searle (1922).

x = Species collected by the Zoological Expeditions to the Krakataus (1984-1986),
La Trobe University, Bundoora.
are euryoecious and have certainly been intro- Arcangeli, A., 1935. Isopodi terrestri di Sumatra rac-
duced (with driftwood, human activities, etc.). colti dal Sig. J. C. van der Meer Mohr. Miscellanea
The peculiar history ofthese volcanic islands Zoologica Sumatrana 98: 1-4, pls I-III.
(see Thornton, 1985) provides an unique oppor- Arcangeli, A., 1954. Contributo alle conoscenze sugli
Eubelidi di Asia (Crostacei Isopodi terrestri). Bol-
tunity for studying problems like recolonisation
lettino dell'Istituto e Museo di Zoologia dell'Uni-
and turnover of species. Unfortunately lack of versita di Torino 4 (1953-1954): 9—17, pl. I.
previous reliable data on the presence ofterres- Arcangeli, A., 1960. Revisione del genere Alloniscus
trial isopods does not allow any conclusion. The Dana. Il sistema respiratorio speciale agli exopod-
present list of species from the Krakataus can be iti dei pleopodi delle specie appartenenti allo
considered as a good starting point for future stesso genere (Crostacei Isopodi terrestri). Bollet-
research. tino dell'Istituto e Museo di Zoologia dell'Univer-
sità di Torino 6 (1958-1960): 17-79, pls I-XIV.
Acknowledgements Budde-Lund, G., 1885. Crustacea Isopoda terrestria
per familias et genera et species descripta. Nielsen
We wish to thank Prof. I. W.B. Thornton and and Lydiche: Hauniae. 320 pp.
Mr P.J. Vaughan of the Department of Zoology, Budde-Lund, G., 1904. A revision of “Crustacea Iso-
La Trobe University, Bundoora, for the loan of poda terrestria" with additions and illustrations.
the material collected during the Zoological 2. Spherilloninae. 3. Armadillo. H. Hagerup:
Expeditions to the Krakataus (1984-1986). Kjobenhavn. Pp. 33-144, pls VI-X.
We are indebted to the following people for Budde-Lund, G., 1908. Isopoda von Madagaskar und
the loan of type material and facilities provided Ostafrika mit Diagnosen verwandter Arten.
during visits to their instititions: Dr R.J. Lincoln Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse. Reise in Ostafrika.
and Miss J.P. Ellis (BM), Dr M. Brancucci and 2 (4): 263-308.
Budde-Lund, G., 1912a. Description of a new species
Mrs C. Stocker (NHMB), Dr H.-E. Gruner
of terrestrial Isopoda from Java. Notes of the
(ZMB), Dr L.B. Holthuis (RMNH), Dr B. Kens- Leyden Museum 34: 169—170, pl. 8.
ley (USNM), Dr S. Pinkster and Mr D. Platvoet Budde-Lund, G., 1912b. Oniscoidea, nachgelassenes
(ZMA), and Prof. G. Hartmann (ZMH). Fragment. Die Fauna Südwest-Australiens 4: 17-
44, pl. I.
References Budde-Lund, G., 1913. The Percy Sladen Trust Ex-
Arcangeli, A., 1927. Paraperiscyphis Calegarii Arc. pedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905, under the
nuova specie di Isopodo terrestre di Sumatra. leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner. (IV. No.
Bollettino del Laboratorio di Zoologia generale e XXII). Terrestrial Isopoda particularly con-
agraria della R. Scuola superiore di Agricoltura di sidered in relation to the distribution of the
Portici 20: 79-82. southern Indo-Pacific species. Transactions of the
Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 15: 367- fresh-water Isopoda of Oceania. Smithsonian
394. Miscellaneous Collections 99 (8): 1-35.
Bunn, S.E. and Green, A.J.A., 1982. Oniscoidea (Crus- Manicastri, C. and Taiti, S., 1987. Terrestrial Isopods
tacea: Isopoda) from Rottnest Island, Western from Sri Lanka, III; Philosciidae (Crustacea,
Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Oniscidea): Part 1. Revue Suisse de Zoologie 94
Australia 65: 147-151. (1): 17-34.
Dammerman, K.W., 1948. The fauna of Krakatau Richardson Searle, H., 1922. Terrestrial Isopoda col-
1883-1933. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke lected in Java by Dr. Edward Jacobson with de-
Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, scriptions of five new species. Proceedings of the
Afd. Natuurkunde (Tweede Sectie) 44: 1-594. United States National Museum 60: 1—7, pls 1-
Dana, J.D., 1853. United States Exploring Expedition 2
during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842, Schultz, G. A., 1985. Three terrestrial isopod crusta-
under the command
of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. ceans from Java, Indonesia (Oniscoidea: Philo-
АШ. Crustacea. Pt. 2. C. Sherman: Philadelphia. sciidae). Journal of Natural History 19: 215-
Pp. 691-1618. Atlas (1855) with 96 pls. 22/3:
Dollfus, A., 1898. Isopodes terrestres des Indes Taiti, S. and Manicastri, C., 1988. Terrestrial Isopods
Néerlandaises recueillis par M. le Professeur Max from Sri Lanka, IV: Philosciidae (Crustacea,
Weber et par M.M. les Docteurs Fritz et Paul Oniscidea): Part 2. Revue Suisse de Zoologie 95
Sarasin (de Bale). In: M. Weber, Zoologische (1); 51-86.
Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederländisch Ost- Thorton, I. W.B., 1985. 1984 Zoological Expedition to
Indien, Leiden 4 (2): 357-382, pls ХШ-ХУ. the Krakataus. Preliminary Report. Department
Ferrara, F. and Taiti, S., 1985. The terrestrial isopods of Zoology, La Trobe University: Bundoora. VIII
(Crustacea) of Aldabra. Zoological Journal of the + 57 pp.
Linnean Society 85: 291—315. Vandel, A., 1973a. Les Isopodes terrestres (Oniscoi-
Ferrara, F. and Taiti, S., 1986. Validity of the genus dea) de la Mélanésie. Zoologische Verhandelingen
Anchiphiloscia Stebbing, 1908 (Crustacea Iso- 125: 1-160.
poda Oniscidea). Monitore Zoologico Italiano Vandel, A., 1973b. Les Isopodes terrestres de l'Aus-
(N.S.) Supplemento 21: 149—167. tralie. Étude systématique et biogéographique.
Herold, W., 1931. Land-Isopoden von den Sunda- Mémoires du Muséum National d'Histoire Natu-
Inseln. Ausbeuten der Deutschen Limnologischen relle, Paris (N.S.) (série A, Zoologie) 82: 1-171.
Expedition und der Sunda-Expedition Rensch. Verhoeff, K.W., 1928. Isopoden aus Formosa. 39. Iso-
Archiv für Hydrobiologie Supplement 9: 306- poden-Aufsatz. Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologi-
393. schen Museum in Berlin 14: 200-226.
Jackson, H.G., 1933. Marquesan terrestrial Isopoda. Wahrberg, R., 1922. Results of Dr. E. Mjóberg's
Bulletin of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 114: Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia
145-162. 1910-1913. 30. Terrestre Isopoden aus Aus-
Jackson, H.G., 1941. Check-list of the terrestrial and tralien. Arkiv for Zoologi 15: 1-298.
Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2); 437-441 (1990) ISSN 0814-1827
MYSIDELLA AUSTRALIANA SP. NOV. FROM BASS STRAIT, AUSTRALIA

(CRUSTACEA: MYSIDAE: MYSIDELLINAE)
Bv GWEN ELIZABETH FENTON

Zoology Department, University of Tasmania, G.P.O. Box 252C, Hobart 7001
Abstract
Fenton, G.E., 1990, Mysidella australiana sp. nov. from Bass Strait, Australia (Crustacea:
Mysidae; Mysidellinae). Memoirs ofthe Museum of Victoria 50(2): 437-441.
Mysidella australiana sp, nov. is described from material collected in Bass Strait, southern
Australia. Its occurrence represents the first record of this subfamily and genus from the
Southern Hemisphere.
Introduction Diagnosis. (Based on definitions given in Tatter-

sall and Tattersall, 1951 and п, 1964). Eyes well
A study of mysid fauna from Bass Strait,
developed or rudimentary. General body form
southern Australia has revealed a new species
short and robust. Antennular peduncle of male
belonging to the genus Mysidella. The species M.
with setose lobe small and nodular. Antennal
australiana sp. nov., described here, represents
scale small, setose along lateral and medial
the first record of the genus from Australian
borders; small distal articulation. Maxilla small
waters and from the Southern Hemisphere.
and feeble, exopod well-developed. Genital
Diagnostic details of the subfamily Mysidellinae
appendage of male at base of eighth thoracic legs
and the genus Mysidella are given here since they
forwardly directed, long and cylindrical. Endo-
are not readily available.
pod of uropod with spines on inner margin. Tel-
Mysidellinae son cleft armed with spines.
Diagnosis. (Based on definitions given in Tatter- Remarks. This genus was established by G.O.
sall and Tattersall, 1951 and Ii, 1964). Labrum Sars in 1872 for two species, M. typica from the
posteriorly produced into a large plate divided north-eastern Atlantic and M. typhlops from
by deep incision forming 2 unequal lobes. Man- Norway. It was not until 1948 that another
dibles with cutting lobe expanded greatly with species M. americana Banner, 1948 from
straight edge and without teeth. Maxillule with Canada was described. The next two species des-
lobes bending strongly inward: outer lobe large cribed were both from Japan, M. tanakai li,
with numerous spines; inner lobe small bearing 1964 and M. nana Murano, 1970. Two further
plumose setae. Sixth segment of first thoracic species have been described, M. minuta Bratte-
endopod expanded and armed with spines. gard, 1973 from the Caribbean coast of Colum-
Carpo-propodus ofthoracic legs 3-8 divided by bia, and M. biscayensis Lagardére and Nouvel,
1-2 transverse articulations. Pleopods of both 1980 from the Gulf of Gascogne. The addition
sexes rudimentary. Exopod of uropod entire; of M. australiana n. sp., described here, brings
outer margin with setae and no spines. Telson the total number of species belonging to this
with distal cleft. Female with 3 pairs of brood genus to eight.
lamellae.
Mysidella australiana sp. nov.
Remarks. The subfamily Mysidellinae, estab-
lished by Norman 1892, is unusual within the Figures 1-14
Order Mysidacea since it consists of only the Type material. Holotype: male, 6 mm long, Central
genus Mysidella G.O. Sars. This subfamily is Bass Strait, 5 km N of North Point, Tasmania
easily recognised by the distinctive form of the (40°40.3’S, 145*15'E), 33 m, medium shell, grab, sled
labrum. or trawl (see label), M. Gomon and G.C.B. Poore on
FV Sarda, 4 Nov 1980 (stn BSS 115), NMV J11046.
Mysidella G.O. Sars Paratypes. Eastern Bass Strait, 42 km SW of Babel
Mysidella G.O. Sars, 1872: 266. Type species Mysi- Island, Tasmania (40713.8/S, 148°39.6’E), 60 m,
della typica G.O. Sars, 1872 by original designation. muddy sand, WHOI epibenthic sled, R. Wilson on RV
437
438 б. Е. FENTON
Figures 1-6. Mysidella australiana sp. nov.: fig. 1, anterior of male; fig. 2
, antennal scale; fig. 3, labrum; fig. 4,
mandible; fig. 5, maxilla; fig. 6, maxillule.
A NEW MYSID FROM BASS STRAIT 439
Tangaroa, 14 Nov 1981 (stn BSS-S 165), NMV J11047 156), ММУ 111243 (6); Western Bass Strait, 30 km
(3 females, 1 male). ESE of Cape Otway, Victoria (38°56.4’S, 143°51.0’E),
Other material. Type locality, ММУ J17261 (4). 79 m, fine sand, Smith-McIntyre grab or WHOI sled,
Central Bass Strait, 100 km SSE of Cape Liptrap, Vic- В. Wilson on RV Tangaroa, 19 Nov 1981 (stn BSS-Q
toria (39°45.9’S, 145°33.3’E), 74 m, muddy fine sand, 654), NMV J5402 (3). Plus other material from BSS
R. Wilson on RV Tangaroa, 13 Nov 1981 (stn BSS stations 118 and 184.
thoracic endopod, fig. 8, terminal segment of first

Figures 7-10. Mysidella australiana sp. nov.: fig. 7, first
dactylus of sixth thoracic leg.
thoracic endopod; fig. 9, sixth thoracic leg; fig. 10,
440 G. E. FENTON
Description. Description of male holotype with with setose lobe small and nodular; peduncle of
female characters given (where appropriate) both sexes of similar size. Antennal scale lanceo-
from paratype material. General body form late in shape, extending beyond antennular
compact and robust. Eyes spherical, extending peduncle; with distal articulation, setose medial
to end of second segment of antennular ped- and lateral borders (Fig. 2). Labrum large, ob-
uncle, cornea occupies approximately half stalk tusely rounded in front; posteriorly produced
in dorsal view; pigment red in alcohol (Fig. 1). into 2 unequal lobes (Fig. 3). Mandible with cut-
Carapace with acute apex extending over eye- ting lobe expanded and flattened without teeth;
stalk slightly; anterolateral edges rounded; pos- mandibular palp small (Fig. 4). Maxillule with
terior edge dorsally emarginate exposing last lobes inwardly curved; outer lobe large bearing
thoracic segment. Antennular peduncle of male 13-15 spines; inner lobe with 4—5 plumose setae
14
1mm
1.2mm
0.5mm
13
& 14
13
Figures 11-14. Mysidella australiana sp. nov.: fig. 1 1, genital appendage; fig. 12, telson; fig. 13, cleft of telson; fig.
14, endopod of uropod.
A NEW MYSID FROM BASS STRAIT 441
(Fig. 6). Maxilla small, terminal endopod bear- The telson of M. australiana sp. nov. is dis-
ing plumose setae (Fig. 5). First thoracic limb: tinctive with a hiatus separating the numerous
propodus of endopod expanded, larger than car- closely spaced spines on the distal half from the
pus; outer distal margin armed with row of 7 widely spaced spines on the proximal half. All
spines (Fig. 7); strong terminal claw approxima- other species have spines occupying the distal
tely same length as propodus (Fig. 8). Thoracic half of the telson only. Also, the telson of M.
legs 3-8 mostly missing in specimens, 6th tho- australiana sp. nov. has a very shallow apical
racic leg as in Figs 9 and 10. Male genital appen- cleft occupying approximately 1/24 of the length
dage present on base of 8th thoracic limb: long of the telson. The cleft is deeper in all other
cylindrical and directed forward (Fig. 11). species (occupying between 1/5-1/12 of the tel-
Female with 3 pairs of brood lamellae. Pleopods son length) except M. typhlops, where the cleft is
of both sexes rudimentary and simple. Telson also shallow occupying 1/19 of the telson. M.
triangular, approximately 1.5 times as long as typhlops is, however, distinctive since it is the
broad; shallow apical cleft occupying only 496 of only species in the genus with rudimentary
the total length of telson. Lateral margins with eyes.
hiatus separating 10 closely spaced spines arm- Acknowledgements
ing the distal half and 3-4 widely spaced proxi-
mally. Two spines arm each apical lobe, outer Thanks are extended to Gary Poore at the
spines twice as long as the inner (Fig. 12). Cleft Museum of Victoria for the loan of the mysid
armed with 3 spines on either side (Fig. 13). Uro- material collected during the Bass Strait Survey
pods: endopod bearing row of approximately 27 and also to the Australian Museum for a Post-
spines on inner margin extending from statocyst Graduate Research Grant which partly funded
to apex (Fig. 14). Exopod slightly longer than this taxonomic study.
endopod. Both endopod and exopod setose References
along lateral and medial borders.
Adult length 4.5-6.0mm, measured from the Banner, A.H., 1948. A taxonomic study of the Mysi-
tip of the rostrum to the end ofthe exopod of the dacea and Euphausiacea (Crustacea) ofthe north-
east Pacific, Part 2. Mysidacea from tribe Mysini
uropods. through subfamily Mysidellinae. Transactions of
Etymology. For Australia. the Royal Canadian Institute 27: 65-125.
Brattegard, T., 1973. Mysidacea from shallow water
Distribution. Known only from Bass Strait, Aus- on the Caribbean coast of Columbia. Sarsia 54:
tralia, where it was collected at depths between 1-66.
32-95 m and from a range ofsediment types i.e. li, N., 1964. Fauna Japonica, Mysidae. Biogeographi-
from muddy sand to medium shelly sand. cal Society of Japan. 610 pp.
Lagardére, J.P. and Nouvel, H., 1980. Mysidacea from
Remarks. Mysidella australiana sp. nov. is easily the Bay of Biscay continental slope 2. Lophogas-
distinguished from the other species in the genus tridae, Eucopiidae and Mysidae (except the Ery-
by the presence of seven spines on the outer dis- thropini tribe). Bulletin du Muséum National
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris 4e série, 2 section A 3:
tal margin of the propodus of the first thoracic
845-887.
endopod. Most species in the genus have three, Murano, M., 1970. A small collection of benthic Mysi-
but M. typhlops has four and M. nana, five dacea from coastal waters in Suruga Bay, Japan.
spines (Brattegard, 1973; Lagardére and Nouvel, Crustaceana 18: 251-268.
1980). M. australiana sp. nov., therefore, with Norman, A.M., 1892. On British Mysidae, a family of
respect to this feature, bears a greater resem- Crustacea Schizopoda. Annals and Magazine of
blance to M. nana than to other species of Mysi- Natural History, series 6, 10: 143-166.
della. However, the telson of M. nana 1s quite Sars, G.O., 1872. Undersogelser over Hardanger
different from that of M. australiana sp. nov. 1n fjordens fauna. Norske Videnskapsakademie
Oslo, for Handlinger (v. 1871); 246-286.
that it has a deep cleft armed with 22 spines Tattersall, W.M. and Tattersall,O.S.,1951. The British
compared to the shallow cleft with 2-3 spines of Mysidacea, Ray Society: London. viii+460 pp.
M. australiana sp. nov.
mete)
EV
cet келн biis:
E н— uno Bet.
LA
g о
Tuto 3iberet keDedi

Ace "ul dg
age Wwe f
HAPLOSTYLUS TATTERSALLI SP. NOV. FROM BASS STRAIT, AUSTRALIA

(CRUSTACEA: MYSIDAE: GASTROSACCINAE)
By GWEN ELIZABETH FENTON

Zoology Department, University of Tasmania, G.P.O. Box 252 Hobart 7001
Abstract
Fenton, G.E., 1990. Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov. from Bass Strait, Australia (Crustacea:
Mysidae: Gastrosaccinae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 443-450.
Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov. is described from material collected in Bass Strait, southern
Australia. The current status of the genus Haplostylus is discussed with respect to its closely
allied genus Gastrosaccus. A key for the identification of the Australian species of Haplosty-
lus and Gastrosaccus is provided.
Introduction the junction between the last two pleonites."

(Bácescu, 1973: 321).
The new species Halplostylus tattersalli sp.
nov, described here was collected during the Remarks. Kossmann (1880) established the
Bass Strait Survey conducted by the Museum of genus Haplostylus to accept those species in the
Victoria. H. tattersalli sp. nov. is apparently the subfamily Gastrosaccinae which lacked lobes on
same species which W.M. Tattersall (in Dakin the posterior margin of the carapace. This was
and Colefax, 1940) had recognised as a new later found to be a poor character to distinguish
species of Gastrosaccus from plankton samples Haplostylus from its closely allied genus Gastro-
collected at Broken Bay, New South Wales. saccus (Tattersall and Tattersall, 1951) and all
However, no description was ever published and species were placed in Gastrosaccus. Haplostylus
the location of the specimens remains unknown was abandoned. Gastrosaccus, however, clearly
despite considerable efforts to locate them. held diverse species as evidenced by its major
Consequently, the presence of this species at divisions, ie. the so-called ‘‘spinifer’ and
many sites in Bass Strait, has provided an oppor- “normani” groups, depending on whether the
tunity to describe it, and in doing so honour the endopod of the third male pleopod was multi-
late Dr W.M. Tattersall. articulate or uni-articulate respectively.
Dakin and Colefax (1940) placed this species Bacescu (1973) reinstated the generic name
in the genus Gastrosaccus Norman, however, it Haplostylus to accept those species in which the
should now be placed in the closely related genus endopod of the third male pleopod was uni-
Haplostylus Kossmann, which was reinstated in articulate and added a new species H. estafri-
1973 by Bácescu. In view of the similarity cana from eastern African waters. He also added
between these two genera, the status of Haplosty- H. erythraeus, H. parerythraeus and G. pusillus,
lus is discussed in detail here. to the genus Haplostylus. Hatzakis (1977)
followed up what Bacescu had started by sug-
Haplostylus Kossmann gesting the transfer of the following Gastrosaccus
species to the genus Haplostylus: G. normani
Haplostylus Kossmann, 1880: 95.—Bacescu, 1973:
321.—Hatzakis, 1977: 271-273. G.O. Sars, 1877, G. lobatus Nouvel, 1951, G.
magnilobatus Bacescu and Schiecke, 1974, G.
Type species. Gastrosaccus normani G.O. Sars, pacificus Hansen, 1912, G. indicus Hansen, 1910
1877 (present designation). and G. dakini W.M. Tattersall, 1940, as well as
describing a new species, H. bacescui. In addi-
Diagnosis. “Саѕігоѕассіпі with male pleopods
well-developed, pairs I, II and V with uniseg- tion, according to Hatzakis (1977), G. vulgaris
Nakazawa, 1910, G. philippinensis W.M. Tatter-
mented endopodite, exopodite of pleopod Ш
with a minute endopodite and the four long seg- sall, 1951 (which had been synonymised with G.
ments reaching the end of the abdomen. Two or bengalensis by li in 1964) and G. johnsoni W.M.
three articulation girdles divided the thick basal Tattersall, 1937 (which had been transferred to
segment in 2-5 short segments. Without any the genus Bowmaniella by Bácescu in 1968)
supplemental segment on the dorsal portion of would be transferred to the genus Haplostylus
443
444 G. E. FENTON
Table 1. Comparison of species in the genus Maplostylus.
Species Spine on Endopod of Exopod of Exopod of

pleonites male male male
pleopod 2 pleopod 4 pleopod 5
multi- multi- multi-
articulate articulate articulate
H. bacescut
Hatzakis, 1977 - [^as in Н. normani”
H. bengalensis*
(Hansen, 1910) -
H. brishanensis*
(Bacescu and Udrescu,
1982) [
H. dakini*
(W.M. Tattersall, 1940) -
Н. erythraeus
Kossmann, 1877 -
H. estafricana
Bacescu, 1973 -
H. indicus*
(Hansen, 1910) -
H. lobatus
(Nouvel, 1951) -
H. magnilobatus
(Bacescu and Schiecke
1974) -
H. normani
(С.О. Sars, 1877) -
H. pacificus*
(Hansen, 1912) -
H. parerythraeus
(Nouvel, 1944)
H. parvus
(Hansen, 1910) =
H. pusillus
(Coifmann, 1937) -
Н. queenslandensis*
(Bacescu and Udrescu,
1982) - | 1 +
H. tattersalli sp. nov. і 1 i 4
* = known from Australia; ? =details not given in original description; + = present;

absent.
when more detailed descriptions became avail- with the relatively common Japanese species
able. С. bengalensis and two species described Archaeomysis kokuboi li, 1964 since he was un-
by Bacescu апа Udrescu (1982), G. brisbanensis able to collect any specimens of G. vulgaris de-
апа С. queenslandensis, should also be transfer- spite repeated attempts near the type locality.
red to Haplostylus on the basis of the structure of Both the endopod and exopod of the male
the third male pleopod. The status ofG. vulgaris pleopod 2 are multi-articulate in most Haplosty-
Nakazawa, 1910 remains unclear due to an lus species (Table 1). Presumably this is true of
inadequate original description. Ii (1964) dis- H. bacescui also since Hatzakis (1977) refers to
cussed the possibility that it may be synonymous the pleopods “as in М. normani”, in which pleo-
A NEW SPECIES OF MYSID OF THE GENUS HAPLOSTYLUS 445
pod 2 has a multi-articulate endopod. It may be benthic sled, M. Gomon and R. Wilson on FV Silver
that Bacescu (1973) meant uni-articulate endo- Gull, 30 Jul 1983 (stn BSS-S 206), NMV J9524 (1).
pod on pleopods 1, 3, and 5 ratherthan 1,2 and 5
as stated. The presence of an apophysis on the Description. (Male holotype with female charac-
dorsal surface of pleonite 5 occurs in two species, ters given [where appropriate] from paratype
H. brisbanensis and H. tattersalli sp. nov. This material). Carapace produced in front into a
feature would, according to the generic diag- rounded rostrum (Fig. 1); posterior margin
nosis, remove these species from the genus deeply emarginate exposing last 2 pereonites,
Haplostylus; it is a feature that occurs in some with small lobe present on each side close to
but not all of the species in the genus Gastrosac- mid-line (Fig. 2). Pleonite 5 with spinose process
cus. The only consistent feature of Haplostylus is on posterodorsal surface (Fig. 3).
the structure of the male pleopod 3. This feature Eyes small extending one-third of first article
alone was considered by Bacescu (1973: 321) as of antennular peduncle; pigment black.
“а good feature for a generic taxon, the structure Antennular peduncle with first article ap-
of this pleopod representing for the generic di- proximately same length as combined length of
vision of mysids, the same value as the genital articles 2 and 3. Antennal scale only slightly lon-
armature does in insects." ger than first article of antennular peduncle:
The need for a complete revision of the two outer margin naked terminated by distal spine
genera Haplostylus and Gastrosaccus is well beyond which apical lobe extends slightly; apex
recognised (Bacescu, pers. comm.), until this is and inner lateral margin setose.
done separation ofthe genera on the basis of the Labrum with large spine (Fig. 4). Maxilla with
structure the third male pleopod will stand. 12 plumose setae on distal end of terminal
article of endopod (Fig. 5).
Carpo-propodus of endopod of pereopods 3,
Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov.
4. 5, 6, 7 and 8 sub-divided into 6, 6, 8, 8, 10 and
Figures 1-13 13 articles respectively.
Female pleopods: pleopod 1 with long slender
Type Material. Holotype. Western Bass Strait, 15 km
SW of Point Reginald, Victoria (38°50.0’S, sympod and uni-articulate endopod and exopod
143*07.5'E), 69 m, fine sand, Smith-McIntyre grab, R. (Fig. 6); pleopods 2-5 uniramous.
Wilson on RV Tangaroa, 20 Nov 1981 (stn BSS-G Pleonite 1 with pleural plate, larger in female
186), NMV 111044 (1 male). than male.
Paratypes. Western Bass Strait, 25 km S of Cape Male pleopods: endopods of pleopods 1, 3, 4
Otway, Victoria (39°06.7’S, 143°28.7’E), 92 m, fine and 5 rudimentary; exopods of pleopods 1, 4 and
sand, WHOI epibenthic sled, M. Gomon et al. on FRV 5 composed of 9, 6 and 5 articles respectively
Hai Kung, 31 Jan 1981 (stn BSS-S 119), NMV J11045 (Figs 7, 8, 9). Pleopod 2 biramous, endopod
(4 males, 2 females). Western Bass Strait, 15 km SW of
composed of 7 articles, exopod composed of 9
Point Reginald, Victoria (38°50.0’S, 143°07.5’E), 69
m, fine sand, Smith-McIntyre grab, R. Wilson on RV articles (Fig. 10). Exopod of pleopod 3 com-
Tangaroa, 20 Nov 1981 (stn BSS-G 186), ММУ 15440 posed of 7 articles, terminating in 1 barbed seta
(1 male, 1 female, ! juvenile). and 2 simple curved setae (Fig. 11).
Other material. Western Bass Strait, 10 km W of Telson cleft, armed with approximately 15
Cape Otway. Victoria (39°49.0’S, 143°24.0’E), 56 m, small spines; lateral edges armed with 5 spines,
fine sand, Smith-McIntyre grab, R. Wilson on RV pair directly behind apical spines bend inwards
Tangaroa, 20 Nov 1981 (stn BSS-G 184), NMV J5437 reaching same level as small cleft spines (Fig.
(1); Western Bass Strait, 42 km NW of Cape Farewell, 12).
King Island, Tasmania (39*17'S, 143°39’E), 86 m, Uropods: Endopod slightly longer than exo-
coarse sand, carbonate, Smith-McIntyre grab or pipe
pod bearing a row of 8 spines on inner margin
dredge, G.C.B. Poore on HMAS Kimbla, 10 Oct 1980
and 2 spines on statocyst. Exopod with 12 spines
(stn BSS 75), NMV J9523 (1); Western Bass Strait, 32
km SSW of Cape Otway, Victoria (39°09’S, 143°26’E), on outer border (Fig. 13).
85 m, coarse carbonate sand, Smith-MclIntyre grab or Adult length: 9-13.4mm (tip of rostrum to tip
naturalists dredge, G.C.B. Poore on HMAS Kimbla, 8 of exopod of uropod).
Oct 1980 (stn BSS 55), ММУ J9521 (12); Western Bass
Strait, 25 km S of Cape Otway, Victoria (39°06.0'S, Etymology. This species is named in honour of
143°35,8’E), 95 m, fine sand, 95% carbonate, Smith- the late Dr W.M. Tattersall.
McIntyre grab, M. Gomon, et al. on FRV Hai Kung 31
Jan 1981 (stn BSS-G 118), NMV J5409 (1); Eastern Distribution. South-eastern Australia including
Bass Strait, 19 km E of Lake Tyers Entrance, Victoria Broken Bay, New South Wales (Dakin and Cole-
(37°50.5’S, 148°16.0’E), 26 m. coarse sand, WHOI epi- fax, 1940), One Tree Point, southern Tasmania
G. E. FENTON
E
| /| e
0.5mm
|
4&5
Figures 1-10. Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov. Holotype. 1, anterior

of adult male. 2, posterior margin of carapace
(dorsal view). 3, spinose process of pleonite 5. 4, labrum. 5, maxilla.
6, female pleopod 1 (paratype). 7, male
pleopod 1. 8, male pleopod 4. 9, male pleopod 5. 10, male pleopod
2.
A NEW SPECIES OF MYSID OF THE GENUS HAPLOSTYLUS 447
448 G. E. FENTON
Figures 11-13. Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov. Holotype. 11, male pleopod 3. 12, telson. 13, right uropods.
A NEW SPECIES OF MYSID OF THE GENUS HAPLOSTYLU
S 449
(Fenton, 1985) and in Bass Strait. It has been (3) the carpo-propodus of pereopods of 10-16
collected in water between 3 and 96 m deep. articles (6-13 in H. tattersalli sp. nov.);
(4) the telson bears 8-9 lateral spines (5 in H.
tattersalli sp. nov.); and
Remarks, Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov. is dis- (5) 6 spines on the inner margin of the endo-
tinguished from all other members ofthe genus, pod and 13-18 spines on the outer margin ofthe
except H. brisbanensis (Bacescu and Udrescu, exopod of the uropod (8 and 12 and H. tattersalli
1982), by the presence of a spinous process on sp. nov. respectively),
the dorsal surface of pleonite 5. However, H. The description ofH. tattersalli sp. nov. takes
brisbanensis is easily separated from H. tatter- the total number of Haplostylus species,
salli sp. nov. by: recorded from Australian waters to seven, four
(1) the uni-articulate exopod of male pleopods of which are endemic. There are also two species
4 and 5 (multi-articulate in H. tattersalli sp. of Gastrosaccus known from Australian waters,
nov.); G. daviei Bacescu and Udrescu, 1982 and G. sor-
(2) the terminal setae of pleopod 3 is com- rentoensis Wooldridge and McLachlan, 1986,
posed of 2 equal and opposed rami armed with both endemic. A key for the identification ofthe
2-6 paired denticles (1 barbed seta and 2 simple species known from Australian waters is pro-
curved setae in H. tattersalli sp. nov.): vided.
Key to the Australian Species of Gastrosaccus and Haplostylus

Endopod of male pleopod 3 multi-articulate .. . Gastrosaccus
Endopod of male pleopod 3 uni-articulate ... Haplostylus......... 3
Posterodorsal edge of carapace with fringe of spine-like filaments.
Spinous process on posterodorsal edge of pleonite 5. Lateral margins of
telson armed with 7-8 strong spines .............. G. sorrentoensis
— Posterodorsal edge of carapace without spine-like filaments. Spinous
process on posterodorsal edge of pleonite 5. Lateral margins of telson
ATH With elope spite E E АЕ OE A ie G. daviei
Sera
ч Spinous process on posterodorsal edge of pleonite 5 .............. 4
BINOS IEE etana е а Е 5
|> Endopod of male pleopod 4 of 8 articles; exopod uni-articulate. Exopod
and endopod of pleopod 5 uni-articulate. Lateral margins of telson with
8-9 spines. Endopod of uropod with 6 spines on inner margin, outer
margin of exopod with 13-18 spines. Terminal setae of male pleopod 3
Broad, Ене Io. en re aaa Helo a жы ete ЛУ H. brisbanensis
— Exopod of male pleopods 4 and 5 multi-articulate; endopod of both uni-
articulate. Lateral margins of telson armed with 5 spines. Endopod of
uropod with 8 spines on inner margin, outer margin of exopod with 12
spines. Male pleopod 3 with | barbed and 2 simple terminal setae...
de ns fe Bonn Te O DEPT ES ТЕТУ H. tattersalli sp. nov.
л Exopod of male pleopods 4 and 5 short and uni-articulate
— Exopod of male pleopods 4 and 5 multi-articulate
nd Endopod of male pleopod 2 uni-articulate. Exopod of male pleopod 3 of
4 articles terminating in 2 small simple setae. Lateral margins oftelson
ОБРЕЗ D eR. Dye. e Mona ЖЕ Ку UE) LEM H. indicus
— Endopod of male pleopod 2 composed of 2 articles. Exopod of male
pleopod 3 of 3 articles terminating in 2 spines and a sinuous lash-like
seta. Lateral margins of telson with 12 spines, penultimate spine much
loncentlddedptealsOties s ert а SE E NE IE H. pacificus
Ti Lateral margins of telson armed with 11-13 spines. Exopod of male
pleopod 3 of5 articles. Rami of male pleopod 2 modified with a process
"ATIS PECIA e T як r a ped d s tet ERA H. bengalensis
— Lateral margins of telson armed with 6-7 spines. Exopod of male pleo-
pod 3 of 3 or 4 articles. Terminal setae of male pleopod 2 not as
above
450 G. E. FENTON
8. Exopod of male pleopod 3 of 3 articles. Endopod of male pleopod 2 of6

articles; terminal setae simple and curved. Lateral edges of telson armed
WELLS DIGS in DE EIS РЕТТИ Aly a H. dakini
— Exopod of male pleopod 3 of 4 articles. Endopod of male pleopod 2 of 7
articles; terminal setae modified. Lateral margins of telson with 7
spines Ж fe а агас H. queenslandensis
Acknowledgements charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish

Commission Steamer “Albatross” from October
Thanks are extended to Dr Gary Poore for the 1904 to March 1905. Lieut.-Commander L.M.
loan of the Bass Strait Survey mysid collection Garett U.S.N. commanding. 27. The Schizopoda.
and to the Australian Museum for a Post- Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
graduate Research Grant which partially funded at Harvard College 35: 175-296.
this taxonomie study. Hatzakis, A., 1977. Contribution à l'étude des Gastro-
saecinae (Crustacea; Mysidacea) de la Méditer-
ranée: Description de Haplostylus bacescut n.sp.
References et revision de la nomenclature des Haplostylus et
Bacescu, M., 1968, Contributions to the knowledge of Güstrosaccus. Méditerranéens, Biologia Gallo-
the Gastrosaccinae psammobionte of the Tropical Hellanica 6: 271-287.
America, with the description of à new genus li, N., 1964. Fauna Japonica, Mysidae. Biogeographi-
(Bowmaniella n, р.) and three new species of its cal Society of Japan. 610 pp.
frame. Travaux du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle Kossmann, R., 1880. Malocastraca, (2 Theil Andi-
Grigore Antipa 8: 355-373, tura), Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in die
Bacescu, M., 1973. New mysids from the littoral east Kuten Gebiete des Rothen Meeres 2: 67-140.
African waters: Haplostylus estaficana n. sp. and Nakazawa, K., 1910. Notes of Japanese Schizopoda.
Anisomysis ijimai estafricana n. sp. Revue Annotates Zoologicae Japonensis 7: 247-261.
Roumainede Biologie, Sériede Zoologie 18; 317- Nouvel, H. 1944. Diagnoses de Mysidaces nouveaux
324, dela Mer Rouge et du Golfe d'Aden. Bulletin de la
Bacescu, M. and Schiecke, U., 1974, Gastrosaccus Société de l'Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse 79:
magnilobatus n. sp. and Erythirops peterdohrnt n. 255-269.
sp. (Mysidacea) = new species from the Mediter- Nouvel, H., 1951. Gastrosaceus normani G.O. Sars
ranean benthos, Crustaceana 27: 113-118. 1877 et Gastrosaccus lobatus n. sp. (Crustacea;
Bacescu, M. and Udrescu, A., 1982. New contribution Mysidacea) avec précision de hête Prodajus
to the knowledge of the Mysidacea of Australia, lobinacoi Bonnier (Crustacea, Isopoda, Epicar).
Travaux du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle Grigore Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco
Antipa 24: 79-96. 993: 1-12.
Coifmann, L, 1937. I misidacet del Mar Rosso, Studio Tattersall, O.S., 1952, Report on a small collection of
del materiale raccolte dal Prof. L. Sanzo durante Mysidacea from estuarine waters of South Africa.
la campagne idrografica della К, nave Ammiura- l'ransactions of the Royal Society of South Africa
glio Magnaghi (1924-1924). А. comitato l'alassa- 33: 153-187.
grafico Italiano, Memoirs 2331-52, ‘Tattersall, W.M., 1940, Report on a small collection of
Dakin, W.J. and Colefax, A.N., 1940, The plankton of Mysidacea from the coastal waters of New South
the Australasian coastal waters off New South Wales. Records of the Australian Museum 20:
Wales, Part 1. Publications of the University of 327—340.
Sydney, Department of Zoology, Monograph 1: Tattersall, W.M., 1951. A review of the Mysidacea of
1-215. the United States National Museum. Bulletin of
Fenton, G.E., 1985, Ecology and taxonomy of mysids the United States National Museum 201: 1-292.
(Mysidacea: Crustacea), Unpublished Ph.D. Tattersall, М.М. and Tattersall, O.S., 1951. The British
thesis, University of Tasmania, Mysidacea, Ray Society: London, viii, 460 pp.
Hansen, H.J., 1910. The Schizopoda of the Siboga Wooldridge, T. and McLachlan, A., 1986. А new
Expedition, Siboga-Expeditie 37: 1-120. species of Gastrosaccus (Mysidacea) from West-
Hansen, H.J., 1912, Reports on the scientific results of ern Australia, Records of the Western Australian
the expediton to the castern tropical Pacific, in Museum 13: 129-138.
ISSN 0814-1827
A NEW SPECIES OF DONSIELLA (COPEPODA: HARPACTICOIDA) ASSOCIA

TED WITH
THE ISOPOD LIMNORIA STEPHENSENI MENZIES FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND
By GEOFFREY R.F. Hicks

National Museum of New Zealand, P.O. Box 467, Wellington, New Zealand
Abstract
Hicks, G.R.F., 1990. A new species of Donsiella (Copepoda: Harpacticoida) associated
with the isopod Limnoria stephenseni Menzies from Macquarie Island. Memoirs of the
Museum of Victoria 50(2); 451—456.
^ fifth species of Donsiella and the first from an algae-boring species of the genus Lim-
noria is described and illustrated. It differs from other donsiellines, inter alia, by the unique
armature of the PI endopod 2 claws, A key to the genus is presented and notes provided on
aspects of the biology of this new species.
Introduction sected); 12 males (2 dissected) taken from sternum of

Limnoria stephenseni in holdfasts of Durvillaea
The genus Donsiella Stephensen has recently antarctica (Cham.) Hariot, Handspike Pt, Macquarie
been revised and its status, along with that of Island, 21 Dec 1977. MA-135, coll. D.S. Horning and
other new allied genera within the Donsiellinae, J.K. Lowry. Deposited in Museum of Victoria, Mel-
has been discussed in relation to the relocated bourne, Australia (114492). The host is registered as
position of the subfamily within the Thalestri- 116320.
dae (Hicks, 1988a). Currently four species of Supplementary material. 2 females; 2 males on ster-
Donsiella are known and all members of the sub- num of juvenile Limnoria stephenseni taken from
family are implicated either as direct associates burrows in kelp (Macrocystis pyrifera (L).C.Ag.) hold-
fasts, North end Macquarie Is., 3 Sep 1912. coll. H.
of wood-boring species of the isopod genus Lim-
Hamilton, South Australian Museum, Adelaide
noria Leach, or of microhabitats occupied by (C4201). 4 females (ovigerous) removed from sternum
them. at base of legs of one L. stephenseni, Macquarie Is., stn
Some species of Limnoria, until now assigned C 1-14, 19 Oct 1983 (no other data) (J14496). 3 brood-
to the genus Phycolimnoria Menzies (L.J. Cook- ing female L. stephenseni (same data as syntypes,
son, pers. comm.), are active borers of marine 114493) were examined and the following were respec-
algae, excavating tunnels particularly in the tively removed from each marsupium: 6 females (3
holdfasts and stipes of kelp (Laminariales and ovigerous), 9 males, 28 copepodites, 34 nauplii; 9
Durvillaeales). Examination of material col- females (4 ovigerous), 47 males, 61 copepodites, 164
nauplii (24 pairs in copula); 4 females (3 ovigerous), 9
lected from Macquarie Island by Mr Harold males, 14 copepodites, 28 nauplii.
Hamilton as part of Mawson's Australasian
Antarctic Expedition 1911-1914 (see Hale, Description. Female. Total length 0.56-
1937), has revealed four donsiellines that were 0.60mm. Body pyriform (Fig. la), broad
found as commensals of Limnoria stephenseni (length/width ratio 1.8:1), moderately dorsoven-
Menzies. Further specimens have subsequently trally flattened. Rostrum (Fig. 1g), distinct with 4
come to light and since aspects of its morphology long sensilla. Genital field (Fig. Ib), similar to
are unique, it is described here as new; this is the other species in genus. Genital double somite
first species to be described from a seaweed- with chitinous stripe; abdominal ornamentation
boring limnoriid. A key separating the five as 2 short dorsolateral rows of fine spinules mid-
species of Donsiella has also been constructed. way down double somite and short ventrolateral
Terminology, abbreviations, methods of clusters posteriorly on this and succeeding two
study and type rationale were detailed in Hicks somites; posteromedial edges of somites naked
(1988b). Scale bars on illustrations are except for sensilla. Caudal rami (Fig. 1c) diver-
0.03 mm. gent, tapering posteriorly, with cuticular pore
proximolaterally and glandular (?) opening at
Donsiella phycolimnoriae sp. nov. outer distal corner; outermost apical seta short,
basally scaleiform, closely juxtaposed with prin-
Figures 1-3 cipal seta; posteroventral margin of rami finely
Material examined. Syntypes: 60 females (5 dis- ciliate.
452 G. R. F. HICKS
Figure 1. Donsiella phycolimnoriae sp. nov. Female. a, whole animal dorsal; b, genital field; c, caudal ramus;
d, antenna; e, mandible; f, maxilliped; g, rostrum and antennule, most setae omitted.
A NEW SPECIES OF DONSIELLA (HARPACTICOIDA) 453
DN
NS
x
SN
eee
\
ESSw
Wt
T
= NN
ST
ES
A SAAS
A
Tue
MI
с^
Figure 2. Donsiella phycolimnoriae sp. nov. Female. a, P1; b, P2; c, P3; d, P4 with endopod of larger specimen;
e, PS,
454 G. R. F. HICKS
Antennule (Fig. 1g) 6-segmented. Posterodor- P1 (Fig. 2a) coxa narrow, elongate; basis with
sal seta on distal part of second segment and medial spinules; coxa-basis oriented longitudi-
apical seta of sixth segment particularly elon- nally. First exopod segment longest, middle seg-
gate; aesthetasc on fourth segment. ment without inner seta, third segment with 4
Antenna (Fig. 14) allobasis stout. Coxa distal spines/setae. Endopod without marginal
narrow. Endopod with 9 distal spines/setae, out- setae; distal claws on second segment densely
ermost geniculate with medial spinule cluster. spinulose.
Exopod second segment only slightly longer than P2 (Fig. 2b), P3 (Fig. 2c), P4 (Fig. 2d) exopods
first, setation of 1:22. 3-segmented with setal arrangement as in other
Mandible (Fig. le) cutting edge with large species of Donsiella. Endopods of P2 and P3,
spines and a denticulate comb; pars molaris two-segmented; setal formula of P2 is nominally
rounded. Coxa-basis with 4 setae, innermost 0:111, but a greatly reduced accessory seta
arising at right angles to next outermost. Endo- (spine?) exists terminally; setal formula of P3 is
pod one-, exopod two-segmented, suture weak 1:111; P4 bears two distal setae on the single
on latter. reduced segment.
Maxillule and maxilla not significantly differ- P5 (Fig. 2e) inner expansion of baseoendopod
ent from other species in the genus. large with 4 elongate setae on posterior margin.
Maxilliped (Fig. 1f) prehensile. Palm stout, Exopod reduced, distinct but with very weak
without setule; inner edge of claw finely ser- suture and 4 elongate setae.
rate. Male. Differs from female in following re-
M Ea em.
=
Figure 3. Donsiella phycolimnoriae sp. nov. Male. a, antennule, most setae omitted; b, P2 endopod with tip of
another specimen; c, P3 endopod; d, P5 and P6.
A NEW SPECIES OF DONSIELLA (HARPACTICOIDA) 455
spects. Body smaller (0.52-0.55 mm); first two instructive in future studies on the phylogeny of
abdominal somites distinct, each with 2 short the Limnoriidae to consider the coevolutionary
dorsolateral spinule rows and posterolateral consequences not only to body size, but also to
clusters on succeeding two somites. appendage morphology of their donsielline com-
Antennule (Fig. 3a) chirocerate, 6-segmented, mensals.
incomplete incipient suture on article 3; fifth
segment bears aesthetasc and two thorny pads Biology. Laboratory experiments conducted on
on anterior margin. Donsiella limnoriae by Pinkster (1968), con-
Р2-Р4 exopods armed and built as in female. cluded that in the absence of live specimens of
P2 endopod (Fig. 3b) distally curved with bi- or Limnoria, adult copepods failed to survive more
trifurcate tip, depending on orientation. Medial than 3 days. The suggestion was that the asso-
segment of P3 endopod (Fig. 3c) with thumb- ciation between adult copepods and the isopod
shaped outer distal process; third segment ellip- host was obligatory.
soid with seta arising terminally. P4 endopod as Adult, including ovigerous female, and juven-
in female but a little smaller. ile donsiellines are frequently taken from the
P5 (Fig. 3d) baseoendopod and exopod fused ventral surface of limnoriids, yet apart from
with 4 setae and some outer spinules. Pinkster’s observations, no naupliar stages have
P6 (Fig. 3d) a single elongate spinulose seta. hitherto been collected (Hicks, 1988a). Large
numbers of nauplii along with older life cycle
Variability. There are variations in the relative
stages were removed from within the brood
size of the P4 endopod in both sexes, conspicu-
pouches of three Limnoria stephenseni speci-
ousness of the baseoendopod/exopod suture in
mens (see Material). Nauplii were distributed
the female P5, degree of presentation of pars
throughout the marsupium, closely applied to
molaris, shape of CR and extent oflateral spin-
the surfaces of isopod embryos and prehatch-
ule patches on abdomen of both sexes.
lings. Moreover, one isopod contained a sub-
Remarks. Donsiella phycolimnoriae is clearly stantial number of adult males that were in
separable from other species in the genus by the precopulatory association with female copepod-
unique spinule elaboration on the P1 endp. 2 ites, again the first time this behaviour has been
claws in both sexes (see Key). Moreover, in the recorded in donsiellines. The intriguing ques-
female, the setation of the P2 and P3 endopods tion is whether or not aspects of the reproductive
is quite unlike other species, yet there is an affin- repertoire (precopulatory clasping, copulation,
ity with D. bisetosa in the P4 endopod and CR. egg laying, eclosion of nauplii), are actually
In the male, the terminal origin of the P3 endp.3 timed to occur within the safety of the host mar-
seta is shared only with D. anglica, from which it supium. Should this be so then nauplii would be
differs in the overall proportions of this limb. In in an ideal situation to infect the young isopod
all other species this seta arises mediolaterally. manca stages as they emerge from the maternal
At about 0.5 mm in length, the body of D. brood pouch. Alternatively, Pinkster (1968)
phycolimnoriae is the largest within the genus, found that nauplii lived twice as long as adults in
other species measuring in the region of 0.3 mm. the absence of the host and concluded that they
Such a body size probably reflects the relative were free swimming and free living, implying
proportions of the host; at about 8.0 mm in that this might be the invasion pathway. By
length, Limnoria stephenseni is the largest whatever process this commensal/host relation-
known limnoriid (Menzies, 1957), other species ship is maintained, it is clearly a matter in need
measuring on average 3.0-5.0 mm. It might be of fresh investigation.
Key to species of Donsiella (both sexes)
— Pi'endopedszoclawsmaked Жол тте у ен ү КЕ x 2
Pl endopod 2 claws strongly spinulose ........... D. phycolimnoriae
SE CR only slightly longer than wide; P5 baseoendopod with 4 setae in
ASI EESL РЕ БЕТА DLAC or US ote D Pe PON) p eoeMr CUTE 3
CR much longer than wide; P5 baseoendopod with 3 setae in female
SUL P. ЖЕ ost inea r e eoim a o e eru etis D. bisetosa
P2 and P3 endopod 2 with 2 and 2 setae respectively in female; s
endopod 1 with seta in таїе.............................+....
P2 and P3 endopod 2 with 4 and 3 setae respectively in female; 3
endopod 1 without seta in male ..................... D. limnoriae
456 GR E ОСЕК
4. P4 endopod of both sexes with 1 long seta; P2 endopod 3 of male ter-

mihal GeO. D. anglica
— P4 endopod with 1 long seta in female, 2 in male; P2 endopod 3 of male
terminally bifurcate D. victoriae
Acknowledgements Hicks, G.R.F., 1988a. Systematics of the Donsiellinae

Lang (Copepoda, Harpacticoida). Journal of Nat-
This paper owes its existence to the generosity ural History 22: 639—684.
of Karen Gowlett-Holmes (South Australian Hicks, G.R.F., 1988b. Harpacticoid copepods from
Museum) and Gary Poore (Museum of Vic- biogenic substrata in offshore waters of New Zeal-
toria), both of whom forwarded for study the and. 1. New species of Paradactylopodia, Sten-
helia (St.) and Laophonte. Journal of the Royal
material discussed herein.
Society of New Zealand 18: 437-452.
Menzies, R.J., 1957. The marine borer family Limno-
riidae (Crustacea, Isopoda). Bulletin of Marine
References Science of the Gulf and Carribean 7: 101-200.
Hale, H.M., 1937. Isopoda and Tanaidacea. Austral- Pinkster, S., 1968. Harpacticoid copepods living in
asian Antarctic Expedition 1911-1914. Scientific wood infested by Limnoria from France. Bulletin
Report Series C. — Zoology and Botany 2: 5-45. Zoólogisch Museum Universiteit van Amsterdam
1: 53-65.
THREE NEW SPECIES OF OCTOPUS (MOLLUSCA: CEPHALOPODA) FROM

SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
By T. N. STRANKS
Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Museum of Victoria,
285-321 Russell Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000
and, Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne,
Parkville, Victoria 3052
Abstract
Stranks, T.N., 1990. Three new species of Octopus (Mollusca: Cephalopoda) from south-
eastern Australia. Memoirs ofthe Museum of Victoria 50(2): 457-465.
Three new species of Octopus are described and illustrated from south-eastern Australian
waters: Octopus warringa, Octopus kaurna and Octopus bunurong. Octopus warringa also
occurs in New Zealand.
Introduction Robsonella australis.—Benham, 1942: 227, text fig.

3, pls 18, 19 (partim).—Dell, 1952: 32, pl. 4, figs 2-6,
There are about 30 species of octopus de- pl. 5, figs 1, 3, 4, pls 7, 8 (partim).—1959: 95 (non
scribed from Australian waters (Lu and Phillips, Octopus australis Hoyle, 1885).
1985). As part of an ongoing study of the fauna, a Octopus Species A.—Stranks, 1988: 54, text figs 21-
systematic revision of the inshore benthic octo- ЖО;
podids of south-eastern Australia was under-
taken (Stranks, 1988), and three undescribed Material examined. Holotype: Tasmania, Мапа
Island, west of Darlington (42°35’S, 148°03’E), 30 m,
species of Octopus were identified. This paper
R. Wilson, 23 Apr 1985, NMV F57444 (mature male,
describes the new species. More details will be 16.5 mm ML).
included with the future publication of a larger Paratypes: Tasmania. Off east coast of Tasmania
monographic revision of the Octopodidae of (42°40’S, 148°28’E), 122 m, RV "Discovery", Station
south-eastern Australia. 113, BANZARE, 23 Mar 1931, SAM D15219 (sub-
The counts, measurements and indices listed mature female, 22.0 mm ML); Maria Island (42°44’S,
are as defined by Roper and Voss (1983). Other 148°01’E), D. Clayton, 1985, NMV F53219 (sub-
abbreviations used are ML — mantle length and mature female, 25.9 mm ML; 2 mature males,
16.0 mm ML and 18.0 mm ML).
TL — total length. Material is lodged in the
Victoria, eastern Bass Strait (38°10’S, 147°49’E), 48
Australian Museum, Sydney (AM); Museum of m, Station 262, East Gippsland Scallop Survey, 28 Feb
Victoria, Melbourne (ММУ); Otago Museum, 1971, NMV F31259 (mature male, 14.4 mm ML)
Dunedin (OM); and South Australian Museum, New Zealand, Portobello (45°51’S, 170°39’E), C.
Adelaide (SAM). Hedley, 10 Dec 1918, AM C159292 (mature male,
20.5 mm ML).
Octopodidae Other material: Tasmania. Off east coast of Tas-
Octopus Lamarck, 1798 mania (42°40’S, 148°28’E), from fish stomach con-
tents, RV “Discovery”, stn 113, BANZARE, 23 Mar
Type species. Octopus vulgaris Lamarck, 1798. 1931, SAM D15220 (male, 18.9 mm ML); off Maria
Island (42°38’S, 148°05’E), 119 m, RV "Aurora", Aus-
Diagnosis. Benthic octopodids. Mantle saccular, tralasian Antarctic Expedition, 12 Dec 1912, AM
without fins. Eight arms lacking cirri, arms with C40887 (mature female, 29.6 mm ML).
biserial suckers, third right arm of males hecto- Victoria, eastern Bass Strait (37°55’S, 148°21’E), 50
cotylised with end of arm modified into ligula m, stn 412, East Gippsland Scallop Survey, 15 Feb
and calamus. Web well developed. Ink sac pre- 1971, ММУ F53214 (immature male, 12.4 mm
sent. Mantle aperture wide. Internal shell carti- ML).
New Zealand. Foveaux Strait (46°32’S, 168°00’E),
laginous and vestigial.
OM A.15.34 (mature female, 26.5 mm ML, with
Octopus warringa sp. nov. eggs); same locality, OM A.'29.111 (mature male, 34.1
mm ML; 2 submature females, 12.9 mm ML and 22.5
Figures la-f mm ML); Portobello (45°51’S, 170°39’E), OM
Polypus duplex.—Berry, 1917: 11, text fig. 5 (non A.'28.24 (2 mature males, 19.1 mm ML and 20.6 mm
Octopus duplex Hoyle, 1885). ML; 2 submature females, 16.2 mm ML & 20.6 mm
457
458 T. N. STRANKS
ETE.
Li
ECT
UC
SOS
Sai
CITED
3 SEES
Оoor
êk
DOSES
SP
T
b 99
Toy©
e
SO
‫کڪ‬
2 тт 2mm‫‏‬
2mm
Figure 1, Octopus warringa sp. nov.: a, dorsal view of holotype, NMV F57444, male, 16.5 mm ML; b, hecto-
cotylised arm, and c, dorsal, and d, lateral, detail of hectocotylus, of paratype, NMV F53219, 16.0 mm ML; e,
tubercles, branched and unbranched papillae on head and mantle dorsum of NMV F53214, male, 12.4 mm ML;
f, lateral view of arborescent ocular papillae of paratype, NMV F53219, male, 16.0 mm ML.
THREE NEW SPECIES OF OCTOPUS 459
ML); between Nelson and Stephen Islands, Tasman Distribution. South-eastern Australia, from the
Bay (41°42’S, 174°00’E), 18-55 m, G. Thomson, 1900, Great Australian Bight to eastern Victoria,
OM 4A.'0.97 (submature female, 24.8 mm ML), including Bass Strait and Tasmania. Also in the
Description. Small animals (ML to 35 mm; TL to temperate waters of New Zealand, including the
125 mm); mantle broadly ovoid (MWI 56.3- North and South Islands, and Stewart Island, An
80.5-107.0); head wide, but narrower than inshore species, living on rocky bottom, and
mantle (НМТ 40.9-66.0-82.2), demarked from among sponges and polyzoans, at depths from
mantle by moderate constriction; eyes large, 0-144 m (Stranks, 1988).
projecting above surface of head. Funnel large, Etymology. The specific epithet warringa is de-
stout, bluntly tapered (FuLI 32.6-4/.7—56.7); rived from an Australian Aboriginal word mean-
funnel organ W-shaped, limbs thick, outer limbs ing “the sea", and is to be treated as indeclin-
three-quarters as long as median limbs. Arms able.
long (MAI 27.4—36.4—52,8) (1.9-3.7 times ML
in mature animals), stout, tapering to narrow Remarks. There has been discussion about the
tips. Arm lengths subequal, arm order usually generic placement of this species. Octopus
III.IV.11.1. Arm suckers biserial, raised from arm warringa has been previously incorrectly iden-
surface, moderately sized (ASIn 6.1— 70. 3—14.3), tified and described under the name Robsonella
6th to 10th suckers usually largest, enlarged on australis (Hoyle, 1885).
all arms of mature males and females. Third Pickford (1955) reviewed the generic charact-
right arm of males hectocotylised, shorter than ers of Robsonella, and concluded that the genus
its opposite number (OAI 67.2—77.6-85.8; HcAI was not valid. Pickford (1955) considered that
149.2-205.5-273.3); ligula 6-10% of third right species which had been assigned to Robsonella
arm length in mature animals (LLI 6.3-7.9- should be returned to the genus Octopus, a view 1
10.2); ligula groove long, well marked and deep, agree with.
without transverse ridges; calamus short, Tait (1982) revised Octopus australis Hoyle,
acutely pointed (CaLI 24.0-35. 7-50.0); hecto- 1885 from south-eastern Australia, and dis-
cotylised arm with 51—65 suckers. Web shallow cussed the status of similar species described
(WDI 18.8—24.7-33.9), web formula usually from New Zealand, including material de-
CB=DA=E, Radula with B, 4 seriation of the scribed as Robsonella |australis. Octopus
rhachidian. Ink sac present. Gill lamellae 6-8. warringa may be readily distinguished from О,
Mature female with small eggs (2-3 mm long; australis by the characteristic skin patterning
1.0-1.5 mm wide), very long stalks, forming fes- (particularly the absence of a ventro-lateral
toons. Male with very long penis (PLI 15.2- integumentary ridge), the enlarged suckers on all
29.3—-51.9). with a coiled diverticulum marked arms of mature males and females, the bulbous-
by three lobes; spermatophores very long (SpLI shaped ligula, and the small eggs arranged in fes-
71.7-146.0-184.4), slender (SpWI 2.5-3.1- toons.
3.6), with large, coiled sperm reservoir (SpRI Previous accounts, under various names, now
29.2—32.2-36.4). referable in part or entirely to O. warringa
Integumental sculpture consists of apattern of include: Polypus duplex (Hoyle, 1885) (as used
fine, rounded and closely set epidermal tu- by Berry, 1917); and Robsonella australis
bercles: tubercles cover both dorsal and ventral (Hoyle, 1885) (as used by Benham, 1942; Dell,
surfaces; branched and unbranched papillae pre- 1952; 1959: Brough, 1965). Two detailed de-
sent on dorsum; pattern of papillae on mantle scriptions exist for Octopus warringa (Benham,
dorsum includes approximately seven sub- 1942; Dell, 1952).
parallel rows of simple, usually unbranched Berry (1917) described a specimen collected
papillae along the mantle length; each row has by the “Aurora” off Maria Island, Tasmania,
3-4 papillae, a single larger papilla forms a pos- during the Australasian Antarctic Expedition
terior point on the mantle; a larger arborescent (1911-1914). Berry (1917) tentatively identified
papilla is obvious in the supraocular region, sur- the specimen as Polypus duplex, and included
rounded by 3-4 smaller, usually unbranched measurements and a figure. The specimen was a
papillae; lateral integumentary ridge or fold mature female (AM C40887), not an immature
around mantle circumference absent. No infor- female as Berry (1917) reported.
mation is available on colouring oflive animals. Based upon the examination of 30 new speci-
Preserved specimens in ethyl alcohol uniformly mens from New Zealand, Benham (1942) gave a
light brown to purple dorsally, cream to light comprehensive description of Robsonella aus-
brown ventrally. Ocelli absent. tralis, with detailed measurements and figures.
460 T. N. STRANKS
Of this series in the Otago Museum, nine speci- specimen in the Portobello Aquarium laid ap-
mens have been re-examined. proximately 1000 eggs during January 1963,
Dell (1952) also described new material of R. which she brooded for about 80 days, until
australis from New Zealand, and in 1959 listed hatching occurred (Brough, 1965). O. warringa
two specimens collected by the “Discovery” off has mature eggs with a small egg length index (7—
Tasmania during the British, Australian and 13% of mantle length), and the newly hatched
New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition juveniles are small, with a total length of ap-
(BANZARE) (1929-1931). One specimen, a proximately 4 mm (Brough, 1965; and this
submature female (SAM D15219), has been re- study). Based upon the relative sizes of eggs and
examined; a second specimen, a male (SAM juveniles, it may be assumed that the juveniles of
D15220) collected from fish stomach contents, O. warringa adopt a planktonic existence ini-
has been examined but was unsuitable for tially. The duration of the planktonic phase 15
measurement. unknown.
The systematic status of several lots of ma-
terial described from New Zealand waters can- Octopus kaurna sp. nov.
not be identified with certainty. These include Figures 2a-f
Octopus campbelli Smith, 1902 and Polypus aus-
tralis Massy, 1916. These accounts differ from Octopus flindersi.—Macpherson, 1966: 241, text-
descriptions of both Octopus australis from fig. 1, pl. 2, figs 1-3 (partim) (non Octopus flindersi
Cotton, 1932).
south-eastern Australia, and O. warringa from
Octopus Species B.—Stranks, 1988: 61, text figs 26-
south-eastern Australia and New Zealand. O. 30.
campbelli Smith, 1902, from Campbell Island,
New Zealand, which was subsequently redes- Material examined. Holotype: Victoria, Hobsons Bay
cribed by Robson (1929), possesses enlarged (37°52’S, 144*56'E), ММУ F24494 (mature male, 34.0
mm ML).
suckers, an unusual ligula with a long calamus, Paratypes: Victoria. Port Phillip Bay, Rosebud
and 10 gill lamellae. Polypus australis, described (38°22’S, 144°54’E), shallows, J.H. Black, 5 Feb 1969,
by Massy (1916) from Spirits Bay, New Zealand, ММУ F53228 (mature female, 42.3 mm МІ); Port
and subsequently redescribed by Robson (1929), Phillip Bay, Carrum (38°05’S, 145°07’E), beached,
possesses a stout ligula, 6-7 gill lamellae, and a Port Phillip Authority, Feb 1981, NMV F52317
characteristic colour pattern of spots and bars on (mature female, 51.0 mm ML).
the arms. Definite conclusions regarding the South Australia. Brighton (35*01'S, 138°31’E), Sept
species' identities and affinities await examin- 1937, SAM D13283 (immature male, 31.3 mm ML);
ation of the respective materials. Glenelg (34°58’S, 138*32'E), A. Robb, 29 Mar 1949,
SAM D16195 (mature female, 60.9 mm ML); Great
Specimens of Octopus warringa from south- Australian Bight (32°24’S, 133°30’E), 49 m, FRV
eastern Australia and New Zealand are almost "Explorer", P. Symonds, 23 Aug 1973, NMV F53226
exactly the same; no geographical variation was (mature male, 38.6 mm ML).
detected. O. warringa is a distinctive species Other material: Victoria. Port Phillip Bay, Mordial-
endemic to temperate waters of south-eastern loc (38°01’S, 145*05'E), W. Kershaw, Nov 1888, NMV
Australia and New Zealand. It can be distin- F24488 (immature female, 22.7 mm ML); Port Phillip
guished easily from other species of Octopus on Bay, Mentone (38°00’S, 145°04’E), L. Kershaw, 28
the basis of a combination of characters: a May 1928, NMV F24505 (mature male, 57.2 mm
ML),
broadly ovoid mantle; skin with a characteristic
pattern of rounded tubercles and both branched Description. Medium-sized animals (ML to 85
and unbranched papillae on the dorsum, and mm; TL to 420 mm); mantle elongate ovoid
enlarged papillae over each eye; large and promi- (MWI 40.0-69.9-106.8); head wide, slightly
nent eyes; long, subequal arms (1.9-3.7 times narrower than mantle (HWI 36.7-58. J-88.8),
ML in mature animals); moderately sized suck- demarked from mantle by minor constriction;
ers, enlarged on all arms of mature males and eyes small, not projecting far above surface of
females; a medium sized ligula (6-10% of third head. Funnel large, slender, bluntly tapered
right arm length in mature animals); small eggs (FuLI 43,9-61.4-88.8); funnel organ VV-
(2-3 mm long), arranged in festoons; and 6-8 gill shaped, limbs thick, outer limbs three-quarters
lamellae. as long as median limbs. Arms very long (MAI
Brough (1965) described the morphology and 14.5-23.1-33.3) (3.1-6.2 times ML in mature
brooding of eggs, and the hatching and behav- animals), slender, tapering to narrow tips. Arm
iour of juveniles of Robsonella australis, here lengths unequal, arm order LILIILIV. Arm
re-identified as Octopus warringa. A female suckers biserial, deeply set in arms, small sized
5mm
2mm
5mm
Figure 2. Octopus kaurna sp. nov.: a, dorsal view, and b, hectocotylised arm, of holotype, NMV F24494, 34.0 mm
ML; с, dorsal, and d, lateral, detail of hectocotylus of NMV F24505, 57.2 mm ML; e, rounded tubercles on mantle
dorsum of paratype, NMV F52317, female, 51.0 mm ML; f, lateral view of ocular region of NMV F24488,
female, 22.7 mm ML.
(ASIn 3.0—5.3-8.7), all suckers similarly sized, length in mature animals (LLI 4.7—6.0—8.0);
without sucker enlargement. Third right arm of ligula groove long, well marked and moderately
males hectocotylised, shorter than its opposite deep, with incomplete transverse ridges; cala-
number (OAI 53.5-61.2-69.3; HcAI 143.5- mus short, pointed (CaLI 32.7-41. 7-48.0); hec-
248.9-325.5); ligula 4-8% of third right arm tocotylised arm with 66—129 suckers. Web very
462 T. N. STRANKS
shallow (WDI 10.5-/4./—18.7), web formula arms (3.1-6.2 times ML in mature animals);
usually ABCDE. Radula with B4; seriation of small suckers, without enlargement; a small
the rhachidian. Ink sac present. Gill lamellae 9— sized ligula (4-8% of third right arm length in
11. Mature female with large eggs (9-11 mm mature animals); large eggs (9-11 mm long),
long; 2-3 mm wide); method of egg attachment with unknown method of attachment to sub-
to substrate unknown. Male with long penis (PLI strate; and 9-11 gill lamellae.
17.7-23,9-35.5), with a large, single coiled di- The biology of the species is unknown.
verticulum; spermatophores relatively short
(SpLI 51.7—82.4-103.1), slender (SpWI 2.6- Octopus bunurong sp. nov.
3.6-5.3), with large, coiled sperm reservoir Figures 3a-f
(SpRI 20.5—28. 7-39.3).
Integumental sculpture consists of apattern of Octopus [lindersi.—Macpherson, 1966: 241, text
fine, rounded and widely set epidermal tu- fig. 1, pl. 2, figs 1-3 (partim) (non Octopus flindersi
Cotton, 1932).
bercles; tubercles reach the largest size on the
Octopus Species C.—Stranks, 1988: 65, text figs 31—
dorsum, and those on the ventral surface are 35
smaller and less prominent; some tubercles on
ventro-lateral surface are more elongate, but no Material examined. Holotype: Victoria, Wilsons Pro-
more prominent, than those on dorsal and ven- montory, Townsend Point (38'49'S, 140°16’E),
beached, National Museum ofVictoria, 13 Dec 1977,
tral surfaces; no larger papillae in ocular region;
NMV F53223 (mature male, 55.0 mm ML).
lateral integumentary ridge or fold around man- Paratypes: Victoria. Western Port, Crib Point
tle cireumference absent. No information is (3821'S, 145" 1 3E), University of Melbourne, Depart-
available on colouring of live animals. Preserved ment of Zoology, 25 Mar 1974, NMV F57445 (im-
animals in ethyl alcohol uniformly light brown mature male, 37.5 mm ML); Corner Inlet, Yanakie,
to dark purple dorsally, creamy red to light Red Bluff (38°49’S, 146°13’E), Marine Study Group,
brown ventrally. Ocelli absent. 24 Mar 1974, NMV F53221 (mature female, 45.5 mm
ML).
Distribution. South-eastern Australia, from the South Australia. Marino Rocks (35°03’S, 138°31’E),
Great Australian Bight to eastern Victoria, R. Browne, 28 Jan 1982, SAM D17986 (mature male,
including Bass Strait and northern Tasmania. 93.2 mm ML); Sir Joseph Banks Group, west of Part-
ney Island, Partney Shoal (34°31’S, 136°15’E), 6 m, W.
An inshore species, living on sand bottom, and
Zeidler and N. Holmes, 21 Jan 1986, SAM D17983
among seagrass, at depths from 0-49 m (Stranks,
(mature male, 40.3 mm ML).
1988). Other material: Victoria. Corio Bay, Geelong
Etymology. The specific epithet kaurna is de- (38°10’S, 144°21’E), C. Burton, Feb 1903, NMV
rived from the name of an Australian Aboriginal F5101 (immature male, 25.0 mm ML); Port Phillip
Bay, Newport Power House (37°51’S, 144°54’E), Н.
clan which originally inhabited the Adelaide
Morrison, 25 Feb 1947, NMV F1516 (mature male,
region of South Australia, and is to be treated as 49.2 mm ML); Western Port, French Island (38°20°5,
indeclinable. 145°21’E), 1974, NMV F53222 (mature male, 37.5
mm ML); Western Port, Corinella (38°25’S, 145°26’E),
Remarks. Undescribed medium-sized octo-
Marine Study Group. 9 Feb 1969, NMV F53220
puses, with elongate ovoid mantles and very
(mature male, 39.3 mm ML).
long arms, from south-eastern Australia, were
noted in museum collections. Macpherson Description. Medium-sized animals (ML to 95
(1966) had identified two (NMV F24488 and mm; TL to 475 mm); mantle elongate ovoid
NMV F24505; an immature female and a (MWI 42,.3—59.0-83.2); head slightly narrower
mature male respectively) from Port Phillip Bay, than mantle (HWI 27.7—49.0—65.3), demarked
Victoria, as Octopus flindersi Cotton, 1932. from mantle by moderate constriction; eyes
They are now re-identified as a new species, O. large, projecting above surface of head. Funnel
kaurna, large, slender, bluntly tapered (FuLI 46.7—55.3-
O. kaurna is a distinctive species endemic to 74.7); funnel organ VV-shaped, limbs thick,
temperate waters of south-eastern Australia. It outer limbs three-quarters as long as median
can be distinguished easily from other species of limbs. Arms very long (MAI 14.1—20.8-28.2)
Octopus on the basis of a combination of char- (4.1-7.3 times ML in mature animals), stout,
acters: an elongate ovoid mantle; skin with a tapering to narrow tips. Arm lengths unequal,
characteristic pattern of rounded tubercles on arm order LILIILIV. Arm suckers biserial,
the dorsum, without large papillae over the eyes; raised from arm surface, moderately sized (ASIn
small, not prominent eyes; very long, unequal 3.4-6.9-11.9), 15th to 25th suckers usually
20 mm 5mm
OAT
00.26
AJZ
оо
20
Ооо.
o6,
2mm 5mm
Figure 3. Octopus bunurong sp. nov.: a, dorsal view of holotype, NMV F53223, male, 55.0 mm ML; b, hecto-
cotylised arm of NMV Е5101, 25.0 mm ML; с, dorsal, and d, lateral, detail of hectocotylus of NMV F53220, 39.3
mm ML; e, rounded and elongate tubercles on mantle dorsum of NMV F53222, male, 37.5 mm ML; f, lateral
view of ocular region of NMV F53220, male, 39.3 mm ML.
largest, without sucker enlargement. Third right with incomplete transverse ridges; calamus very
arm of males hectocotylised, shorter than its short, acutely pointed (CaLI 12.8-/7.5-22.1);
opposite number (OAI 45.9-61.6-81.8; HcAI hectocotylised arm with 70—96 suckers. Web
166.9-208.6-278.9); ligula 9-12% of third right very shallow (WDI 9.4—/2.4—14.8), web formula
arm length in mature animals (LLI 9.0-9.8- usually ABCDE. Radula with А; д seriation
11.8); ligula groove long, well marked and deep, of the rhachidian. Ink sac present. Gill lamellae
464 T. N. STRANKS
9-10. Mature female with large eggs (8-10 mm acters: an elongate ovoid mantle; skin with a
long; 2-3 mm wide); method of egg attachment characteristic pattern of rounded and elongate
tosubstrate unknown. Male with long penis (PLI tubercles on the dorsum, without large papillae
4.5-20.7-39.2), with a single coiled diverticu- over the eyes; large and prominent eyes; very
lum; spermatophores relatively short (SpLI long, unequal arms (4.1-7.3 times ML in mature
41.2—65.1—102.9), slender (SpWI 3.1—4.4-5.1), animals) moderately large suckers, without
with large, coiled sperm reservoir (SpRI 40.6- enlargement; a medium sized ligula (9-12% of
49. 7-55.9). third right arm length in mature animals); large
Integumental sculpture consists of a pattern of eggs (8-10 mm long), with unknown method of
fine, rounded and closely set epidermal tu- attachment to substrate; and 9-10 gill la-
bercles; some irregularly spaced tubercles are mellae.
larger and more elongate than the former type; The biology of the species is unknown.
tubercles reach the largest size on the dorsum,
Acknowledgements
and those on the ventral surface are smaller and
less prominent; no larger papillae in ocular I am grateful to Dr C.C. Lu, Department of
region; lateral integumentary ridge or fold Invertebrate Zoology, Museum of Victoria, for
around mantle circumference absent. No infor- his assistance, and comments on the manu-
mation is available on colouring of live animals. script. I thank Ms S.E. Boyd and Dr G.C.B.
Preserved specimens in ethyl alcohol light Poore of the same institution, for their com-
brown to red brown dorsally, creamy red to light ments on the manuscript. I wish to thank indiv-
brown ventrally. Some regions on the dorsum iduals and museums for their help in making
have a mottled appearance. Surface of the raised collections available for study and providing
tubercles usually darker than the background, information: The Australian Museum (Dr W.B.
coloured brick red to dark brown, giving a speck- Rudman, Mr I. Loch, Mr P.H. Colman);
led appearance. Ocelli absent. Museum ofVictoria (Dr С.С. Lu, Ms S.E. Boyd,
Ms R.J. Plant); Otago Museum (Dr A. Harris);
Distribution. South-eastern Australia, from the and South Australian Museum (Mr W. Zeidler,
Great Australian Bight to southern New South Ms K.L. Gowlett-Holmes). This work is from a
Wales, including Bass Strait and northern Tas- thesis submitted for the partial fulfilment of the
mania. An inshore species, living on reefs, or requirements of the Master of Science degree at
rocky areas of sand, and among seagrass, at the University of Melbourne. The research was
depths from 1-130 m (Stranks, 1988). done under the affiliation arrangement of the
Museum of Victoria and the University of Mel-
Etymology. The specific name bunurong is de- bourne, and was partially supported by: a Keith
rived from the name of the Australian Aborigi- Sutherland Award, from the Australian
nal clan which once inhabited the south-eastern
Museum; Supplementary Grants for Student
region of Melbourne, Victoria, and is to be
Research, from the Victorian Institute of
treated as indeclinable.
Marine Sciences; and a Postgraduate Writing
Remarks. Octopus bunurong is a new species of Up Award, from the Office for Research, Uni-
medium sized octopus with an elongate ovoid versity of Melbourne.
mantle and very long arms, from south-eastern References
Australia. Macpherson (1966) had identified
Benham, W.B., 1942. The octopodous Mollusca of
two (NMV F5101 and NMV F1516; a juvenile
New Zealand. 1. The midget octopus of the coas-
male and a mature male respectively) from Port tal waters. Transactions and Proceedings of the
Phillip Bay, Victoria, as O. flindersi. The speci- Royal Society of New Zealand 72(3): 226-236. pls
mens are now re-identified as O. bunurong. 18, 19.
Octopus bunurong appears closely related to Berry, S.S., 1917. Cephalopoda. Australasian Antarc-
O. kaurna, but may be readily distinguished tic Expedition, 1911-1914. Scientific Reports. C.
from the latter by the characteristic skin pattern- Zoology and Botany 4(2): 5-38, pls 10-14,
ing, the larger and more prominent eyes, the Brough, E.J., 1965. Egg care, eggs and larvae in the
larger suckers on all arms, and the longer midget octopus, Robsonella australis (Hoyle).
ligula. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand.
Zoology 6(2): 7-19, pls 1, 2.
O. bunurong is a distinctive species endemic Cotton, B.C., 1932, Notes on Australian Mollusca,
to temperate waters of south-eastern Australia. with descriptions of new genera and new species.
It can be distinguished easily from other species Records of the South Australian Museum 4(4):
of Octopus on the basis of a combination of char- 537-547.
Dell, R.K., 1952. The recent Cephalopoda of New Pickford, G.E., 1955. A revision of the Octopodinae in
Zealand. Dominion Museum Bulletin 16: 1-
the collections of the British Museum. Bulletin of
LytT the British Museum (Natural History). Zoology
Dell, R.K., 1959. Cephalopoda. British, Australian 3(3): 151-167.
and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition Robson, G.C., 1929. 4 Monograph of the Recent
Reports B 8(4): 89-105. Cephalopoda. Part 1. Octopodinae. British
Hoyle, W.E., 1885. Diagnoses of new species of Museum (Natural History): London. 236 pp., 17
Cephalopoda collected during the cruise of pls.
H.M.S. "Challenger". Part 1. The Octopoda. Roper, C.F.E. and Voss, G.L., 1983. Guidelines for
Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5(15): taxonomic descriptions of cephalopod species.
222-236. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 44:
Lamarck, J.B., 1798. Extrait d'un mémoire surlegenre 49-63.
dela Séche, du Calmar et du Poulpe, vulgairement Smith, E.A., 1902. Mollusca. Pp. 201-213, pls 24, 25
nommes, Polypes de mer. Bulletin des Sciences, in: Reports on the collections of natural history
par la Société Philomathique, Paris 2: 129-131. made in the Antarctic regions during the voyage of
Lu, C.C. and Phillips, J.U., 1985. An annotated check- the "Southern Cross". British Museum (Natural
list of the Cephalopoda from Australian waters. History): London.
Occasional Papers from the Museum of Victoria 2: Stranks, T.N., 1988. Systematics of the Family Octo-
21-36. podidae (Mollusca: Cephalopoda) of south-eastern
Macpherson, J.H., 1966. Port Phillip Survey 1957- Australia. Unpublished M.Sc. Thesis. University
1963. Mollusca. Memoirs of theNational Museum of Melbourne, Victoria. 114 pp.
of Victoria 27: 201-263. Tait, R.W., 1982. A taxonomic revision of Octopus
Massy, A.L., 1916. Mollusca. Part 2. Cephalopoda. australis Hoyle, 1885 (Octopodidae: Cephalo-
British Antarctic ("Terra Nova") Expedition, poda), with a redescription of the species.
1910. Natural History Reports. Zoology 2(7): 141- Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria
IS 43(1): 15-23, pl. 1.
um
3 n
кш
Aver EKA
-— p
THE TERTIARY BRYOZOAN FAMILY PROSTOMARIIDAE - MORPHOLOGY AND

RELATIONSHIPS
Bv D. P. GORDON
New Zealand Oceanographic Institute, Division of Water Sciences, DSIR,
Private Bag, Kilbirnie, Wellington, New Zealand
Abstract
Gordon, D.P., 1990. The Tertiary bryozoan family Prostomariidae - morphology and
relationships. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(2): 467-472.
The relationships ofthe Tertiary Victorian bryozoan genus Prostomaria and family Pro-
stomariidae are considered based on SEM examination of well-preserved material. It is
concluded that the family is monotypic, the sole included species being Prostomaria gib-
bericollis. Recent species attributed to Prostomaria are not related and a new genus and
family of Schizoporelloidea (Mawatarius, Mawatariidae) are established for a New Zealand
species previously attributed to Prostomaria. The most likely affinities of the Prosto-
mariidae are with the recent family Urceoliporidae and a new superfamily, Urceoliporoidea,
is erected to accommodate these two families.
Introduction combian (Lower Miocene), sent courtesy of P.E. Bock,

Museum of Victoria, N.Z. Oceanographic Institute
The monotypic bryozoan genus Prostomaria No. Z6720.
and family Prostomariidae were established Distribution. Balcombian (Lower Miocene),
simultaneously by MacGillivray (1895) on the Victoria, Australia. Schnapper Point is the type
basis of fossil specimens from Victoria. The locality of the Balcombian (Brown, 1958: 30).
possible affinities of the genus are intriguing, but
the refining of taxonomic relationships has been Description. Colony erect, probably of articu-
hampered by a lack, in Prostomaria, of such lated segments since there is no evidence of
helpful characters as avicularia and ovicells. bifurcation, each segment attaining at least 6-7
These have never been seen in the many speci- mm in length and comprising up to about 8
mens available for examination (P.E. Bock, pers. zooids. Zooids about 1.32-1.60 x 0.53-0.64
comm). Until recently, the family has remained mm, back to back and alternating, but facing
monotypic and is still poorly understood. more towards one side (Figs 1, 2). Frontal wall
Examination of internal and external skeletal granular-tubercular, and regularly and evenly
structures by scanning electron microscopy of perforated with numerous small pores, except
both well-preserved Prostomaria gibbericollis for an abfrontal area which is marked off by a
and other possibly related genera has provided a line in the calcification; roughly down the
better basis for a statement on the taxonomic middle ofthe abfrontal face are larger, scattered,
affinities of the Prostomariidae. The purpose of areolar pores (Figs 2, 3). Primary orifice (Fig. 4)
this paper is to redescribe Prostomaria gibberi- sunken, transversely elliptical, lacking a sinus or
collis, comment on its likely relationships with condyles, surrounded by a high, transversely set
other genera, and introduce new supraspecific peristome of which both the proximal and distal
taxa based on these relationships. rims project from the branch. Avicularia and
ovicells absent.
Prostomaria MacGillivray
Discussion. When MacGillivray (1895) estab-
Prostomaria MacGillivray, 1895: 105. lished the monotypic genus Prostomaria, he
Type species. Prostomaria — gibbericollis underscored its uniqueness by placing it in its
MacGillivray. own family, Prostomariidae, commenting “its
nearest allies [are] the Tubucellariidae". Harmer
Prostomaria gibbericollis MacGillivray (1957) compared Prostomaria gibbericollis to a
Prostomaria gibbericollis MacGillivray, 1895:
105, new species that he was describing - Lagenipora
pl. 3, fig. 28. cylindrica (Lageniporidae) [sic]. Gordon (1985),
nts, from commenting on MacGillivray's opinion, com-
Material examined. Several colony fragme
a, Bal- pared Prostomaria (not having seen specimens,
“Schnapper Point, Fossil Beach", Victori
467
a a М2e m a e 2.
THE TERTIARY BRYOZOAN FAMILY PROSTOMARIIDAE 469
however) with Margaretta Gray (formerly Tubu- maria — biserial segments of back-to-back zooids
cellaria d'Orbigny) and Porina d'Orbigny which incline to one side so that each segment
(Porinidae). Thus three separate families have hasan oral face and an aboral face; no oral spines
been suggested as being related to Prosto- or avicularia, and no internal ultrastructure
maria. (e.g., planar spherulitic) (Figs 5-7) indicating an
Each of these supposed relationships can be umbonuloid frontal wall (see Gordon, 1988).
ruled out. Margaretta (a jointed genus of Mar- Urceolipora, particularly, is reminiscent of Pros-
garettidae) has an erect colony and a primary tomaria because its two species (U. nana
orifice similar to that of Prostomaria. It differs MacGillivray and U. lucida Busk) have a longi-
substantially in having internodes with as many tudinal ridge on one side of the frontal wall div-
as ten longitudinal series of zooids (depending iding the cryptocyst into two fields — a large one
on the species), an ascopore, and peristomial which includes most of the frontal wall and a
brood chambers; internodes lack frontal and lateral one which includes some of the areolar
abfrontal surfaces. pores by which the zooidal body cavity commu-
Harmer’s (1957) Lagenipora cylindrica is not nicates with the outer hypostegal coelom. This is
a Lagenipora Hincks (Celleporidae) but appears exactly the case in Prostomaria (except that a
rather to belong to Lagenicella Cheetham and line replaces the ridge), which argues for a close
Sandberg, 1964 (Teuchoporidae). It has little in relationship between the two genera.
common with Prostomaria, being entirely I conclude that the Prostomariidae and
encrusting and possessing ovicells. Urceoliporidae are related, but separate,
Similarly, the Porinidae are quite unrelated, families. Prostomaria has a frontal wall which is
with: bilamellar branches (in the type species of evenly perforated all over (except in the lateral
Porina), or cylindrical branches (in Haswellina field) whereas the pseudopores of Urceolipora
Livingstone) in which zooids open on both (or (lacking in Reciprocus) are confined to a cluster
all) sides, a peristomial spiramen (superficially adjacent to the orifice (see Gordon, 1988, figs
resembling an ascopore), and peristomial ovi- 76, 77). Further, the orifice of Prostomaria lacks
cells. a sinus, there is a peristome, and ovicells have
A recent study by Gordon (1988) of the fam- not been seen. [Ovicells are lacking in Re-
ilies Bifaxariidae and Urceoliporidae suggests ciprocus also but there are recognisable fertile
additional, more likely, candidates for close orifices. |
relationship with Prostomaria, especially the I have earlier suggested (Gordon, 1988) that
genera Aberrodomus Gordon and Urceolipora the Urceoliporidae might be accommodated in
MacGillivray. Aberrodomus looks, superficially, the cryptocystidean superfamily Schizoporelloi-
quite like Prostomaria. In both genera the zooids dea, although “somewhat on the fringe". With
alternate back to back, are regularly and evenly the association of the Prostomariidae with the
perforated, and have similar orifices and peris- Urceoliporidae it now seems appropriate to
tomes. There are significant differences, how- unite these two families into a new superfamily
ever. Aberrodomus is non-articulated (assuming Urceoliporoidea. The outstanding and distinc-
Prostomaria was articulated in life) and pro- tive features of this superfamily are summarised
duces lateral branches. The species of Aberrodo- below in a formal diagnosis.
mus also produce avicularia and ovicells, Impor- Prostomaria and the Prostomariidae are pre-
tantly, the well-preserved specimens of P. gib- sently strictly monotypic and known only from
bericollis that 1 have examined clearly lack the the Tertiary of Victoria. Two Recent species
separate internal zooidal chamber seen in Aber- have been described but it is now clear that they
rodomus candidus Gordon for example. are unrelated to Prostomaria. D'Hondt and
I believe the relationships of Prostomaria and Schopf (1984) described Prostomaria cyclosto-
the Prostomariidae are with the Urceoliporidae. mata from about 4800 m depth north-west of
The Urceoliporidae (comprising Urceolipora Bermuda. Like Prostomaria gibbericollis, it is
and Reciprocus Gordon) have the following erect and biserial with zooids alternating back to
important features in common with Prosto- back. However the frontal wall is imperforate
Figures 1-4. Prostomaria gibbericollis, Schnapper Point, Victoria. Figs 1 and 2, frontal and abfrontal sides,
respectively, of parts of branch segments (x 40). Fig. 3, pa rt of fig. 2 enlarged, showing a series ofareolar pores in
of
the imperforate field of zooidal walls on the abfrontal side ofa branch segment (x 72). Fig. 4, internal view
marking
parts of two zooids showing a primary orifice, connections between adjacent dorsal walls (c), and a line
the attachment of the ascus membrane (m) in life (x 175).
D. P. GORDON
THE TERTIARY BRYOZOAN FAMILY PROSTOMARIIDAE 471
(apart from the marginal areolae), and there is Urceoliporidae Bassler, 1936
no division of the cryptocyst into fields nor are
there frontal or abfrontal faces. Ovicells were Diagnosis. Zooids frontally imperforate or with
only a cluster of pores near the orifice; orifice
not seen but d’Hondt and Schopf reported a
"scar" on the proximal border of the zooidal with a shallow or distinct sinus and oral pro-
cesses; no peristome. Ovicells prominent and
orifice indicating a possible suboral avicular-
recumbent, or absent and zooids with dimorphic
ium. D'Hondt and Schopf's (1984) P. cyclosto-
orifices.
mata certainly represents a new genus, possibly
a new family, and, judging from the external Included genera. Urceolipora MacGillivray,
morphology, the possibility exists that it could 1881; Reciprocus Gordon, 1988.
be umbonuloid. The ultrastructure of the inner
Prostomariidae MacGillivray, 1895
surface of the frontal wall needs to be ex-
amined. Diagnosis. Zooids with an evenly perforated
A second Recent species, Prostomaria inex- frontal wall; orifice lacking a sinus; peristome
pectabilis, was described by Gordon (1985) from well developed. Ovicells lacking, orifices mono-
about 1170 m on pumice gravel north of Raoul morphic.
Island, Kermadec Ridge. It resembles Prosto-
Included genus. Prostomaria MacGillivray,
maria in being erect, with perforated walls and
1895
sunken orifices, but differs significantly in being
uniserial, with a somewhat sinusoid orifice and Schizoporelloidea Jullien, 1883
peristomial ovicells. The colony is also non-
Diagnosis. See Gordon (1984),
segmented and branching. The affinities of this
species are obscure. It is reminiscent of Vix Mawatariidae n. fam.
(Vicidae) (Gordon, 1988) but that genus is quad-
Diagnosis. Colony erect, uniserial, branching,
riserial, has avicularia, and is non-ovicellate.
non-segmented, the zooids facing mainly on one
Prostomaria inexpectabilis clearly represents a
aspect. Frontal wall cryptocystidean, with scat-
new, presently monotypic, genus. | name this
tered pores. Primary orifice sunken, with
genus Mawatarius in recognition of the contri-
shallow sinus; secondary (peristomial) orifice
bution, over many decades, of Dr Shizuo
with pseudosinus. No oral spines. No avicularia.
Mawatari to knowledge of the Bryozoa. A new Ovicell peristomial. Ancestrula resembling later
family of Schizoporelloidea, Mawatariidae, is zooids, anchored by a chitinous portion.
established to accommodate it. [The species
name, inexpectabilis, was coined as a hybrid, Included genus. Mawatarius n. gen.
connoting “unexpected and spectacular".] Mawatarius n. pen.
Ureoliporoidea Bassler, 1936 n. superfam. Type species. Prostomaria — inexpectabilis
Gordon, 1985.
Diagnosis. Colony erect, biserial, segmented,
basally rooted. Zooids cryptocystidean, Diagnosis. With characters of the family.
arranged back to back, each connecting with
Acknowledgements
three others dorsally; orientated such that seg-
ments tend to have an oral face and an aboral I am most grateful to P.L. Cook and P.E. Bock
face. Orifice variable, with or without a sinus. (Museum of Victoria) for the loan of specimens
Frontal wall with scattered pseudopores or these and for their helpful comments on the manu-
limited in distribution or lacking. No oral script.
spines. No avicularia. Ovicells present or lack- References
ing. Bassler, R.S., 1936. Nomenclatorial notes on fossil
Included families. Urceoliporidae Bassler, 1936; and Recent Bryozoa, Journal of the Washington
Prostomariidae MacGillivray, 1895. Academy of Science 26: 156-162.
Figures 5-7. Prostomaria gibbericollis, Schnapper Point, Victoria. Fig, 5, enlargement of part of fig. 4, showing an
interior view of parts of the peristome (p), distal rim of primary orifice (0), frontal wall (f) and dorsal wall (d)
(x 374). Fig. 6, interior of zooidal wall, showing a pseudopore (p), areolar pore (a), and attachment scars of
parietal muscles (m) (x 380). Fig. 7, enlargement of part of fig. 6, showing the areolar pore, and the attachment
scar of the ascus membrane (m) with no difference in skeletal ultrastructure either side (x 902).
472 D. P. GORDON
Brown, D.A., 1958. Fossil cheilostomatous Polyzoa Uitkomsten op Zoologisch, Botanisch, Oceano-
from south-west Victoria. Memoirs of the Geologi- graphisch en Geologisch Gebied versameld in Ned-
cal Survey of Victoria 20: 83+5 pp. erlandsch Oost-Indië, 1899-1900 28d: XV, 641-
Cheetham, A.H. and Sandberg, P.A., 1964. Quater- 1147, pls 42-74.
nary Bryozoa from Louisiana mudlumps. Journal Hondt, J.-L. d’, and Schopf, T.J.M., 1984. Bryozoaires
of Paleontology 38(6): 1013-1046. des grandes profondeurs recueillis lors des
Gordon, D.P., 1984. The marine fauna of New campagnes océanographiques de la Woods Hole
Zealand: Bryozoa: Gymnolaemata from the Oceanographic Institution de 1961 à 1968. Bulle-
Kermadec Ridge. New Zealand Oceanographic tin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle,
Institute Memoir 91: 1-198. série 4, 6A(4): 907—973.
Gordon, D.P., 1985. Additional species and records of MacGillivray, P.H., 1881. On some new species of
gymnolaemate Bryozoa from the Kermadec Catenicella and Dictyopora; and on Urceolipora, a
region. New Zealand Oceanographic Institute new genus of Polyzoa. Transactions and Proceed-
Records 4(14): 159-183. ings of the Royal Society of Victoria 21: 106—119,
Gordon, D.P., 1988. The bryozoan families Sclero- 5 pls.
domidae, Bifaxariidae, and Urceoliporidae and a MacGillivray, P.H., 1895. A monograph of the Ter-
novel type of frontal wall. New Zealand Journal of tiary Polyzoa of Victoria. Transactions of the
Zoology 15(2): 249-290. Royal Society of Victoria, n.s. 4: 1-166, pl. 1—
Harmer, S.F., 1957. The Polyzoa of the Siboga Ex- 22^
pedition. Part 4. Cheilostomata Ascophora II.
CONTENTS
Prionospio and Paraprionospio (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from southern

Australia.
RAS ОИ ЕЕЕ ЕЧЕН 243
Marine Tubificidae (Oligochaeta) of Victoria, Australia, with descriptions of six
new species.
СЛЕД te IR E quat a АЕ ЭИ ЕЕ IT re ae 215
New records of Ophiuridae, Ophiacanthidae and Ophiocomidae (Echinoder-
mata: Ophiuroidea) from south-eastern Australia.
T D 0 2 (172 RR. g ы TERES qoae epe 287
A review of the genus Smilasterias (Echinodermata, Asteroidea), with descrip-
tions of two new species from south-eastern Australia, one a gastric brooder, and a
new species from Macquarie Island.
PCM O DouehlinsandsIse (OSH Ard PET ce eae E ET d 307
New pseudoscorpions of the genera Americhernes Muchmore and Cordylochernes
Beier from Australia (Pseudoscorpionida: Chernetidae).
t EL ELEVIEWS wem mM З e tup ee iore ЕА RR. SONS
Two new species of Partidomomonia Cook from south-eastern Australia (Acarina:
Momoniidae).
MESS RELIVE Ad. ere ou oe ais Bete tee ao EO eee EE ERRASSE
Two new water mite genera from south-western Australia (Acarina: Aturidae,
Mideopsidae).
VE SSS Нату Bee Bs gah tidie nie ter E USE A SOE SEE SE EPR СКА: 341
Revision of the genus Nesoxypilus Beier (Mantodea: Amorphoscelidae: Para-
oxypilinae).
Gu As Mee iT i Be Tte US tS RN Mute dle EH ST ter T UIT E 347
Cockroaches from the Krakatau Islands (Dictyoptera: Blattaria).
E-M ROR «mms E EEL IU T C PEAS dup у E E A AOE 357
Accalathura (Crustacea: Isopoda: Paranthuridae) from northern Australia and
adjacent seas.
G.-C. Bi Poore.and H. Me Lew TON SS хатымы RE n EU 379
Abyssianiridae, a synonym of Paramunnidae (Crustacea: Isopoda: Asellota), with
two new species of Abyssianira from south-eastern Australia.
J- USE КМ ЕДЕ. 1 ON PRA SER ERR E CEDE 403
Terrestrial Isopoda from the Krakatau Islands, South Sumatra and West Java.
Al ДА. Green E Ferrara undas viai e e cT 417
Mysidella australiana sp. nov. from Bass Strait, Australia (Crustacea: Mysidae:
Mysidellinae).
G: E -OnÍOHS м A nim dte ro ea idus das a RN ТЕЛКЕ КО КУУЛ: 437
Haplostylus tattersalli sp. nov. from Bass Strait, Australia (Crustacea: Mysidae:
Gastrosaccinae).
GRE ЖӨТӨЛ Sets cr ead ee nat nO RI IS A ERE EET 443
A new species of Donsiella (Copepoda: Harpacticoida) associated with the isopod
Limnoria stephenseni Menzies from Macquarie Island.
GRUB ETE IA, e tects uh ct eiut em PE EP ee e TI EUER E 451
Three new species of Octopus (Mollusca: Cephalopoda) from south-eastern
Australia.
АУЕ Б о TR ENCODED. 457
The Tertiary bryozoan family Prostomariidae - morphology and relationships.
Pa P GOAO D. Bens see ete i ESSE SEVA ИИ, en 467

Memoirs Museum Vi 50 Muse A

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Memoirs Museum Vi 50 Muse A

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Memoirs Museum Vi 50 Muse A

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Memoirs of the Volume 50

Deputy Director (Natural History)

PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE COUNCIL

Printed by Brown Prior Anderson Pty Ltd Burwood Victoria

Prionospio and Paraprionospio (Polychaeta: Spionidae) from southern

PRIONOSPIO AND PARAPRIONOSPIO (POLYCHAETA: SPIONIDAE) FROM SOUTHERN

Introduction Materials examined here are deposited in the

110us [еләјә Ѕјәаае

1ә981]ә5 198195 Iogrjos

әэпәшшозэ SDUDWIWWOD oouauiruioo 10 ‘quo

Цул Чим YIM

‘poonpol *рә8теүпә 'pose[uo

Key to species of Prionospio known from southern Australia (south of 26°S)

Dorsal crests present setigers 7—20 at least

Remarks, The material examined here agrees

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

maximum width (mm)

Table 2. Comparison of three related Australian species of Prionospio.

Species prostomium branchiae first setiger with

MARINE TUBIFICIDAE (OLIGOCHAETA) OF VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA, WITH

Introduction of the specimens. After Dr Baker’s decease in

National Museum of New Zealand (NMNZ), Phallodrilinae

Etymology. Named problematicus as it is diffi-

Distribution and habitat. Victoria, Australia,

Remarks. Most of the worms studied (including

NEW RECORDS OF OPHIURIDAE, OPHIACANTHIDAE AND OPHIOCOMIDAE

Introduction South Wales and Tasmania. This region has some-

Ophiocten Liitken, 1855 separate, present throughout. 2 opposing tentacle

Ophioplocus Lyman, 1861 Material examined. Tasmania, off north-west coast,

view, b, dorsal view; c-d: Ophiomitrella

Material examined. Tasmania, Flinders Canyon, eastern

the Kerguelen Islands. Memoirs of the Australian

A REVIEW OF THE GENUS SMILASTERIAS

By P. MARK O’ LOUGHLIN AND TIMOTHY D. O’ HARA

Introduction ther genus intermediate between Smilasterias and

Table 1. Contrasting characteristics of the species of Smilasterias.

Species of Maximum R Dorsolateral Inferomargi- Abactinal Superomargi- Actinal Straight

| 5. scalprifera 82 mm Up to 16; Combs of Mostly Not beaded. Up to 3/4 Range of

S. triremis 61 mm Up to 8; Combs of Mostly Not beaded. Up to 1/2 Small lanceo-

S. irregularis 65 mm Up to 8; Up to 3, Spaced. Prominent Мау be up Lanceolate

S. multipara sp. 38 mm Up to 7; 2. Flattened, Spaced. Fine bead- May be up May be iso-

20 mm Up to 8; 2. Flattened, Spaced. Fine stria- None A few on the

NEW SOUTH WALES

Key to the species of Smilasterias Sladen

NEW PSEUDOSCORPIONS OF THE GENERA AMERICHERNES MUCHM

Introduction Diagnosis. Leg IV with 4 tactile setae: 1 distally

Key to Australian species of Americhernes

3 Movable chelal finger approximately same length as chelal hand; pedi-

TWO NEW SPECIES OF PARTIDOMOMONIA COOK FROM SOUTH-EASTERN

Present address: Western Australian Museum,

Introduction lying free in gonopore in males, and on separate

Key to adults of Partidomomonia

tal portion of tarsus I bifurcate; claw enlarged.,

TWO NEW WATER MITE GENERA

Introduction Diagnosis. Claws and claw insertion area of tarsus

Dimensions (um) female: Dorsal shield 410/324, References

REVISION OF THE GENUS NESOXYPILUS BEIER (MANTODEA: AMORPHOSCELIDAE:

Introduction The following abbreviations are used for insti-

Key to species of Nesoxypilus